■J>WW
.<>,lf.l)IJ

iiiilliiilliiilii^^

is !1! 111! ^!^ ! OA^vi ii f 1 1 r' ill' !•' 1 11 1111 1 [1 1|
pi liW!olllH!i!lllli;{!lllil|l|i;|[i:i!tii
iuillllitlllfillllllllJIIlll 1 i|!!:wl:n
HllfflMli-Silllilllliliilii; 'i'^^

:iiHl:Pi:Bll:li!l:{illlll|i;ill^

"'""" :«}lifll!}!!lll! Itl i^^^v^

lMl|l,l}Kl}!llgltl|[ll; i ;

liiiti|l[iJ:lli;i:l|!}Kli-!l ;
«IW III :->ii-ii!'A'!;! iiM^io.-i,!,,;

.y.i ;iwi,i.i.ti.iiiM)u

MW.Wii--- ■■■ ■

.111)111111)

liyiiliYiiOjinnii'i
)Hji>i<iyi

illilll "■'^ ' '-'i '.0 '■" ' >^i ...,,,,

I !■ !''l!''''w''^":iiii"i'!i''"

»;oili;ii{i;il|l|Jllil>Jlllli;;i

.!J,u.ii''ii.iOii.iyiijrny

1 U.l.)l,l),l
Viuj.Oii

111) 1 1,1

r .4

.1

FOR THE PEOPLE

FOR EDVCATION

FOR SCIENCE

LIBRARY

OF

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM

OF

NATURAL HISTORY

Bound ati

;\ M M U

MEMOIRS AND PROCEEDINGS

THE MANCHESTER

LITERARY & PHILOSOPHICAL
SOCIETY.

(MANCHESTER MEMOIRS.)

Volume XLIV. (1899-1900)

MANCHESTER :

36, GEORGE STREET,

1900.

■«6 ^7^v^ -l^»7

NOTE.

The authors of the several papers contained in this
volume are themselves accountable for all the statements
and reasonings which they have offered. In these par-
ticulars the Society must not be considered as in any
way responsible.

CONTENTS

Fkonti.spifxe. — Dallon's Tomb in Ardwick Cemetery, Manchester.

MEMOIRS.

I. On the Electrical Resistance between opposite sides of a Quadri-
lateral, one Diagonal of which bisects the other at right angles.
By Charles H. Lees, D.Sc pp. i — 3

II. On the question of Irish Influence on early Icelandic Literature,
illustrated from the Irish MSS. in the Bodleian Library. By
Winifred Faraday, B.A. pp. i — 22

III. Correction in the Wilde Lecture of 1897, " On the nature of the

Rontgen Rays." By Sir G. G. Stokes, Bart., F.R.S... p. i

I\'. Report on the MoUusca of the " Jackson- Harmsworth" Expedi-
tion to Franz-Joseph Land (1S96-7), and of the "Andrew
Coats" Cruise (1898) to Kolguev, etc. By James Cosmo
Melvii.l, M.A., F.L.S., and Robert Standen ... pp. i— -14

\'. On the Mechanical Principles of Flight. (The Wilde Lecture.)

By the Rt. Hon. Lord Raylkigh, F.R.S. pp. i — 26

VI. Geometrical Representation of the Relation between Wave-
Velocity and Group-Velocity. By Horace Lamb, M. A.,
F.R.S pp. 1—5

VII. The Formation of Minerals in Granite. By C. E. Stromeyer,
M.Inst.C.E

VIII. Notes on some Jurassic Plants, in the Manchester Museum,
A. C. Seward, M.A., F.R.S. Plates i to 4

IX. On the Conditions for the Propagation of a Solitar)' Wave.
R. F. GWYTHKK, M.A

X. On the Motion of the Fluid Particles in a Class of Cases of

Steady Motion. By R, F. Gwyther, M.A pp. i — 4

XI. On Aerial Locomotion. By Henry Wii.de, F.R.S. ... pp. i — 16

XII. Grating Films and their Application to Colour Photography. By

Thomas Thorp pp. i — 8

pp.

1-15

By

pp.

1—28

By

pp.

I— 12

VI CONTENTS.

XIII. On the Production of Nitric Acid from Air by means of the

Electric P^iame. By Arthur McDougall, B.Sc, and
Fred Howles, B.Sc pp. i — 19

XIV. Selections from the Correspondence of Lieutenant-Colonel

John Leigh Philips, of Mayfield, Manchester. Part II. By

W. Barnard Faraday, LL.B ... pp. i — 51

XV. Hymenoptera Orientalia, or Contributions to the knowledge of
the Hymenoptera of the Oriental Zoological Region. Part IX.
The Hymenoptera of the Khasia Hills. Part II. Section I.
By Peter Cameron pp. i — 114

XVI. Some Criticisms on the Modern Theory of Solutions. By

Edgar F. Morris, M.A pp. i — 4

PROCEEDINGS.

Balfour, Isaac Bayley, M.A., F.R.S. — E.xhibit of plants from

Socotra ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... vii

Bowman, F. H., D.Sc, F.R.S. E. — On the preservation of milk by

aeration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... xviii

Bkoadbent, G. H., M.R.C.S. — On the ebb and flow of water in the

well at Giggleswick ... ... ... ... ... ... iii

Cameron, Peter. — Exhibit oi Zicrona ccmilea found near Marple ... viii

Exhibit of larva of the oil beetle (/J/t'/^f) xxv

Ui.xoN, H. B., M.A., F.R.S. — Statement concerning the restoration

of Dalton's tomb ... ii

Dixon, H. B., M.A., F.R.S., and Peterkin, J. D. — Experiments ou
the union of nitric oxide and nitrogen peroxide gases ...

Faraday, F. J., F.L.S.— On the flight of birds -xi-x

Flux, A. W. , M.A. — Internal migration in England and Wales,

1881-91 xiii

HOYLE, W. E., M.A, F.R.S.E.— Exhibit of flint instruments, .Vc,

from Egypt... ... ... ... ... ... ... . • iv

Lees, Charles H., D.Sc. —Account of Prof. J. J. Thomson's experi-
ments on the behaviour of the anode and cathode rays... ... i

Melvill, J. Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S. Notes on two collections of

terrestrial mollusca from Socotra... ... ... ... .•■ i-^'

Note on Co«^<.f r/y/^j/Zra Melv. and Stand... ... ... ... >^

Nicholson, Francis, F.Z.S. On the flight of birds xvi

CONTENTS. Vn

ROGKRS, Thomas. — Exhibit of n parasitic fungus, Monlagnella ntaxiiiia,

from Cape Colony .. . ... ... ... ... ... ... viii

Exhibit of Australian mosses... ... ... ... ... ... xxv

Stirrup, Mark, F.G.S. — Exhibit of fossils from the subterranean

quarries of the Montagne de St. Pierre, Maastricht ... ... viii

Exhibit of shells from Tromsoe ... ... ... ... ... xi

Exhibit of magnetite and granite from Hey Tor, Devonshire ... xxiv

SVKUS, Mark L., F.R.M.S. On the Agave ar/ieyicanas^i'^mXhox'pe,

near Newark ... ... ... ... ... ... ... xi

Exhiliit of photographs and specimens of South African butterflies,

illustrating seasonal dimorphism and mimicry ... ... ... xxii

— — On the elimination of extraneous micro-organisms from vaccine

lymph ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... xxii

Exhibit of specimens of Stephaiioceros and Floscularia, mounted

by a new method ... ... ... ... ... ... ... xxiv

Thorp, Thomas. Exhibit of apparatus showing photographs in

natural colours by the aid of gratings. ... ... ... ... iii

Exhibit of two Film-gratings ... ... ... ... ... ... xi

Weiss, F. E., B.Sc, F.L.S. Exhibit of specimens of Melanospora

^arrt52V?Va found at Flixton ... ... ... ... ... vi

General Meetings ... ... ... ... ... ii, iii, xiii, xvii, xix

Special Meeting for the presentation of medals and the delivery of the

Wilde Lecture ... ... ... ... .. ... ... xv

Annual General Meeting xxi

Meetings of the Microscopical and Natural History Section: —

Ordinary... ... ... ... ... ... ... vii-ix, xxii-xxiv

Annual ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... xxv

Report of Council, 1900, with Obituary Notices of Robert Wilhelm
Bunsen, Sir John William Dawson, Sir William Henry
Flower, Sir Edward Frankland, Charles Friedel, Peter Waage,
Arthur Greg, and Henry Simon ... ... ... ... xxvii-xlviii

Treasurer's Accounts... ... ... ... ... .. ... xlvii-xlix

Dalton Tomb Fund 1

List of the Council and Members of the Society li-lxv

List of the Awards of the Wilde and Dalton Medals and of the Premium Ixvii

List of the Wilde Lectures Ixvii

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1899), N'o. I.

I. On the Electrical Resistance between opposite sides
of a Quadrilateral one Diagonal of which bisects
the other at right angles.

By Charles H. Lees, D.Sc.

Received and read October i^ih , iSgg.

If by means of the equation z =f{z) where z and z
are the vector coordinates of two points in two planes, the
z plane is conformall)- represented on the z plane, an)-
two conjugate systems of curves in the z plane transform
into two systems which are conjugate in the z plane.* If
the curves in the z plane are the stream and equipotential
lines respectively for some flux having a potential, the
corresponding curves in the z plane are also stream and
equipotential lines, and if the points A, B in the z plane
transform into A' B' in the z' plane, the difference of
potential between A' and B\ and the flux a cross line
joining them, are equal respectively to the difference of
potential between A and B and the flux across a line
joining them.

Let A BCD be a quadrilateral in the z plane, the
diagonal AC bisecting the other diagonal BD at right
angles,so that the triangles ABC D

and ADC are equal. Let AD
and BC be two equipotential
lines and AB, Z> 6' stream lines.
The resistance of the quadri- A-.
lateral may be found if the
figure can be transformed by
an equation of the above form,

into another in the z plane for ^ plane. B

which the resistance is known ^4- i-

* Maxwell, Eleclricity and Magnetism I., p. 265.

February 2jrd, igoo.

Lees, Electrical Rcsistmice of a Quadrilateral.

e.g., a square A'B'C'D' the angular points A\ B\ C, D',
of which correspond to the points A, B, C, D of the
quadrilateral.

That this is possible may be seen from the fact that
the contour AC DA of the triangle J.i^C' in the^' plane, may
be transformed into the axis
of real quantities in a third
plane, the iv plane, the three
points ^4, C, D, becoming any
three assigned points on that ^^
axis, and the area within the
triangle the upper half of the
^v plane.* Similarly the contour
A' CD' A' of the triangle in the
z' plane may be transformed
into the same axis, the points
A'C D' becoming the same three points, and the interior
the upper half of the %v plane.

Hence the triangle ACD of the z plane may be
transformed into the triangle A' C B' of the z plane.f By

• Christofifel, .<^««. di Mat. I., p. 95 {1S67). Schwarz, Ges. IVerke, II.,
p. 65. Forsyth, Theory of finictioiis, p. 541. Love, American Journal of
Mathematics, XL, ]5. 164 (1SS9).

t If the internal angles of the triangle ADC are olt:, ."itt, 77r respectively,

and those of .-/'// C' , -, -, the transforming equation is obtained by
424 ^ ^ ^

eliminating w from

J {-u-aV

dxv

Y-''{io~bY-\-M-cY-i

and

-. = I ( /

{w — ay[w-bf{w—c)^

Love, i.e., has worked out the integrals for : —

I ^ I I

: , y=-

3 3

I

4

5 =

I

4
I

they can be expressed by elliptic functions. In the general case they can be
expressed, with certain limitation as to paths of integration, by Abelian
functions. Forsyth, T/ieory of Functions, ^. ^^t,.

Manchester Mevioirs, Voi. xHv. {i^gg), No. \. 3

symmetry it is also evident that the triangle ACB maybe
transformed into the triangle A'C'B\ and two contiguous
points on opposite sides of AC transform into two
contiguous jjoints on opposite side of A'C\ i.e. the quadri-
lateral ABCD in the rj plane transforms into the square
A'B'C'D' in the rj' plane.

If/ is the thickness of the square and () the resistivity
of the medium, the quotient of the difference of potential
between A'D' and B'C by the current from one to the
other = p//.

Hence the resistance of the quadrilateral ABCD from
the side AD to the side BC is equal to p//, where / is the
thickness and p the resistivity of the material of the
quadrilateral.

fig- 3-

Fig. 3 shows approximately the equipotential lines
when the angles at B and D are right angles, and that at
^=45.^ They have been drawn by making use of the
fact that in the neighbourhood of each angular point the
transforming equation may be written s' = Ad^. The
closeness of the approximation will therefore be least near
the centre of the quadrilateral.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. ( 1 899), A^^. %.

II. On the question of Irish Influence on Early
Icelandic Literature, illustrated from the Irish
MSS. in the Bodleian Library.

By Winifred Faraday, B.A.,

Late Scholar and Fellow of the Victoria University.

Communicated hy F, J. Faraday, F.L.S.

Received and read October 31 st, rSgg.

The theory of an Irish influence on early Icelandic
literature forms such a convenient and obvious explanation
of the early maturity of that branch of the Scandinavian
race, that there is a general tendency to take it for granted.
It would explain not only why the Icelanders alone so
early developed the Germanic myths into literary form,
but also how their classical literature came to flourish at a
time when the work produced by other Germanic races
was scanty or experimental. It is argued with some
reason that the union of the German, slow to begin and
slow to reach maturity, but having the classical qualities
which make work enduring, with the Celt, possessing the
inventive impulse and every talent except these essential
qualities of stability and sense of form, may well have
produced the same results in Icelandic as in English
literature. There is interest also in the possibility that
the Celt, who, however fruitful his legends have proved in
other hands, has produced no classical work, should have
directly inspired the most magnificent work of the youth
of the Germanic race, which has despised its more unstable
rival.

The later champions of Irish influence do not take the
line of attributing the whole of classical Norse literature,

February 2jrd, igoo.

2 Faradav, IrisJi Influence oji Icelandic Literature.

or the impulse which started it, to Celtic admixture of
race ; nor do they seek in any way to account for the
literary supremacy of Iceland. Devotini:^ themselves
solely to the poems of the Edda, they dwell on the
difference in spirit between these and the prose literature,
and account for it by claiming for the majority of the
poems an origin not in Iceland, but directly under Celtic
and other influences in the British Isles; thus by inference
excluding both the Sagas, the greater work of Iceland,
and the Skaldic poetry, from these influences. As this
theory has lately been brought into special prominence by
Professor Bugge, whose work has to a great extent been
seriously accepted in England, and has found supporters
even in cautious and scientific Germany (Dr. Mogk, of
Leipzig, accepts Professor Bugge's arguments wholesale),
I will consider it before discussing the broader question.

In view of Professor Bugge's hypotheses, and of the
stress laid by Professor York PowelP on the " prosaic " or
unimaginative character of the Icelander (an argument
based on the hypothesis it claims to prove), attention has
been directed rather to possibilities and to fanciful ana-
logies than to the actual facts which go to prove Celtic
influence or its absence. From a philological point of
view at least, it may be contended that such evidence as
does exist, in borrowed words or proper names, is in
favour of Norse influence on Irish life and thought, rather
than of Celtic influence on Iceland.

Professor Bugge has advanced his theory in his
Studicr over de nor disk e Glide- og Heltesagiis Oprindelse?
As time goes on, he tends more and more to emphasize

1 Folklore, V. p. 98.

- Studien iiher die Entstchung der nordische Cotter- und Heldeiisagen,
transl. Brenner (Miinchen, 1889); Helgedigtene (Kohenhavn, 1896);
English version of the latter by Dr. Schotield, Home of the Eddie Poems,
with new introduction (London, Nutt, 1899).

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1899), No. %. 3

Anglo-Saxon influence on the Edda, and to slur over
Irish, without however abandoning th^' latter. Thus in his
latest utterance, the Introduction to the Home of the Eddie
Poems, his theory is stated as follows : that the Norse
myths were " shaped by Scandinavian mythological poets
who associated with Christians in the British Isles, es-
pecially with English and Irish ' ; further, that " The great
majority of both mythological and heroic poems were
composed by Norwegians in the British Isles, the greater
number probably in Northern England, but some, it may
be, in Ireland, in Scotland and in the Scottish Isles. Very
few Eddie lays seem to have arisen outside of the British
Isles."!

Dr. Vigfusson's theory (with which presumably Prof.
York Powell agrees, as it is stated also in the introduction
to the Corpus Poetieum Borea/e, their joint edition of the
Northern poetry) is much the same : " That these poems
(with one or two exceptions) owe their origin to Norse
poets in the ' Western Islands ' — that the Lays are, in fact,
to these Islands, what the Saga was to Iceland.""^

I. Gaelic Loan- Words in the Eddie Poems.

The most weighty argument for this theory would
naturally be the production of loan-words ; a few are
advanced, most of which have been left unchallenged.
Professor Bugge gives the following :

I. Krds^^ a dainty, "wahrscheinlich aus ir. crois, craes,"* i.e.,
excess, gluttony; but he saw himself the impossibility of this
derivation, and withdrew it in an appendix.^

^ Home of the Eddie Poems, pp. xiv. , xviii.

- Sturltinga Saga{0\ioT(l, 1878), Prolegomena, p. clxxxvi.

^ ]i!ymskvi]>a, 24. (Wimmer and Jonsson, Facs. of Cod. Reg., p. 34,
1. 22, krasir allar). Rigsmdl 1. 69 (omitted in Bugge's edition). Helgi
Hundingsbani, I. 36.

* Nordisehe Gdtter- und Heldemageii, pp. 6, 7.

* ib. p. 574.

4 Faraday, IvisJi Influence on Icelandic Litenxturc.

2. Linnar or lindar^ "gen. sing. fern, von linn, sonst lind.
Quelle, sclieint aus dem ir. lind oder linn, JVasser, JVei'/iet;
kleiner See, entlehnt."^ The derivation is very doubtful, as the
phrase in which the word occurs, li/idar loga, a kenning for gold,
translated according to this reading " flame of the pool," is a
dTvat, Xeyofiei'ov ; and if this spelling is correct, it could as well be
read " flame of the shield," which would be an equally appro-
priate kenning, and one which might easily occur to a poet who
had seen the gold-adorned shield of a northern warrior flashing
in the sun.

3. bjd^um^ earth. " Das Wort stammt muglicherweise von
ir. bioth, bith. Welt.''' ^ This is quite impossible. The Irish word
means age, or world, and could no more be used in the material
sense in which the Norse word occurs in Voluspd, in Egil's
Hofii^lausiil" and elsewhere, than inniuliis or saeciiliim could be
used as a synonym for terra. Further, the form bioth with
infected vowel is middle Irish, and does not occur in Irish MSS.
of the date of the Edda. Professor Bugge adds elsewhere," " In
later Icelandic poems hjo^ was adopted from Voluspd and used
in the meaning of 'earth,' e.g., by the Skald Kormak." But
Kormak's verses'' were written in the reign of King Harald
Grafeld, within a year or two of whose death in 965 (if not
indeed during his lifetime), the poet died**; while another famous
skald who uses the word, Egill Skallagrimsson, died in Earl
Hakon's time,^ therefore before 995. It is very improbable, for
metrical reasons, that Voluspd was composed before the nth
century ; therefore the word is found in Skaldic poetry before it
occurs in the Edda.

' Kci^ins/ndt, Facs. p. 57, 1. 13, tinar toga.

- G'dtter- und Heldcmageii, p. 7. Corpus Poeticum Boreale, p. Ix.

^ Voluspd, 4 (Facs. bio'56).

* Goiter- und Heldensagen, p. 7, note. Corpus Pocticuni, p. Ix.
^ HoJltfStausn, 2, "a Engla bjocV. "

" Home of the Eddie Poems, p. xxxiv.

' A'ormd/is Saga, ch. 19, Strophe 61, " ' enn /y(>c!i sekkvisk."' {Corpus
Poeticum II., 65, Improvisations 9.)

* See A'ormdks Saga, ch. 25-27.
Egits Saga Sl^atlagrtmssonar, cli. ^5.

Ma)ichester Mcuioirs, Vol. xliv. ( 1 899), No. "i. 5

4. Kartr,^ cart, "ist wohl jedenfalls von den britischen Inseln
nach dem Norden gekommen, wena auch nicht mit Sicherheit
gesagt werden kann, aus welcher Sprache."'^ Vigfusson has no
doubt on the subject, but quotes it confidently as Gaehc/^ It
has been shown elsewhere'' that it is not a Gaelic loan, since the
Irish cart is late, borrowed from the English ; and the Old Irish
cret is too far away in form.

Dr. Vigfusson, in addition to the above, gives the following
words' :

5. ceti^' which he translates " oats." It is however a pure
Germanic word, from the "eat" root, as the context shows. In
answer to the question, "Seg)5U mer hve jjat sa|) heitir " (tell me
what seed is called), the dwarf replies :

Bygg heitir me^ monnum (It is called "bygg" among men,
enn barr met) Go^om ; but "bearing" among Gods ;

kalla vaxt Vanir ; the Vanir call it "growth,"

eti iotnar ; &c. the giants "food," &c.)

each name being descriptive. If we assume that eti is the real
name of a special kind of corn seen in foreign countries, we
should logically assume the same for vaxt.

6. niol? Dr. Vigfusson*' does not equate this word, which
is given among the descriptive names for night. He may have
been thinking of the Irish net (cloud, mist). Njbl is a Germanic
word, corresponding to the A. S. neoivol, deep.

7. //>, '■^ earth, if we read rightly in the Western Volsung
Lay, 1. 85."^ But the tir which occurs there,^° in the compound
megifi-tiri, does not mean " earth," but is an old Germanic word

^ J\igs>ndl, 19.

- Gotler- unci Heldeusagtn., p. 7.

^ Stiirlnnga Saga, p. clxxxvi.

* Zeitschrift fiir Keltische Philologie I.

* Corpus Foeticum Roreale. Introd., pp. lix., Ix., Ixix.
^ Alvissindt, 32. (Facs. p. 39, 14 — 15).

'■ Alvissmal If) (Facs. p. 39, 1. 12).

^ Corpus Poeticuin Borea/e, pp. Ix. , Ixix.

* Corpus Poeticuin Boi-eale, p. Ix.

^0 Sigrdrifiimal, 5 (Facs. p. 63, 1. 19).

6 Faraday, Irish Influence on Icelandic Literature.

for glory, common in Anglo-Saxon poetry and in Old Saxon; and
is so translated correctly by Dr. Vigfusson himself, both in the
Dictionary and in the Corpus Poeticiim.

8. Righ,^ used as a proper name in Rigsindt, seems to be a
genuine Gaelic word, the only one in the Eddie poems. (Irish
ri, rig, a king).

Professor Bugge states further", but without giving
specific references, that there are Irish words in Reginsvidl
and in Fafnisvidl. The only word in Reginsvidl which
lays any claim to Celtic descent, is the doubtful lindar,
discussed above ; there are no Celtic words in Fafnisvidl.

This forms the whole of the linguistic evidence in
favour of the theory that the Eddie Poems were composed
under Celtic influences.

II. Vocabulary of the Eddie Poems.

Dr. Vigfusson supplements the scanty list of so-called
Celtic loan-words by a number of words found in the
Edda but not used in Icelandic prose.^ These however
are all Germanic words and cannot be used to prove Celtic
influence as he attempts to use them. In all old Germanic
literatures the poetic vocabulary contains many words not
used in pro.se, and salr"^ (hall), which occurs besides in
local and personal names, bnr^ (in the sense of " a
chamber"), vijdtn'br^ (guardian, or fate, bane), may well be
such; i-^/ and (^z^r occur in Anglo-Saxon and Old High
German, vietod in Anglo-Saxon and Old Saxon. Other

^ Corpus PocticJim Boreale, ]>. lx.x.

* Heti^edigUiie, p. 22.

* Corpus Poeticjtm Boreale, p. Iviii., lix., Ixi.

* e.g. Voluspd, 20. The word is so common, both in Eddie and
Skaldic poetry, and also in local and personal names, that we may safely
reject the suggestion of borrowing from England.

^ Oddi tmagrdtr, 17. GtiSri'oiarkvr^a, II., 1.
" Voluspd, 2, 46.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. ( 1 899), No. "i. 7

words in the list occur in Norwegian {e.g., jafnendr^
umpire, a Norse legal term); others may be borrowed from
Anglo-Saxon {e.g., o'Saltor/a,- inherited land ; the com-
pound is a ima^ Xijonivov in Icelandic ; Anglo-Saxon
e'^elfyrf) ; some are apparently borrowed from the Conti-
nental Saxons {e.g., plSgr'^ a plough, is neither Norse nor
Anglo-Saxon). The editors of the Corpus Pocticum must
have been at a loss for arguments before they accepted
these good Germanic words as proofs of Celtic influence.
Their idea is that the poets of the Edda were writing in
the midst of a Celtic civilisation, and used rare words to
describe an unfamiliar life. But this argument would apply
equally to Anglo-Saxon and Old High German poetry ;
and both the things quoted and their names were common
in Germanic countries. This remark applies also to the
next section.

III. Local Colour in the Eddie Poems.

In considering local colour as evidence of the birth-
place of the Edda, it is necessary to remember that the
Icelanders were a far-travelled race whose wanderings
extended from Greenland to Constantinople, and who
regarded a sta)--at-home as a man of no mark." We
should therefore expect their poetry to show some know-
ledge of other countries. Local colour is nevertheless the
argument in which both scholars seem to place most con-
fidence. They quote as characteristic of the British Isles :
I. Peat-digging,'' Rigsmal, 12. It is true that peat-digging

^ Hdrbar^sIJoQ, 42.

^ S/gurQarkvi(Sa, III., 62.

' /ii'gsmdt, 22.

* Laxdccla Saga, ch. 72. " >ykkir mer maSr vi3 ])at faviss verSa, ef
hann kannar ekki viiVara enn her Island" ("A man seems to me little wise,
if he knows nothing heyond Iceland here.")

^ Corpus Pocticum Boreale, p. lix. ; Slu^limga Saga, p. clxxxvi.

8 Faraday, Irish Influence on Icelandic Literature.

was unknown in Norway, where there were large forests ; it was
different in Iceland, where wood was scarcer. Turf was there,
as in Ireland and the Scottish Isles, the ordinary fuel.

2. 77/6' Sfas;^ {hjortr), Helgi Hundin^shani, I. 49^. Gic^-
riinarkvi\a^ 68.^ The stag was known outside the British Isles,
e.g.^ in Norway ; and Hjortr is found as a proper name in
Landnamab6k.

3. Red-deer {raii'^-dyri), which is never mentioned by name
in the poems, though Bugge^ agrees with Dr. Bjbrn Magnusson
(3lsen^ in adopting Dr. Finnur J6nsson's emendation hosum
dyrum (grey deer) for the MS. hvossom dyrom^ (keen deer) in
Helgi Hiindingsbatii II., and in taking this as an allusion to the
red deer. He omits the line, however, from his own edition of
the poem.

4. Goatiierdingi^ Helgi Hundingshani^ I., 34; Rigsmdl., 12.
Goats, too, were kept outside the British Isles ; Professor Bugge
acknowledges that they were herded in Norway.

5. Swineherding,^ Helgi Httidifigsbiuii, I., 34, R/gsn/dl, 12,
is also not peculiar to the British Isles, as Professor Bugge agrees.
His argument that these two occupations were held in especial
contempt in Ireland is unconvincing ; in any country they would
have been unworthy of such warriors as Sinfiotli or Gut^mundr.
There are articles in Grdgds, concerning swineherding^'- ; and
sz'ln, like geitr, is common as an element in place names in
Landnama.

Of the other examples shortly given by Professor

^ Helgedigtene, \>. 1 14; Hoi>ie of I lie Eddie Poems, p. 118. Corpus
Poetieum, p. Ix.

-' Kakka hirtir (the ring-harts), a kenning for ships.
3 Corpus Poetieiim I., 326. Facs. p. 73, 1. 9. Omitted in Bugge's edition.
* Helgedigtene, p. 113. Home of the Eddie Poems, p. llS.
° Timarit hiits Jslenzica Bokmentajjelags, 1894, p. 59.
« Facs. p. 73, 1. 9, omitted in Bugge's edition.
7 Hel^edi^/ene, p. 117, f., Home of the Eddie Poems, p. 118, f.
^ Passage omitted in Bugge's edition.
0 Helgedigtene, p. I17 ; cf. Corpus Poetieiim, p. lix.
i» Grdgds, Cod. Reg. (ed. Vilhjahnur Finsen, Kbbenhavn), art. 207.

MancJicstcr Memoirs, l^o/. xliv. (1899), No. %. 9

Bugge' from Helgi, none are peculiarly British (e.g., the
eagles on the ash tree, the bear-hunt, the ash tree and the
thorns, etc.). The Icelanders visited many countries
where these could have been seen ; most of them could
be seen in Norway ; and none are called by Celtic or
English names.

An instance of so-called local colour given with great
confidence by Dr. Vigfusson and his co-editor, is vignistmg'^-
which he translates "a wicker shield " (presumably deriving
it from the \x\s\\ figiiii, I weave) ; he quotes this word as a
striking and characteristic Irish touch. It does not how-
ever occur in Codex Regius/ which has vcf-nistingo (woven
texture, the sails), as also have all the editions, including
Dr. Vigfusson's own.^ This is an example of the same
curious literary morality as that which permits Professor
Bugge to quote in support of a theory lines which he
omits in his own edition of the texts in question.

IV. Gcogi'aphical Allusions.

British place-names are rare in the Edda. Dr. Vig-
fusson points out two. One, Sii^r a Fivi (South in Fife),
Gic'Srunar-kvi^a in fonia, 16, is genuine. The other
Pcttlandfjor^r (Pentland Firth), is given as from the prose
introduction to Grotta-s'dngr ; this prose introduction does
not belong to the poetic Edda, and is not taken from the
MS. (Codex Regius), but from Snorra Edda ; it is inserted
by Munch in his edition of Sa^mundar Edda as an intro-
duction to the poem.

Even if the above instances were perfectly sound, the
utmost that they prove is that Icelanders had visited and
observed Gaelic countries ; this we knew already from the

■^ Helgedigteiie, ]i. 1 1 S.

^ Corpus Poeticitin, p. Ixi.

^ Facs., p. 41, 1. 5.

* Corpus PoeticHiii, I., p. 134.

10 Faraday, IrisJi Influence on Icelandic Litcrat7irc.

Sagas and other historical sources. Professor Bugge and
the Corpus Poeticum editors have not proved that Ice-
landers learnt to understand the speech of the Irish or
Scottish Gaels ; they have not adduced a single instance
of the re-appearance of Gaelic legend in Norse literature ;
while the theory that the poems were composed by settlers
in the Isles, and there heard by Icelanders who carried
them home when they returned, is mere hypothesis. No
trace of them has been found outside Iceland ; and while
we know that the Icelanders were a literary race, furnish-
ing most of the skalds to Norway, we have no grounds
for attributing literary skill to the island settlers.

Professor Bugge tries to show^ that one native Irish
story influenced the Helgi poems ; this story, the Catli
Ruis na Rigr is a late composition of the nth century,
itself influenced by the events of the Norse and Danish
occupation. Further, none of the peculiar and distinctive
elements in the story reappear in Hclgi, such as the
resounding of the Three Waves of Ireland and the shields
of the Ultonian host, in answer to the moan of Conchobur's
shield,'' nor the marching of the army under oak branches*;
the so-called influence is shown in ex[)ressions which may
indeed be parallel, but which in a large number of cases
are simple statements of facts that might have occurred a
dozen times in the actual experience of either Irish or
Norsemen. Such are : " Sendi aru allvaldr ):a^an''" (the
king sent messengers thence), by the Irish " faitte dano
fessa ocus techta uad'"' (then were heralds and messengers
sent out from him) ; or " fa'San bei'S fengill unz finig

1 He/gedigtene, pp. 37—55-

- Calk Kuis na A'/g, ed. Ilogan (Dublin, 1S92).

" Cath Kuis na Rig, ch. 35.

* lb., ch. 37.

'•' Helgi Hundingsbani, I. 21.

* Cath Ruis na Rig, ch. 8.

Manchester iMenioirs, Vol. xliv. (1899), No. *-}. 1 1

komu"' (there the prince waited until they came thither),
by the Irish " Et tancatar co hairm i mbai Conall" (and
they came to the place where Conall was) ; or the
description of a storm at sea."-^)

The theory'' that the Valkyriur of Old Norse myth are
due to the working of Celtic suggestion on a Germanic
basis of fact, is again unsupported hypothesis. In the
absence of any evidence of actual intercourse, no scholar
can do more than point out that supernatural battle-maids,
of very different character, appear in both literatures, as
also in the literature of other races ; there is no proof that
either borrowed from the mythology of the other, except
such as may be drawn from a {q.\v isolated and obscure
references in Irish stories, which look like suggestions from
Norse mythology ; and these might be otherwise explained
with greater knowledge.*

We now return to the older and broader theory that a
Celtic admixture in race first gave the impulse for literary
composition in Iceland.^ That such an admixture was
large enough either to ensure a knowledge of the Irish
speech among Icelanders or to make the spread of Irish
ideas probable, is not supported by such evidence as we

^ Helgi Hundingsbani, I. 22.

- Helgi Hundingsbani, I., 27-31 ; Cath Kit is na Rig, ch. 10.

3 Helgedigtene, p. 177.

* Such is the sentence " Fanocrat in da fiach drundechta {? druidechta)
dogensat in tsh'iaig " (Serglige Conculaind, Lebor na hUidhre, fol. 48^, R. I.
A. Dublin), which may be translated "The two ravens announced the
enchantments which the host performed " ; no ravens have been mentioned
before, and their isolated appearance here as messengers from the battletield
seems like a reminiscence of Odin's two ravens.

'" See Matthew Arnold, Study of Celtic Literature (London, 1867),
p. 141, f., " There is a fire, a sense of style, a distinction, in Icelandic poetry,
which German poetry has not. Icelandic poetry too shows a powerful and
developed technic ; and I wish to throw out .... the suggestion that this
power of style and development of technic in the Norse poetry seems to point
towards an early Celtic influence or intermixture." See also Sturlunga Saqa,
Prolegomena, p. xx.

12 Faraday, IrisJi Influejicc on Icelandic Literature.

can gather from historical sources. Personal names should
be to some extent a criterion of the intermixture of races,
as local names are of their geographical distribution. In-
vestigation on this point seems to show a very considerable
Scandinavian element among the Irish of the East and
South, for centuries after the raids had ceased ; but an
insignificant and rapidly vanishing Gaelic element in
Iceland.

Of the 85 possibly Irish^ names which occur in Norse
sources, not much more than a third were ever actually
used on Icelandic soil ; only eight'- were ever borne by
native Icelanders ; and only three obtained any hold, or
lasted for more than a generation or two. Of these, two,
Njall and Kormakr, must have been heard at an earlier
time than the others, possibly from Irish monks on the
continent, and not in the west ; since both are found in
Norway in Harald Harfagr's time: i.e.^ Njall,'* the brother
of Eyvind Skaldaspillir, and son of Finn Skjalg, and
Kormakr,"* the grandfather of Kormak the skald. His
parentage is not given, but he is described in the Saga
as "vi'kverskr at) aett, ri'kr ok kynstorr" (a Vi'k man by
descent, powerful, and of a great family).

The possibly Norse names in the Irish annals are
about equal in number. Dr. Whitley Stokes gave an
incomplete list in Bezzenberger's Beitrage XVIII., 12 1-3.
The following names which he omits ma}' be noted
(I include foreign names which came through the
Norse) :

^ See Mr. Craigie's list in Zeitschrift fiir Keltische PItilologie, I. jip.
444-450.

2 These are Z^w/z/a// (Ldn. 2. 17), KaSall (\An. 2. 18, Njala, 148).
Kiallakr i^Aw. 2. II, 19). Kjarlan (Ldn., Laxdxla), A'^;/a// (Sturlunga,
vii. 26), Kormakr, Kylan (Ldn. 2. l), Njall.

' For)iinantta Scigur, I. 2.

■• Konnaks Saga, i.

Manchester Memnirs, Vol. xliv. (1899), No. *>. 13

1. ^r«rt/// Scott, Cogadh GniclhiU, ch. 106; Email, ib. 117.
Probably Old Norse Arnljotr-.

2. Colla mac Bairid, Chronicon Scotorum^ 923; Colla mac
Barit, Annals of the Four Masters^ 922. There appears to have
been an Irish name Colla, found in the legendary Three CoUas,
and in some Irish families which claimed descent from them ;
but occurring at such an early date as the name of a Norseman's
son, it is probably here the Old Norse Kolr.

3. /;/ Ingen Ruadh, Cogadh Gaidhil, ch. 36, Inghine
Ruaidhe, ib. ch. 117, da mhac 7ia hingene Rimidhe {ihQ two sons
of In Ingen Ruadh). The words are Irish, and mean " the red-
haired maiden." As In Ingen Ruadh and her sons were Norse
leaders, it is possible that this is an attempt to reproduce one of
the Norse female names beginning with Ingi-, e.g. IngigerS or
Ingeri^.

4. Pol mac Amaind, xAnnals of Ulster^ 1 103. Fol Adhmann,
Annals of Loch Ce'', 1103. Pol \\-\?lC Amaind, Annals of the
Four Masters, 1103. Raghnall mac Poll, Four Masters and Loch
Ce, 1133. Old Norse ^i/.

5. Birnd, Cogadh Gaidhil, ch. 46. Old Norse Bjoni.
There are some points to be noticed in connection

with some of the names in Dr. Stokes' list :

1. Asgall, Old Norse Askell. A form more like the original
occurs in the Annals of Tigernach,' fol. 25'', i. which has Ascall,
Aschall, at the date 1 1 7 1. Loch Ce gives Axoll at the same date.

2. Aufer, Chronicon Scotorum, 925 ; Four Masters, 924.
Dr. Stokes says : AfvirSr, Icelandic Auvir^r, Anglo-Saxon

' Wars of the Gaedhil and the Gall, ed. Tudd, Rolls Series.

- Ib. Introduction, p. clxxxi. , Steenstrup, Noriiiannerne, III., p. l66
(Kobenhavn, 1876-82).

^ Chronicon Scotoruui, ed. Hennessy, Rolls Series.

* Annals of the Four Masters, ed. O'Donovan,

s Bodleian MS., Rawl. B. 489, fol. 46'' l, 1. 34. {Annals of Ulster, ed.
Hennessy and MacCarthy, Rolls Series. )

•^ Annals of Loch Ce, ed. Hennessy, Rolls Series.

" Annals of Tigernach, Rawl. B. 488.

14 Fakadav, Irish Infliioice on Icelandic Literature.

cefovyrd. It might equally well represent Old Norse Olver or
At/r, both much commoner names.

3. A/nste, Annals of Ulster 862, &c. Dr. vStokes etjuates
this with Anglo-Saxon Einvils. It may, however represent Old
Norse ^?^"S^w/ (compare the form A^isl oi Islendinga Bok, 12).
He takes the form Ossill, Osil, of Cogadh Gaidhil, ch. 29, for
a different name, "perhaps Asvaldr"' ; but the Annals of Ulster
(Rawl. B. 489), fol. 25", 2, 1. 6, and the Three Fragments' have
respectively Auisle, Ois/e, for the same entry, in 866 ; and the
older M.S. (Book of Leinster) of Cogadh Gaidhil, has Oisli.

4. Birndi/i, Cogadh Gaidhil, ch. 36. Ur. vStokes suggests
that perhaps Birn- = Bjariii or Bjorn, and -din some Irish
termination. IJut the -d- evidently belongs to the stem, from the
form Bir/id, mentioned above (a form unnoticed by Dr. Stokes).
Then -in might be an error fur the ///. (abbreviation of mac)
of a patronymic ; or it might be the Irish diminutive suffix -in.

5. Brodor iarla, Cogadh Gaidhil, ch. 87 ; Annals of Ulster,
1014. '•'•Bruadar taoisioch na nDanar," {i.e., leader of the Danes)
Chronicon Scotorum, 10 12, &c. It seems doubtful whether
this is a Norse name, though the man here mentioned in the
entries refeiiing to the battle of Clontarf is certainly the BrlrSir
of Njals Saga, 155-7. But it occurs nowhere else in Norse
sources as a proper name, while it does come much earlier in
the Irish annals, as an Irish name; <?,§". ^r^ai^ar Mac Aedha,
(Four Masters, 851, Chronicon Scotorum, 853); Brziadar l^l&c
Dunlaing (Four Masters, 860) ; Bruadar Mac luichthighern
(Annals of Tigernach 982, fol. 15-'', 2, 1. 12).

6. Colphin, Cogadh Gaidhil, ch. 24. Old Norse Koll'einn.
Dr. Stokes does not notice that the name occurs elsewhere in
the annals in a form much more like the Norse : Co/imin, Four
Masters 988, Chronicon Scotorum 9S7, Annals of Tigernach 9S9
(fol. 15'', 2, 1. 42, out of place).

7. Dolfinn is given by Dr. Stokes as Anglo-Sa.xon, but is
more probably Scandinavian ; the father Finntuir (Annals of

^ Three Fragments of Irish History, ed. O'Donovan.

Manchester Meuioh's, Vol. xliv. ( 1 899), No. !^. 1 5

Ulster, 1054), or Fi/i/itair (Loch. Ce, 1054), bears a name which
is undoubtedly Norse, i.e., ''"' Finn\or for \)orfi)iii.^

8. Elgi., Ailche. Old Norse Helgi. Other forms which
occur are Ailgi (Four Masters 920, 922), Elgim (Cogadh
Gaidhil, ch. 46).

9. Grijfin is probably not Norse (Cogadh Gaidhil, 36) ; the
only name resembling it is Griffiniis, the form which the Welsh
Gruffudd takes in Latin chronicles.

10. Lagk/iwi/id, Cogadh Gaidhil, ch. 26. Old Norse
*Lagman?i {Ldgiiia'^r). Other forms are Ladhmanii (Loch Ce,
ni6); and as the name of a Hebridean family, na Ladgi/iaiui,
Four ISLasters, 960.

1 1. Oduind., Cogadh Gaidhil, ch. 36. Old Norse Au^iinn.
The form Eodond occurs in ch. 46.

12. Roalt (Four Masters, 924), Roilt (Chronicon Scotorum,
925). Old Norse iym?/(^//. This is not certain, for the Innis-
fallen Annals- have in the same entry Atolt ( = Hafaldr), fol.
n% I. 1- 27-

13. Roduilbh (Three Fragments, 860). Old Norse ''•' Hrb-
^I'dfr, Hrbifr. The shorter form also occurs ; e.g.., Roailbh
(Loch Ce, 1344), Aedh mac Roiiilb (Annals of Ulster, 1342,
fol. 76'', I, 1. 18). Pilib mac Rouilbh (Annals of Ulster, 1362,
fol. 78", I, 1. i). Roolbh mac Mhathgamna (Annals of Ulster,
1310).'

14. Rodlaibh (Three Fragments, 863), Rothlaibli, (Four
Masters, 860), Old Norse Hrolleifr ( = *Hroc)leifr). It should
however be noticed that the Three Fragments in the 860 entry
have Roduilbh ( = Hro'^uifr).

15. Snuafgaire (Cogadh Gaidhil, ch. 36), Snadgair (ib. ch.
94). Dr. Stokes takes this for Nadd-v geirr, treating it as a
different name from Siiartgair, though it is possibly only an error

^ Symeonis Hist. Dunelm. Ecclesiae, p. 127, " Dolfini hlii Torfini."
(ed. Arnold, Rolls Series 75, vol. I.).
^ Ravvl. B. 503.
'^ In MacCarthy's edition ; the leaf is lost from the Bodleian MS.

1 6 1''aka1)A\', Irish Iiifiiiciuc on Icelandic Literature.

for that form, since corresponding to Snad}:;air in ch. 94 of
Cogadh Ciaidliil, the Annals of Ulster, 1014 (fol. 36'' 2, 1. 19),
has Si/(jr/i:;air AUiX Loch ("c, loi.j, Siuirti^^/iair. This would be
S7'(irtx't'ffr in Norse.

16. .S'//r?/;//V/, genitive, (Cogadh (laitlhil, ch. 36, 117), Si/aiii/i
in)ininali\e, (ch. i).}), may he for Svei/i/i. The nominative form
is not in accordance with the usual sound-changes from Norse
to Irish ; hut the name occurs in a form resembling it in a Latin
chronicK',' which has '' Si/a/ii regis Danorum filii Haroldus,
(".iiuUus," \c., where other annals (<.,;,'., Ann. Cambr.) have
Arct;!'/"/ or S:(<e!>i.

17. AV///////, genitive, (Cogadh Ciaidhil, ch. 117), Sin'i/ii/i, (ch.
3()), Su/ii/t nominative, (ch. 94). Dr. Stokes only quotes the lirst
two lorms, and equates with Norse 677//-////'/, the swine. He does
not notii-e that in both these cases the word is in the genitive,
and th.U the only nominative form given could not possibly
represent Svi/t-inn.

iS. '/\>iri>eanhiii^/i, (Cogadh C.aidhil, ch. 36), is given by Dr.
Stokes as perhaps for Norse )')on'ar'^r with a Caelic suffix. The
simple loim jJi'/Vi//-'^/-, which he does not give, occurs in Loch
Cc. iJio, ijii, 7(V/Av\.'' nuu- Call Cihoeidil.

u). Tonuair \\xA\ (Annals of Ulster, S47, etc.). Dr. Stokes
deri\cs from \iorir, \ii'rcirr, ]\'>ri;r/rr ; the first is probably
right. He also gives Tamar, Tomar = \)orr, from * \ionijr, a
view which is shared by Steenstrup.^ There is no need to
dilTerentiate here, as the shorter form is probably a scribal
error. ]\'n- never occurs in Norse as a man's name ; and in
almost all cases where the shorter form occurs in Irish, other
sources give the longer. So for To'iuir (Dublin MS. of the
Innisfallen Annals, 848), Annals of Ulster, S47 (fol. 23^ i, 1. 28)
and Chronicon Scotorum, S4S, have Tomair: for Tamrar mac
Elgi (Cogadh Caidhil, ch. 33). the Bodleian Innisfallen Annals
(fol. 16'' I. 1. 3-'') have 71'///r(7/> mac Elgi ; in Cogadh Gaidhil, ch.
23, where the Dublin MS. has Tomar, the Book oi Leinsier has

* Sym. Dunelm. llistoria Keguni, 1009.

* ^\'orrn.:nnfrnic (Kol>enhavn, 1876-82) IL 361.

Manc/icstcr Memoirs, Vol. xHv. ( 1 899), A^^;. *J. 1 7

Tomrair ; and corresponding to Tomur'm Cogadh Gaidhil, ch.
24, the Three Fragments, 869, liave Tomrar, Tomrair, Toinrur.

20. 2^ori>e/id (Cogadh Gaidhil, ch. 94), Torfind (Annals of
Ulster, II 24), Old Norse \)orfinnr. Another form, Toirfhinn,
occurs in Loch Ce, 1124. The forms Fi/ni/idr, Finntair, of the
Annals of Ulster and Loch Ce, 1054, also belong here.

21. TorcJiar. OXdi ^ox%^. '^orgeirr. The name is found in
a form more like the original in the Bodleian MS. of the Innis-
fallen Annals, 1172, Mac Torgair (fol. 38'', i, 1. 14).

22. Torstan mac Eric (Annals of Ulster and Four Masters,
II 03), Old Norse \)orsfeinn (Eiriksson). Loch Ce, 1103,
gives another form, Trosdan mac Erec,

The other Norse names' which occur in the Irish
annals are : AccolbJi (Four Masters, 928) and ScolpJi
(Cogadh Gaidhil, ch 23). ( = Ask61fr); Ago?id. Hacond
(=Hakon); Albdan, Alpthann, Albdcan, Albann, Alband
(=Halfdanr); Aniiilaiui, in very many forms ( = (I)lafr);
Ainond ( = Hamundr); A rait ( = Haraldr); Bactlibarr,
Badbarr ( = Bo'bvarr); Barith, Baraid- ( = Bar^r or BarSi) ;
Blacair, Blacaire ( = Blakari); Cniitt ( = KnLitr); Elair
(perhaps = Haldorr) ; Eoaii^ Eoin, Eon ( = Jon) ; Eric, Erec,
Ericc ( = Eirikr); Eruilbh, Erolbh ( = Herj61fr); Ettla
(perhaps = Atli); Fulf, Ulf, Ulbh, Hulb, Olbh (=Ulfr);
Goffraidh, Gothbraith, Gothfrith, GobhfraigJi^ etc. ( = *Gu'S-
fri^r, GueJro'Sr) ; Graggabai ( = Krakabeinn); Heimar
( = Einarr); Herling' ( = Erlingr); Hingauiund (=Ingi-
mundr) ; Hona (perhaps = An, Ani) ; Hori/i ( = Ormr);
largna (perhaps = Jarnkne ?) ; Ilhilb (perhaps = *Illulfr) ;
Iniar, loviar, IniJiar, etc. ( = h-arr) ; Loduir, Lotair, Ltiadar,
etc. (=HloL>ver); Magnus, Jlanits, MaghnHS,e\.c., {='Sl^g-

' For details see Bezzenberger's Beitriige, xviii., 121-3.

- Rawl B. 489, fol. 26b, I, 1. 7.

=5 Rawl. B. 488, fol. 25b, I, 11. 40. 41.

■* Rawl. B.4S8, fol. igi', 2, 1. 10.

* Book of Leinster, fol. 172-', iS.

1 8 Faraday, Irisli Influence on Icelandic Literature.

nuss); Odolbli ( = Au^61fr); Oistin ( = Eysteinn); Oitir}
Oittir, Ottir, Otir, etc. ( = Ottarr) ; Ragnall, Raglinall, Rad-
naiir- ( = *Ragnvaldr, Rognvaldr) ; RagJinailt ( = female
name, Ragnhild) ; Ruaniand, Rnadlniiand (=Hr6mundr,
*Hr6'Smundr) ; Saxulb, Saxolbh ( = *Saxulfr, Soxolfr) ;
Sic/rifh, Sick frit, Sichfraidh, Siugrad, Sighrud, etc.
( = *Sigfri^r, SigurSr) ; Signiall T = *Sigvaldr) ; Siinond
( = Sigmundr) ; Sitriuc, Sitnug, Sitricc, etc. ( ^ Sigtryggr);
Soniarlid, SonihairlidJi, Souiairligh, Sonihairle, etc. ( = Su-
marli'bi) ; Stain, Zain, Sdain,^ ( = Steinn); 'I oinralt
( = )2orvaldr) ; Torgeis, Turges (perhaps = jjorgils) ;
Toiolb, I orolbh ( = ]56r61fr); Turcaill,^ Torcaiil, Turgaill
f = })<)rkcll>

Other names given as Norse which cannot be satis-
factoril}' equated are: Anrath; Goistilin ; Grisin or Grisine ;
Iiifuit ; Laraic ; Muraillox Sniurall ; iMilid Bun {\:)CY\\?i^s
= Biii ?) ; Lununin ; Oiberd (Dr. Stokes thinks = Objarto,
"beardless," or HrobjarSr; it might represent Eyvindr) ;
Onphile ; Ota; Plait; S tab all ; Sortadbud.

More significant than the actual number of Norse
names in Irish sources is the persistence and increasing
frequency with which they recur among Irish families in
the later annals ; for that reason, I have gone more fully
into them than into the Irish names in the Sagas. A
Celtic name in Iceland rarely survived more than a
generation or two ; the exceptions, Njall and Kormakr,
arc peculiar, as having been adopted very early (see
above). In Ireland, the case is quite different. At
first rarely, but with increasing frequency, Norse
names occur in Irish families. The first case, if the
usual reading of the passage is taken, is not till 103 1

' K.iwl. 15. 48S, fol. 23% I, 1. 31.

"- lb., fol. l6b, 2.

Mb., 16", 2, 1. 53.

■* lb., fol. 24''S 2, I. 21 ; 23", I, 11. 12 13, 31.

Manchester Memoirs, l^ol. xliv. (iSgg'i, No. "Z. 19

(Annals of Tigernach,'= Loch Ce, 1036), where the
son, Flaithbertach, of a Trostan ( = )3orstcinn) mac Mur-
certaigh of the Ui Neil! is mentioned. In 1034 and 1037
of the same annals, we find a Sitriiic ( = Sigtryggr) hUi
Flandacan of the Ui Mane ; in 1049 (Annals of Ulster),
Imhar(= Ivarr)hUa Reice ; in 10S7 (Annals of Tigernach),
Sitric ( = Sigtryggr) mac Consleibe hUi Fergail ; in iioi
(Annals of Ulster), Sitriuc hUa Maelfabhaill king of
Carraic Brachaide, and (Innisfallen Annals) Amlaib mac
Echach ; 1103 (Annals of Ulster), Raghnaill Ua Ocain,
la\vgiver of Telach-6g. From this time, the beginning of
the 1 2th century, Norse names become more and more
frequent, Ragnall, Amlaib, Goffiaidh, Magnus and Imar,
occurring on nearly every page of the annals. From 11 80
to the end of the Annals of Ulster (200 years), the Ui
Conchobuir ( = 0'Conor) were never without a Magnus or
Mac Magnusa. During the same period, the chief of
Muintir Eolais was always a Raghnall or Mac Raghnaill,
and Mac Raghnaill became the surname of the family.
Among the Ui Raghaillaigh ( = O'Reilly), Goffraidh and
Maghnus are frequent ; the female name Raghnailt also
occurs. Of the Ui Ruairc( = 0'Rourke),wefind as chieftains
AmUib in 1184,1228,1248, 1259 (Four Masters), and 1271
(Annals of Ulster) ; Sitriuc in 1165 (Annals of Ulster) ;
Maghnus, 13S0 (Four Masters). Among the Ui Cathain
(O'Kane), Goffraidh, Maghnus and Raghnall are frequent,
the two latter as late as the i6th century. These and one
or two other Norse names are also common among the
Ui Domnaill ( = 0'Donnell), Ui Gailmrcdaigh, Ui Fergail,
Ui hEochadha, and other families. Somhairlidh is found
especially among the Mac Domhnaill (M'Donnell). Colla
and Eoan or Eoin might of course be either Scandinavan
or Gaelic ; in some cases at least, as when they occur

' Rawl. B. 488, fol. i6b, 2, 1. 22.

20 Fakadav, Irish Influence on Icelandic Literature.

among the Mac Domhnaill of the Isles, they are probably
Scandinavian. The very name by which the Irish called
the invaders, Lochlann, was taken by the Irish themselves
as a personal name, and Ua Lochlainn (O'Loughlin)
became the name of a great family.

We find, therefore, no instance of a Norse name in an
Irish family until 17 years after the Battle of Clontarf had
settled once for all the relations between the Irish and
the settlers ; and they do not become common until 80
or 90 years after that event. We find the sons of Norse
fathers bearing Gaelic names 40 or 50 years before Clon-
tarf, but these names are of the character of nicknames,
such as Gluniaraind (Iron-knee), Cuallaid (Wild Dog),
Dubcend (Black-head), and would be given to them by
their Irish opponents. They are, of course, only found in
Irish sources. The only exception is Niall hua hEruilb
(Annals of Ulster, 957, Four Masters, 956) ; and as we
have seen, the name Njall was at this time already
naturalised in Norvva}'. We are surely justified in con-
cluding from this that real mixture between the two races
in Ireland did not become general until the beginning of
the 1 2th century, 200 years after the settlement of
Iceland was completed. This tells against the theory
that the early raiders who spent a short time in the
islands and then passed on to settle further west, obtained
even a fair knowledge of the Gaelic speech. Both proba-
bility and evidence are against the idea. It is not likely
that those Norsemen who only stopped at the islands to
plunder, on their way to found new homes in Iceland,
found either time or opportunity to study the speech of
the natives ; as a rule they did not even trouble to learn
the names of the thralls they took, but renamed them ;
these thralls, too, quickly died off in Iceland, or rebelled
and were killed. When it wah necessarj' that the two

Manchester Alemoirs, Vol. xliv. ( 1 899), No. ^. 2 1

races should understand each other, that which f(jr the
time was the weaker had probably to give way, and learn
to understand the speech of the stronger. Those who
settled permanently in the isles did, of course, speak
Gaelic, but this very fact makes it all the less probable
that a knowledge of Gaelic would reach Iceland, for
Icelanders who visited Ireland in their journeys east
mixed chiefly with those who spoke their own tongue^,
and if they had any intercourse with Gaels, would hardly
trouble to learn a new language when they had inter-
preters in plenty. The sagas give us two instances only
of Icelanders or Norwegians who spoke Irish when they
visited Ireland ; one of these, an Icelander, Olafr Pa,- had
been taught the language in secret by his Irish mother ;
the other;' a Norseman, acted as interpreter for the
hostages left by Magnus Berf?ettr with Myrkjartan, King
of Connaught, but his knowledge of the language can
hardly have been extensive, since when he tried to make
a complimentary speech to the king, the result was, to
the indignation of the court, a curse (written down
phonetically by the saga-writer).

The relative number of loan words in the two
languages confirms these suppositions. Some 200 words'
of probable Norse origin occur in Gaelic. A few of these
appear sporadically in references to the Norsemen, nick-
names, or quotations ; by far the greater number are still
living words in Gaelic, many having derivatives with
Gaelic suffixes. About twenty might phonetically as well
come from Anglo-Saxon forms, but in most of these the

' Cf. Njals Saga, ch. 85, f., 152, f., Eyrbygg/a. ch. 29, 64. Gzuinlaugs
Saga Ormstuugn, ch. 8.
- Laxdala Saga.
^ Bisktipa Sdgur I., 227.
* Arkiv for nordisk Filologi, vol. X., 149- 166.

22 Faraday, Irisli hiflncncc on Icelandic Literature.

phonetic reasons for a Norse or Enij^lish origin are equal,
and history is in favour of Norse.

In IcclaiKh'c prose, omitting the two corruj^t phrases
quoted in Biskitpa Sligiir, there are six words which are
ahnost certainly GaeHc : bjanak (Jr. bendacht, blessing) ;
erg, a shieling (Irish airghe) ; gelt, men mad with fear
(Irish geilt) ; ingian (Irish ingen, ingean, girl); kvaran, in
the name of a King of Dublin, Olaf Kvaran (Irish cuaran) ;
and i)iinn\akl a mixture of flour and butter made by
Hjorleif's Irish thralls (Irish mi'n, flour). With one
exception, these occur only oiice or twice, generally in
connection with Gaels. The exception is gelt'~, first
identified by Dr. Meyer^with \x\^\ geilt, men who go mad
with fear in a fight. It is apparently the same word as
gjaiti, in the phrase " ver^a at gjaiti," which occurs several
times, and seems to be a familiar expression. This form
used to be regarded as connected with goitr, a hog, and is
so given as " an old dative " in the Oxford Dictionary ;
but this it could not be, since the root vowel of go/tr is a,
and the ja of gjaiti could only come from an original e.
A few other words are sometimes claimed as GaeHc loans,
but brok, b rcckr, {o\di Irish broc, shoe); kcsja (Irish ceis,
a spear) ; des (Irish dais, heap), may have been borrowed
by the Irish from Norse.

It will be seen that all the evidence is negative. We
expect to find Gaelic names in Iceland ; we do not find
them. We expect to find Gaelic loan-words in Iceland ; we
do not find tlicm. On the other hand, Norse words are fairly
plentiful in Gaelic ; while Norse personal names survive
even to the present day in Irish and Scottish surnames.
The Norsemen have left traces in Ireland ; there is no
trace in Iceland of a strong Irish influence.

1 Zeitschrift filr Keltische Philologie, I., p. 442. Pafar seems to be
Latin, and kii'Si has never been equated.
* Speculum Regale, ed. Brenner, 1881.
» Folklore, V. p. 312.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1899), No. %.

III. Correction in the Wilde Lecture of 1897, "On the
Nature of the Rontgen Rays. "

Sir George Stokes writes : —

" I must apologise to the Society for having over-
looked an error of pure inadvertence which
unfortunately is of such a nature as to puzzle the
reader, as there is nothing to suggest that it is a
mere slip. In p. 18, 1. 17,* the word 'cathode'
should have been ' target.' "

* Maiichester Mtmoirs, Vol. xli. (1897), No. 15.
February 2jrd, igoo.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. ( 1 899), No. 4.

IV. Report on the Mollusca of the " Jackson-Harms-
worth " Expedition to Franz-Josef Land (1896-97),
and of the "Andrew Coats" Cruise (1898) to
Kolguev, etc.

By James Cosmo Melvill, M.A., F.L.S.,

AND

Robert Standen,

Assistant Keeper, Manchester Museum.
Received and read November 28th, iSgg.

We are indebted to Mr. VV. S. Bruce, the naturalist
attached to these two important Arctic expeditions, so
successful in their scientific results, for the opportunity of
examining and reporting on the large mass of molluscan
material obtained, mostly by dredging, and in case of
the first, at all events, rendered especially interesting by
having been found at a more northerly latitude than any
previously reported. These Mollusca were exceedingly
carefully collected, and are now catalogued by us under
the respective heads of

(i) From Franz-Josef Land (Lat. 80^—82^ N.).

(2) „ Kolguev. (Lat. 69^—78° N.).
As might be expected, there is hardly anything of actual
novelty. So much attention has, during the last half of
this nineteenth century, been paid to the natural produc-
tions of the polar circle, that it is hardly likely further
researches will add much to the list, for, of course, the
nearer the actual pole is attained, the less will life flourish.

With such works of reference before us as those
especially, of G. O. Sars, A. Th.von. Middendorf, Hermann
Friele, and the more recently published ' Conspectus ' of

February 2jrd, igoo.

2 Melvill and Standen, Report on Arctic Mollusca.

H. J. Posselt* — the arrangement of whose nomenclature
we are now following — malacologists are well supplied
with literature of Arctic mollusca, and we feel there is but
little to be said with regard to Mr. Bruce's specimens
besides giving a mere catalogue, with exact localities.

Mr. Walter Wellman has lately returned home (in
August, 1899), having completed the survey of the more
northerly parts of Franz-Josef Land, and giving the finish-
ing touches to the work of the Jackson- Harmsworth
Expedition, but we have yet to learn if any mollusca were
collected.

A large proportion of the specimens are preserved in
formalin, a medium of which we are sorry to be obliged
to speak unfavourably as regards the calcareous covering,
— however valuable for the preservation of anatomical
parts — the shells being so frequently rendered fragile, and
much deterioration occurring owing to its corrosive action
on the carbonate of lime.

Our best thanks are due to Dr. Hermann Friele, of
Bergen, and to Mr. Edgar Smith, of the British Museum
(Natural History), who have both aided us with advice
and examination of specimens.

We may add that a few Nudibrmichiata were in the
collection, and also two or three Ptcropoda and Heteropoda,
but these are not dealt with in the present paper.

CATALOGUE OF SPECIES.
I. Franz-Josef Land.

BRACHIOPODA.

RJiynchoiella psittacca (Gmel.).

Hub. Off Cape Mary Harmsworth, 53 — 93 fathoms.

* Conspectus Faunae Grrenlandicae (Gronlands Ikachiopoder og
Bloddyr af Henr. J- Posselt, 1898, Kjobenhavn, 1S98).

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. ( 1 899), No. \. 3

PELECYPODA.

Pcctcn gr(£7ilandicus (Sow.).

Hub. Cape Flora, 8 fathoms. Off Cape Gertrude, 30
fathoms. Near Wilczek Land, 127 fathoms. Off glacier
between Cape Flora and Cape Gertrude, 30 fathoms.

Litnatula subaiiriculata (Mont).

Hab. Dredged, Lat. 77°55' N., Long. 53^20' E., 130
fathoms.

Creiiella dcciissata (Mont).

Hab. Off Flora Cottage, one mile out, 15 fathoms.

Crenella discors (L.).

Hab. Off West glacier, i to 3 fathoms.

Modiolaria IcEvigata (Gray).

Hab. Cape Flora, on shore, and dredged 8 fathoms.
Gunther Sound, 10 fathoms. Beach at North end of
Windy Gully, Gunther Sound. Off Flora Cottage, about
one mile out, 15 fathoms. Off West Bay, Cape Flora, 8
fathoms. Off Cape Gertrude, 30 fathoms. Off East
glacier. Cape Flora, i- — 30 fathoms. South-west of Elm-
wood, 18 fathoms. Off Cape Mary Harmsworth, 53 — 93
fathoms. Off West Point, Cape Flora, 2 — 5 fathoms.
The examples obtained were unusually fine, and in some
localities abundant.

Modiolaria nigra (Gray).

Hab. Off Cape Gertrude, three-quarters of a mile from
east end, 12 — 30 fathoms. Off glacier between Capes
Flora and Gertrude, 30 fathoms. From walrus' stomachs,
Miers Channel. Cape Flora, 8 fathoms. Gunther Sound,
10 fathoms.

Portlandia frigida (Torell).

Hab Lat 77°SS' ^■■, Long 53*^20' E.

Portlandia lucida (Lov.).

Hab. Lat. 77^55' N., Long. 53^20' E., 130 fathoms.

4 Melvill and Standen, Report on Arctic Mollusca.

Leda pernula (Miill.).

Walrus' stomachs, Miers Channel.

Cardiuni {Serripcs) groc7ilandicni)i (Chem.).

Hab. North end of Windy Gully, Giinther Sound.

Cardiuvi i^Ccrastodcrvid) islandicum (L.).
Trawled, 75 fathoms.

Astarte banksi (Leach).

Hab. Giinther Sound, 10 fathoms. Off West glacier,
Cape Flora, i — 3 fathoms.

Astarte borealis (Chem.).

Hab. Beach, north end of Windy Gully, Giinther
Sound. Shore of west end of Cape Giinther. Near
Wilczek Land, 127 fathoms.

Astaj'te compressa (Mont.).

Hab. Off Elmwood, two-thirds of a mile to the south-
west, 18 fathoms. Lat. 77''55' N., Long. 55^25' E., 115
fathoms.

Astarte crenata (Gray).

Hab. Lat. 77°55' N., Long. 53^20' E., 130 fathoms.
From walrus' stomachs, Miers Channel,
var. subacqitilatera (Sow).
Dredged, 140 fathoms.

Astarte elliptic a (Brown).
Dredged, 60 fathoms.

Astarte fabula (Roe.) var. Warhami Hancock.
Hab. Giinther Sound, 10 fathoms. Dredged, 60 — 140
fathoms.

Astarte seviisulcata (Leach).

Hab. Shore of Shell Gully, west end of Cape Gertrude.
Giinther Sound, 10 fathoms.

var. WitJiami Wood.
Off Cape Gertrude, east end, 12 fathoms.

Manchester Mevioirs, Vol. xliv. ( 1 899), No. 4. 5

A start c sulcata (Da Costa).

Beach, north end of Windy Gully, Giinther Sound.

Crypt odo?i sericatns (Carp.).

Hab. Off East glacier, Cape Flora, 4 fathoms, one
living specimen. Giinther Sound, 10 fathoms, dead.

Venus fluctiiosa (Gould).

Hab. Giinther Sound, 10 fathoms. Off West glacier,
Cape Flora, i — 3 fathoms. Abundant.

Alacoina calcaria (Chem.).

Dredged, 60 fathoms.

Thracia papyracea (Poli.) var. villosiuscula (Macg.).

Hab. One and a half mile south-west of Elmwood, 26
fathoms.

Thracia., sp.

Hah. Wilczek Land, 127 fathoms.

A right and left valve of a Thracia which does not
seem exactly analogous to any known species and which
is probably new to science, but the very imperfect condi-
tion of the valves decided us to defer description for a
possible future opportunity.

PaJidora glacialis f Leach).

Hab. Off Cape Gertrude, 12 fathoms. Off West glacier,
Cape Flora, i — 3 fathoms. Giinther Sound, 10 fathoms.

Saxicava arctica (L.).

Hab. Off Elmwood, 18 fathoms. From isolated beach
of most westerly rocks south of Mabel Island. From
beach at north end of Windy Gully, Giinther Sound. Off
Flora Cottage, about one mile out, 15 fathoms. From
walrus' stomach, Miers Channel. Off Cape Mary Harms-
worth, 53 — 93 fathoms. Off West Point, Cape Flora,
2 — 6 fathoms. Cape Gertrude, 30 fathoms. Giinther
Sound, 10 fathoms. Off East glacier, Cape Flora, 30
fathoms.

6 Melvill and Standen, Report on Arctic Mollusca.

Some specimens are unusually large, and the species
is generally abundant.

Mya truncata (L.).

Hab. Near East glacier, Cape Flora, 4 — 30 fathoms,
also from floe in West Bay. From isolated beach of most
westerly rocks South of Mabel Island. Off Cape Gertrude,
12 fathoms. Giinther Sound, 10 fathoms, and from beach
at north end of Windy Gully. From walrus' stomachs,
Miers Channel (siphons only).

Very abundant. All the examples obtained are small
sized, and the majority are excessively truncate, agreeing
exactl)' with var. uddcvalctisis Forbes.

SCAPHOPODA.

SipJi07wdentalium vitrciim (M. Sars.).
Trawled, 100 fathoms.

PLACOPHORA.

Chiton {Lepidopleunis) sp.

Dredged, 140 fathoms.

We have not been able to idcntif)' this, but it seems
near to C. alveolus (Sars.). The sculpture, however, in our
shell forms lines which do not occur in alveolus. It also
recalls C. fuligifiatus (Ad. and Roe.).

Chiton {Boreochiton) uiarniorciis (P\ib.).
Hab. Off Cape Cortin, three miles,

CJiiton {Lophyriis) albus (L.),
Dredged, 60 fathoms.

GASTROPODA.

Lepeta area (Mlill.).
Trawled, 75 fathoms.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1899). yV^. 4. 7

Punctnrella noacJiina (L.).

Hab. Off Cape Mary Harmsworth, 53 — 93 fathoms.

Mblleria costnlata (Moller.).

Hah. Cape Gertrude, 30 fathoms.

Margarita cinerea (Couth.).

Hah. Off West Glacier, Cape Flora, i — 6 fathoms.
Glinther Sound, 10 fathoms. Off Flora Cottage, about
one mile out, 15 fathoms.

Margarita elegautisstjna (Bean.).

Trawled, 75 fathoms.

Margarita gra^rilandica (Chem.).

Hah. Gunther Sound. 10 fathoms. Off West Bay,
Cape Flora, 8 fathoms.

Margarita Jieliciiia (Phipps).

Hab. Off Elmwood, near West Point, 2 — 3 fathoms.
Off Flora Cottage, about one mile out, 15 fathoms. Off
East glacier. Cape F"lora, i — 4 fathoms. In dredgings
from Flagstaff Point to one mile west, 2 — 10 fathoms.
Giinther Sound, 10 fathoms. Near Wilczek Land, 127
fathoms.

Margarita wnbilicalis (Brod. and Sow).

Hah. Cape Flora, from floe in West Bay, and dredged
in 8 fathoms. Beach at north end of Windy Gully
Giinther Sound. Off Elmwood, 2 — 3 fathoms. Off East
glacier. Cape Flora, 30 fathoms. Dredged, West Bay,
2 — 10 fathoms. Giinther Sound, 10 fathoms. Near West
Point, 2 — 3 fathoms. Occurred in great profusion. Posselt
considers this species a mere variety of M. gro^nlatidica
Chem., but we are inclined to keep them distinct, both
being well marked forms.

Veluiina lanigcra (Moller).

Hah. Gunther Sound, 10 f^ithoms. Cape Gertrude,
30 fathoms.

8 Melvill and Standen, Report on Arctic Mollusca.

Vcbitina kmngata (Pennant).

Hab. Off East glacier, Cape Flora, 30 fathoms.

Naiica affinis (Gmel.).

Hab. Off Cape Gertrude, 1 2 fathoms,
var. septentrionalis (Beck.),

Some very large examjjjles of this variety occurred
with the type.

Beta scJiantarica (Midd.).

Hab. Off West glacier. Cape Flora, i — 3 fathoms.

Beta turriciila (Mont.).

TropJion clathratus (L.).

Hab. Top of Cape Flora rocks, about 1,100 fathoms
(D. W. Wilton). Off East glacier, Cape Flora, about
30 fathoms.

TropJicn lamellosus (Gray).

Hab. Off East glacier, Cape Flora, 30 fathoms.

Sipho (ySipJionorbis) lacJiesis (Morch).

Trawled, 100 fathoms.

Sipho gracilis (Cost.).

Trawled, 100 fathoms.

Sipho togatus (Morch).

Trawled, 100 fathoms. A number of living specimens
were obtained, all of which were covered witli Actinice,
which had preserved the epidermis from the usual wear.
We have submitted a specimen to Dr. Hermann Friele,
who says, " It is a fine specimen of my Sipho curta (Xorw.
N. Atl. Exped., 1876-78, p. 17, pi. ii., figs, i — 6). It is the
Fusus togatus of Morch, and F. Sabini (Jeffreys). It may
be that I err in judging this form to be the North
American Fiisiis cio'ius (Jeff), but I am not at all convinced
that I have made a mistake. I have seen a great number
of specimens, and there is no doubt that both forms run
into each other." — //. Friclc in litt.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. ( 1 899), No. 4. 9

SipJio islandicus (Chem.).
Trawled, 75 fathoms.

Neptunea despecta (L.).

Hub. North end of Windy Gully, Giinther Sound.
Trawled, 75 fathoms.

var. carina ta (Lam.).

Many examples, mostly dead, and covered with
Balani, exhibiting every gradation between typical
despecta, and the forms fornicata (Fab.) and carinata
(Lam.).

BncciniDn glaciate L.

Hab. North end of Windy Gully, Giinther Sound, 10
fithoms. Off Flagstaff, Cape Flora, 5 fathoms. From
walrus' stomachs, Miers Channel, foot soles and opercula
only. Trawled, off Cape Mary Harmsworth, 75 fathoms.

A

BtccciniDii brucei, sp. nov,

B. testa attenuata, oblongo-fnsiforini, temii, cinereo-
albescente, epiderniide olivacea, contecta, apice in typo corroso,
anfractibiis verisiniiliter octo, quorum quinque infcris apud
suturas impressis, ventricosulis, longitJidinaliter undato-

lo Melvill and Standen, Report on Arctic Mollusca.

p/icatis, plicis irregularibns et infra evanidis ad basim
anfractus penultinii et nltivii, undique spiraliter arctissiine
et ptdcJierrivie striatis, jdti/uo producto, avteros longitudi-
ninc Diagnopere exaqnante, aperticra parva, ovaia, intus
albocarnea, labro extus pan /hi in expanso, columella recta,
nitida albocarnea, canali brevi.

Long. 41 mm., lat 18 mm.

Hab. North end of Windy Gully, Gunthcr Sound,
Franz-Joscf Land.

This interesting shell, which we have much pleasure
in dedicating to its discoverer, may be known by its
narrow form, close-set whorls, and small aperture. It
occupies the same position in its genus that Sipho lachesis
(Morch) bears in Sipho, and does not appear to be nearly
allied to any other of the genus, arctic or otherwise.

Bucci^mni grccnlandicuvi ( Chem.).

Hab. North end of Windy Gully, Giinther Sound.
Dredged between Elm wood and East glacier, 5 fathoms,
var. tenebrosa (Hancock).

Off Elmwood, near West Point, 2 — 3 fathoms.
Off Flagstaff, Cape Flora, about 5 fathoms.

Buccinuvi /lydroplianmn (Hancock).
Hab. East of I^ilmwood, on floe, and dredged off West
Point, 2 — 3 fathoms. Trawled, 76 fathoms, alive,

Buccinuvi teniie (Gray) =B. scalariforvic (Beck).
Trawled, 75 fathoms.

Buccinunt Totteni (Stimp) = B. ciliatuin {G\c\.).
Hab. North end of Windy Gully, Giinther Sound,
dead.

Buccinum undatum (L.).

Hab. North end of Windy Gully, Giinther Sound,
dead.

Manchester Meviohs, Vol. xliv. ( 1 899), No. 4. 11

Homalogyra atoiims (Phi!.).
Hab. Cape Gertrude, 30 fathoms.

Rissoa {Citigul(i) castanca (Moller).
Hab. Giinther Sound, 10 fathoms.

PartJienia cxiniia (Jeff.).

Hab. Giinther Island, 10 fathoms.

Lacuna vincta (Mont.), van

Hab. Off Elmwood, West Point, 2 — 3 fathoms. Gunther
Sound, 10 fathoms.

AniphispJiyra hyalina (Turton).

Hab. Off West Point, 2 — 3 fathoms, alive and dead.
Off West glacier, i — -3 fathoms, and West Bay, Cape
Flora, 8 fathoms, alive.

Cylichna alba (Brown) = Bulla 7iuclcola (Rve.)
var. corticata (G.O. Sars.).

Hab. Off East glacier, 4 fathoms. Off West glacier.
Cape Flora, i — -3 fathoms. Bay west of Flagstaff, Cape
Flora, 5 fathoms. Off Elmwood.

Bulla seniilcevis (Seguin).

Hab. Bay west of Flagstaff, Cape Flora, 5 fathoms.

Philcnc lima (Brown).

Hab. Cape Gertrude, 30 fathoms. Trawled, 75
fathoms.

2. KOLGUEV.

Through the kindness of Mr. Andrew Coats,of Paisley — ■
towhom science is indebted formuch enthusiastic support —
Mr. Bruce was enabled to accompany liim on his yacht
the " Blencathra " in an expedition to the Barents Sea,
south of Alout, visiting Novaya Zemblia, the Wiche Islands,
and Kolguev, and obtained from the latter place only the
mollusca we now enumerate.

12 Melvill and Standen, Report on Arctic Mollusca.

BRACHIOPODA.
Rhynchonella psittacca (Gmel.).
Dredged, 60 fathoms, alive.

PELECYPODA.

Pcctcfi ij^rcrnlandiciis (Sow.).
Trawled, 10 fathoms.

Pec ten islandicus (Miill.).

Trawled, dead, off North Kolguev, and from 75
fathoms, alive. Dredged, alive, both adult and juvenile,
from 60 fathoms.

My til lis cdulis (L.).

Trawled, alive, 75 fathoms. Shore of east coast,
dead. Three miles off east coast, 5 fathoms, valves.

Alodiolaria cor rn gat a (Stimps).
Dredged, 60 fathoms, dead.

Modiolaria Itsvigata (Gra)').
Trawled, 20 fathoms, alive.

Portlandia intcr)ncdia (M. Sars.).
Trawled, 76 fathoms, alive

Leda ininuta (Mlill.).
Dredged, 60 fathoms, alive.

Cardinni {Scrripes) grocnlandicuui (Chem.).

Dredged, 60 fathoms, dead. Shore of east coast,
and three miles further out in 5 fathoms. Trawled, alive,
in 75 fathoms.

Astartc banksii (Leach).
Dredged, 60 fathoms.

Astarte borealis (Chem.).

Dredged, 60 fathoms, and 5 miles out, 17 fathoms,
off west of Hope Island, alive.

Manchester Mevwirs, Vol. xliv. ( 1 899), No. \. 1 3

Astarte crcnata (Gray).

Trawled, 30 — jG fathoms, and dredged, 60 — 140
fathoms, ahve.

Tcllina {Maconui) calcaria (Chem.).
Dredged, dead.

Pandora glacialis (Leach).

Three miles east of Kolguev, 5 fathoms.

Saxicava arctica (L.).

Dredged, 27—60 fathoms, alive and dead.

My a truncata (L.).

On shore of east coast, and dredged, 60 fathoms.

GASTROPODA.

Acmcea testudinalis (Miill.).

Trawled, 20 fathoms, one specimen, dead.

Lepeta area (Mull.).

Dredged, 60 fathoms, one, alive.

Pimcturella noacliina (L.).
Dredged, 60 fathoms, one, alive.

Ma rga rita gmn la ndica (Chem.).
Dredged, 60 fathoms, alive.
Margarita {Machcsroplax) albula (Gould).
Trawled, about 20 fathoms.
Natica {Lunatia) nana (M oiler).
Dredged, 60 fathoms, one, alive.

Natica affinis (Gmel.).

Trawled. 12 — 30 fathoms. Shore of Kolguev, east
coast. Off west coast, dead ; and trawled, 75 fathoms,
alive. Dredged, two miles off Kolguev, 7 — 8 fathoms,
alive. Var. septenirionalis occurred with the type.

14 Melvill and Standen, Report on Arctic Mo/Iusca.

Bela pleu rotoina ria (Couth.).
Shore of Kolguev.

Bela tiirrictda (Mont.).
Dredged, 60 fathoms.

Adniete viridjila (Fab.).
Dredged, 60 fathoms, alive.

Trap lion c/at/iratns (L.).
Dredged, 60 fathoms, one, dead.

TropJion fnhricii (Beck.).

SipJio islandicHs (Chem.).

Trawled, off north coast, 8 — 12 fathoms, dead ; from
100— 1 10 fathoms, alive.

SipJio {Trttonofnsus) kroyeri QAoWer).
Dredged, 60 fathoms.

Volutopsis norvegica (Chem.).
Dredged, off north coast, dead.

Neptnnea despecta (L.).

Trawled, off north coast, dead. Shore of east coast.

Buccifmni glaciate (L.). var.

Dredged, off east coast, 12 fathoms. (Three fine
examples of this form, tenanted by Pagurus, were also
dredged off the coast of Novaya Zemblia, in 20 fathoms).

Buccimim groenlandicuni (Chem.).

Trawled, yG fathoms, alive. Off north coast, 30
fathoms, dead,

Buccimim tenue (Chem.).
Offcast coast, 12 fathoms.

Buccinmn 11 nd at inn (L.).

Trawled, and on shore, east coast, dead.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xiiv. ( 1 899), No. 5.

THE WILDE LECTURE.
V. The Mechanical Principles of Flight.

\\y the Ivt. lion. Lord Ravi^kigii, F.R.S.

Pelivrycd Fchntary r^lh, igoo.

The subject under discussion includes both natural
and artificial flight. Although we are familiar with the
flight of birds, there are many interesting questions which
arise in connection with natural flight, and some of them
are yet very obscure.

In still air a bird, being heavier than the fluid displaced,
cannot maintain his level for more than a short time without
working his wings. In this matter the vicarious principle
holds good. If the bird is not to fall, something must fall
instead of him, and this can only be air. The maintenance
of the bird thus implies the perpetual formation of a down-
ward current of air, and involves therefore performance of
work. Later we shall consider more particularly how this
work is applied ; but a preliminar\' difficulty remains to be
discussed. It is well known that large birds, such as
vultures and pelicans, are often observed to maintain
their level for considerable periods of time, without flapping
or visibly working their wings. On a smaller scale, and
in more special situations, sea-gulls in these latitudes
perform similar feats. This question of the soaring or
sailing flight of birds has given rise to much difference
of o[)inion. Few of the naturalists, to whom we owe the

April 26t]i, igoo.

2 Rayleic.ii, The Mechanical Principles of Flight.

observations, are familiar with mechanical principles, and
thus statements are often put forward which amount to
mechanical impossibilities. The arm-chair theorist at
hoinc, on the otlu'r liaiul, may be too willinir to discredit
reports of actual observations, especially when the)- are
made in other parts of the world. On both sides it seems
to be admitted that there is no sailing flight in the absence
of wind ; but observers, untrained in dynamics and mis-
led by the analogy of the kite, are apt to suppose that
the existence of wind at once removes the difficulty. The
doctrine of relative motion shows however that, so long as
there is no connection with the groimd, a uniform hori-
zontal wind is for this purpose the same thing as absolutely
still air.

In a short paper upon this subject {Nafnre, vol. xxvii.,
p. 534, 1883) I pointed out that, "Whenever a bird
pursues his course for some time without working his
wings, we must conclude either (i) that the course is not
horizontal, (2) that the wind is not horizontal, or (3) that
the wind is not uniform. It is [)robable that the truth is
usually represented by (i) or (2), but the question I wish
to raise is whether the cause suggested by {3) may not
sometimes come into operation." Case(i) is that of a
rook gliding downwards from a tree in still air with
motionless wings. We shall presently consider- upon what
conditions depend the time and distance of travel possible
with a given descent. Case (2) is clo.sely related to
case (i). If the air have an upward velocity equal to that
at which the rook falls through it in a vertical direction,
the vertical motion is compensated, and the course of the
rook relatively to the ground becomes horizontal. It is not
neces.sary, of course, that the wliole motion of the air be
upwards ; a horizontal motion of the air is simply super-
posed. A bird gliding into a wind having a small upward

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1H99), No. 5. 3

component may thus maintain relatively to the ground an
absolutely fixed position, or he may advance over the
ground to windward at a fixed level.

There can be no doubt that the vertical component of
wind i)la)'s a large [iart, not merely in the (light (;f birds,
but in general atmospheric phenomena. Living at the
bottom of the atmospheric ocean, where the wind is
necessarily parallel to the ground, we are liable to overlook
the importance of vertical motions. This is the more
remarkable when we consider that wind is due to atmos-
pheric expansion and condensation, so that the primary
movements are vertical and not horizontal. Thus the
inhabitants of an oceanic island are specially interested
in the so called land and sea breezes, but the primary
phenomenon is the rise and fall of air over the island as
it is heated by the sun during the day and cooled by
radiation at night.

A recent American observer (Iluffaker, Smithsonian
Report for 1897) has recorded many examples of vultures
soaring under circumstances which suggested that they
take advantage of the upward currents which rise locally
from the ground when it is strongly heated by the sun. On
dull days and in light winds the vultures were not seen to
soar. There is no doubt that under the influence of a
strong sun the layers of air near the ground approach an
unstable condition, and that comparatively slight causes
may determine local upward currents. Mr. Huffaker
suggests that in some cases the birds themselves, by flying
round, may determine the upward current. Some of his
observations certainly point in this direction ; but it must
be remembered that the immediate effect of flight will be
a downward and not an upward current.

The more obvious examples of upward motion occur
when an otherwise horizontal wind meets an obstruction.

4 Rayleigii, llie Mecha?iical Principles of Flight.

Some years ago I visited the north side of Madeira, where
cHffs, nearly 2,000 feet high, rise perpendicularly from the
sea. Being on the top of the cliff, we had difificulty in
finding a sheltered spot until we noticed that close to the
edge there was almost complete calm. Lying upon the
ground and moving only one's arms, it was possible to hold
a handkerchief by the corner so that a little behind the
plane of the cliff it hung downwards as in still air, and a
little in front of the cliff was carried upwards in the
vertically rising stream. A ball of crumpled paper thrown
outwards was carried up high over our heads. Of course
gulls and other birds found no difficulty in rising up the
face of the cliff without working their wings. During a
recent visit to India, I frequently watched the effect of
similar upward currents defiected by rocky fortresses
which rise from the plains. Kites could be seen to main-
tain themselves for minutes together without a single flap
of the wings. When this occurred, the birds were sailing
to and fro over the ivinchvard side of the rock.

Wc now turn to the consideration of case (3).

" In a uniform wind the available energy at the dis-
posal of the bird depends upon his velocity relatively to
the air about him. With only a moderate waste this
encrg}' can at an)- moment be a[)plied to gain elevation,
the gain of elevation being proportional to the loss of
relative velocity .squared. It will be convenient for the
moment to ignore the waste referred to, and to suppose
that the wh(jle energy available remains constant, so that
however the bird may ascend or descend, the relative
velocity is that due to a fall from a certain level to the
actual position, the certain level being of course that to
which the bird might just rise by the complete sacrifice of
relative velocity."

In illustration of case (3) I instanced a wind blowing

MaiicJiester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. ( 1 899), No. ;>. 5

everywhere horizontally but with a v^clocity increasing
upwards, taking for the sake of simplicity the imagi-
nary case of a wind uniform above and below a certain
plane where the velocity changes. Since a uniform motion
has no effect, we may suppose without further loss of
generality, that the velocities of the wind above and below
the plane are -\-u and — //. Let us consider how a bird,
sailing somewhat above the plane of separation and
endowed with an initial relative velocity v, might take
advantage of the position in which he finds himself

The first step is, if necessary, to turn round until the
relative motion is down wind (in the upper stratum) and
then to drop through the plane of separation. In falling
down to the level of the plane there is a gain of relative
velocity, but this of no significance for the present purpose,
as it is purchased by the loss of elevation ; but in passing
through the plane there is a really effective gain. In
entering the lower stratum the actual velocity is indeed
unaltered, but the velocity relatively to the surrounding
air (moving in the opposite direction) is increased.

\i h denote the height above the plane of separation
to which the initial relative velocity v is due, we have
i>' = 2gh. Here i' is the velocity, relatively to the air in
the upper stratum, with which the bird crosses the plane.
After crossing, the velocity, now reckoned relatively to the
air in the lower stratum, becomes v-\-2u, and the new
value of h is given by

2g/i = (?'+ 2l(Y,

so that

Here iji -Ji) is the gain of potential elevation and, if u is
given, it increases as v increases.

At this stage the bird is moving against the direction
of the wind in the lower stratum. He next turns round —

6 Rayleigh, The Mcchmiical Principles of Flii^ht.

it is supposed without loss of relative velocit}' — until his
direction is reversed so as to be with the wind of the lower
stratum and contrary to the wind of the upper stratum.
A passage upwards through the plane now secures another
gain of relative velocit}-, or of potential elevation, of nearly
the same value as before. 'J'hc process may be repeated.
At every passage through the plane (whether in the
upwards or in the downwards direction) there is a gain of
potential elevation, and if this gain outweighs the losses
all the while in progress, the bird may maintain or
improve his position without doing a stroke of work.

It may be of interest to consider a numerical example.

Suppose that

v = 30 miles i)er hour= i"34 x 10" cm. per second,

and that

li — ]i—\o feet = 305 cm. ;

then in C.G.S. measuie

(?' + 2uf = -J- + 2g {/i - h)

— I "So X 10''+ '60 X 10''= 2 "40 X 10'"',
and

jv + 2?^ - 1*55 X 10'' ;
so that

211 = -21 X 10'' cm. sec =47 miles hour.

In this case a freshening of the wind amounting to 47
miles per hour is cciuivalcnt to a gain of 10 feet of potential
elevation.

In order to take advantage of the gradual increase of
wind with elevation usually to be met with, a bird may
describe circles in an inclined plane, always descending
when moving to leeward and ascending when moving to
windward. Whether the differences of velocity available
at considerable elevations in the atmosphere are suffi-
cient to allow a bird to maintain his position without
working his wings appears to be doubtful. Near the level
of the ground or sea these differences are greater, and

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. ( 1 899), No. 5. 7

probably suffice to explain much of the sailing flight of
albatrosses and other sea-bird-;.

Another way in which a bird may draw upon the
internal cncrg)^ of the wind has been specially discussed
b\' Dr. Langley {Siinthsonian Contrtbntwns, 1893), ^^ho
calls attention to the fact that the well Vinowngiistzness of
the wind, at any rate near the earth's surface, is under-
estimated in the usual meteorological records. The
differences of horizontal velocity involved in what are
commonly called gusts of wind imply in general vertical
motions also, but near the ground these latter may,
perhaps, be left out of account. The advantage which a
bird may take of the variations in the speed of the wind
is explicable upon the principles already applied, the inertia
of the bird playing in some sort the part of the string of a
kite.

If // denote the speed of the wind at any moment,
and V the speed of the bird in the opposite direction,
both e.g., reckoned relativel)- to the ground, the available
energ}^ is measured by \{;v-\-iif. Suppose now that the
wind freshens, u becoming u-^cin, while v remains con-
stant. The increment of available energy is

l{v + II + diif - ^{i> + uf ={v + !t) (in ;
or in time /,

f{v + ii)dH (i).

The speed of the wind being supposed to be periodic,

and the integration being taken over a sufficiently long

period of time, we have

t

f It du = Q ;
and thus the mechanical advantage may be reckoned as

fvdu (2).

8 Rayleigh, The MccJianical Principles of Flight.

In order that this ma\' have a finite value, v must

vary ; the principle beinij that to get the most advantage

V must be great when du is positive, that is when the

wind is freshening, and smaller when the wind is failing.

The higher velocit\' required to meet the freshening wind

is to be obtained by a previous fall to a lower level.

As an example, let us suppose that n and v are
periodic, so that

u = //o + y\ sin//, V = ?'o + i\ cos {pf + e);

then

/ V du = pii\Vij ZQ)%pt . cos {pt \ e)dt,
and, when / is great,

J vdi/ = \ptiiyViCO%e (3).

The mechanical advantage obtained in time / is
greatest when e vanishes, i.e., when du and i' are in the same
phase. This mechanical advantage is to be set against the
frictional and other losses neglected in our original
supposition. Were there no such losses, the value of v,
or of the elevation, might continually increase.

This example shows that it is quite possible for a bird
moving in a ver\' natural manner against a strong and
variable wind to maintain himself and to advance over
the ground without working his wings. Observations of
this kind are recorded by Mr Huffakcr. It will be under-
stood, of course, that a bird, not being interested in
simplifying the calculation, will take any advantage that
offers itself of the internal energy of the wind and of
upward currents in order to attain his objects.

In the preceding discussions we have assumed, for the
sake of simplicity, that a bird or a flying machine is able
to glide in still air without loss of energ}-. It is needless
to say that the truth of such an assumption can, at best.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. ( i <S99), No. 5. 9

be only approximate. Apart from frictional losses, the
maintenance of a given level im|)lies the continual forma-
tion of a downward aerial current, and consequent expen-
diture of energ)-. We ha\e next to consider the magnitude
of these losses, taking the case of a plane moving at a uni-
form speed. And, in the first instance, we shall neglect the
frictional forces, assuming that the reaction of the air
upon the plane is truly normal.

Before we can advance a step in the desired direction
we must know how the normal pressure upon an aero-
plane is related to the size and shape of the plane, to the
velocity of the motion, and above all to the angle between
the plane and the direction of motion. According to an
erroneous theory, to some extent sanctioned by Newton,
the mean pressure would depend only upon the area of the
plane and the resolved part of the velocity in a direction
perpendicular to the plane. If V be the velocity, a the
angle between V and the plane, p the density of the air
(or other fluid concerned), the pressure/ would be given by

p = \oV'^%\\\-n (4).

That this formula is quite erroneous, especially
when a is small, has long been known.* At small
angles the pressure is more nearl)- proportional to
sin a than to sin'-a and, as was strongly emphasized by
Wenham in an early and important paper on aerial loco-
motion,-|- the question of shape and presentation is by no
means indifferent. In the case of an elongated shape
moving \\ith given velocity f", and at a given small
inclination a, the pressure is much greater when the long
dimension of the plane is perpendicular than when it is
(nearly) parallel to V.

* A further ilisciission will be fournl in Phil. J/ti,^":, vol. ii. , p. 430, 1S76,
Scientific Papers, vol. i., p. 287, and in Nature, vol. xlv. , p. loS, 1892.
t Report of Aeronautical Society, 1S66, p. 10.

lo Rayleigh, TJic Mechanical Pri7iciples of Flight.

According to a theoretical formula developed on the
basis of Kirchhoffs analysis {Phil. Mag., loc. cit.), we should
have for the mean pressure, instead of (4),

7rsin«

p = ^ 9l"~ (S).

■^ 4 + 7rSina' ^-^

This applies strictly to motion in two dimensions, or prac-
tically to the case of a very elongated blade, whose length
is perpendicular to V.

At perpendicular incidence (0 = 90°) the difference
between (4) and (5) is not important ; but when o is small,
the value of/ in (5) may be enormously greater than the
corresponding value from (4).

As regards numerical values, if we use C.G.S. measure,
so that V \s measured in centimetres per second, we have
in the case of air under standard conditions p = '00128,
and/, at perpendicular incidence, measured in dynes per
square centimetre, is according to (4),

p= '00064 ^'^ " (6).

This does not differ greatly from the data given in
engineering tables. To compare with Langley's more
recent experiments, we may express V in metres per
second and/ in grams weight per square centimetre. Thus

/- 00657"- (7):

while the mean of Langley's numbers gives

/ = -ooS7F'- (8),

about 30 per cent, greater. The difference is accounted
for, at any rate partly, by the suction which experiment
shews to exist at the back of the plate.

As regards the law of obliquity, the early experiments
of Vince (1798) sufficed to shew that the effect was more
nearly as sin a than as sin'^a. In recent times this subject has
been very thoroughly investigated by Langley, who has

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. ( 1 899), No. o. 1 1

examined not ox\\\ the influence of obliquity, but also of
tlie shape and presentation of the plane. His results for
the case to which (5) relates indicate an even greater
relative effect at small angles, probably referable to the
back suction. A laboratory experiment to demonstrate
the reality of this suction was described in one of the
papers already referred to (^Nature, loc. cit.).

Experiments upon the law of obliquity, as executed
for the case of air, b}' Dines* and Langley,f involve cum-
brous and costly whirling machines, and if made in the
open are greatly embarrassed by wind. An apparatus
capable of working in the laboratory^ or as a lecture
illustration, has long been a desideratum. With the aid of
Mr. Gordon I have recently constructed one which, while
ver}' simple and inexpensive, performs sufficiently well.
It may be regarded as a kind of adjustable windmill.
An axis of hard steel, finely pointed at the ends, is
carried by agate cups. From a central boss six spokes
of round steel project symmetrically, carrying at their
ends six similar vanes of tin-plate. The vanes are pro-
vided with projecting sockets of brass tubing, which fit
the spokes somewhat tightly, but yet allow the vanes to
be rotated when desired. The vanes are 4 inches long
and I?, inches wide, the distance of their inner ends from
the axis being about 37 inches. The whole apparatus
is as light as may be (about 120 gm.) consistenth^ with
the necessary rigidity.

If the vanes are all inclined at the same angle, the
apparatus works like an ordinary windmill, and may be
set into rapid rotation by a motion through the air parallel
to the axis. This motion may take place either in a
horizontal or in a vertical direction. If means were

* Proc. Koy. Soc, June, 1S90.

+ Siitiihsoniau Coiitrilnitioiis to Kiw'vledge, 1 891.

12 Ravletgh, Tlie jSIecJimiical Prvidples of FligJit.

provided for estimating the couple needed to prevent
rotation, \vc should obtain the efficiency of the vanes at
the given obliquity and speed. Observations at the same
speed and at other obliquities would then give the means
of determining the law of obliquity.

Such a proccedure would be analogous to that
adopted in former experiments with whirling machines.
The essential feature of the present method consists in
setting some of the vanes to compensate others inclined
at different angle. The balance of effects is independent of
the speed of the wind, so long as it is uniform over the whole
section in operation. To guard against errors that might
arise from a deficient fulfilment of this condition, I have
preferred so to arrange that opposite vanes were inclined
always at the same angle. For example, two pairs of
op{:)osite vanes might be set so that their planes make an
angle of 6'' with the axis. The remaining pair of opposite
vanes would then be set at a greater angle, and this would
be varied until no tendency remained to turn in either
direction. The exact point of balance could be inferred
either from the absence of observable effect, or by inter-
polation from equal slight effects in opposite directions.

As has been suggested, the motion itself ma\- be either
horizontal or vertical. Fair results may be obtained
indoors at a walking speed, and my first idea was to
determine balances by holding the wheel overhead while
travelling in a dog-cart at lo or 12 miles per hour. lUit
wdien the axis is horizontal, much time is lost owing to the
necessity of readjusting the centre of gravity after almost
every shifting of the vanes. With a nearly vertical motion
the position of the centre of gravity is of less consequence,
and it was found that very good results could be arrived at
by somewhat rapidly lowering the apparatus while held in
the hands with axis vertical. It is po.ssible that part of

Manchester Memoirs Vol. xliv. { 1 899), No. 5. 1 3

the delicacy obtained in this way is due to a partial annul-
ment of gravity during the downward acceleration and
consequent diminution of frictional effect at the bearings.

Some of the observations presently to be discussed
were made in this way, but in most of them the arrange-
ment was rather different. The wheel was removed from
its bearings and suspended by a fine wire, whose torsion
was insufficient to check the rotation seriously. The wire
was pulled up verticall)^ by a cord running over a pulley
overhead. Although this arrangement offered some
advantages, they were largely neutralised by disturbances
due to draughts ; and it is probable that equally good
balances might be obtained by the simpler method.

According to an old and long discredited law, the
normal pressure upon a vane moving through the air at
given speed would be proportional to the square of the
sine of the angle (a) between the plane of the vane
and the direction of motion. The resolved part of this in
the direction of rotation would be sin'o cos a, which
expression would represent the efficiency of the vanes of
our mill as dependent upon the angle of setting. When a
is small, the second factor is of little importance. A very
simple experiment v.'ill now decide whether the law of
sin'-'a is, or is not, an approximation to the truth. Wcfind,
in fact, that four vanes set at 6° markedly overpower two
vanes set at 9", whereas according to the law of sin-o the
reverse should happen. In order to balance the four
vanes at 6°, the two vanes need to be be at about 14^°.

B}' observations of this kind materials are collected
for a complete plotting out of the curve of efificienc}-.
The efficiency necessarily vanishes when a = 0, and also on
account of the resolving factor, when a = 90°. In order to
balance four vanes set at 5^, we may set the remaining
two vanes either at \oY' or at about 58^'. The efficiency

14 Ravleigii, The MccJiaiiical Principles of Flight.

reaches a maximum in the nci<;hbourhood of 27°. The
results are shown in A {Fig. /), or in the second column
of the accompanying table. The scale of the ordinates is,
of course, arbitrary. The efficiency for 5" is assumed
to be 10.

a

Rotatory
Efficiency.

Normal
Pressuie.

0

o-o

0

5

lO'O

25

10

19*0

48 ,

15

24-8

64

20

28-0

75

25

29*2

80

30

290

84

40

27-0

88

50

23-5

91

60

i9'o

94

70

13-2

96

80

6-9

99

1 "

O'O

100

In order to deduce the normal pressure, the results for
the rotatory efificiency must be divided by cos a, and
accuracy is necessarily lost in the case of the larger angles.
Tlie numbers thus arrived at are plotted in curve B, and
arc given in the third column of the table, reduced so as
to make the maximum (at 90''') equal to 100. As regards

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1899), No. 5. 15

i6 Raylekui, TJic MccJianicixl Principles of Flight.

the relative i^ressures at the smaller angles, the results
appear to be at least as accurate as those obtained on a
larger scale with the whirling machine ; but the reference
to the pressure operative at 90 '^ is probably less accurate.
The principal conclusion that at small angles the pressure
is proportional to sin a, and by no means to sin "a, is abun-
dantly established.

In applying these results, the first problem which sug-
gests itself for solution is that of the gliding motion of an
aeroplane. It was first successfully treated by Penaud,*
and it may be taken under slightly different forms. We may
begin by supposing the motion to be strictl}' horizontal,
the velocit}' being V and the inclination <jf the plane to
the horizon being a. Under these circumstances a pro-
pelling force F'\'~, required, which we suppose to act horizon-
tally. The mean pressure upon the plane we \\\\\ denote
by lc^^■-s^n«, the assumption of proportionality to sina
being amply sufficient for the case of small angles, with
which alone we are practically concerned. If .S be the
area (jf the plane, the whole normal force is kS ['-sina. In
view of the smallness of «, we ma\' equate this to the
weight (/F) supported. Thus

]V=KSV'^\X\a (9),

also

F= KSV'~%\\Va (10).

If F he independent of / ', as approximatcl}- in the
method of rocket propulsion, these equations show at once
that there is no limit to the weight that may be supported
by a given F. It is only necessary to make a small
enough, and to take V large enough to satisfy (9).

In other methods of j)ropulsion we should have to

* Sociile Philomatliiqite de Paris, 1876 ; J\eport of Aeronautical Society,
1876. See also W. Froude, Glasgow Proceedings, vol. xviii., p. 65, 1891.

JManchcstcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. ( i CS99), A'^. 5. 1 7

do rather with the rate (//) at which energy is expended
than with the force F itself. The relation is

H=FV (11),

so that in place of (10)

H=KSV^%\xC~a (12).

Or, again, since in many cases the power that might be
expended is proportional to the weight lifted, we may
conveniently write

H^WU (13).

From these equations we derive

^=7SH^7SU ^^^^'

kSH" kSU' , ,

and it is possible so to determine V and a that, with a
given U and a given S, any weight IV can be supported.
As JV increases, J^ must be greater and o smaller. The
same is true, in an enhanced degree, if it be //that is given
in place of U.

According to what has been shown (6), (7), {S),F/o-, (i),
we have in C.G.S. measure

».-sin 5° = -25 X -00085,
so that

;:=-0024 (16).

In the case of a very elongated plane the value of k
would be a little higher. We must remember that V is
reckoned in centimetres per second, 5" in square centi-
metres, and the normal force in dynes.

The conclusion that a weight, however great, may be
supported with a given J) and a given U, or even a given
H, is unpractical for more than one reason. There must

1 8 Ravleigii, TJic Mechanical Principles of Flight.

be a limit below which « cannot be reduced, if only
because of the high degree of instability that such an
adjustment must have to contend with. Another important
matter is the tangential force upon the plane, although
some distinguished experimenters have expressed the
opinion that it is negligible. In order to take account of
it, we may add to the right-hand member of (lo) a term
proportional to F-, but independent of a. Thus (12)
becomes

H = IVU = {kS sin-a + ^1)^" . . . (17)

(9) remaining unchanged. Eliminating /^, we find

U' (kS S,\n-a + Jul)"

IV~ ^-'^^^sin^a

(18).

We ma\- apply (18) to find for what value of sin a the
quantity U- attains a minimum. By the ordinar\- rules,

^'>i"« = ,r;^ (i9)>

and, of course, this value of sin-'« must be small, if the
investigation is to be applicable. If fi vanish, sin n
diminishes without limit. In general the miiu'mum value
of U- is given by

16//'/ ,, \4

and the corresponding value of [/-' by

^'= ..V

'"=?^ (-)■

These equations shew that the necessary work depends
entirely upon ;;, and that without a knowledge of this
element no numerical conclusions can be arrived at.

It might be supposed that /u, so far as it depends upon
the aeroplane, would be proportional to ^\ but this relation
is more than doubtful. In any case of a practical machine
there must at any rate be a part of pi not proportional to S.

MancJiestcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1899), No. 5. 19

It may be well to recall that U represents the velocity
at which a weight equal to W would have to be raised in
order to do work equal to that done by the propellinc,^
force F. By (20), caeteris paribus., f/ varies as S~\

We may now pass to the case of an aeroplane gliding
in still air, the path being slightly inclined downwards.
If (^ be the small angle between the path and the hori-
zontal, we may regard the component of gravity in this
direction, viz., Jf'sinO, as the propelling force F. Thus

71= JVU == FV = JVVsind . . . (22),
so that

l7=Fsmd (23).

The same equations apply as before, with the under-
standing that a, being the inclination of the plane to the
direction of motion through the air, is no longer identical
with the inclination of the plane to the horizon. The
latter angle, reckoned positive when the leading edge is
downwards, will now be denoted by (6 — a).

Introducing (23) into (14), (15), we get

V~= o ■ ^' sina = . . . . (24),

kS sin d IV ^

from which it appears that whatever may be the values of
U^ and S, 0 may still be as small as we please. Thus, if
frictional forces can be neglected, a high speed is all that
is required in order to glide without loss of energy. This
is the supposition upon which we discussed the manner in
which a bird may take advantage of the internal work of
the wind ; and we see that the motion of the bird must
be of such a character that he alwaj's retains a high
velocity relatively to the surrounding air. The advantage
that we showed to be obtainable must be set against
losses due to friction and to imperfect fulfilment of the
condition just specified.

20 Rayleigii, TJic MecJimiical Principles of FligJit.

When frictional forces are included we may use equa-
tion (i 8), merely substituting Fsina for U. The problem
already considered of making U a minimum is still
pertinent, since t/ denotes the rate of vertical descent. By

(19), (20), (21)

sin°"a = ^^, sin- « = -„:,= -^ • • • (25),
KO V ' 3(>.-o

so that, i) and n being small,

o = fe, 9-a = ia=l-0 . . . (26).

This result, due to Penaud, shews that when the rate of

vertical descent is slowest, or when the time of falling a

given height is greatest, the slope of the plane to the

horizon is downwards in front, and equal to one-quarter of

the slope of the line of motion. The actual minimum rate of

vertical descent is given by (20). This rate is relative to

still air. If there be a wind having a vertical component

of the same amount, the course of the plane may be

horizontal.

Another slightly different minimum problem is also

treated by Penaud, in which it is required to determine

how Jar it is possible to glide while falling through a

given vertical height. From (9), (17), (23;, we have in

general

sin -a 4 nUS , >

sinO= -■ — (27),

SU1«

When y is a minimum by variation of a,

sina = 4sine= ^O^/k-^) (28).

In this case the plane bisects the angle between the hori-
zontal and the direction of motion.

In the flying machines of Penaud, Langley, and
Maxim, the propelling force is obtained by a screw,
acting like the screw-propeller of a ship. A rough theory

Ma)tclicstci' Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1899), No. 5. 21

of this action is easily given and is of interest, not only
in the application to the horizontal propulsion of an
aeroplane, but also because a screw rotating about a
vertical axis may be used for direct maintenance. The
latter question may conveniently be considered first.

The screw is su^jposed to maintain a weight W at a
fixed position in still air. This it does by creating a down-
ward current of velocity v . If 5' be the area of section
of the current, equal to that swept through by the screw,
the volume of air acted upon per second is S'v, and
the momentum generated per second is S'v . pv, or S\)v".
Hence

lV=S'pv" (29).

Again, the kinetic energy generated per second is ^S'pv';
so that if [/ be the velocity at which [P would have to be
lifted to do a corresponding amount of work, we may,
neglecting frictional losses, equate the above to UIV.
Thus

l7W=hS'pv' (30).

From (29), (30), U'= U,

iuid .S =--jj, (30-

So far as these equations are concerned, any weight can
be maintained by a limited expenditure of work, but the
smaller the power available the larger must be the section
of the stream of air, and consequently of the screw, or
other machinery, by which the air is set in motion.
Again from (31)

IF17= — ^^ (32),

{4,,S-)l

so that if S' be given, the whole power required varies

as W"-.

To obtain numbers applicable to the case of a man

22 l\.AVLl-:i(;ii, The Mechanical Principles of Flight.

su|)i)()rting; himself in this way by his own muscular
power, we take in C.c;.s. measure

/F^68ooox98i, ^7=15, p = ^^,
thus fniding

.S'' ^ 6'o X lo^ s(]. cm.

This re[)resents the cross-section of the descending
column of air. If we ecjuate S' to \-Kd'\ d will be the
diameter of the screw required, and we get d=^(^Q metres.
It is to be observed that this assumed value of 6^" corres-
ponds to the power which a man may exercise when
working for eight hours a day. But even if he could do ten
times as much for a few minutes, d would still amount to
9 metres ; and in this estimate nothing has been allowed
for the weight of the mechanism, or for frictional losses.
It seems safe to conclude that a man will never support
himself in this manner by his own muscular power.

A screw works to better advantage when it has a
forward motion through the fluid, for then a larger mass
comes under its influence. Let us suppose that a screw,
now rotating about a horizontal axis, is advancing through
still air with horizontal velocity V. Also let v be the
actual velocity with which the column of air leaves it.
The volume acted on per second is S\ V +v). If i^ be the
prc:)pulsive force

F=S\^{V^v)v {i^).

Again, the work per second required to generate the
kinetic energy (jf the ccjlunin is

\S\.{V^v)v^ (34).

The whole work expended per second (//') is
accordingly

H'=^FV^\S'^.{V^v)v' = F{V-,\v) . . (35).
When l^is great compared with z^, the right hand member

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xHv. (1899), No. 5. 23

of (35) reduces to its first term. We conclude that when
a screw advances at a sufficiently rapid rate, the energy
left behind in the fluid is negligible, so that the whole
work done is available for propulsion. The distinction
between //'and //, as formerly employed, then disappears.
If U denote the rate at which W would have to be
lifted ill order to do the work actually performed by the
machine, we may now take from (15), as applicable to the
rapid flight of an aeroplane,

U--

X/C^) <3.).

In the case of direct maintenance by a screw rotating
about a vertical axis, (31) gives

-y(i^) (3,).

It may be interesting to compare the powers required
in the two methods, especially as some high authorities
have favoured direct maintenance, without the use of an
aeroplane, as the more economical. The ratio of the
values of U in (36), ii'j) is

/ fpsma S'

(3^)

or, in the case of air, since k:=0024, () = '00!2,

7(2 sin a. 675) (39).

Since a may be made small, and S the area of the
plane may be a large multiple of S the area swept over
by the screw, it would appear that the advantage must lie
with the aeroplane, even if the object be mere maintenance,
and not a rapid transit from place to place.

But although the flying machine of the future will, as
it appears to me, be on the princijjle of the aeroplane, it
cannot be denied that the method of direct maintenance

24 Rayleigii, TJic Mechanical Principles of Flight.

by a vertically rotating screw offers certain present advan-
tages. Among the most important of these are a much
better ensured stability, and less danger in alighting
owing to the absence of rapid horizontal motion. The first
experiments might well be made with screws driven b}'
electric motors, the power being supplied from the ground
by means of vertical wires 30 or 40 feet long. In this
way the necessary experience would be easily gained,
and most of the doubtful points settled, before a completely
self-contained machine was attempted.

In natural flight rcx'olving mechanism is not, and
apparently could not have been, used. .Xs we all know,
a bird fl\-ing horizontally through still air performs the
necessary work by flapping his wings. The effect of a
reciprocating motion in modifying the action of an aero-
plane was, I believe, first considered in detail by Professor
M. Fitzgerald.* It may. be convenient to give, as
naturally connected with the foregoing, an outline of this
theory in a modificxl form, following Professor Fitzgerald
in assimilating the wing to a simple aeroi)lanc, upon which
is imposed (without rotation) a vertical reciprocating
motion.

We denote by n the horizontal velocity of the plane

supposed uniform, by v the vertical velocity at time /, by

0 the inclination of the plane to the horizon at time /,

while .S" and JF denote the area and weight as before. If

we assume the same formula for the pressure as before,

although the application is now to an unsteady motion, and

further suppose that vjn and ^ are always small, we get as

in (9) for the whole normal [)ressure upon the plane at

time t

uS{H'' + zr){d + vli/) (40),

in which however v- in (/r + v") may be omitted.

* Proc. Roy Sof., vul. Ixiv. , p. 420, 1S99.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1899), ^'■'- ♦»•

'^ :;

We now assume that i) and i' arc pcritxlic, for
example that

(j = (Jo + (^1 cos// (41) ,

v/u = ftcos{/>t-i-t) (42),

where the periodic time r is related to/ according to

T=27r/p.

At this stage the criticism may present itself that the
assumed motion involves a reaction for which we have
made no provision. In practice the reaction is supplied
by the inertia of the body of the bird to which the wings
are attached. The difficulty would be got over by
supposing that there are several planes executing similar
movements, but in different phases regularly disposed.
It seems hardly worth while to complicate the present
investigation by introducing a vertical movement of the
weight.

By (40) the whole pressure at time /, perpendicular to
the plane is

k-i"?/-^ {^0 + ^*1 008// + /) cos (/>/ + €)} , . . (43)

Of this the mean value is to be equated to the weight IV
supported, so that

Jl''=i.S /rOo (44).

The horizontal component of the whole pressure at time t
is

S.ur.{d + rl;^]6 (45).

and of this the mean value is to be supposed to be zero, in
order that the plane may move with uniform horizontal
velocity. Thus

eo' + 5(^i' + |/3 9i cose = 0 .... (46).
Again, if JF6'^ be the (mean) rate of expenditure of work,

JFC/= S Kir.f{d + vji()vd{fJT) - 6; Uir\i'j d, cos t + I'r) . (47 ).

26 RAVLKKiil, TJic MccJianical Prvicipks of FligJit.
If wc eliminate /3 between (46), (47), we get

/f/y=^.U-.3(^^V + ^^^)(^^o^ + ^^^^i"^^) . (48),

9l'''C0S"-'e

from which we sec that if fli be given (as well as S^ JV, u),
U \s least when 6 = 0, viz., when the phase of maximum
\-ertical velocity coincides with the phase of greatest
inclination. In this case by use of (44) we have

If we regard JF, S, u as given, the smallest value of U
corresponds to 9i being large in comparison with ^o which is
given by (44).*

The smallest value is

^=-|^, (50).

The work required to be clone is here the same function
of S, IV, and the iiorizontal velocity as was found in (14),
where V has the meaning here assigned to «.

We see from (46) that, under the circumstances sup-
l)osed, O1 + /J is numerically small in comparison with Oo,
and a fortiori in comjjarison with fij. Accordingly the
forward edge of the plane is inclined downwards when the
motion of the plane is downwards.

As regards the pressure, it is by (43) proportional to

':'o + (Oi + /5) cos//,

in which the second term is relatively small. The pressure
acts always upon the under side of the plane, and the
weight is approximately supported in all phases.

■ It must not be forgotten that 6^ itself has been assumed to be small.

Jlfaiichestcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 0.

VI. Geometrical Representation of the Relation
between Wave-Velocity and Group-Velocity.

By Prof. Horace Lamb, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.

Received Decemhcr r2th, iSgg, read [an nary gth, igoo.

The fact that in a group of progressive waves on
water tlic velocity of advance of the group as a whole is
much less than that of the individual waves composing it
seems to have been first distinctly recognised by Scott
Russell* The theoretical explanation has been given,

* Brit. Ass. Rt'p., 1S44, p. 369. As Russell's share in the matter appears
to have been somewhat overlooked, the following quotations may be of
interest :

"(Jne observation which I have made is curious. It is, that in the case
of oscillating waves of the second order, I have found that the motion of
propagation of the whole group is different from the apparent motion of wave-
transmission along the surface ; that in the group whose velocity of oscillation
is as observed 3 '57 feet per second, each wave having a seeming velocity of
3"57, the whole group moves forward in the direction of transmission with a
much slower velocity. The consequence of this is a difficulty in observing
these waves (especially such as are raised by the wind at sea), namely, that as
the eye follows the crest of the wave, this crest appears to run out of sight,

and is lost in the small waves in which the group termiuates There

is to be observed, therefore, this distinction in a group of waves of the second
order, between the velocity of individual wave-transmission and the velocity
of aggregate wave- propagation.

" I have not found it possible to measure this velocity of aggregate pro-
pagation of a group of waves, from want of a point to observe. If I lix my
eye upon a single wave, I follow it along the group, and it gradually diminishes
and then disappears ; I take another and follow it, and it also disappears.
My eye, in following a wave-crest, follows the visible velocity of transmission
merely. After one or two such observations, I find that the whole group of
oscillations has been transferred along in the direction of transmission with a
velocity comparatively slower ; but I have not been able to measure this

velocity of propagation of the wave-motion from one place to another

" On Observations of the Waves of the Sea Besides the coexistence

of different series of waves, we have the difficulty arising from the fact already

May 4t/i, igoo.

2 Lam r., Relation between Wave- Velocity and Group- Velocity.

from different {joints of view, by Sir G. Stokes and Prof.
Osborne Reynoldsf ; and the problem has been further
generaHsed by Lord Rayleigh:[:, who has shewn that in
any medium where the wave-velocity F(Russeirs 'velocity
of wave-transmission ') is a functicjii of the wave-length A,

V

p

Fig. I.

the group-velocity U (Russell's ' velocity of wave-propa-
gation ') is given by the formula

This result admits of a simple geometrical represen-
tation. If a curve be constructed with A as abscissa and

mentioned, that a difference exists between the velocity of transmission and
the velocity of propagation. From this it results, that after the eye has
followed the apparent ridge of a wave, moving with a given velocity of trans-
mission, it will outrun the velocity of propagation, and the wave will appear
lo cease. This I have continually observed at sea. The eye follows a large
wave, and suddenly it ceases to pass on, but on looking back we find it
making once more an appearance on the same ground along which we formerly
traced its ridge ; this arises from the cause just mentioned."

t Nattire, vol. xvi., p. 343 (1S77).

% I'heory of Sottnd, § 191.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. <». 3

Fas ordinate, the i^roup-velocity will be represented by
the intercept made by the tangent on the axis of V. Thus
in Fig. I, FN represents the wave-velocity for the wave-
length ON, and OF represents the group-velocity. The
frequency of vibration, it may be noted, is represented by
the tangent of the angle PON.

Some particular cases may be noticed.

(i) In the case of gravity-waves on deep water, V^^^- ;
the curve has the form of the parabola y- = 4a,v, and

0F= -FN, i.e., the group-velocity is one-half the wave-
velocity.

(2) For capillary waves, without gravity, FocA"-, and

■2
the curve has the form xy- = a^. In this case 07^= -FN.

(3) When both gravity and capillarity are operative,

where a is a certain constant, and the curve has the form

1'- .V a
b'^ a X

This is shewn in Fig. 2. The curve indicates at once the
existence of a minimum wave-velocity corresponding to
X = (? ; also that for any prescribed wave-velocity greater
than the minimum there are /zao possible wave-lengths, of
which one rapidly increases, whilst the other diminishes,
as the wave-velocity increases. It appears, moreover, that
the group-velocity is less than, equal to, or greater than
the wave-velocity according as the wave-length is greater
than, equal to, or less than the critical wave-length a. The
frequency on the other hand, steadily increases as the
wave-length diminishes. All these are of course known
results. It may also be noted that since two tangents can
be drawn to the curve from any point on the axis O V

4 Lam]',. Relation bctzveoi Wave- Velocity and Group- Velocity.

(beyond a certain distance frcjm O), there are two values of
the wave-length corresponding to any prescribed value
of the ^r<?«/'-velocity U. I'hese two values of X coincide
when C/ has a certain (minimum) value, indicated by the
point where the tangent to the curve at the point of

Fig. 2.

inflexion cuts OV; and it may be easily shewn that
we then have

^= v/(3 + 2 ^/3) = 2-542,

where V„ is the minimum tcv/z'^- velocity. These points are
of some interest in relation to Poisson's and Cauchy's

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. ( 1 900), No. ft. 5

investigations of the effect of an isolated impulse on the
surface of water, as interpreted by Lord Kelvin.*

(4) For waves of flexure travelling along an elastic
rod, FocX'' ; the curve is then a hyperbola xy = a'^, and
0T=2PN.

(5) For waves on a tense string every point of which
is urged towards its equilibrium-position by a force varying
as the displacement,

Fee ^(a'^-t-A-)
where a is a constant. The curve has then the form of a
hyperbola

V" x^

Ir a-

and OT varies inversely as PN \ i.e., the group-velocity
varies inversely as the wave-velocity.

Proc. Rov. Soc. Feb. 3, 1SS7.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 1.

VII. The Formation of Minerals in Granite.
By C. E. Stromeyer, M.Inst. C.E.

Received and read Jatiuary 2jrd, igoo.

It is needless to recapitulate here the various sugges-
tions which have been \mt forward to account for the
curious fact that in granite we have an assemblage of
crystals so arranged as to leave no doubt that quartz, the
least fusible of the constituents, must often have been the
last to solidify. The differences between the melting
temperatures of quartz and felspars, micas and hornblendes
(as will be seen from Tabie I.), are as great as the difference
between the melting temperatures of ice and tin, lead or
zinc ; granite therefore presents to us a problem as difficult
to solve as if we were required to explain how water could
be made to freeze when in contact with, say, molten tin.

Before trying to point out how this problem can be
solved, it will be as well to deal with two attempted expla-
nations. It has been urged that, given a molten mass of
granite which, if cooled under ordinary conditions, would
result in a solid resembling pitchstone, there would be no
tendency for the felspars, micas, &c., to separate from the
quartz. There are, however, numerous well-authenticated
facts to prove that this separation is possible under
certain circumstances. On heating to the right tempera-
ture an alloy of lead with a little silver, pure lead crystals
can be separated from the fluid lead-silver liquor. If salt
water is cooled to the right temperature below o"C., pure
ice is formed, while a more concentrated salt liquor
remains fluid. It is interesting to note that, although this

May 4th, igoo.

2 Stko.MKVKR, TJic Foniiation of Minerals in Granite.

freezing takes place below o^'C, the ice formed u ould not
melt again until o'^C is reached. The process is therefore
not a reversible one. Another point tirged is the difficulty

Taule I.
MELTING TEMPERATURE OE MINERALS.^

Melting

Melting

Mineral.

Temperaluie.

Mineral.

Temperature.

Quartz softens ..

i4o6<^C.

Hornblendes: —

,, melts ...

1425 »

Actinolite...

I272-I288"C:.

„ fluid ...

1440 „

Augite

H87-II99 ,,

Felspars : —

Diallage ...

1 264-1300 „

Albitc

1172-1175 >'

Diopside ...

1187-1195 ,,

Labradorite

1223-1235 „

Enstatite ...

1295 n

>>

1230 „

Hornblende

I187-I2OO „

Oligoclase ..

1220 ,,

Spodumene.

II73 .'

Tremolite

[219-1223 „

cu

'Adularia ..

1164-1175 „

\\'ollastonite

I203-I208 „

8-

Microcline..

1169-1175 „

o

Sanidine ..

1 140 „

of accounting for water in the quartz of granites, and, more
particularly, why it should be found in the quartz and not
in the other minerals, or only slightly so. This is, to my

* Extracts from J. Joly, " Melting Points of Minerals,"' Proc. K.I. A.,
Scr. 3, Vol. 2 (1891), p. 39; and R. Cusack, ilnd, Ser. 3, Vol. 4. (1897),
p. 411.

MancJiester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 7. 3

mind, a case of occluded gases. It is assumed that,
because air, carbonic acid, and other gases occkided by
water, are driven out by heat, steam would be driven out
of quartz or granite while fluid, rather than that it should
separate out when they are in a plastic, or perhaps even
in a solid state; but we have the well-known cases of silver
and copper absorbing oxygen while in a molten con-
dition and violently ejecting this gas when solidifying.
Gases are also given off by steel when cooling, forming
blow-holes in the castings. It is therefore possible
that molten silica has a natural inclination to occlude
steam and that, if the pressure is sufficiently great, the
weight of steam occluded is proportionately great. The
large percentage of water contained in some quartzes
seems to indicate that silica when fluid can, under
pressure, absorb a large volume of steam. Possibly the
expulsion of steam takes place at some definite tempera-
ture, and not neccssaril\- at that of freezing. It may
be well to point out here that the measurements made on
the sizes of the cavities in the quartz, and the amount of
water they contain, do not necessarily indicate a definite
temperature as suggested by Mr. Sorby. At least, it is
very near that of the critical temperature of steam, and as
at high temperatures, the product of volume and
pressure of steam is proportional to the temperature,
and the temperature of the earth's crust to the depth
below the surface, it follows that the relative volumes of
the cavities and the steam they contain will be constant
for every temperature of formation. We are, therefore,
not limited to any definite temperature as being the only
one at which granite has been formed, which would have
to be the case if the above view were strictly true.

Turning now to the previously mentioned differences
of melting temperatures of the minerals in granite, it

4 Strom FA'ER, The Formation of Mmerals in Granite.

seems to have been vaguely felt that, as has been
explained above, quartz may possess a greater affinity for
steam than the other minerals, and that the effect of this
occluded steam may have been to lower the melting
temperature of quartz. Such a lowering is possible, but
only after the separation of minerals has taken place ; it
does not account for the separation, and it does not
account for the formation of those granites in which the
quartz contains little or no water. It also fails to account
for the diversity of miiieralogical composition of such
granites as are nearly alike in chemical composition.

The whole difficulty, to my mind, may be explained if
such experiments on the changes of volumes while melting
as have already been carried out by "Mr. J. Joly* on basalt,
augite and orthoclasc, and Mr. Barusf on diabase, could
be extended to the individual minerals which go to make up
granite ; provided, however, that such experiments should
show that, on fusing, quartz expands less than the other
minerals, or, better still, that it contracts like ice, bismuth,
arsenic, and antimony.

These few words will no doubt at once suggest the
explanation which it is intended to give.

In 1849 Mr. J. Thomson,! and in 1850 Herr R.
Clausius,** showed theoretically that the melting tem-
perature of a solid could be altered by pressure; that it
would rise under pressure if the volume of the substance
increased on fusion, as in the case of sulphur, phosphorus,
etc. ; and that it would fall under pressure if the volume
decreased on fusion, as in the case of ice, bismuth, etc.
This theoretical deduction was speedily verified b}- Lord

* Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc, Ser. 2, Vol. 6 (1S97), p. 283.
^ Amer. Journ. Sii., Vol. 42(1891), p. 49S.
XTrans. A'oy. Soc. Edinb., Vol. 16 (1849), [). 575.
**Pogg. Aim., Bd. Si {1850), p. 168.

MaiicJicstcr Mcuwirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 7.

5

Kclvinf as rei^ards ice and water for pressures up to
16 atmospheres, and M. A. Mouss(jn-|"f- verified the
hypothesis down to a temperature of iS^C, but the
latter's estimate of a pressure of 87 tons per square inch
is clearly much too high, for his experimental tube could
not have stood it. Bunsen,§ Hopkins,§§ and others of
more recent date, extended the enquiry to other sub-

Table II.

MELTING TEMPERATURES AT VARIOUS PRESSURES.

Pressures in
atmospheres.

Naptliylaniine

Paratoluidine

I

4S-5

39

280

50-8

430

S.S'o

515

60-5

—

579

—

597

730

—

64'o

900

68-3

—

stances. Amongst recent experiments which fitly
illustrate the matter, may be mentioned those by M. E.
Mackll on naphthylamine and paratoluidine for which the
experimental results are given in Tad/e II. and in Fig. /.,
from which it will be seen that whereas there is a differ-

tW. Thomson, Phil. Mag., Vol. 37 (1850), p. 123.
■\-\rogg. Ann., Bd. 105 (1S5S), p. 161.

llbiJ, Bd. 81 (1S50), p. 562.
%%Athenccum, 1854, p. 1 207.

\Comptes Rendus, Tome 127 {1898), p. 361.

6 Strom EYI:r, Tlic Fowiatioii of Minci-ais hi Granite.

ence of 9.';'-" between the melting temperature of the two
substances at a pressure of one atmosphere, there is no
difference at about 750 atmospheres, and the difference
would evidently have been reversed to about lo'^C, if the
experiments could have been extended to a pressure of
1,800 atmosjjheres.

70

100 '200 '500 1400 1500 '600 '700 '800 '900

Now, taking the mean densit}- of the earth's crust at 3,
a depth of 10 feet is equal to a pressure of about one
atmosphere, so that at a depth of 18,000 feet, if one could
keep the temperature below about qo^C, one would find
that napthylamine melts first b)- about lo'^'C , while on
the surface it nielts last b}'9^'-^C. \\'ith the one substance
the rate of increase of melting temperature is about I*"'C.

MiDicJicstcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. I.

7

per 450 feet of depth, with the other substance it is about
I C. per 300 feet of depth. Assuming now, for instance,
that these rates also applied to felspar and quartz respect-
ively, and starting with the melting temperatures as given
in Tabic /., remembering also that the mean temperature
gradient in the earth's crust is about i*-^C. per 1 10 feet, we
can construct Table III. which gives hypothetical melting
points for quartz and felspar at varying depths down to
200,000 feet.

Tai;le III.

Depth.

Earth
Temperature.

Hypothetical

Melting Point.

<^)uartz.

Felspar.

Feet.

"C.

''C

«C.

0

30

1406 (actual)

1220 (actual)

50,000

4S0

15^

1387

100,000

y40

1628

1583

150,000

1390

1739

1720

200,000

1S50

1850

1887

Although these values are purely imaginary, except
for the depth o, they are not at all impossible ones;
Maxwell* even assumes rates of increase of melting
temperatures exceeding the earth's temperature gra-
dient. Besides, both napthylamine and paratoluidine
raise their melting point under pressure, and it is only
the difference in their two rises which has in this example
been taken into account ; if, however, the melting point
of quartz were to sink under pressure, while that of

* Theory of Heat, iS88, p. 21.

8 Strom F,\'I-:r, TJie Forviation of Minerals in Granite,

the felspars were to rise, it would be evident that at a
depth of 200,000 feet we mii^ht expect q lartz to melt
at about i, 000 ''C, and felspar to melt as above at i,900°C.
If this could be demonstrated, the origin of almost any
granite could easily be explained. That such values are
not impossible will be seen from Table IV., which contains
the elements for calculating the changes of melting
temperatures of various substances, when the pressure is
increased. The estimated rates are given in the seventh
column and two experimental results are given at the
foot. For some materials no estimates could be made,
owing to want of complete information. Antimony and
arsenic are well-known cases of contraction on fusion, but
its amount and other necessary elements are not known.
The table contains such information as could be collected
on this subject, except as regards organic compounds,
and, although it throws no direct light on the important
question of the melting temperatures of minerals when
under great pressure, it shows at least that amongst eleven
substances, of which only two are compounds, the rate of
change may var}- from — 0'0073 for ice to +0"Oo66 for
sulphur, and it is not unreasonable to suppose that similar,
if not greater, differences of rates will be met with amongst
minerals.

The formula for calculating -^ the rise of melting

^ dp **

temperature with the pressure is

dt , V,- K

Avhere /= (absolute) melting temperature,

y= Joule's mechanical ec|uivalent of heat = 42,658 g.c,
A = latent heat of melting,

Vy and F, = volume in cub. cm. of i gram of substance
in the fluid and solid states respectively
at the melting temperature, and

Manchester Mevwirs, Vol. xliv. ( 1 900), No. 7.
Table IV.

.Material.

\'olume

of I gram at melting
leiiipi'ralure.

Latent

heat
of
melt-
ing.

Ab.so-
lutc

melt-
ing

temp.

E.stimated
rise of melt-
ing temp,
per atnio.
= 1,000 grm.
per .sq. cm.

Solid.

Fluid.

Diff.

Elements.

c.cm.

c.cm.

c.cm.

Cals.

Dcg.

Deg.

Phosphorus

o"552

0"5/2

-f 0 020

5-00

317

+ 00029

Sulphur ...

0-483

o'552

+ 0-069

9-368

387

+ o-oo66f

Bismuth ...

o'ii35

O' [QOG

- 0-0035

12-64

544

-0-00033

Tin

0-139

0-143

^ 0-004

^3-3°

499

-f 000035

Zinc ...

0-143*

o"i54

+ o-or r

28-10

685

+ 0-00062

Cadmium ..

0-119

0-125

+ o-oo6

1367

591

4- o-ooc6o

Potassium .

I-I75

1-205

+ 0-030

?

335

+ ?

Sodium ...

I -05 1

1-077

+ 0-026

?

3711+ ?

Silver

0-095*

0-105

+ o'o 10

2I-00

1223

-f 0-00136

Lead . . . .

0-091

0-095

+ o'oo4

5-86

598

+ 0-00095

Mercury ...

0-0705

0-0730

4 0-C025

2-80

234

+ 0-0046

Compoimds.

Ice

1-09082

I -000 1 2

- 0-09070

790

273

-0-0073 +

SO3

0-521

°-5i5

- 0-006

317

288

- 0-00013

P2O3

0-469

0-51S

+ 0-049

?

295

:>

CO2

0-833

0769*

-0064

}

193

■>

* Estimated volumes at melting temperature,

t Experiment gives the rise at the rate of 0-00525" between the pres-
sures of I and 519 atmospheres. Between 519 and 729 the rate is only
0-ooi88°. This change is probably due to differences in the elasticity of the
solid and fluid, and indicates that for very high pressures the rate may be
reversed.

J E.xperimental determination — 0-0078. Water is about twice as com-
pressible as ice ; the rate of rise should therefore increase with increasing
pressure, particularly as the latent heat decreases with falling temperature.

lo Str0MEV1';k, The Formation of Minerals in Gi'anite.

dp the increased pressure is expressed in i^rams per
sq. cm. One atmosphere is i,033'4 grams per sq. cm. ; in
the table the value i,000 grams has been adopted. As
X is in the denominator, and as it is believed tobever\dow

for most minerals of the earth's crust, the value of — will

dp

be large. Its sign is determined by the change of volume

when melting. Its value will also vary with the

pressure, unless the elasticity of the solid and the liquid

are equal ; it may even be reversed under high pressures.

The determination of these various values for quartz
and other minerals is attended with great difficulty.
Professor Joly, as already mentioned, measured the
changing volume of basalt, augite and orthoclase. The
apj^aratus consisted of a sheet of platinum, bent into a
cylindrical shape and heated to definite temperatures by
an electric current; a small bead of mineral about ^V inch
in diameter was suspended in the hollow, and its changing
diameter with rising temperature was measured with a
long-focus microscope. His results and those obtained
by Mr. Barus on cooling diabase are plotted as curves in
Fig. 2.

The upward bends in the temperature-volume
curves is ver\- marked ; apparently they do not coincide
with the melting points, which are stated to be 1,090 for
the basalt specimen, and 1,190 (stick)') for the diabase.
If only similar experiments could be made on quartz, the
question whether the formation of granite can be explained
by the influence of pressure on the melting point would
speedily be settled. Unfortunately, cjuartz does not melt
until i,400°C has been reached, at which temperature the
platinum electric furnace would collapse ; besides, silica
seems to act on platinum at high temperatures. Possibly
Mr. Rarus' method might lead to results. Should quartz

MaJichcsicr Memoirs, ]^ol. xiiv. (1900), No. 1. i i

possess tlic propcrt}', like ice, of contracting" on fusion, then
it w(Mil(l float on its fluid, or, like ice, would be slippery*
when near its mcltinij^ temperature, if rubbed by an even
less fusible substance.

It has been known for many )-ears that water enclosed
in capillar)- tubes must be cooled considerably below o'C.
before it freezes, also that in polar regions rain or mist can

1-08
I -07
l»06
1-05
l'04
l«03
I-02
l«OI_
1-00

Fig. 2

TEMPERATURES

I2OO IaOO l600 '800 llOOO '1200 ^1400

often exist in an atmosphere mucli colder than oQ. without
being converted into ice or snow, provided that the globules
of rain or mist are sufficiently small. Clerk Maxwell also
mentions seeing a rainbow in winter on a sheet of ice, due
evidently to water globules lying on the ice. To my mind
this phenomenon is due to the compressive action of the

* Professor Osborne Reynolds on "The Slipperiness of Ice." — Man-
chester Memoirs, Vol. xliii., 1899. No. 5.

12 Strom EYKR, TJi-: Formation of Minerals in Granite.

surface tension, and, although an estimate as to the
internal pressure in one of these water globules, if only one
hundred thousandth of an inch in diameter, could not
account for a material lowering of freezing temperature,
it must be remembered that surface tension is a misnomer
when a[)plicd to very small bodies, and that in a small
globule of the above size the molecular forces tending to
compress it do not act only on its surface but also across
its diameter.* In any case it is evident that when water
is reduced to drops of very small diameter it behaves as if
it were subjected to an enormous pressure, and lowers its
freezing point considerably. We thus have a means of
obtaining some information as to the influence of pressure
on the melting temperature of minerals; all that is necessary
is to measure the differences of the melting temperatures of
small but different sized beads of minerals, and then
ascertaining their diameters and shapes when cold.
Possibly, too, the difference of density of the original
specimens of minerals and of the resultant beads will
show itself b\' affecting the melting temperature. All
this could be done in Prof Joly's Meldometer.

The determination of the latent heat of melting,
another necessar\' element, should not be a very difficult
matter, but it is unnecessary unless there is a good
prospect of finding the changes of volume. The following
concluding considerations as to the bearing of this sug-
gestion will show its importance to geologists and
mineralogists.

There exist amongst the porphyretic granites, quartz-
porphyry in which the (juartz crystals are large and the

•Clerk Maxwell, in his article on " Capillary Action," in the Eticy.
Brit., mentions that the molecular pressure for water is 5,cxx) atmospheres.
If correct, then infinitely small water globules would not freeze until 4o''C.
has been reached.

Manchcsttr Mouoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 1, 13

matrix granular, and there are felspar porphyry in which
the felspar crystals are large, indicating that in the one
case the quartz crystallised first, in the other case the fel-
spar ; this, again, implies that in the one case solidification
took place nearer the earth's surface and under less pres-
sure than in the other, and presents no difficulty if we
bear in mind the great diversity amongst the earth's crust
temperature gradients. Granite veins, as is well known,
are in extreme cases either almost pure quartz, indicating
that it was fluid and could force its way into cracks, while
the already crystallised felspar remained behind, or these
veins are fairly pure felspars — pegmatite veins — showing
that the quartz to a great extent had crystallised first, and
this again implies that in the one case the pressure was
higher than in the other.

The chemical composition of granite seems to affect its
mineralogical composition only partially. The felspars
being silicates of alumina and potash, soda or lime ; the
micas being silicates of alumina and potash, lithia or
magnesia and iron ; the hornblendes being silicates of
nearly all the above with or without iron protoxide and
alumina, each of these minerals could be formed from one
and the same molten rock if it contains all these ingre-
dients. We find, however, that it is generally only one or
two of these classes of minerals which occur together, and
rarely (if ever) are the sub-classes mixed. It is, therefore,
but natural to assume that it is not so much the chemical
composition as the conditions of solidification, viz.,
pressure, temperature, and rate of cooling, which deter-
mine the mineralogical composition, except as regards
quantities. See British Petrology, by J. J. H. Teall, j888.

Two extreme conditions are conceivable.

I. The solid rock resting on molten granite is of a low
specific gravity and would be a fairly bad conductor of

14 StrO.MKVKR, The Fonnation of Minerals in Granite.

heat ; the teinpcrature gradient would in this case be a
steep one, say i^^C. per 40 feet, the depth at which granite
would commence to solidify would not be great, the
pressure would not be great, and most probably the quartz
would crystallise first, and then the felspars, etc., forming,
say " quartz porphyry," i)rovided, of course, that there is
an excess of silica.

II. The rock resting on the molten granite is heavy,
containing, say, much iron oxide, and would probaby be a
good conductor of heat ; the temperature gradient would
not be stee{), say i '^C. per 200 feet. The depth at which the
granite would commence to solidify would be much greater
than in the above case and the pressure much greater,
most probably the quartz would remain fluid long after the
felspars had crystallised, forming, say, " felspar porphyry."

Every intermediate condition is now conceivable,
and rocks in which quartz is missing, although the
chemical analysis shows plenty of silica, have probably
been formed under conditions where the melting points of
quartz and the other minerals are almost equal.

Although we have as yet no experiments which throw
light on this subject, and although it may perhaps be
impossible to carry out really reliable ones, it is hoped
that the possible influence which pressure exerts on the
melting temperature of rocks, and therefore on the forma-
tion of their minerals, will permit of a rough classification
on a somewhat more systematic plan than is now the
case. In this respect, probably more would be learnt by
a careful study of variations in a single large mass of
granite than by comparing samples from different parts
of the world ; and although our range, as regards depth of
formation, is limited to at most 10 per cent, of the actual
depth at which solidification may have taken place,
there is at least a reasonable probability that marked

Manchester Memoirs, Vol x/z'v. (icjoo), No. 7. 15

differences of temperature existed on the same levels and
in the same mass, the centres of the granite bosses
remaining hotter, and therefore longer fluid, than the sides.
In any case the above suggestion removes two for-
midable barriers to further inquiries. If it is correct, there
is no necessity to limit the temperature of granite forma-
tion, as suggested by Mr. Sorby, nor to assume that the
earth's interior is solid.

Manchester Alcinoirs, Vol. xliv. riQOO), No. 8.

VIII. Notes on some Jurassic Plants in the
Manchester Museum.

By A. C. Seward, M.A., F.R.S.,

University Lecturer in liolany, Camhriu^^e.

{^Coiiniuiiiicated by Professor F. E. Weiss, B.Se., F.L.S.)

Received and read January 2jrd, igoo.

The late Professor Williamson's career as a student of
Fossil Botany dates from the days of his boyhood when,
in company with his father, John Williamson, he collected
fossils from the Inferior Oolite rocks exposed in the cliff
sections north and south of Scarborough. Several of the
specimens which they discovered were forwarded to Prof
Lindley, accompanied by descriptive notes and drawings
supplied by the younger Williamson, and afterwards
reproduced in the classic " Fossil Flora" of Lindley and
Hutton. Professor Williamson in his autobiography recalls
how he prepared many of the drawings of the Yorkshire
coast fossil plants "at one end of Mr. Weddell's kitchen-
table, whilst the housekeeper was occupied at the other
end with the several processes of providing the day's
dinner." '

During recent visits to the Manchester Museum I have
had an opportunity, through the courtesy of Mr. Hoyle,
of examining the rich collection of Jurassic plants, among
which were found several of the originals of Williamson's

^ Williamson (96) p. 36. The numbers in parentheses after an author's
name refer to the year of publication of the work quoted, e.g. (96)^1896 ;
vide the Bibliography at the end of these notes.

May 4th, I goo.

2 Seward, Jm-assic Plants in the MaticJiester Mnsenm.

drawings in the " Fossil Flora!' These figured s[)ccimens
form part of the Wilh'amson Collection, and are usually
referred to b}- Lindley and Hutton as being " in the
collection of Mr. Williamson."

In addition to these specimens, the Manchester Museum
possesses numerous examples of Jurassic plants which
throw fresh light on certain species included in the rich
Flora from the Oolite rocks of the Yorkshire Coast. The
following notes deal with the plants figured by Lindley
and Hutton, and include descriptions of some other
specimens worthy of mention as affording important data
towards a more complete knowledge of Jurassic vegetation.
A list is added of Inferior Oolite plants included in the
Museum collections ; many of the specimens are also
referred to in a forthcoming British Museum Catalogue of
Jura.^sic plants. The present communication deals only
with Inferior Oolite species from the Gristhorpe plant-bed
and other localities on the Yorkshire coast ; it is proposed
to give an account of other Jurassic plants in the Museum
in a second paper.

I. Specimens figured in the "'■ Fossil Flora!'
Type specimen of pi. i68. Sphenopteris arguta L. & H.
= Conioptcris hyinenophylloides (Brongniart'),

(No. 49 in the Manchester collection).
Type specimen of pi. 169. Pccopteris dentate L. & H.

= I'odiies Williavisoni (Brongn.), (Nos. 44 and 45).
Type specimen of pi. 155. Otopteris cuneata L. & H.
= Sagenopteris Phtllipsi (Brongn.), var. cuneata

(No. 57).
Type specimen of pi. 92. Tceniopteris major L. & H.
= Tceniopteris major L. & H. (No. 13).

^ An author's name is enclosed in parentheses when the generic
designation has been altered since the species was first described ; e.g.
Brongniart first described this species as Sphenopteris kymenophylloides.

lilmicJicstcr Mcuioirs, IW.x/rc'.dcjoo), No. H. 3

Type specimen of \)\. 194. Zixuiites lanceolatiis L. & H.

= Podozamitcs lanceolatiis (L. & H.), (No. 321).
Original specimen of \A. 93. Lycopoditcs Williamsonis

Brongn. = Pagiopliyllnin Williainsoiii (Brongn.),

(Nos. 16 and 48).
Original specimen of pi. 167. Thnites cxpansiis Sternb

= Brac/iyp/iylliii/i maunllarc Brongn., (No. 52).

II. Other specimens described in these notes.

Ctenis sp. PI. ii., figs. 3 and 4 (No. 53 in the Man-
chester collection).

Ginkgo digitata (Brongn.). PL ii., fig. 5 (No. 3).
CladopJilebis denticiilata (Brongn.). PI. iv., fig. 9 (No.

313)-

Willianisonia pccten (Phi 11.). PI. iii., fig. 6 (No. },l).

III. Species of Inferior Oolite Plants from the Yorkshire
coast represented in the Manchester Museum.

PTERIDOPHYTA.
Equisetales.

Equisetites coluninaris Brongn.

E. Beani (Bunb.). [This species is represented by the
type-specimen (No. '^'^) of Bunbury,^ which has since been
figured by Gardner'-' as a possible example of a monocoty-
ledonous stem — a suggestion made by Williamson — ; and
by myself under the name Equisetites Bea)ii?\

Lycopodiales.

Lycopodites falcatus L. & H.

1 Bimbury (51).
- Gardner (86).
« Williamson (83) ; Seward (98).

4 Seward, Jurassic Plants in the Manchester Mtiseuni.

FiLICALES.

Laccopteris polypodioidcs ( B ro n gn . ).
L. Woodwardi (Leek).
Todites Williavisoni (Brongn.).
Kliikia exilis (Phill.).
Coniopteris hymenophylloides (Brongn.).
C. quinqucloba (Phill.).
C. arguta (L. & H.).

DictyopJiylluDi rugosniii L. & H. [Speeimen No. 27
shows the form of branching of this frond unusually well.]
CladopJiU'bis doiticnlata (Brongn.).
C. lobipolia (Phill).
Tceniopte7'is vittata (Brongn.).
T. major L. & H.
Sagenopteris Phillipsi (Brongn.).
S. PJiillipsi var. major.
S. Phillipsi var. ciineata.

GYMNOSPERMyE.
Cycadales.

Willianisonia gigas (L. & H.).
W. pecten (Phill.).
Otozaniites Beani (L. & H.).
O. Bunbiiryamis Zigno.
O. graphicus (Leek.).
Ctenis falcata L. & H.
Podozainites lanccolatus (L. & H.).
Afiomozaniites Nilssoni (Phill).
Nilssonia temiinervis Nath.
N. co)iipia (Phill.)
N. viediana (Leek.)

Conifers.

Brachyphyllmn viainidarc Brongn.
Pachyphylluni Willianisoni (Brongn.).

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xiiv. (1900), No. 8. 5

Cryptouierites <iivarieatus Bunb.
Taxites zaniioides (Lcck).
Cheirolepis setosus (Phill.).
Araiicarites Philllpsi Cam
Czekaiioivskia Murrayana (L. & H.).

GiNKCOACE/E.

Ginkgo digitata (Brongn.).
Baiera gracilis Bunb.
B. Phillipsi Nath.
B. Lijidleyana (Schimp.).
Beania gracilis Carr.

I. Specimens figured in the " Fossil Flora " of Lindley and

Huttoii.
A. FiLICALES.

Coniopteris JiymenopJiylloides ( Brongn iart).

Text-figure i. (Specimen No. 49.) Type-specimen.
Original of pi. clxviii., Fossil Flora, 1835.

1828. Sphcnopteris hymenophylloides, Brongniart. Hist. Veg.

Foss.y p. 189, pi. Ivi., fig. 4.
Pecopteris Murrayana, ibid., p. 358, pi. cxxvi., fig. 5.

1829. Sphcnopteris stipata, Phillips, Geol. Yorks., p. 47,

pl. X., fig. 8.
wS". muscoides, ibid., p. 153, pl. x., fig. 10.

1835. Sphcnopteris arguta, Lindley and Hwiton, Foss. Flora,

pl. clxviii.
Tympanophora simplex, ibid., pl. clxx. A.
T. raceniosa, ibid., pl. clxx. B.

1836. Hymenophyllites Phillipsi, Goppert, Foss. Farm.,

p. 256.

1848. Hymenophyllites Phillipsi, Bronn, Index Pal, p. 602.

1849. Coniopteris Murrayana (pars), Brongniart, Tableau,

p. 105.

6 Sew ARV), /nrnsstc Pla)its in the ]\lanclicstcy Mnseiun.

1 85 1. Sp/ienopteris ncpJirocarpa, Bunbur}% Quart. Joufii.

Geol. Soc, vol. vii., p. 179, pi. xii., figs, in and id.
1873. SpJicnopteris Pcllati, Saporta, Pal. Franc., vol. i.,

pi. xxxi., fig. I, p. 278.

1875. Sphcnoptcris affinis, Phillips, Gcol. Yorks., p. 213,

lign. 30,
S. dissocialis, ibid. p. 214, lign. 32.

1876. Thyrsopteris Murrayana, Heer, Flora Foss. A ret.,

vol. iv. (ii.), p. 30, pi. i., fig. 4 ; pi. ii., figs. 1-4 ;
pi. viii., fig. 1 1/;.
T. inaakiatia, ibid., p. 31, pi. i., figs. 1-3, and figs.
5 and 6.
1878. Dicksonitcs clavipcs, ibid., vol. vii., p. 33, \)\. ii., fig. 7.
1892. Dicksonia Heerii, Raciborski, /^A-tc? Krakozv.,^^. 1^4,
pi. X., fig.s. 5-14.
D. .':arccf:nyi (pars), ibid., p. 175, pi. xii., figs. 8, 9,
1 1, and 12.

I'ig. I. Coniopteris hymenophyllcides {\\\ox\^x\.), (nat. size).

It is extremely difficult to decide how best to deal
with the numerous examples of Sphenopteroid fronds
afforded by the Yorkshire plant-bearing strata ; they are

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (iQOo), No. S. 7

abundantly represented in the Inferior Oolite Flora, and
exhibit considerable variations as regards both the sterile
and fertile segments. The wide range of variation suggests
the presence of several species of closely allied ferns, but,
on the otherhand,the more extreme forms are connected by
numerous intermediate exam[iles, and it seems practically
hopeless to separate the various types into species dis-
tinguished by well-defined characteristics.

The type-specimen of Sp/ieiiopteris argiita L. & H.,
was found at Gristhorpe and sent to the authors of the
Fossil Flora " by Mr. Williamson, junior," who added a
description of the specimen, and expressed his opinion
that the fern was distinct from Sphcnoptcris hynicnopJiylloides
Brongn. and ^\ stipata Phill. As shown in fig. i, the
specimen, which is on the whole accurately represented in
Williamson's drawing {Fossil Flora, pi. clxviii.), consists
of a portion of a pinna 5 '5 cm. long ; the axis is slightly
winged, and bears cuneate pinnules, with a deeply dis-
sected lamina ; the ultimate segments are acuminate and
entire or more or less deeply lobed. The venation, which
is indistinctly shown, is of the St)hcnopteris type.

I have adopted the name Coniopteris in place of
Sphenopteris, on the ground that the fertile specimens of
this Jurassic species, in which vS. arguta L. and H. is
included, enable us to assign the plant to a definite family
of ferns — the Cyatheacea;. Brongniart^ proposed the
generic term Coniopteris for ferns possessing characters
intermediate between Pecopteris and Sphenopteris, and
which agree in the form of the sori with the recent
Dicksonia^. The specimen figured by Lindley and Hutton
is of the Sphenopteris type, but the sori point to a close
affinity with Cyatheaceous ferns. Solms-Laubach'^ has
also advocated the application of Brongniart's genus

^ Brongniart (49), p. 26. ^ Solms-Laubach (91), p. 157.

8 S¥.\\ARD, Jurassic P/attts in the MancJiester Musciini.

Coiiioptcris to some of the Jurassic species of ferns in
preference to the use of recent generic names such as
Dickso7iia or TJiyrsoptcris. An examination of a large
number of specimens (>f Lower Oolite Sphenopteroid
fronds has led me to include SpJioioptcris arguta of Lindley
and Hutton, and several other 'species,' as synonyms
of Conioptcris IiyvtenopJiylloides (Brongn.). To discuss
fully the reasons for using Brongniart's specific designa-
tion in the comprehensive sense in which I have employed
it would extend these notes beyond reasonable Hmits, the
main object of this paper being to draw attention to certain
important specimens in the Manchester Museum, and to
express opinions as to their systematic position.

Todiies Willimiisoni (Brongniart).
PI. i., figs. I and 2}

Type-specimens of pl. clxix., figs, i and 2 (Nos. 44 and 45).

1828. Fecoptcris Williavisonis, ^xox\g\\\-A.x\., Hist.Vcg. Foss.,

p. 324, pl. ex., figs. I, 2.
P. Whitbiensis, ibid., pl. ci.x., figs. 2-4.
F. tenuis, ibid., p. 322, pl. ex. figs. 3, 4.

1829. Fccopteris receutior, Phillips, Geol. Yorks., p. 148,

pl. viii. fig. I 5.
? P. Juistata, ibid., pl. viii., fig. 1 7,
F. curtata, ibid., p. 148, pl. viii., fig. 12.
1833. Neuropieris receutior, Lindley and Hutton, Foss. Flora,
pl. Ixviii.
Fecoptcris Willianisonis, ibid., pl. cxxvi.

1835. Fecoptcris dcntata, ibid., pl. clxix.

1836. Acrostichites Willianisonis, Goppert, Foss. Farm..,

p. 285.
Alethoptcj'is dcntata, ibid., p. 306.

' The upper figure in Pl. i. is referred to as fig. I.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), iV^?. 8. 9

1849. Clodopldebis dcntala, Bronij^niart, Tableait, p. 105.

C. IVilh'aiiisouis, Hud., p. 105.

C. rccentior, Udd., p. 105.

C. tenuis, ibid., p. 105.

C- Whitbiensis, ibid., p. 105.
1854. Pecoptens Hiittojiiana, Morris, Cat. Brit. Foss., p. i 5.
1856. } DicJioptcris iiiicrophyila, VJxgno, Flora Foss. Oolit.,

vol. i., p. 122, pi. XV., fig. 5.
1869. Pecopteris {Aerostichites) Williamsoni, Schimper,

Traitc Pal. Vcx., vol. i., p. 528.
1884. t'odea Williainsonis, Schenk, Palccontographica, vol.

xxxi., ]:>. 168, pi. iii., fig. 3.
1889. CladopJdebis Virginiciisis, Fontaine, Potouiac Flora,
p. 70, pi. iii., figs. 3-8 ; pi. iv., figs. I and 4.

C. parva, ibid., p. y^, pi. vi., figs. I -3.

C. distans, ibid., p. yj, pi. xiii., fig. 4.
1889. Aspleuunii Whitbiciise, Yokoyama, Journ. Coll. Sci.
JapaJi, vol. iii., p. 32, pi. iii., fig. 3.
The identification of the numerous examples of
bipinnatc fern fronds of the Cladophlcbis type afforded by
the Yorkshire coast plant-beds is a difficult task, owing to
the considerable variation in the size and form of the
pinnules and the confused state of the nomenclature. It
is evident that the earlier authors multiplied unnecessarily
the number of specific names, and the confusion is ren-
dered worse by the fact that the same specific name has
occasionally been employed by different writers for species
which are no doubt distinct. As an example of the appli-
cation of the same name to distinct species, it may be
noted that the fern which Brongniart named Pecoptcris
Whitbiensis is in all probability distinct from that which
Lindley and Hutton referred to that species. Pccopteris
Whitbiensis^, as figured in the " Fossil Flora" is, I believe,

^ The type-specimen of LincUcy and Hutton has not been found in the
Manchester collection.

lo Skw. \RD, /u7'assic Plants in the Mavxhester Museum.

identical with P. dcnticiilata of Brongniart The specimens
referred byl'hilHps and byL.indlcyand Ilutton \.o Pccopteris
rccentior differ from Bron(;niart's P. Willianisonis in their
larger and longer pinnules, but an examination of several
large fronds in various collections has con\inced mc of the
identity of the two forms.

The specimen shown in pi. i., fig. i [ = pl. cl.xi.x.
(upper figure) of Lindley and Button] has a length of
7 cm., and represents the apical portion of a frond
bearing linear pinnee with crowded deltoid and slightly
falcate pinnules, having a serrated margin. In the larger
pinnules there is a fairly well marked midrib, from which are
given off forked and spreading lateral veins. Williamson's
drawing gives a fairly accurate idea of the specimen, but
the pinnules are broader and less sharply pointed than as
shown in the figure given by Lindlc)^ and Hutton. The
type-specimens were obtained by Williamson from Gris-
thorpc ]^a)-, and forwarded to Lindley with a descriptive
note, in which they are compared with Pecopteris
Whitbicnsis, P. Jiastata, P. ligata, and /''. dcnticulata.

In the specimen represented in pi. i., fig. 2, the rachis
measures 9-5 cm. in length, and 2 mm. in breadth. The
pinnre, of which portions only are preserved, have the
same uniform breadth as in the example shown in fig. I ;
the pinnules are closely set and approximateh' at right
angles to the pinna axis, and arc linear and slighth' falcate
with a serrate apex, which points towards the tip of the
])inna. In Williamson's drawing the pinnules are some-
what inaccurately represented ; they are characterised by
a more deei)ly concave outer margin, and a more convex
inner margin than the drawing in the Fossil Flora
indicates. The lateral veins are given off from the midrib
at a more acute angle than as shown in the drawing.

The most striking features in the two specimens

McDichcstcr Mnst-iiin, Vol. xHv. (1900), No. S. II

(])!. i., figs. I and 2) are the long linear i^innaj and the
erect falcate and coin])arativcl\' broad pinnules.

Both s]:)ecimcns are undoubtedly portions of the same
species, which I believe to be identical with Pecoptcris
Willia}iiso)iis of Lindlcy and Hutton. Fertile specimens
of this species are fairly common, but it is rare to find
examples in which the nature of the sporangia can be
accurately determined. It has been clearly shown, how-
ever, by Schenk and Raciborski, that the sporangia agree,
both in their manner of occurrence and structure, with
those of the Osmundacea^. An excellent specimen of
this species in the Leckenby collection, Cambridge (Wood-
wardian Museum), enables me to confirm the conclusions
of these authors. The generic name, Toditcs, is adopted
as a more suitable designation than the recent genus
Todea, which some authors have used. In the form of the
frond, and in the shape of the pinnules, the fossil fern
agrees with Cibotiuni Barovictz Link, but the character
of the sporangia demonstrates that Toditcs IViilzajnsonz
must be included in the family Osmundacetne. It is to
Schenk^ and Raciborski- that we are indebted for accounts
of the s[)orangia ; the former author published a figure of
a fertile pinnule in his paper on the plants collected by
Szeckenyi in China, and Raciborski afterwards published
additional figures confirmatory of Schenk's account.
Raciborski's figures should be consulted as the best
evidence so far adduced in proof of the affinity of this
Jurassic fern.

Sagcnopteris Phillipsi (Brongniart).
I'l. iii., figs. 7 and 8.
Fig. 7 = Type-specimen of Otopteris ciDieata L. & H.,
pi. civ. (No. 57j.

^ Schenk (S5).

- Raciborski (91) and (94).

12 Sew AUD, ///rassi'c Plants hi the Manchester Mnsann.

1828. Glossppteris PhilHpsi, l^rongniart, Hist. \^cg. Foss.,

p. 225, pi. \^\bis., fitj. 5 ; pi. Ixiii., fi<^. 2.

1829. Pcxoptcris pancifolia, l'hilli])s, Geol. Yorks., p. 148,

pi. viii., fig. 8.
1833. Glossopteris Phillipsi, Lindlcy & Mutton, Foss. Floj-a,
pi. Ixiii.

1835. Otoptens cuneata, ibid., pl. civ.

1836. Acj-ostichites Phi/iipsi, Goppert, Foss. Farm., j) 286.
Adiantites irregularis, ibid., p. 385.

1838. Tceniipteris P/iillipsii, Sternberg, Flora d. Vorzvclt,
fasc. vii , p. 140.
Sagcnopteris PJiillipsii, ibid., p. 165.
Cycloptcris ciDieata, ibid., p. 135.
1849. Phylloptens Pliillipsii, Brongniart, Tableau, p. 105.
185 1. Sagenopteris cnneata, Bunbury, Quart, foinii. Geol.

Soe.. vol. vii., p. 184.
1 894. Sagenopteris Goeppertia)ia, Raciborski, Flora Kiakozv.,
p. 214, pl. XX., fig.s. 14-18.

Tiiere is abundant evidence that Sagenopteris Phillipsi
(L. & H.) is a species characterised by a considerable
variation in the form and number of the leaflets. The
specimen represented in pl. iii. fig. 7, to which Lindley and
Hutton gave the name Otopteris cuncata, differs consider-
ably from the examples figured by these authors as
Glossopteris Phillipsi, but the difference is hardl}' sufficient
to warrant the specific separation of the two forms of leaf.
In 185 I Bunbury discussed at some length the affinities of
Otopteris cnneata L. & H., and expressed the view that
this type " is merely an imperfect or abnormal state —
probably a seedling — of Sagenopteris Phillipsi." In the
third edition of Philliixs' Geology of the Yorkshire Coast,
it is also suggested the small cuneate form may be
specifically identical with Sagenopteris Phillipsi.

Mancliester Memoirs, I'^ol. xliv. (1900), No. 8. 13

The specimens from Gristhorpe Bay fi<^ured by
Lindley and Mutton in their j)l. cl\'. were drawn and
described by Wilh'amson, who considered them to be
examples of the genus Giossopteris ; but the authors of
the bossil Flora considered the absence of a midrib indica-
tive of an affinity with their species Otof^teris Bcatiii.

Fig. 2, pi. civ. of the Fossil Flora (refigured in
pi. iii., fig. 7) represents a specimen consisting of a stalk
I cm. in length, bearing two terminal leaflets i"4 cm. long.
The stalk is comparatively broad and winged, and the
lamina of the obcuneate leaflets is traversed by numerous
branched and anastomosing veins, which are rather fewer
in number than in Williamson's drawing.

Although it is practicalK' impossible to decide the
question of identit}- of Sagoioptcris Phillipsi L. and H.
and Otopteris cuiieata L. and H., I am inclined to agree
with Bunbury that it is at least reasonable to suppose that
both forms of leaf were borne by the same species. Evi-
dence of the variation of leaf-form displayed by this genus
is furnished by the numerous specimens in the British
and other museums ; the leaflets vary in size, in the propor-
tion of length to breadth, and in the distinction or promi-
nence of a midrib. Again, in the series of figures of
the Rhaetic si^Qcxes^ Sagenoptcris rhoifolia (Presl),^ and in the
drawings published by Zigno- and Nathorst^ of species of
this genus, we have abundant proof of the variability
displa\-ed by the leaflet. It may he a convenience to refer
to such specimens as that shown in fig. 5, pi. i., as Sageuop-
teris Phillipsi \-ar. cnneata.

PI. iii., fig. 8 (No. 310). This specimen represents an
imperfect leaf, 10 cm. in length, terminating distall}' in a

1 Schenk (67).
Zigno (56).
Nathorst (7S-S6).

14 SewakI). //^;7?.s-j76- Plants in the Manchester Mnsenni.

bluntly rounded ai)cx, and gradually tapering towards the
base. There is a fairly distinct midrib, which gradually
breaks up in the apical portion of the lamina into
oblique anastomosing veins. The lateral veins are of the
Glossoptcris type, and frequently anastomose with one
another as they pass upwards and outwards towards the
margin of the lamina. In the later edition of Pliillips'
Geology of the Yorkshire Coast, and in the more recent
notes by Nathorst on Jurassic plants from English
localities, there is a reference' to a large form of Sage-
nopteris represented in the Leckenby collection and else-
where, which agrees closely with the plant described by
Zigno as Sagenoptcris Goeppertiana. The example shown in
fig. 8 is one of the best specimens I have seen of this large
type of leaf ; it is considerably larger than the type-speci-
mens of S. Pliillipsi of Lindley and Hutton,but examples
are not wanting which enable us to construct a series
illustrating the gradual passage from smaller and narrower
to larger and broader leaves. It is, I believe, the better
plan to regard such specimens as that shown in fig. 8 as
specifically identical with the more typical examples of
Sagoiopteris Plnllipsi, and to refer to them as 6". Phillipsi
var. major.

TcBfiiopteris major Lindley & Hutton.

Type-specimen of pi. xcii., Lindley & Hutton (No. 13).

1833. Tceniopteris major, l^\nd\cy 8i Wutton, Foss. Flora,

pi. xcii.
1836. Aspidites Williamsoiiis, Gopi^ert, Foss. Farm.,

P-353-
1856. Teeniopteris IVilliajnsonis, Zigno, Flora Foss. Oolit.,

vol. i , p. 205.
1869. Ufacrotaeniopteris 7najor,Sch\mpcr, Traitt^ Pal. Vcg.,

vol, i., p. 610.

1 Nathorst (So).

Jilafic/icstcr MoNoirs, \'ol. xiiv. (1900), No. S. 15

The specimen on which Lindley&Hutton instituted their
species was found by Wilh'amson in the Gristhorpe plant-
bed, and sent by him with a drawini; and descriptive notes
to tlie authors of the " Fossil Flora " ; it has a length of
I I cm. and is 5-5 broad at the widest end. The lateral
veins, which arc very clear!}' shown, are almost at right
angles to the midrib, and dichotomise as they pass to the
edge of the lamina. Williamson's drawing is fairly
accurate, but the specimen is less perfect than the figure
representing it. On the same piece of rock there is a
specimen o{ Pagiophylliiin Willimnsojii (Brongn.) and a
piece oi Nilssonia coiupta (Phill.).

The distinction between TcEuioptetis vittata and
T. major is not very well defined, but it is perhaps better
to confine the specific designation vittata to the longer
and narrower fronds, and to distinguish the broader form
as T. major.

Nathorst has suggested that Tcvnioptcris major may
represent an entire leaf of Anomozamites Nilssoni {VhixW.),
a species characterised by the possession of a lamina
divided into segments of unequal size, but this is, I think,
improbable ; the latter species seems to be distinct and
characterised both by the divided lamina and by the
venation.

B. Gymnosperm/E.

Podozamites lanceolatus (Lindley and Hutton).
Type-specimen of pi. cxciv., Lindley and Hutton.
(No. 321.)
1836. Z amites lanceolatus, 'Lmdley and Wuiton, Foss. Flora,
pi. cxciv.

1870. Podozamitcs lanceolatus, Schimper, Traitc Pal. Veg.,

p. 160.
1896. Podozamiies Schenkz, Hartz, Med. Grotil, vol. xix.,

pi. xiii., figs. 2 and 7.

1 6 Seward, Jurassic Plufits in the Manchester Museiiui.

This type-specimen was obtained b)- Williamson from
Haiburn Wyke, and presented with a drawing and brief
description to Lindley ; it is described by the former as
" no doubt produced by some one of the Cycadeoideous
stems of the Oolitic rocks." The rachis is 13 cm. in Iciif^th,
bearini^ irret^ularly disposed linear pinn;i,% about 7 mm.
broad, attached b\- a narrow base. The longest pinna
measures 7 cm. in length, and tapers gradually to an
acuminate ai)ex, but becomes suddenly narrow towards
the basal end ; a few of the pinn;e appear to be laterally
attached to the rachis, with a slightly decurrent lower
margin, but in one or two of the pinnae the attachment
appears to be rather on the upper face of the rachis. The
veins are numerous and parallel, as in the Cycadean
genus Zamites. The specimen is not sufficiently well
preserved to enable us to determine the exact manner of
attachment of the pinn;t, and it is very doubtful if all of
them are shown in their original position. It is probable
that the pinnae of this species were deciduous and
separated from the rachis by a definite separation surface,
and this circumstance adds to the danger of assuming
that the leaflets are all in their original positions.

Zamites lanceolatuSy or, as it is more usually designated
by recent writers, Podoza7)iites lancco/atiis, is probably
the frond of a Cycadean [)lant, but it is by no means
impossible that it may be a twig of a Conifer similar to
Agathis australis Salisb. of New Zealand.

Pagiophyllum Wi//ianisoni (Brou^n'mrt).

Original specimens of pi. xciii., fig.s. i and 2. (Nos. 16

and 48).
1828. Lycopodites Willianisonis, Brongniart, Prodrome,
p. 83.

Manchester ]\Ici)ioirs^ Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 8, 17

1829. Lycopodites tincifolins, Thillips, Gcol. Yorks., p. 147,

pi. viii., fig. 3.
1833. Lycopoditcs Williauisonis, Lindley and Hutton,

pi. xciii.

1848. WalcJiia IVillicDJisonis, Y^ronn, Index Pal., p. 1374.

1849. Palissya} Wzlliauisonis, Brongniart, Tableau, \). 106.
1870. PacJiyphylluni Willianisoni, Schimper, Traitc Pal.

Veg., vol. ii., p. 251.
1890. Araucaria JVilliainsonz, Schenk, in Zittel's Handb.
Pal., p. 2 So.

The original of pi. cxiii., fig. i, of Lindley and Hutton,
is much less perfect than Williamson's drawing represents
it, but the general features are faithfully shown. The
specimen has a length of I3"5 cm., the main axis bears
several lateral branches given off at an acute angle, clothed
with numerous spirally-disposed, angular and strongly-
incurved leaves. The form of the leaves is very similar to
that of the leaves of the Norfolk Island pine {Araucaria
ex eels a R. Br.)

The original of pi. cxiii., fig. 2, consists of a branch
4'8 cm. in length, terminating in an imperfectly preserved
cone, which is much less perfect than as represented in
the drawing. The cone consists of a central axis, bearing
crowded imbricated scales with broadly acuminate
distal ends. The leaves borne on the branch agree
with those on the larger specimen (pi. xciii., fig. i), and
resemble the thick and curved leaves oi Araucaria- excclsa.

BracJiyphylluni vianiiltarc.

Original of pi. clxvii., Lindley & Hutton (No. 52).

1828. Brachyphylluvi inaniillare, Brogniart, Prodrome,
p. 109.

1 8 Seward, /uf ass 2c Plants in tlie Manchester Museum.

1829. Thuites expansus, Phillips, Geol. Yorks., pp. 147,

153, pi. X., fig. II.
1835. Thuites expansus, Lindley & Hutton, Foss. Flora,

pi. clxvii.
1 876. ? Echinostrobus ^ Thtutes) expansus, Feistmantel.

fur. Flora Koch, pi. ix., figs. 6-9.

The specimen from the Gristhorpe plant-bed, which is
figured by Lindley and Hutton as Thuites expansus, is,
I have no doubt, specifically identical with the plant
which these authors represent in plates clxxxviii. and
ccxix. as Brachyphyllum niamillare. The specimen has a
length of 9'5 cm., and represents an imperfectly preser\'ed
twig, bearing short lateral branches clothed with spirally
disposed and fleshy broadly triangular scale-leaves, closely
adpressed to the axis. Each leaf terminates in a sharp
point, and is traversed on the ab-axial surface by a fairly
prominent median ridge.

II. Other specimens in tlie MancJiester Museum.

A. F1LICALE.S.

Cladophlebis denticulata, Brongniart
PI. iv., fig. 9. f No. 313.)

1828. Pecopteris denticulata, Brongniart, Hist. Vtg. Foss.,

p. 301, pi. xcviii., figs. I and 2.
P. Phillipsii, ibid., p. 304, pi. cix., fig. i.
Phlebopteris jindans, ibid., p. 375, pi. cxxxiii., fig. 3.

1829. Pecopteris ligata, Phillips, Geol. Yorks., p. 148,

pi. viii., fig. 14.

1833. Neuropteris ligata, Lindley and Hutton, Foss. Flora.

pi. Ixix.

1834. Pecopteris insignis, ibid., pi. cvi.
P. Whitbiensis, ibid., pi. cxxxiv.
P. undans, ibid., pi. cxx.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900^, No. S, 19

1836. Polypodites undans, Goppert, Foss. Farm., p. 345.
AletJiopteris insigiiis, ibid., p. 307.
Neiiropteris ligata, ibid., p. 205.
AletJiopteris Phillipsii, ibid., p. 304.
1849. Cladophlebis ligata, Brongniart, Tableau, p. 105.
1882. Pteris frigida, Heer, Flora Foss. Airt., vol. \i., j). 2"/,
pi. X., pp. 1-4 ; pi. xi. ; pi. .vii., fig. 2 ; pi. xiii.,
fig. 2 ; pi. xvi., fig.s. I and 2.
P. lo7igipC7inis, ibid., pi. x., fig.s. 11 antl 12 ; pi. .\iii.,

fig. I.
P. ligata, ibid., pi. xvi., fig. 3.
1889. Cladophlebis dcnticiilata, Fontaine, Potomac Flora,

p. 71, pi. vii., fig. 7.
1896. Cladophlebis Steivartiana, Hartz, Med. Groiil.,
vol. xix., p. 231, pis. xi. and xii.

The specimen shown in pi. iv., fig. 9, is an nnusualh-
perfect and well-preserved pinna, 12 cm. in length, bearing
linear falcate pinnules, of which the longest has a length
of 27 cm. ; each pinnule has a well-marked midrib, from
which are given off numerous forked lateral veins ; the
apex of the lamina is finely serrate.

The example in the Manchester collection agrees
exactly with the larger specimen figured by Lindley and
Hutton as Pecopteris insig?iis, and this I regard as identical
with the English fern which Brongniart named Pecopteris
deiiticulata ; Xathorst has suggested that the fragment
figured by Lindley and Hutton as Pecopteris nndaiis, and
referred to by other authors as Phlebopteris nndans, may be
a fertile pinna o{ P. denticnlata. An examination of several
examples of P. iindatis enables me to confirm Xathorst's
opinion, but any discussion of the complex s\nonymy of
the present species must be reserved for the more detailed
description of the Jurassic plants, which will be published
in a forthcoming British Museum Catalogue.

20 Seward, Jurassic Plants in the MancJiestcr Mjischvi.

B. CVCADAI.ES.

Williamsonia pecten (Phillips).
PI. iii., fig. 6 (No. 33).

1829. Cycadites pcctcn, Phillips, G^^<9/. Yorks., p. 148, [)1. vii.,
fig. 22.
C. pccti)ioidcs^ ibid., p. 125, pi. x., fig. 4.
1834. PtcropJiylhini pcctcn, Liiidlcy and Mutton, /''oss.

Flora, pi. cii.
1849. Zaniites pecten, Brongniart, Tableau, p. 106.

OiOf^aniites Goldiaei, ibid., p. T06.
1854. Palaeoaaniia pecten, Morris, Brit. Pass., p. 15.
1864. Palaeoaaviia hastula, Leckcnb}-, Quart. Jonrn. Gcol.

SOC, vol. XX., [). ']'].

Otopteris lajiccolata, ibid., p. yZ, pi. viii., fig. 4.
1870. Ctenophylluni pecten, Schimper, Traitd Pel. Vcg.,
vol. ii., p. 144.
Willianisonia pecten, Carruthers, Trans. Linn. Soc,
vol. xxvi., p. 694.
1875. Otozaniites gracilis, Phillips, GcpI. Yorks., p. 224. lign.
52.

The specimen shown in fig. 6, pi. iii., has been cho.sen
for illustration as it represents a good example of this
common type of Lower Oolite Cycadean plant, which
differs in some respects from the better-known form of the
species. Tb.e portion of frond seen in the photograph has
a length of 14-5 cm., and is 4 cm. broad in the widest part.
The rachis bears crowded linear [)innaj attached to its
upper surface ; each i)inna tapers to an asymmetrically
pointed distal end, the upper margin is practically straight
up to the tip, but the lower margin bends suddenly
upwards at the ape.x. I'he upper edge of the base of the
pinn;e is slightly lobed or auriculate. The veins are
spreading from the base, but preserve an approximately

Manc/icstcr Mcuioirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 8. 21

parallel course slii^htly oblique to the upper marc,n'n
throughout the great part of each pinna.

The abundance of specimens of this form of Cycadean
frond in the museums of London, Manchester, Scarborough,
and elsewhere, enables us to recognise a considerable
range in the size and shape of the pinnae. There is
another specimen (No. 326) in the Manchester collection
which represents a somewhat different form of frond, also,
I believe, to be referred to Phillips' species. In some of
the specimens of Williauisonia pecten the base of the
pinnae shows no indication of any broadening or auricula-
tion ; but in the specimen shown in fig. 6 the upper margin
of base is slightly auriculate, and this character is still
more pronounced in the larger frond. No. 326.

The Indian fronds, usually referred to a distinct genus,
PtilopJiylhivi, are, in many cases, I believe, generally
if not specifically identical with the English specimens.
I have arrived at this conclusion as the result of an exami-
nation of some specimens figured by Morris in a memoir
by Grant, " to illustrate a geological map of Cutch," and
now in the museum of the Geological Society, and by
comparing several other Indian specimens in the British
Museum with the Yorkshire coast fronds. Evidence in
support of this opinion will be more fully set forth in the
forthcoming British Museum Catalogue.

Ctcnis, sp.

PI. ii., figs. 3 and 4 (No. 53).

1880. A iitJiropJiyopsis^ nov. sp., Nathorst, Berdtt. Rcsa Engl.,

pp. 43, 62, and 83.

In his valuable notes on specimens of Jurassic plants

in English Museums Nathorst refers to a fossil in the

Manchester Museum, which reminded \\\\y\o^ AnthropJiyopsis

Nilssont, a species described by him from Scania. The

22 Sew AKD, J/n nssi'c Platits in tJic Manchester Mnscuvi.

specimen mentioned b\' the Swedish palaeobotanist is no
doubt that shown in fig. 4, which was found at Claugliton
\V}'ke ; it represents an imperfect leaflet or pinna, 9 cm.
long and 2'6 cm. wide, with prominent irregularly parallel
and anastomosing veins. The substance of the leaflet
must have been fairly stout ; it is represented in the fossil
by a brittle brown lamina which readily separates from
the shale, and under a low magnifying power presents a
finely punctate appearance. On the back of the specimen
Prof Williamson has written, "Probably an AntJiropJiyopsis
of Nathorst." In a later memoir on the Flora of Rjuf,
Nathorst^ refers the plants previously included by him in
the genus AnthropJiyopsis to the older genus Ctenis of
Lindley and Hutton, and there is little doubt that
this designation is more correct. In a recent paper
on fossil Ctenis species, Staub" adopts the generic term
Ctenis for Nathorst's Scanian specimens, originally placed
under AntJi ropliy apsis.

In fig. 3 a portion of the epidermis (lower?) of the
pinna is represented to show the form of the epidermal
cells ; the straight or slightly curved walls agree with those
of the epidermal .cells of most recent cycads, and differ
from the undulating walls which are usualh' met with in
the leaves of ferns. Each epidermal cell in the fossil
pinna is characterised by the [)resence c)f a central papilla
in the outer wall, which in surface-view presents the
appearance of a spherical nucleus. A few of these papillae
are shown in surface view in fig. 3A, p. A side-view of
the cells at once reveals the true nature of these nucleus-
like bodies, and shows that each cell possesses a fairly
prominent central papilla (fig. 313). It is these papilla;
which give to the specimen its finely punctate form, as
seen under a low magnif\'ing power. A surface view of

1 Nathorst (7S-86). "- Slaub. (96).

Manchester Mevioirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 8. 23

the epidermis demonstrates also the occurrence of stomata
(S, fig. 3), which appear to have been situated below the
level of the epidermis. The kjnger cells represented in
the lowest part of fig. 3A, illustrate the form of the
epidermal elements situated immediately above the veins.
The specimen in the Manchester Museum is clearly
distinct from the well-known Lower Oolite species, Ctenis
falcata L. and H., but it hardly affords sufficient data for
the institution of a new specific name; we may refer to
it as Ctciiis sp., cf Ctcnzs fal/ax Nath.

C. GiNKGOACE.E.

Gitikgo digziata (Brongniart).
PI. ii., fig. 5 (No. 3).

1828. Cyclopteris digitata, Brongniart, Hist. Vcg. Foss.,

p. 219, pi \x.\b2S., figs. 2 and 3.

1829. Splictiopteris latijolia, Phillips, Gcol. Yorks.^ p. 148,

pi. vii., fig. 18.
1833. Cyclopteris digitata, Lindley and Hutton, Foss. Flora,

pi. Ixiv.
1836. Adiantitcs digitatits, Goppert, Foss. Farm., p. 217.

A. Huttoni, ibid., p. 217.

1843. Baicra digitata, Braun, in Munster's Bcitr. Pctrcfact.,
p. 21.

B. Huttoni, ibid., p. 21.

1868. Cyclopteris incisa, Eichwald, Letli. Ross., pi. iv., fig. 6.

1877. Ginkgo digitata, Hcer, Flora Foss. A ret., vol. iv. (i.),

p. 40, pi. viii., fig. I A ; pi. X., figs. 1-6.
G. Huttoni, ibid., p. 43, pi. x., fig. 10, etc.

1878. G. ijitegriuscida, ibid., vol. v., ii., p. 25, pi. vi. figs.

5 and 6.
1884. Salisburia digitata, Saporta, Pal. Franc., vol. iv.,
p. 294, pi. clx., figs. 1-5.
5. Huttoni, ibid., p. 299, pi. clix., figs. 4 and 5 ; pi.
clx., fig. 8.

24 SkwarT), /urass/c Pla^its in the MancJiester Museum.

I have been led to include Cyclopteris Huitoni Stcrnb.
and some other 'species' under Ginkgo digitata as the
result of an examination of the leaves of the solitary
recent species Ginkgo biloba L., which show considerable
variation in the form and dissection of the lamina; a
careful comparison of numerous Jurassic specimens has
convinced me that it is impossible to found satisfactory
specific distinctions on the depth or number of the seg-
ments into which the lamina is divided.'

The specimen represented in pi. ii., fig. 5, affords an
interesting example of this species of Ginkgo, which had a
wide geographical range in the Jurassic period. This leaf
is larger than the majority of the English specimens, and
agrees fairly closel}- with a specimen described by
Eichwald, from Russia, as Cyclopteris incisa; it measures
8 cm. across, and the lamina is divided into several short
and comparatively broad lobes.

^ An account of tlu- structure and geological liistory of Ginkgo biloba L.
is puMisIicd in llie Annals of Bo/any, March, 1900.

MancJicster Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), A'f. 8. 25

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Braun, F. (43) in Clraf zu (1. Miinster's Bcitroi^^c ziir Pelrefac

feiikiinde, Heft vi. Bayrenth, 1843.
Brongniart, a. (28) Prodrome d'une Hisfoire des Vl'i^^ctanx Fos-

siles. Paris, 1828.

(28) Hisfoire des J\'\i^efai/x Fossiles. Paris, 18 28.

(49) Tableau des genres de Vigetaiix Fossi/es. (Extr. Dictiou-

iiaire if Hisfoire Naturelle.) Paris, 1849.
Bronn, H. Ct. (48) Index Palcxontologicus, Nomenclafor. Stuff-

garf, 1848.
BuNBURY, C. J. F. (51) On some Fossil Plants from the

Jurassic Strata of the Yorkshire cotist. Quarf. Journ.

Geol. Soc, vol. viii., p. 179. 1851.
Carruthers, W. (70) On Fossil Cycadean Stems from the

Secondary Rocks of Britain. Trans. Linn. Soc, vol.

xxvi., p. 675. 1870.
FiCHWALD, E. V. (68) Letluva Rossica, Periode Moyenne. Sfuff-

garf, 1868.
Feistmantel, O. (76) Fossil Flora of the Gondwana System.

PalcEonfoIogia Indica, vol. ii., pt. i. Jurassic Flora

of KacJi. 1876.
Fontaine, W. M. (89) The I'otomac or Younger Mesozoic

Flora. ^. ^S". Geol. Surv., Mon. xv. Washiugfon, 1889.
Gardner, J. S. (86) On Mesozoic Angiosi^erms. Geol. Mag.,

vol. iii., p. 193. 1886.
Goppert, H. R. (36) Die Fossilen Farrnkniuter. Nova Acfa

Acad. Caes. Leop.-Car., vol. xvii. Suppl. 1836.
Hartz, N. (96) Planteforsteninger fra Cap Stewart i Ost

Gronland. Med. ofn Grdnland, vol. xix. 1896.
Heer, O. (77) Flora fossilis Arcfica, vol. iv., 1S77.

(78) vol. v., 1 8 78.

(82) vol. vi., 1882.

26 Sv.W ART), /i/rassic Plants in tJic Manchester Ahiseuni.

LECKENiiV, J. (64) Oil the Sandstones and Shales of the

Oohtes of Scarborough, with descriptions of some new

species of Fossil Plants. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

vol. XX., ]). 74. 1864.
LiNDLKv, J., and Hution, W. (31-37) 1^'^' ^'ossil I'/orn of

Great Ih-iiain. 3 vols. London, 1831-37.
Morris, J. (40) /// Grant's Memoir to illustrate a Geological

Map of Cutch. Trans. Geol. Soc. [2] vol. v. p. 289.

1840.
(54) A Cataloi:;i/c of Britis/i Fossils. K.d. 2. London,

1854.

o

Natiigrst, a. (t. (78 86) Oni ]<'loran i Skanes Volforande
IJitdringar. S7'erig. Geol. Undersokn. Stockholm,
1878-86.

— — (80) Beriittelse, afgifven tillKongl. Vetenskaps-Akademien,
om en med understdd af allmiinna niedel utford
vetenskaplig resa till England. Ofvers. K. Vet.-Akad.
Fork., Arg. jy, l\^o. 5. Stockholm, 1880.

Phillips, J. W. (29) Ike Geology of tke Yorkshire Coast. 1829.

(75) ^d- 3- London, 1879.

Raciborski. (91) Ueber die Osmundacean und Schizacacean der
Juraforniation. Engl. Jahrb., vol. xiii., p. i. 189!.

(94) Flora Kopalna ogniotrwolych Gluiek Krakowskich.

Pamiet. mat. przy. Akad. Krakoiv, vol. xviii. 1894.

S.APORTA, Lk Marquis UK. (73) Palcontologie Fran<;aise. Ser. 2,
Vcgctaitx. LHantes Jurassiqnes. \'ol. i,, Paris. 1873.

(84) Lbid., vol. iii. 1884.

ScHENK, A. (67) Die fossile I'lora dcr Grenzschichten der

Keupers und Lias I^ranicens. lViesl>aden, 1867.
(85) Die wiihrend der Reise des (jrafen Bela Szechenyi in

China gesammelten fossilen Pflanzen. Pahcntographica,

vol. xxxi., p. 165. 1 885.
(90) L71 Zittel's Handbuch der Palaentologie. Abth. ii.

Munich and L.eipzig, 1890.
SciHMPKR, W. P. (69-74) Traiti: de Palcontologie Vegetal.

3 vols. 1869-74.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 8. 27

Seward, A. C. {98) Fossil Plants, vol. i. Cambridge, 1898.
Solms-Laubach, Graf zu. {(^i) Fossil Bota?iy. Oxford, 1891.
Staub, M. (96) Die fossilen Ctenis-?iX\.Qr\. und Ctenis Hufiga-

rica, n. sp. Foldt. KozL, vol. xxvi. 1896.
Sternberg, C. Graf von. (20-38) Versuch einer Geognostisch-

botanischer Darstellung der Flora der Vonvelt. Leipzig,

1820-38.
Williamson, W. C. (83) On some anomalous Oolitic and

Palaeozoic forms of Vegetation." Proc.R. Inst. Gt.Brit.,

vol. X., p. 220. 18S3.

(96) Reminiscences of a Yorkshire Naturalist. Edited

by Mrs. Crawford Williamson. London, 1896.
Yokovama, M. (89) Jurassic Plants from Kaga, Hida and

Echizen. Journ. Coll. Sci. Japan, vol. iii. 1889.
ZiGNO, A. DE. (56) Flora Fossilis Formationis Oolithicae, vol. i.

Padova, 1856.

28 Sewaru, Jurassic Plants in tJic Manchester Mnsenm.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate L Todiles Williajusoni (Brongn.) (nat. size).

Fig. I. (upper figure) Specimen No. 45 (AVilliamson Col-
lection, Manchester Museum).
,, 2. (lower figure) Specimen No. 44 (Williamson Col-
lection, Manchester Museum).

Platk IL

Fig. 3. Ctcnis. A surface-view of a piece of the epidermis ;

S = stomata ; P = papillre. B. Epidermal cells

in side-view ( x 120) No. 53.
Fig. 4. Ctcnis (nat. size) No. 53.
,, 5. Ginkgo digitaia (Brongn.) (nat. size) No. 3.

Platr in.

Fig. 6. Williamsonia pecten (Phill.) (nat. size) No. 2)Z-
,, 7. Sagenoptcris F/ii//ipsi (Brongn.) (nat. size) No. 57.
„ 8. „ „ „ „ No. 310.

Plah: IV.

Fig. 9. Cladophiebis denticulata (Brongn.) (nat. size) No. 313.

AltiNc/nstcr Moiioirs, Vol. XLIV.

Plate I.

|^'**A

^ 'L

TODITES WILLIAMSONI.

Mixnclicstcr Memoirs. Vol. XL I J

Plow II.

CTENIS.

GINKGO.

Mivtilicslir Memoirs. Vol. X LI \

Plate 111.

pi

/.

WILLIAMSONIA.

SAGENOPTERIS.

MaiicJicstcr Memoirs, ]^ol.XLlV.

Plate I]

CLADOPHLEBIS DENTICULATA

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv, (19CX)), No. JK

IX. On the Conditions for the Propagation ot a
Solitary Wave.

By R. F. GWYTIIER, M.A.

Received and read February 6th, igoo.

The characteristics of the solitary wave as experi-
mentally obtained by Scott Russell, and of which a full
mathematical investigation is still wanting, are: — it consists
of a single elevation, which is not necessarily small in
comparison with the undisturbed depth of the water, and
it has not been found possible to form a corresponding
wave of depression ; there is a limit to the extent of the
elevation in water of given depth, but the precise relation
between the greatest elevation and the depth has not been
determined : and, when the limit at which the conditions
requisite for the propagation of the wave are succeeded,
the wave breaks near the crest.

The form of the wave has been examined by Boussinesq
and Lord Rayleigh, and Mr. McCowan has investigated
the conditions of the wave-propagation in a manner more
allied to that which I here propose, and the expression
found by him for the velocity of propagation is identical
with that which I obtain. The references to these investi-
gations are given in Art. 234 of Lamb's Hydrodynamics.

The difficulty of satisfying the surface-conditions over
the wide extent of the solitary wave makes the complete
solution of the question difficult. As it is improbable that
any expression can be obtained from which these con-
ditions can be completely satisfied everywhere, and the
plan of seeking an approximate expression for which the

May 4th, I goo.

2 GWVTIII'.K, On the Propagation of a Solitary Wave.

conditions arc satisfied at a suitably chosen series of
points alon^^ the surface is hardly practicable, we are
obliged to base a solution on the fulfilment of the surface
conditions, with close approximation in some parts of the
wave, and examine the degree of approximation obtained
over the rest of the wave. Since the conditions appear
from experiment to be more readily satisfied over the
outskirts of the wave than in the neighbourhood of the
crest, it is natural to base the approximate solution upon
the enforcement of the surface-condition upon the outskirts,
and to examine the results in the neighbourhood of the
crest. It must, however, be admitted that this condition
is not very well fitted for comparison with results of
experiment performed in a tank.

For this purpose it is necessary to take the form of
the approximate solution such as will represent some-
thing, roughly at any rate, of the form of the wave in
question.

Consider the motion, by the usual artifice, reduced to

the state of steady motion, and write, with the usual

notation,

X + iy=/{,i> + i\P)

= ^ ^ +Atanh?/i --- ^ . . . (i)

c c

Let j3 denote the depth of the fluid, and ^ = t-)3 the free

surface, the maximum elevation h will be found when

xp = cf5, (p = o ; thus /i = X tan 7;/j3.

Hence

ip , • \ 2in4> I , , 2?fi(l> iv ,

X = i + h smh — ^- /(cosh 1 + cos 2inp) Uin wp,

c c j c

_y = /(3 -I A(l + COS2W/))/ (cosh" ^ + COS2W/j) ,

at the free surface.

These equations indicate a form of free surface having

the general character of that of the solilar)- wave, and, in

Manchester Memoirs , Vol. xliv. (1900), No. t>. 3

the case of cither small or large values of (/>, the equation
connecting x and y can be formed and is found to
give relations in the form found by Boussinesq and
Lord Rayleigh.

To show this relation wo may conveniently write the
exqM'essions

0 W(/j / lIKh ., -, . ,

jc = t + 2//tanh - / ( I + tanh- tan-w/5) sin 2w/J,

J' = /3 + /^ sech-//^a- / ( I + ~. X ) ;

V sin 2mnJ

y -ft + h seclr— ^ / (i + tanh- — ? tan^w/i) ,
c c

whence we obtain, when ^ is small,

znih

and, when ^ is large,

7 = /3 + h cos^ VI ft sech^ mx .
This function would then appear to give a wave surface
having something of the character of that of the solitary
wave. It will be seen later to what extent this will be
found insufficient to satisfy the conditions which it is
proposed to apply.

In working out the analytical conditions, I take
another term in the suggested series, and attempt to find
whether the expressions

X 4- I'y =/{<p + i\p)

- X — T 4. x^ tanh pi ^- ^ + Xs tanh^';;; - — - . . (4),

(where the free surface is given by \p = c(5, and

/?! = Ai tan m3, h^= - Xg tan" w/3,

and ]i = Jh-\-Jh is the greatest elevation of the wave),
can be made to give a good approximation to the
known characteristics of the wave, subject to the
condition that Jh : h\ is a small quantity so that the
general shape of the free surface indicated by the first

4 GWVTUEK, Oil the Propagatiivi of a Solitary Wave.

term is not gravely altered. It seems more than probable
that if a series of these terms were included we could obtain
a good representation of the wave b)' ensuring that the
surface conditions are satisfied for a series of values of 0,
say 0 = /{v/3, when k represents a series of suitably selected
numbers. This method of treatment being too laborious,
we take only two of the terms and in order to ensure the
fulfilment of the conditions over a wide stretch of the wave,
we apply conditions to cover all cases when ^ is consider-
able, and also when (/> = o at the crest of the wave.

The general expression for the pressure at any point
in the fluid is

when C is an absolute constant. Hence the defect of
pressure at any point of the free surface below that at an
infinite distance along that surface is

r.{y-\^)—Jf--j^j^y-^^.i.^)\ ■ ■ (6)-

Tliis defect of pressure we arc unable to make rigidly null
at all points ; we first make it very small for considerable
values of ^j. For this purpose we write it as a fraction
having the terms arranged in powers of

(2W0 -, \ , j^

cosh—' + cos2;///> I, or i/y>',

and by making the coefficients of the lower powers of
\\D in this fraction null, the defect of pressure over the
outskirts of the wave will be made negligible, and we thus
learn the circumstances under which the wave must
travel if, as in the solitary wave, the conditions seem most
completely satisfied at a distance from the crest.

MancJicstcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), ^^o. 1>. 5

We thus obtain

j; - /3 = .^ sin 2W/J - y^sm 2;;//^ cos 2w/p

-^sin«2;///3 . . (7),
and

r/'{(l> + ixP)/' ((/. - ^4/) = I + J) cos 2W/>

4/;/" (Xj 4- 3\.j)- + 4///\, sin'-^ 2W/5 + 1 2//As(3 - 5 cos^ 2/;//3)
+ y^i^

m%^ (\i + 3\s) cos 2W/5 + 2^X3 sin^ 2w/3 cos 2W/3
j/rX-i (Xi sin- 2-'/'//3 4 X-j cos- 2///)^) - //'/X:^ sin* 2w/5 ,

+ 48 2>i ^^^ ^^"

Taking, in the first place, only the first term in the series
we find that putting

r =^4,'/3 tan 2w/3 / 2;///) ,
fn/h _ I - cos 2W/J
sin 2W/3 4C0S- 2////3 - I '
the defect of pressure over the service at the crest is

i6gp/ii siii*2w/3 cos-2w/3/(4 cos-2W/3 - 2 cos 2w/3 + i)-,
and this defect decreases rapidly along the slope of the
wave.

If jnp is small, //i : /3 is small and the defect may be
negligible, but here I propose to examine the magnitude
of the next term in the approximation necessary to satisfy
the conditions without stipulating for a small value of the
ratio /ii : /3.

Another problem suggests itself to the mind, which
appears to be quite consistent with the results of Scott
Russell's experiments, namely that the motion is not one
capable of being reduced to steady motion, but that the
gradual reduction of the altitude of the wave is a necessary
part of the phenomenon. This view has had the support
of Sir George Stokes, but the method now adopted is not
suitable to the investigation of it.

6 GWYTIIEK, On the Propa<^ation of a Solitary Wave.

rroceedinj^ with the investigation before us, we obtain
from the equations (7) and (8), by applying the conditions
proposed,

(r"''=^/3 tan 2w/5/2w/> (9),

and

1 ^ + 9;
m/h _ A.1 I - cos 2/«/3

sin 2W/3 / \^- 4 cos'-^2w/3 - I

1 +

• (lo)-

Of these relations the first is identical with that found by
McCovvan, the second we shall consider later. With these
we combine the expression of the fact that we also suppose
that the defect of pressure is null at the crest of the wave.
This gives us

tan 2W/3 I -7 pr- ., , .

\ \ sin 2W/3 J ]

It will be noted that the relations obtained from the
extreme part of the wave depend on the ratio X., : Ai ; while
those at the crest depend upon h.^ : Jix or A;, tan- ui /3 : Ai,
which for values of ni^ less than 7r/4 will be the smaller
ratio.

Assuming Ji^ -.hi to be small, and writing 3 to stand for
;;////sin 2vt^, we get

\ + Z / I - s /aA

cos 2;///5(l + 2Z)-\ \ + Z //i/ '

or, neglecting the small term

cos 2w/5(i + 25)'''=: I + s (12).

To test the agreement of results drawn from these ex-
pressions with the results of experiments on the solitary
wave is the only method which we can now adopt. We
notice that all the expressions recur with the period ir for
7?i^ ; also that c' has a negative value between the values
7r/4 and 77/2, 377/4 and tt, of mft.

Calculating from these equations for values of wj3

Manchester Memoirs, J^o/. xliv. (1900), No. tK 7

startini^ from tt/iS at equal intervals of 7r'72, we may
obtain the followine schedule.

ON

0

'^4

k 1 Tt-

CS

H

N

0

On

00

00

CI

ro

0

1 ■

^

ro

_

'^

CO

10

f^

t: 1 (^

r^

NO

t^

M

0

»^| ro

>i-)

1 'l

00

N

„

00

CO

Cn

10

S>fl

N

0

l^

00

0

-i-

eg

0

„

1

On

!-■

CO

r^

{= I^O

0

0

'J-l

NO

CO
P

t= r.

ro

LO

00

r-~

ro

t^

ON

00

(N

h^

CO

•^t-

>o

ro

0

10

N vc

I-^

CI

^

NO

10 fO

fO

CO

CO

ro

ro

c^

Tf-

t= (=o

ro

-t

-f

t^

•"

_-r

-

CN

NO

u->

CO

N 1 On

ON
P

10

CO

0

C^

0

0

10

b <N

I^

nO

CO

■^

1^ l^

0

f

■"

^

00

t^

CO

>o

U-)

On

0

k 1 ^

p

t—

C

n

Tt

^

lO

On

k 1 N

fO

ro

10

NO

vol t^

0

00

p

p

_

CO

„

CO

^fl

r^

ON

-1-

"^

0

00

0

0

KH

r'->

S

n 1 f-^

'^ N

CC

^

n

;5f

-< 1^

ON

+

CO

+

eg

E
c3

eg

^

^■^^

8 GwVTIIER, O71 the Propagation of a Solitary Wave.

The values of A, : Ji-^ are given to show the rate of
increase for the larger values of ;;//3, and the values of the
other quantities for values of /;//3 less than tt; 18 have been
omitted because /a, : h\ being exceedingly small, and h\ : |3
being also small, there is little interest attaching to them.
It will be noticed that about the value 1377/72 of wj3,
the ratio //., : h^ being about one-twentieth, the values of
Ji^ : ft and tan 2inftJ2iuft shew signs of inordinate increase,
and it is about this point that I should place the limit by
which the validit}' of this investigation is bounded. It
also appears to be somewhere about the limit of the height
of the wave in e.xperimental investigations.

For the purpose of comparison with the investigations
of Scott Russell on the velocity of the wave, on writing

//'- for ^i,7) I I + - ), V- for ,t,'/-] tan 2w/5/2w/3,

and Kfor Scott Russell's experimental value, we see from
these number.? that // and z' become about equal when /r : j3 is
about "04 and that for higher values of this ratio 7' is slightly
in excess of Ji, so that when Ii : j3 is about "4, v : u is about
ro3, and the ratio for higher values increases more rapidly.
In discussing a formula proposed by Airy, Scott
Russell* in his Report gives two tables of small and large
waves respectively, from which we can very conveniently
compare the values of F and ?( for values of /i : (5. It is
then seen that V is smaller than // for the smaller values
of// : ft and greater than u for the greater values of// : ft.
The values calculated from these tables (retaining the
order in the tables) run as follows: —

Sm.\ll \V.\ves.

// : /3 |-o7.s

•13

•07

•09 '066

■05

■05

•98

•07
•98

F: u ' .()8

•(,r.

•98

■97

•99

■99

* Brit. Assoc. Report, Vol. Ixiii. (1844) pp. 335—337.

Maiichestet- Mcuioirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. JK 9

Large Waves.

•2

•26

•15

■14

■18

■27

I"OI

•16

•34

■^3

•21

•14

•13

•98

•99

■95

roo

roo

I 00

r-o2

I "OI

I -02

I'OO

•98

From these tables it would seem that, for such waves
as Scott Russell experimented upon, if v gives the true
velocity, 71 is empirically a good representative of the
velocity, and that, on comparison, the experimental value
for the velocity seems to agree better with v than with ;/,
although the comparison is not decisive.

Finally, ScottRussell's experiments show that although
a wave of depression could be propagated, it had a different
character from the wave of elevation, and especially failed
in those points which I have selected as typical of the
solitary wave. It is, therefore, essential to show that these
hypotheses would not allow of the propagation of a
similar wave of depression.

For this purpose putting /3= 1-7, the three equa-
tions which we have to consider become
c^ =g tan 2!nyJ2»i ,
A.

1+9

Ai

(-^ '

I -t- cos 2W7
cos- 2/;/y - I

')

and

cos 2my{l - 27t'')- + (l

where w stands for mhij sin 2)ny.

Writing this last equation in the form

cos 2iny[l — 2ZV)^ + i(l - 27V) + \ = O.

I iTT

we find that co% 2 i)iy<i\, or (say) 7//-y>>--^ , while the

greatest value of wy we have to consider is -^. More-

4b

over, within this interval, the equation would give positive

lo GWYTHER, On the Propagation of a Solitary Wave.

values for w and therefore for //i, and the wave repre-
sented is not a wave of depression.

Although I have found no explicit equation to the
free surface, it is more easy to draw the forms of series of
such surfaces from the equations

^ = - + //, sinh 2!n I Ian mj^y cosh — - + cos 2w/j 1-
y = fi + hi{i + cos 2mjl)li cosh — - + cos 2/«/3 |.

than it would be to work from the explicit equation.

Leaving the discussion of the mathematical expres-
sions, the physical ideas which they are intended to
express are there. In the experiments of Scott Russell,
the wave, by whatever method it was formed, in a short
distance cleared itself at its base from extraneous disturb-
ances and masses of water, and then travelled in its
definite form, breaking, if it did break, near the crest. It
has therefore been made an essential point in the mathe-
matical discussion that the surface-conditions are satisfied
with great nicety in the outskirts of the wave, and so the
slopes of the wave serve as buttresses to it, allowing of
any defect of pressure near the crest to be rectified by a
slight local readjustment of the fluid particles. This could
only be the case so long as the graph of uih in relation to
?;//3 (Fig. i) has a slight gradient. When the gradient
becomes steep, the rearrangement would no longer be
small and local, but a change in the circumstances of the
wave would demand an inordinate change in the elevation.
The point at which this would happen cannot be fixed,
and is perhaps not very definite, but there is evidently a
very definite difference of the circumstances represented
at the two extremities of the graph.

The elevation of the waves experimented upon

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xiiv. (1900). No. t). 11

Fiq. I.

by Scott Russell are often quoted as much in excess of
those with regard to which he gives any details in his
reports, (perhaps owing to an obvious misprint in a table*
referring to wave xxvii., where no for the height of the
wave should be 'lo). The highest waves referred tof are
found in connection with some figures in the plates, for
which no numerical measurements of speed are given.

For the purpose of such measurements, the waves were
reflected at the ends of a trough, and, as the question of
the reflection without change is identical with that of
meeting and passing a similar and equal wave without

* Brit. Assoc. Reports, vol. Ivi. (1837) p. 440.

t Il)id., vol. Ixiii. (1844) pp. 3S6 7. Plates 50, 51.

12 GwYTMER, On the Propagatio7i of a Solitary Wave.

change, and as the effect of the meeting of two waves is
figured in Plate 50, just referred to, no doubt the elevation
of the waves for which measurements are given is limited
to those which could suffer reflection without obvious
change. Neither the measurements nor this investigation
apply to a wave of height about equal to the depth of
the fluid, which Scott Russell describes as becoming
" acuminate, finally cusped." *

Ibid, p. 340.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900}, No. 10.

X. On the Motion of the Fluid Particles in a Class of
Cases of Steady Motion.

By R. F. GWYTHER, M.A.

• Recch'ed and read February 6th, iqoo.

Although the most interesting cases of fluid motion
depend upon the general motion of the fluid and not upon
the motion of individual particles, it is desirable to obtain,
if possible, a few cases in which the motion of a particle is
determined without approximation and satisfying abso-
lutely the surface conditions. Such a case can be found
for standing waves in a channel, but no case of steady
motion has been obtained. This paper shows how far we
can proceed in what would seem the most simple class of
cases, and shows what are the difficulties still remaining.

I deal with that class of cases of steady m.otion where

can be found to represent explicitly the Eulerian relation.
When this can be done it is probably the most
useful form possible, as it allows the lines of motion to be
readily drawn on a diagram. It is also very convenient
when surface-tension has to be taken into account, since
the measure of curvature of any line of motion is
given by

/ {/" (,/, + i^)f (^ - i^) -f" {<p - iW (<P + i4^) }

and even if the surface-tension has not been accounted
May 4th, igoo.

2 G\\'\'TnFAK,Mofw7i oftJie Fluid Particles in Steady Motion.

for in the problem, this gives a convenient measure of the
quantity which we are neglecting.

The point to which I wish to call attention is that in
these cases, the solution of the Lagrangian equations and
also the expression for the pressure take the same form as
the corresponding quantities derived from the Eulerian
equations, and that, in form, only a quadrature is necessary
to complete the solution for the motion of the particles.

The first part of this statement will be accepted as
obvious on a little consideration, but I will give a formal
proof based on the Lagrangian equations. The functional
solution of these equations, in irrotational motion, is that

d

shall be a function of .r-zj' and of /, and in our case of
steady motion a function of x—iy only.
Writing

^^(x + /v)=f(^--/»

we get

0' (^ + 6') 7^ Gv + /)') = (/>' (:v + iy)(i>'{x - iy)

= a real quantity,
and therefore

(/; (.V + iy) ^ !/ + //',

where n is real and b is independent of /.

Supposing now that this can be conveniently reversed,

we write

x + iy=f{u + i/>) (i),

and again

-(.v + /^)=/(« + ;/.)-.

This expression is to be a function of x - iy and therefore
oi u- ib, and can only take the form

c
f\u - ib) '
when c is an absolute constant.

UTanchesfer Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 10.

We therefore have

du
f{u + ii>)f'{i/-il>)j^ = c,

jf'{u + /7>)f\it - ii') du = d + ,

(2).

Here a and l> of the Lai^raiic^ian equations are introduced
as constants of integration. The analogy with the other
method is evident, b corresponding with ^.

Turning to the equations to find the pressure, we have

d \ p , .„ ,„, ) d I ■ dx ■ dv\

d

In our case

etc.

dv ., dy du

X — + J — = r — ,

da da da

■ dx ■ dv du ., .

X — H- y ^ = r — , SO that
db -^ db db '

^// +

da

1 1 d ( du\

with a precisely similar equation.

The condition that the motion shall be irrotational
requires that c shall be independent of a and b, which is
satisfied in the case of steady motion when c is an absolute
constant. The pressure is then given by

fi 1

- + gy + ^^^'= constant,

P

t c"

or c + £j; + _ If (^1/ 4. //;) f i^u - ib) = constant . . (3).
P 2

Comparing this with

^~=g{C-y)--^

P ' 2f{<p + i^)/'{<t>-i^P)

used in the Eulerian notation, we see that the two forms

4 GWYTHER,i]/^//^« of tJie Fluid Particles in Steady Motion.

are alike, and that when we form the necessary surface
conditions in either case, the results are, mutatis mutandis^
applicable to the other.

If then x-\-iy=f{<^-\-i'i/), is a solution of the Eulerian
equations which can be made to satisfy the surface
conditions, then

X + iy =f{u + il>) ,
where

/^

/'(// + i/>)/ \u - ib)du -ct + a ,

is under the same circumstances the solution of the
Lagrangian equations.

The character of the difficulties, supposing those
connected with the surface conditions to have been over-
come, are now obvious. To obtain the case of a simple,
compact solution, it is requisite that the integral must be
of such a character that u can be obtained from it as a
manaeeable function of ^ and b.

MancJicstcr Mcuioirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), .V^^ I

XI. On Aerial Locomotion.

By Henry Wilde, F.R.S.

Received and read April jrd, /goo.

"A general speculation, without particular experiment, may conjecture
at many things, but can certainly effect nothing." " Amongst other impedi-
ments of any strange invention or attempt, it is none of the meanest
discouragements, that they are so generally derided by common opinion." —
Bishop W1LK.INS, F.R.S. , Matlieniaticai Magick, Lib. 2, Cap. 6, i6So.

1. The Bakerian Lecture, delivered before the Royal
Society by Faraday in the year 1850, "On the pos.sible
relation of Gravity to Electricity,"* is remarkable from the
entirely negative character of the experiiTiental results
obtained. Nevertheless, the conviction that such relation
subsisted between these forces was in no degree shaken
in the mind of the illustrious experimentalist. He com-
mended the subject to other investigators, for if true, he
adds, " no terms could exaggerate the value of the relation
they would establish."

2. It is not easy to realise the nature of the manifes-
tation that Faraday expected to find as the result of his
experiments, beyond the transformation of the mechanical
force generated by a falling body into heat or electricity,
but, as gravity (notwithstanding its universality) is not, like
extension, a necessary property of matter, the range of
the enquiry might have included the property of levitation,
either real or apparent, just as we have the mutually
repellent action of similarly electrified or magnetised
bodies.

* Phil. Trans., 1 851, p. i.
May 4th, igoo.

2 Wilde, Qn Aerial Locomotion.

3. The notion that relations subsist between gravity,
electricity, and magnetism to cause the levitation of
bodies, has been seriously as well as humorously sug-
gested by several imaginative writers. One of these,
M. de la Folie, in his book entitled, Le pJiilosopJie sans

pretention (1775), has described a levitating machine which
derived its ascensional power from frictional electricity
generated by means of two large globes of glass. A well
designed plate at the head of the work represents the
machine at the moment of elevation surrounded by
an electrical glory, with the seated figure of a man turning
the glass globes and ascending with the machine in the
presence of a wondering crowd of spectators.

4. Dean Swift in his Gulliver had previously (1726)
represented Laputa as a levitating island containing a huge
loadstone, mounted on a strong axle in such a manner
that, when an attractive pole was presented towards the
earth the island descended, but when the repellent pole
was downwards the island mounted directl}- upwards.
The extravagant humour of this description is sobered in
the same chapter by the prediction of the two satellites
of Mars (discovered by Hall in 1877), with their orbits
and times of revolution roughl}- calculated from Kepler's
third law.

5. In the course of a subsequent lecture on Mental
Education, delivered before the Prince Consort and the
members of the Royal Institution, Faraday had occasion
to remark upon the number of abortive theories that must
necessarily pass through the minds of the most successful
scientific investigators, and be destined to be crushed in
silence and secrecy after being put to the test of experi-
ment.* This observation accords so closely with my own

* Observations on Mental Education, 1855.

Mandicstcr Memoirs, Vol. xiiv. {igoo), No. II. 3

experience that I am free to confess that, durin;^ a some-
what lengthy career as an experimcntaHst, I have accu-
mulated a considerable stock of negative knowledge, both
in pure and applied science.

6. One of the branches of unsuccessful experiment in
which I was engaged at intervals for many years was an
investigation into the possibility of aerial locomotion. The
interesting lecture on "The Mechanical Principles of
Flight," recently delivered before the Society by Lord
Rayleigh, emboldens me to bring forward a brief summary
of the results of my investigations, with the intention that
they may be utilised to lighten the path of those adven-
turous experimenters who may attempt the solution of
the fascinating problem of navigating the aerial main.

7. The literature of aeronautics is now very extensive,
and the subject has of late years been investigated, both
theoretically and experimentally, by men of the highest
scientific attainments. It will be sufficient to mention
the names of Dr. Pettigrew, F.R.S., of Edinburgh, MM.
Marey and Tissandier, in France, and Prof Langley and
Mr. O. Chanute, in America. The last named is an
eminent civil engineer, whose recent work on Progress
in Flying Machines is the most complete epitome of the
history and principles of aviation that has }'et been pre-
sented to the world.

8. Omitting from the purview of this paper the legends
of antiquity like those of Daedalus and Apollonius Tyanaius,
in which men \vere reputed to have aviated and been
levitated above the earth's surface, either with or without
the aid of mechanical appliances, the first serious attempt
to study the problem of aerial locomotion was made about
1500 by Leonardo da Vinci, who not only proposed to
provide man with wings, but also experimented with paper

4 WiLUE, Oil Aerial Loconiotioii.

screws which, when rotated, mounted into the air. Me also
proposed an aerial-screw machine of lari:^e size to be built
of iron and bamboo framework, covered with linen cloth.
The great Italian artist has also the singular merit of
inventing the parachute. Several sketches of his mechanism
of night have been found in his note-books, two of which
are rei)roduced in the Coinptcs roidiis dc F Acadnme des
Sciences, tome xciii., i88i. The sketch of the parachute,
fully inflated, shows the figure of a man in the act of des-
cending with it. Copies of these interesting designs are
shown below.

9. The next important contribution to Aeronautics
which deserves notice was made by the learned Dr. Wilkins,
Bishop of Chester, whose name appears in the first Charter
of the Royal Society as one of the original Fellows. His
work entitled. Mathematical Magick, 0?-, the IVonders that
may be pcrfovjiied by Mechanical Geo)netry{\ 680), a quotation
from which appears at the head of this paper, is remarkable
in that it is strongly pervaded with the Baconian method of
interrogating nature by observation and experiment. The
general principles on which experiments on mechanical
flight are to be conducted are stated with great clearness
and precision, and his general method has been followed
by all subseciuciit workers in the field of aeronautics.

MancJu'ster Memoirs, Vol. xiiv. {igoo). No. 11. 5

10. Chapter VI. of this remarkable book treats upon
fl)Mny; automata, whereby they arc carried aloft in the
open air like the flii^ht of birds. To those objecting to
the heaviness of the materials in such an invention it is
answered that it is easy to contrive such springs and other
instruments whose strength shall much exceed their
heaviness. Scaliger and Gellius are quoted to show that
" such automata may be actuated by some lamp or fire
within them which might produce such a forcible rarefaction
as should give a motion to the whole frame."

11. Respecting the utility of these experiments it is
urged " that, though the composing of such motions may
be a sufficient reward to any one's industry in searching
after them, yet, there are some other inventions depending
upon them of more general benefit and importance ; for
if there be an}- such artificial contrivances that can fly
in the air, then it will clearly follow that it is possible for
a man to fl_\' himself; it being easy from the same ground
to frame an instrument wherein anyone may sit and give
such a motion unto it as shall convey him aloft through
the air."

12. Chapters VII. and VIII. treat on the several ways
whereby the art of flying ma}' be attempted, either by
wings fastened to the body, or b}' a fl}'ing chariot so con-
trived as to carr}' several persons within it.

13. Although some of the means proposed by
Dr. Wilkins to accomplish mechanical flight are, in the
light of modern knowledge, impracticable in the extreme,
yet, his general method of attacking the problem still
retains its value. In the divergency of his method from
its practical realisation the learned prelate was paralleled
by his illustrious prototype Bacon, who, notwithstanding
the depth of his philosoph}', strongly opposed Gilbert's

6 Wilde, On Aerial Locomotioii.

work on terrestrial magnetism, and denounced the idea of
the diurnal rotation of the earth as extravagant, declaring
that it could be demonstrated to be n^iost false.

14. I\Ty own investigations on the possibilit}' of aerial
locomotion were commenced as early as the year i860,
when strongly imbued with the kinetic theory of gases, I
sought, by various means, to disturb the equilibrium of
pressure in a metal cylinder cotitaining air by the rapid
heating and cooling of its opposite ends simultaneously.
The cylinder was suspended from a balance during the
operation of heating and cooling, but no difference of
pressure between the two ends was manifested.

15. The next attempt to produce a change of equili-
brium in a vessel was by the reaction caused by the
discharge of steam of high pressure from a number of
orifices of various sizes and forms. Good results were
anticipated from this investigation, as Mr. W. Froude,
F.R.S., in a paper read before the Institution of Civil
Engineers (1847),* "On the discharge of elastic fluids
under different pressures," had challenged the correctness
of the commonly accepted formula for the velocity of
discharge. This distinguished engineer stated that the
correction required by the formula for non-elastic fluids
when applied to those which are elastic, was to divide its
results b\- the square root of its corresponding expansion ;
thus "a fluid which in issuing expands to four times its
volume will be discharged at only half the rate assigned
to it by the ordinary theory, and if expanding lOO times,
only at one-tenth of that rate." Hence, from this formula,
by increasing the pressure indefinitely, a point would be
arrived at when the discharge would be indefinite!)' small
or cease absolutely. Now had the proposed formula been

• Proc. Inst. Civil Engineers, Vol. 6, 1847.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. II. 7

onl\- approximately correct, the problem of aerial locomo-
tion could have been solved in an ideal manner, as the
ascensional power would be derived from stationary appa-
ratus without the use of machinery. By discharging steam
downwards, the generator with a car attached would rise
in the air, and lateral discharges of small amount would
prope! the whole apparatus in any direction required.

16. Numerous experiments made on the discharge of
steam and of air at pressures from 10 lbs. to 120 lbs. per
sq. in. directly into the atmosphere, and from orifices of
various forms, proved conclusively that, while the rate of
discharge was much less than that deduced from established
theory, the amount was far too great for the reactive force
to be utilised as a motor in aerial or any other kind of
locomotion.

17. Experiments were next made to ascertain if the
rate of efflux would be diminished materially by causing
steam of 60 lbs. pressure to be discharged through a suc-
cession of deep gratings arranged in a cylinder, and also
through similar gratings in a long rectangular chamber
with a space of several inches between each grating. The
results of these experiments showed that, while the rate of
discharge was greatly reduced b)' the number of gratings
through which the steam was discharged for the same
area of orifice, the reactive force was always less than
twice the effective steam pressure, just as when the dis-
charge was made through a simple orifice.

18. The same results were obtained when air of a
constant pressure of 120 lbs. was discharged through a
series of short thermometer tubes and expanded into a
succession of cavities between the tubes.

19. With a constant number of short tubes and
alternating cavities, as in the preceding experiment, and

8 Wilde, On Aerial Locouiotion.

pi cssures varying from 20 lbs. to 120 lbs. per sq. in., the rate
of discharge was approximatel)- in accordance with the
proposed formula of Mr. Froude, for the discharge from
a simple orifice.

20. Experiments were next made to ascertain if the
rate of discharge of steam was influenced by a powerful
current of electricit}- transmitted through a helix surround-
ing a vulcanite discharging tube. It was found that
electricity had no influence on the rate of discharge under
these conditions. The same result was obtained when an
iron tube forming a powerful electro-magnet was substi-
tuted for the one of vulcanite.

21. The like negative result was also obtained when
air at 120 lbs. pressure was discharged through a thermo-
meter tube 24 inches long and coiled with a helix of the
same length through which a powerful electric current
was transmitted.

22. An experiment was made to ascertain if the rapid
molecular extensions and contractions of a tubular
U-formed electro-magnet, in which air of eight atmos-
pheres was compressed, would manifest any reaction when
a powerful electric current alternating 7,000 times per
minute was transmitted through the coils. The limbs of
the electro-magnet were nine inches long and were sus-
pended horiz.ontally b\' means of a fine cord. When the
electro-magnet was excited, no deviation from the perpen-
dicular occurred to indicate any reactive force of the
enclosed air from the free ends of the magnet.

23. Experiments were also made on the reactive
force produced by the explosion of a mixture of coal gas
and air, contained in a specially constructed cylinder of
steel. The cylinder was five feet high and three feet in
diameter. One end of the c}-Iinder was pierced with a

MancJiester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. II. 9

number of inch holes fitted with screw phigs, for the
purpose of var)-ing the as^f^regate area of the discharging
orifices. The gases were mixed in various proportions
and ignited by an electric spark. The amount of
reactive force generated by the explosion of the gases
dircctl}' into the atmosphere was not, however, con-
sidered satisfactor}-, and the experiments were soon
discontinued.

24. The results of all these experiments on the dis-
charge of elastic fluids, made with a view to the possibilities
of aerial locomotion, were purely negative, and proved
decisively that the solution of the problem was not to be
found in that direction.

25. Science, however, has profited by these enquiries,
since with the apparatus and appliances at command
I was enabled to undertake a series of experiments on the
velocit}' with which air rushes into a vacuum, and to investi-
gate some phenomena attending the discharge of atmos-
pheres of higher into those of lower densit}'.* These
experiments were described in two papers read before
the Society, and showed : (i) that air of the mean
atmospheric pressure of 15 lbs. per sq. in. rushes into a
vacuum at the rate of 6^"] feet per second, or approxi-
mately one-half the velocity due to the height of a
homogeneous atmosphere, — the velocit}' due to the whole
height having been previously assumed to be correct ;
(2) that the times of discharge from an orifice of equal
volumes of air after expansion are inversely as the
pressures ; and (3) as a corollary to the preceding, that
the velocity of discharge of an elastic fiuid through a
simple orifice, at a constant temperature, was the same for
all pressures ; (4) that the hydraulic co-efficient, '62, for

•Manchester Memoirs, \'ol. x.\x., 1887. Phd. Mag., December, 1S85 ;
June, 1886.

lO Wilde, On Aerial Locoviotion.

the dischart^c through an orifice in a thin plate, is not
applicable to the discharge of elastic fluids, the co-efficient
for the latter being -937 ; (5) that in the discharge of
atmospheres of higher into those of lower density, the latter
act as a vacuum when the reci]:)ient atmosphere is not
greater than one-half the density of the higher atmosphere,
in confirmation of the results previously obtained by
different methods.

26. The phenomenal rate of discharge of atmospheres
of higher into those of lower density was also shown to be
directly correlated with the phenomena observed in the
experiments of Richard Roberts and of Peter Ewart,
members of this Society.* Lord Rayleigh in his lecture
on " Flight," recently delivered at the Royal Institution,
described a similar experiment with a light piece of brass
plate, evenly pivoted in and nearly filling up an aperture
through which air was issuing under pressure, that tended
to set itself square to the aperture so as to block it as
much as possible, but, if started, continued \.o rotate in
either direction, emitting a roaring sound. This experi-
ment finds a full elucidation in the rarefaction of the air
near the discharging orifice, as shown in the experiments
of Roberts and of Ewart referred to.

27. Having satisfied myself that the problem of aerial
locomotion was not to be solved by the reactive force of
elastic fluids, either with or without the aid of electricity
and magnetism, I repeated and extended some of my earlier
experiments on the reactive force of aerial screws. The
experiments were made with vanes from one to four feet
in diameter, adjustable to any angle, and driven at
different velocities up to 2,000 revolutions per minute. The
results obtained were not sufficiently promising to induce

* Mamhesier Memoirs, Ser. 2, \'ol. \'., p. 208. Phil. Mag., 1829.

Ma)icJicstcy Memoirs, \'ol. xliv. (1900), No. II. 11

mc to proceed far in this direction, as, in addition to the
lart^e amount of power absorbed and the high velocities
required to produce a workable amount of thrust, an actual
aviating machine would of necessity require two sustain-
ing screws revolving in opposite directions to prevent the
machine from accjuiring a rapid rotator}- motion in the
direction of a single screw. Moreover, in addition to
the complicated mechanism involved in this arrangement,
the amount of friction created by the concentration of the
entire weight of the machine upon two sustaining points
would be very considerable and greatly diminish the
efficiency of the motor used for driving the screws.

28. Although my experimental investigations cjn the
possibility of aerial locomotion have so far been of a nega-
tive character, the confidence I have in the ultimate
solution of the problem still remains unshaken. The fact
that man has been able to transport himself through the
air across the Irish Sea, to and from the Continent,
and has reached a height of nearly seven miles above the
surface of the earth, is sufficient encouragement to inspire
inventors in the field of aeronautics to further efforts till
the object of their ambition is attained.

29. Notwithstanding the large amount of attention
that has been given to the subject of aviation since the
time of Leonardo da Vinci, the world is yet waiting the
advent of a flying machine sufficiently energetic to trans-
port a man from one place to another, as in ordinary
balloon practice. It is also to be observed that, not only
are most of the proposals for navigating the air mere
repetitions of those already known, but they manifest a
strange disregard of the fundamental conditions that must
be fulfilled before aviation can rank with man's achieve-
ments in locomotion on land and on water.

12 W'lLDK, On Aerial Locomotion.

30. These conditions or criteria may be summarised
as follows : —

(i.; An aviatini,^ machine should have power to rise
from any point of the earth under ordinary
conditions of wind and weather ;
(ii.) The aviators should be able to descend with the

machine at any time and at any place ;
(iii.) The machine should have power to move in any
direction, vertically, horizontall\', or to remain
stationary at any height, within practicable
limits, above the earth.
(iv.) The machine should contain within itself an
automatic principle of safety by which, in the
event of any accident to a vital part of the
mechanism, the descent would be made with-
out danger to the aviators, or damage to
objects upon which the machine might happen
, to alight.

31. It is now all but universally admitted that j/ian,
by his own strength alone, can never attain the power of
flight by the aid of any mechanical appliance through zvhich
his muscular force is or may be transmitted.

32. Although the balloon is a most brilliant invention
from the great impulse which it has given to the study
of aeronautics, from the service it has rendered to meteoro-
logical science, and from its application to the conduct of
military operations, yet, as a means of locomotion, it fails
to comply with three out of the four criteria specified
above. The numerous attempts that have been made to
give direction to the course of a balloon have only
succeeded in a comparatively still atmosphere, and clearly
demonstrate the physical impossibility of overcoming this
difficult)- even in a moderate current of air. The power

jranchcster Memoirs, Vo/. xliv. (1900), No. II. 13

of the aeronaut to descend upon any point of the earth
can only be exercised witliin wide areas, while the
conditions of safety are wholly absent in general practice,
as the numerous fatalities recorded unhappily testify.

^^^. I have already indicated (27) some of the diffi-
culties to be encountered in the construction and working'
of aviating machines the sustaining power of which is
derived from aerial screws. Even if these difficulties were
ultimately overcome, there would still remain the element
of danger arising from the accidental failure of the rotating
mechanism. The magnitude of this danger, with its con-
sequences, as I have said, is hardly realised or is altogether
ignored by aeronautical projectors. Those who have had
much experience with moving mechanism, with its liability
to derangement from various causes, will feel that the
penalty involved for human error and want of foresight is
too severe to warrant the belief that the sublime consum-
mation of successful aerial locomotion will be brought
about by a machine deriving its support from aerial
screws.

34. The like observation in regard to the absence of a
principle of safety also applies to the various frying
machines projected, which derive their support in the air
from flapping wings actuated by a steam-engine or other
motor.

35. Much attention has been given by aviators during
recent }'ears to the means by which the soaring of birds is
accomplished, with a view to adapting the principle to the
production of a soaring aerial machine. In the experi-
ments which have hitherto been made with this object,
stationary aeroplanes inclined upwards in the direction of
motion derive their ascensional power from their rapid
motion horizontalh' through the air, the driving power

14 Wilde, On Aerial Locomotion.

being furnished by the reaction of aerial screws actuated
by a motor of some kind.

36. Excepting the remarkable experiment made by
Mr. Hiram S. Maxim, and excluding those which, like
the unfortunate Lilienthal's, depend on the action of the
wind for their support, no aeroplanes have been constructed
on a scale sufficient to raise the weight of a man.

^~^j. The soaring or stationary aeroplane fails con-
spicuously in all the criteria above laid down, as, first, a
suitable track, either natural or artificial, is required to
enable the machine to acquire the necessary horizontal
velocity to raise itself from the ground ; secondly, the
machine cannot descend upon the place from which it
started, or upon any other except within wide areas ;
thirdly, as the sustaining power of the aeroplane is
dependent on its horizontal velocity, it cannot remain
poised in the air or descend vertically when required ;
fourthly, it contains no automatic principle of safety in
the event of the failure of the sustaining mechanism.
With these disadvantages, soaring aeroplanes can hardly
be entitled to rank as machines for navigating the air, but
partake more of the character of projectiles or aerial
torpedoes. Mr. Maxim is, I believe, disposed to view the
result of his recent magnificent experiment in this light,
and has even proposed that his machine should be used
as a military projectile.

38. As none of the means that have so far been devised
is competent to solve the problem of aerial locomotion,
and, with one exception, the category of possible solutions
is now exhausted, it onl)' remains for me (in the absence
of the discovery of some new property of matter) to indi-
cate the remaining method by which the problem of avia-

Maiic/icstcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. {igoo). No. II. 15

tion may in the future be attacked with any prospect of
success.

39. The plan, in brief, is to reverse the action of a
parachute by a vibratory motion, causing it to ascend
against the action of gravity, instead of using the apparatus
solely for the purpose of descending towards the earth as
heretofore.

40. Let a parachute be constructed with a light frame-
work of steel, firmly stayed to a tubular central shaft, the
lower end of which forms the piston-rod of a gas or steam
motor. The sudden downward stroke of the piston will
cause the cylinder, with the car attached thereto, to rise
against the action of gravity, and a rapid succession of such
impulses will increase the height gained by each preceding
impulse until the desired elevation is attained.

41. The alternating upward strokes of the piston may
be assisted by a valvular arrangement in the covering of
the parachute, and also by the rarefaction of the air on its
upper surface during the sudden downward stroke. I
have proved by experiments made some years ago that
such a rarefaction on the posterior surface of a plane
moved rapidly through the air does actuall)' occur, and I am
pleased to notice that Lord Rayleigh, in his recent lecture
at the Royal Institution, performed an experiment to
show the reality of this suction in the case of a bird's
wing, about which he said there had been much scepticism.

42. When the power of ascension is once attained, the
horizontal movement, or travelling through the air, is a
comparatively minor problem, on account of the small
amount of power required for the purpose. This move-
ment may be brought about by inclining the vibrating
parachute from the perpendicular for the direction of

l6 WlLDli, On Aerial Loconiotioii.

motion required, by mounting the engine C}-linder on
trunnions, and regulating the angle of inclination b}' well-
known mechanical means.

43. Instead of causing the parachute to vibrate by the
direct action of a piston fixed on the sustaining shaft, the
motive power may be transmitted through the cranks of
two or more engine cylinders arranged horizontally, or
from cranks driven by an electro-motor. In either of
these alternatives the lower end of the sustaining shaft
would require to be jointed to receive the crank rod of
the motor.

44. The inclination of the parachute for obtaining
horizontal locomotion in this case may be effected by
means of a rectangular or inverted f|-shaped frame, the
lower ends of which would be trunnioned on the same
centre as the crank shaft, and the sustaining shaft would
reciprocate through a suitable bearing in the upper end
of the rectangular frame.

45. The steering of the vibrating parachute, when
moving rapidU' in a horizontal direction, would be affected
by means of an aerial rudder attached to the car, or, when
moving slowl}-, by slightly altering the distribution of
weight in the car and causing it to gyrate in the required
direction.

46. The sustaining surface of the vibrator}- parachute
would be sufficiently large to enable the aviators to
descend with safety in the event of a sudden failure of
an\- part of the mechanism.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. VX.

XII. Grating Films and their Application to Colour
Photography.

By Thomas Thorp.

Received and read October 17th, iSgg. Received in the present form,
May 16th, I goo.

Some two years ago it occurred to me to try the
experiment of taking a cast from a Rowland's metal
grating of 14,438 lines to the inch, which I possessed, and
after many attempts, I found this to be possible without
causing the least injury to the delicate surface of the
grating, by using a solution of ordinary commercial
celluloid in amyl acetate. Many experiments were, how-
ever, necessary before perfect and uniform replicas suitable
for optical work were successfully obtained.

When a grating bright in the first order is used, the
replica gives a very faint spectrum in the whole of the
orders, but if bright in the second or third order on one
side, the first order film spectrum is very bright on one
side at least.

In order to obtain a direct vision spectrum from
mounted films, a crown glass prism of about 30'^ is used,
the film being mounted on one of the faces, with the lines
or grooves of the film parallel to the thin end of the
prism.

When first using such a prism-grating, the film being
the replica of a grating bright in the second and third order
on one side, it was at once noticed that not only was the
spectrum of the first order lengthened, but it was actually
brighter than when mounted on a parallel plate of glass,

Alt gust 1 6th, I goo.

2 TlIOKP, Grating Filuis and Colo7it- Photography.

and that the brightness increased as the prism was slightly
tilted, with a consequent lengthening of the spectrum
also. This efYcct was not produced from a replica of
another grating bright in the first order. The form of the
groove had evidently, therefore, given rise to the increase
in brightness, and since the original paper was read I
have succeeded in making a grating of small size, the
film replica of which causes nearly all the transmitted
light to be concentrated in the first order on one side.
Further experiments on the production of a more perfect
grating of this kind are in progress.

For solar prominence observation a prism-grating
forms a very efficient battery of itself, and by tilting it to
an angle somewhat greater than is necessary to give
minimum deviation, its dispersion is quite equal to six
flint glass prisms of 60^ in the red portion of the spectrum,
whilst still retaining all its sharpness of definition.

As might be expected there is a certain shrinkage of
the film upon drying, and this fact is made u.se of to
determine both the number of lines to the inch and the
quality of the replica. On placing the mounted film face
downward upon the original grating with the lines parallel
to each other, interference bands arc seen. When these
appear parrallel and equidistant it is confidently assumed
that the replica is suitable for work of a high class and
the number of bands per unit distance added to that of
the original grating, gives the actual number of lines on
the film. With a good grating prism as described several
lines are very distinctly seen between the two D lines in
the solar spectrum, with a low sun. The B group is par-
ticularly well seen and the individual lines distinguishable.
It has been found possible to silver the grooved side
of the mounted films by the ordinary glass silvering pro-
cess, but occasionally much difficulty in doing so is

RI (inches ter Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. \% 3

experienced and reliable results are even now not always
obtainable.

Monnted on concave spherical surfaces and silvered,
the films ^ivc brilliant s[)ectra suitable for photographic
work, but owing to the nature of the ruling, as is well
known, the aberration is too great to admit of their being
used for other work.

Whilst engaged in making and mounting these films
it had often occurcd to me that they might in some way
be utilised for exhibiting photographs in colours, but not
until Professor Wood, of Wisconsin, U.S.A., had published
his ingenious plan, did any practical method of doing so
suggest itself Briefly, Professor Wood's process consists
in using gelatine plates rendered sensitive to light by
means of bichromate of potash, placing a transparent
grating of some 2,000 to 3,000 lines to the inch in contact
with the film, and printing through a transparency made
from a negative taken through a coloured screen (as a
matter of fact Professor Wood used slides prepared for the
Kromscop ; they were also adopted by me in my experi-
ments as being taken through the proper screens and
ready to hand).

When a plate so exposed to light is washed in warm
water the parts affected are insoluble, and a slight ridginess
due to the action of the grating is produced, whilst those
parts unaffected by the light are washed away to some
extent and no effect is produced upon them.

By superposing three such plates acted upon through
transparencies, properly illuminating and viewing them,
one picture in natural colours, or very nearly approaching
them, is seen, the effect being produced by diffraction from
the grooves or ridges of the gelatine films.

To obtain this effect Professor Wood uses gratings of
2,000, 2,400, and 2,750 lines to the inch, as the red, green,

4 Til OKI', Grating Films and Colour Photography.

and bluc-vioIct in the spectrum of each, respectively,
coincide, and thus all colour combinations are rendered
possible, as is well known.

The spectra produced by the rulings just mentioned
are, however, unfortunately very short, and the slightest
movement in observing the pictures brings other colour
combinations into view, and as the pictures could not be
produced in much closer lines by the contact method with
any degree of uniformity, I resorted to the following
means for lengthening the spectra, and so obtaining lines
of any degree of closeness.

To the bichromated gelatine solution was added a
small percentage of glycerine, which had the effect of
rendering the surface " tacky " when the gelatine had set.
One of the celluloid films was then impressed, grating side
down, into the surface of the gelatine, which thus took the
form of the grooves. To do this without enclosing air
bubbles was no easy matter, and the plan adopted
eventually was to mount the film on a slightly convex
yielding surface, and perform the operation in vacuo.

A transparency now being placed over the film side
of the plate, the whole was exposed to a strong light (the
length of time necessary varying from i y-z minutes with
a bright summer sun to a quarter of an hour when covered
with fleecy clouds), and the celluloid film dissolved off by
acetone, the whole plate was found to have a grating
surface, but more particularly decided in the portions
acted upon by the light. The plate was then washed in
warm water, when all parts but those affected were
rendered clear, the affected parts varying in their power
to produce colour effects in proportion to the degree of
opacity of the transparency through which they were
printed, whilst the sharpness of the diffracted picture was,
with the most successful experiment, all that could be
desired.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. I*i. 5

As I had only a single grating, however, with whkh to
make my experiments, it was necessary therefore to adopt
some other means, both of illumination and of super-
position, than those adopted by Professor Wood.

Three sources of light became manifestly necessary,
and, to show the pictures stereoscopically, six.

4 D-. <>

6 TlIORl'. Grating Films and Colour Photography.

By the device shown cliagramatically on Fig. i, one
source of Hght alone fulfils all purposes.

A set of three small mirrors /;, g, and r, is arranged
on each of the inner surfaces of two ellipscjids ; a slit,
through which the light passes from a source at A (a
Welsbach burner being found very suitable) being in one of
the f(;ci of each ellipsoid and the stereoscopic pictures in
the other.

Total reflecting prisms, B, are placed over each slit
to deflect the rays proceeding from the source arranged
between the two slits, on to the mirrt)rs, the effect being
as though there were six sources of light at a uniform
distance from the pictures. These mirrors being adjust-
able, light from any desired angle can thus be directed on
the picture. A central ray from each is shown in dotted
lines, showing the overlapping of the spectra formed at the
eye end, a slit being necessary to confine the view to the
axial rays. It will thus be seen that the blue of the
spectrum formed by the picture illuminated by light from
the mirror b, coincides at the eye slit with that of the
green from the mirror g, and that of the red from the
mirror r, when they are set at the proj^er angle, and white
light is produced. Pictures taken through colour screens,
superposed and viewed in such an apparatus appear simply
as ordinary photographs and without colour. To produce
colour effects, the pictures must therefore act independently,
and transmit to the e}'e only those colours corresponding
to the screen through which the original photographs were
taken. To enable this to be done, the lines of the grating
composing the pictures are arranged at a slight inclina-
tion to each other — about lo" being found suitable— and
the mirrors moved laterally to the corresponding angles on
the cllii)S()id. Se[)arate spectra are now [)roduced at the
e)e slit and the pictures are seen, as exemplified in the

BInndicstcr Moiioirs, Fo/. xliv. (1900), No. VI. 7

apparatus sliowu at the mcctin<4", in their natural colours,
the spectra bein^t^ such that a sh'ght movement has practi-
cally no deleterious effect U[)on the colours of the pictures.

With [gratings of say 30,000 to the inch, purer colours
still would result, for as is well known, the length of the
spectrum increases as the distance between the lines
dimininishes, and there is practically no limit to the
closeness of lines which this method of reproducing them
is capable of.

It is quite evident, of course, that an)- colour combina-
tion besides the natural ones can be made by merely
altering the positions of the mirrors. The apparatus is
therefore particularly applicable to designs in colour, such
as stained glass, &c., for which purpose photography,
except as applied to the bicliromated gelatine film, is not
necessary.

The requisite designs can be produced by hand,
and printed through the grating films, when colour combi-
nations of an almost infinite variet)' can be made up, by
altering the position of the mirrors.

For producing merely natural colour effects by means
of diffraction-gratings. Professor Wood's method of using
three differently ruled gratings cannot well be improved
upon, or, at least, that would appear to be the case.
There is, however, the difficulty that parallel superposed
gratings give interference bands, but whether these would
be sufficiently obtrusive as to produce a visible effect can
only be determined by direct experiment. That there
are such bands on Professor Wood's own pictures is
plainly seen, but they are possibly due to the unequal
spacing of the lines.

Up to the present time I have not succeeded in im-
pressing more than one grating film on to one gelatine
plate, but am in hopes that a metal matrix may yet be

8 Thorp, Grathig Films arid Colour Photography.

made into which the three gelatine pictures can be
impressed. Reproductions might then be made in trans-
parent celluloid after the manner of the grating films, and
mounted, when the effect produced would be precisely-
similar to that by the original superposed pictures.

Even if this is not found practicable, reproductions of
the pictures in celluloid can be made, thus obviating the
necessity of using films, printing, and washing.

In case it is found practicable to take the three
pictures on one film, then by silvering the film, mounting it
on a concave surface, and viewing by reflected light, the
spectrum-forming lens at least can be dispensed with, as
well as the viewing lenses, unless stereoscopic effects are
desired.

The same effect would be produced from a flat surface
if the rulings were circular and variably spaced, and in
such a case our best ornithological, botanical, zoological,
&c., books, at least, might be illustrated in a manner,
failing some simpler new method, which would yield
pictures more nearly corresponding to those of the objects
themselves than is possible to obtain by any printing
process.

In the case of designs no printing at all is actually
necessary. All that is required is to obliterate the parts
of an ordinary celluloid film which are not required to be
coloured, by some transparent medium, and surperpose in
the ordinary way. This will probably be found the method
most applicable to new designs, but where an existing
design is required to be reproduced, photography and
printing as described would be necessary.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. V\. i

XIII. On the Production of Nitric Acid from Air by
means of the Electric Flame.

By Arthur McDougall, B.Sc,

AND

Fred Howles, B.Sc.

Received ami read March 6th, igoo.

Nitric acid has been known and used from very early
times. We find the Arabian alchemist, Geber, teaching
the method of obtaining it by distilling a mixture of
saltpetre, copper vitriol, and alum in certain proportions.
Raymund Lullius, in the 13th century, gave directions for
preparing it by distilling saltpetre with iron vitriol.
Glauber, in the 17th century, obtained it by distilling
saltpetre with oil of vitriol, the process by which it is
prepared at the present day.

It is not, however, until we come to the beginning of
the 19th century, that any mention is made of preparing
nitric acid by other means than that of distilling saltpetre
with oil of vitriol.

It was Cavendish who, at this time, succeeded in
demonstrating that atmospheric air is a mixture of
oxygen (dephlogisticated air) and nitrogen (phlogisticated
air) in constant proportions, and that nitric acid can be
produced by the passage of electric sparks through these
gases confined over water.

By the substitution of potash solution for water a
mixture of nitrite and nitrate of potash is produced, which,
on evaporation, yields saltpetre ; and, as we already know,
nitric acid can be obtained from this salt by distillation
with oil of vitriol. In this way Cavendish succeeded in
preparing, under favourable conditions, saltpetre, at the
rate of 0'0036o7 grm. per hour.

August i6t/i, I goo.

2 MCDOUCALL AND HOWLES, Nitric Acid from Air.

This pioneer work, however, opened out a new field,
and we find several chemists cndeavourintj to prepare
nitric acid by the aid of the electric spark. Amon^ these
may be mentioned Newton (1859), whose apparatus con-
sisted of a number of platinum wire terminals, between
which electric sparks passed, the terminals being contained
in a large chamber, the floor of which was covered with
water for the absorption of the oxides of nitrogen, with
the subsec[uent i)roduction of nitric acid. Arrangements
were also made for sup[)lying air, and for drawing off the
nitric acid produced.

Prim (1882) makes use of the combined effect of the
spark and the silent discharge. The quantity of nitric
acid produced by these processes was almost indefinitely
small. It was only with the invention of the modern
dynamo, by means of which electrical energy can be
produced in any desired quantity, that the idea of preparing
nitric acid by its aid could be entertained.

In 1892, Sir William Crookes exhibited an electric
flame produced by a high-tension alternating-current
discharge between platinum terminals, and depending for
its maintenance upon the combustion of atmospheric
nitrogen and oxygen. A flame of this nature was utilised
by Lord Rayleigh and Professor Ramsay, for the isolation
of argon from the atmosphere {Phil. Trans, vol. 186,
pp. 187 — 241) and also in a later research by Lord
Rayleigh {C/icin. Soc. Journ. 1897) on " The Oxidation of
Nitrogen Gas."

The electrical arrangements are described in detail in
this paper. To generate the high-tension current, a trans-
former, insulated in oil, was used. It was found to be
necessary to use nearl>' 8,000 volts on the open secondary
circuit to maintain a steady flame. When the discharge
passed, the voltage fell to 2,000 or less.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. \\\, 3

A choking coil with an adjustable core was also
included in the primary circuit of the transformer, so that
out of 100 volts available at the mains, only 30 volts were
taken. The current amounted to 40 amperes.

With the flame thus produced, working in a spherical
glass vessel of 50 litres capacity containing an alkali
fountain and having a continuous supply of a mixture of
1 1 parts of oxygen and 9 parts of air, or in the theoretical
proportion for the formation of NOo, Lord Rayleigh
obtained an absorption of 21 litres per hour. This is
equivalent to the production of 393 grms. of nitric acid.
The power expended amounted to 800 watts, or rather
more than a horse-power, per hour.

To make a further study of the oxidation of nitrogen
by means of electricity, and more particularly of the rate
of oxidation when atmospheric air, unmixed with oxygen
is used, the following experiments were carried out.

The electrical apparatus consisted of a Siemen's alter-
nator, frequency 60, with two armature circuits, one capable
of generating 12 amperes at 400 volts, and the other 24
amperes at 200 volts. The current from this machine was
used to feed the primary circuit of a transformer, trans-
forming upwards in the ratio of i : 40. It was therefore
possible to obtain a potential of 16,000 volts or 8,000 volts
— according to the alternator circuit used — at the terminals
of the secondary of the transformer. By varying the
strength of the current feeding the primary circuit, any
voltage between 8,000 and 16,000, or lower than 8,000,
could be obtained as desired.

The primary current was directly measured by means
of an amperemeter. A voltmeter gave the voltage at the
alternator terminals, and, in addition, a wattmeter was
included in the circuit, by means of which a correct reading
of the power consumed by the flame could be obtained.

4 MCDOUGALL AND HoWLES, Xiiric Acid from Air.
Readings of the Pozccr Consuini'd in Producimr the Flame.

Time.

Readings in
watts.

Stoppages.

6.30 a.m.

1S5

7-0

I So

7-30 .,

175

8.0

16S

S.30 „

165

9-0

162

9-3° V

160

15 minutes.

10. 0 ,,

165

10.30

170

11. 0

170

11.30 ,,

170

12.0

I So

12.30 11. m.

1S5

15 minutes.

1.0

175

1.30 „

170

2.0

17-

^•30 M

175

30

173

i-:^° "

170

20 minutes.

4.0

170

4.30 ..

170

5-0

173

Duration of experiment, 9 hours 30 minutes.
Average watts used in flame, 172.
VieUi of nitric acid, 35 grms.

The hii;h-tonsion current was letl ton pair of platiiunii-
iridium electrodes situated in a stoneware vessel, which
will be called the " combustion chamber." Air was con-
tinuously drawn into this vessel, and, when the flame was
burning, a portion of the nitroi;"en became oxidised. The
oxides thus produced were drawn throuL;h a condensing
apparatus, consisting of a series of W'oulff's bottles con-

J/dfic/u-s/i-r Jfi-//hu'ri\ Vol. xliv. {igoo), No. V<\. 5

tainiiiij water, and towers filled with broken cjla.ss, down
which a stream of water or alkali llowed. In this wa\- a
complete absorption of the oxides of nitrogen was effected,
and nitric acid or nitrates were respectively formed.

Durini;" the experiment, readings of the power con-
sumed in the tlame wore taken over}- half hour. .After
the expiration of a definite period — usually about 12
hours — the average reading in watts was calculated.

The WouHtTs bottles and towers were then emptied,
well washed with water, and the quantit\- of nitric acid
produced estimated b)- tituration with standard alkali.

The combustion-chamber underwent several modifica-
tions before a final form was decided upon. The first
{Fig. I ) consisted of a large glazed-earthenware pipe 76 cm.
in length and 20 cm, in diameter, supported horizontally.
Both ends were closed by slabs of slate. A perfectly

7.'.^7,T<^fr.7^-~-^^-" ''^'-■^'-•T^'/.'T?';

O'

^

f:o I.

6 McDoUGALL AND HOWLES, Nitric Acid from Air.

gas-tight joint was secured in this, and all succeeding
experiments, by the use of a cement composed of a mix-
ture of clay, sand, and sodium silicate. This cement sets
as hard as stone, and is not easily cracked by sudden
variation in temperature, which is important in experi-
ments of this nature.

The electrodes were introduced at A, A', and were

//-. 2.

capable of adjustment. A glass tube, C D, conveyed air
to the flame. A small plate of glass, E, through which
the behaviour of the flame can be observed covers a hole
in the slate. At the other end of the vessel, the tube F G
conveys the oxides of nitrogen to the condensing appa-
ratus. The gases were drawn through the whole system
by means of a powerful pump.

The two large bottles {Fig. 2) were not used during

MancJiester Mcuioirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 115. 7

the preliminary experiments, but cventuall)- it was found
that their interposition had a great effect upon the yield
of acid. The oxides of nitrogen appeared to dissolve more
readily after their addition, and, when water alone was
used for absorption, less than i per cent of the oxides
formed was found in the gases leaving the last tower. On
the other hand, when the bottles were not included in the

Fig- 3-

condensing arrangement, it was usual to find 2 to 3 per
cent of the oxides actually produced escaping with the
exit gases. This appears to confirm Lord Rayleigh's
view, that the gases on immediately leaving the flame are
not in a condition ready for absorption. Hence the
greater efficiency obtained by him on using large vessels
in which to produce and absorb the oxides of nitrogen.
With this apparatus it was found that an expenditure

8 MCDOUGALL AND HowLES, Nitric Acid from Air.

of 220 watts, operating for 20 hours, produced 3S-44 grms.
of nitric acid. This is equivalent to 98 grms. of nitric
acid per horse-power per 12 hours.

A second experiment gave almost identical results.
The voltage on the open secondary circuit during these
experiments was 7,000, which fell to 1,100 when the
discharge was passing. The current taken was only 0"2
ampere.

It was now decided to substitute a combustion-
chamber of form and capacity different from the one already
in use. A stoneware bottle {Fig. 4) 30 cm. in height,
and 10 cm. in diameter, was procured. The electrodes

Fig. 4.
entered the vessel diametrically at A, A'. E represents a
small glass plate through which the behaviour of the
flame and the adjustment of the terminals may be
observed. Air was supplied to the flame through the
tube CD, which was let into, the bottom of the vessel
directly under the flame. The interior end of the tube
CD was covered with very fine wire-gauze. In this way

Jllmichestcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. V\. 9

any powerful draught was prevented from impinging
upon the flame, and rendering it unsteady.

The rate of oxidation of the nitrogen, in this apparatus,
far exceeded that in the previous one. In an experiment
extending over 1 1 hours, 4876 grms. of nitric acid were
produced for a continuous expenditure of 227 watts. This
is equivalent to 180 grms. of nitric acid per horse-power
per 12 hours, or almost twice the quantity produced in the
first apparatus.

A second experiment of the same duration, but in
which only 200 watts were consumed in the flame gave
5r9 grms. of nitric acid. This is equivalent to 210 grms.
per horse-power per 12 hours.

A third experiment extending over 30^'^ hours, and
in which 227 watts were used in producing the flame gave
1 38' 1 6 grms. of nitric acid.

This is equivalent to 180 grms. per horse-power per
12 hours.

The relative efficiency of the three forms of " com-
bustion-chamber " is more easily seen by comparing the
results tabulated below.

Succeeding experiments with this apparatus gave
results closely agreeing with the preceding, and from these
figures it would seem that the form of " combustion-
chamber " to be arrived at is one in which the oxides of
nitrogen should be removed from the influence of the
flame as quickly as possible, and in which convection
currents should be avoided. If these conditions are not
observed, the gaseous products of oxidation will be again
partly resolved into oxygen and nitrogen by the intense
heat of the flame, the temperature of which is about
2,000° C. The decomposition of both nitric oxide and
of the peroxide begins to take place at a red heat.

The vessel finally assumed the form represented by

10 MCDOUGALL AND HowLES, Nitric Acid from Air.

Fig. 5. The lettering employed is the same as in the
preceding drawings.

F^S- 5-

The first experiment conducted in this apparatus
extended over a period of 22^ hours. The power con-
tinuously used was 225 watts. On analysis, it w'as found
that there was an increase in the products from the condens-
ing apparatus. The production of nitric acid had proceeded

Watts.

Yield of nitric acid pt^r horse-
power per 12 hours.

Horizontal /
combustion-chamber \

Vertical
combustion-chamber

Second vertical \
combustion-chamber \

220
227

2CO
227

225
172

98 grms.

iSo ,,
210 ,,
180 .,

270 ,.
zoo

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. [igoo), No. i:5. ii

at the rate of 270 grms. per horse-power per 12 hours,
thus showing an increase cf 60 grms. over and above the
quantities obtained in the former experiments. Con-
firmatory experiments, in which the above conditions were
observed as closely as possible, gave, within the h'mits of
experimental error, results agreeing with the first one.

It was important to try the effect of increasing or
decreasing the current of air through the apparatus. So
far the air had been supplied to the flame at the rate of
about 20 litres per hour.

Too great an increase in the air supply caused the
flame to become unsteady, and appeared to diminish the
oxidation taking place in the flame, and the oxides of
nitrogen, being also in a state of greater dilution, were
more difficult to absorb. On the other hand, if the air
supply was deficient, the oxides remained for too long a
period under the influence of the flame, and probably
suffered partial dissociation and a diminished yield of nitric
acid therefore resulted.

In the light of the preceding experiments, it was
deemed interesting to tr}' the effect of varying the current
in the secondary circuit, and thus to increase or decrease
the temperature of the flame or combustion-chamber as
a whole.

The current used to feed the primary of the trans-
former in the former experiments varied between 8 and 10
amperes. The high-tension discharge would therefore
convey a current of about 02 to 0"2 5 ampere. This was
now raised to from 0"3 to 0'38 ampere. After the flame
had been in operation for 12 hours, onl)- 71 grms. of acid
were found to have been produced. This is equivalent to
180 grams per horse-power per 12 hours, or j; the quantity
when only 0"2 ampere is used in the flame. This result
was confirmed by subsequent experiments. Increasing the

12 McDoUGALL AND HowLES, Nitric Acid from Air.

air supply just to within the point of causing the flame
to become unsteady had no appreciable effect. The
temperature of the combustion-chamber was raised con-
siderably, so much so that it made the eyes smart badly
if brought and kept for any length of time within 6 inches
of the peep-hole for the purpose of observing the flame.

By decreasing the high-tension current, so that only
0'I5 ampere was used to feed the flame, 55 grms. of nitric
acid were produced in an experiment extending over 9^
hours.

This is equivalent to 300 grms. per horse-power per
12 hours, showing an increase over the quantities produced
in all former experiments. A result which was anticipated.

In the last three sets of experiments, whilst varying
the current, the voltage was kept as constant as possible.
The results are more easily compared in the following
table :

Walts used in flame.

Current used in
flame.

Yield of acid per h.-p.
per 12 hours.

302

o'3 — o"3S ampere

I So grms.

225

0-2— 0-25

270 „

172

OT5 0'2

300

Too great a decrease in the current caused the flame
to become unsteady, and liable to extinction. Of course
theoretically as the current is decreased, the discharge
should resemble more and more that obtained from a
Ruhmkorff's coil or electrical machine, onl)- less in
intensity, until finally only a streak or spark is obtained.

The production of nitric acid in this apparatus, at the
rate of 300 grms. per horse-power per 12 hours, represents

Manchester Mciuoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 13. 13

51-5 per cent of the amount theoretically obtainable from
the amount of air passed in.

This result favourably compares with that obtained
by Lord Rayleigh, who, working with a mixture of oxygen
and nitrogen in the proportion of two volumes of the
former to one of the latter, produced 440 grms of nitric
acid in the same time with the same amount of power.

When air alone is used to supply the flame, the theo-
retical proportions of nitrogen and oxygen are diluted
with 2^3 times their volume of nitrogen. This, of course,
will exert a retarding effect upon the rate of oxidation of
the nitrogen.

An experiment was conducted with a mixture of
oxygen and nitrogen in the proportion of two to one. The
gaseous mixture was passed through the apparatus at the
usual rate. A quantity of acid, almost double that pre-
viously obtained, amounting to 590 grms., was produced.

To still further study the effect of temperature upon
the process of oxidation, the air before passing into the
burner was raised to a considerable temperature. For this
purpose, a porcelain tube, 13 mm. in diameter and 305 mm.
in length, was packed with asbestos, around which, and
interlacing with it, was a thick platinum wire. On passing
a sufficiently powerful current of electricity through the
wire, the whole tube was raised to incandescence, and the
air, after circulation through the heated asbestos, was
raised to a considerable temperature. The tube was
cemented into the air-inlet of the combustion-chamber.
With the flame operating in this apparatus, an experiment
extending over eight hours, in which 182 watts were used,
showed a decrease in the yield of nitric acid. Only
35'I2 grms. were produced. This is equivalent to 217 grms.
per horse-power per 12 hours.

Two more experiments were made, under similar

14 MCDOUGALL AND HOWLES, Nitric Acid from Air.

conditions, the yield of acid in each case was almost
identical, and is readily compared in the following table.

Watts.

Yielci of nitric acid per H.I', per 12 hours.

1S2

217 grms. with hot air

18S

211 ,,

1S6

225 .

172

3C0 ., with air at ordinary temperatures

225

270 ,•

Watts.

Cturent.

i
Y

ield

of

nitric

acid per H. 1

. per 12 hours.

302

o"3

I So grms.

225

0'2

270 „

17-^

^■•5

'

300 ''

The current during the first three experiments was
kept practicall}' constant, and was intermediate between
the currents used in the two experiments with cold air.

Thus the effect of temperature on the yield of acid is
very evident, and, if some means could be devised to
remove the products of oxidation still more quickly from
the flame, an increased yield of acid might result. That
the increased amperage in the flame exerts no direct effect
upon the rate of oxidation is shown by the above experi-
ments where the current is kept as constant as possible.

At this juncture it was thought that it would be
interesting to determine the amount of nitric acid produced
in a given time by the low-tension electric discharge

MancJicstcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. {igoo), No. 115. 15

taking place between carbon poles in the presence of a
large excess of air.

In this case the conditions of high temperature obtain
in an excessive degree. Whether nitrogen oxides would
be produced by the combustion of the cyanogen, or by
direct oxidation of the nitrogen itself under these condi-
tions, formed an interesting question. To study this, the
apparatus used in the former experiments was employed.
Carbon electrodes, about 20 mm. in diameter, were substi-
tuted for the platinum-iridium terminals. A current of
15 amperes at about 100 volts was used to generate the
arc. The air was drawn through the apparatus in the
usual way. After operating for six hours, it was found
that only o'424grm. of nitric acid had been formed.

The loss suffered by the platinum-iridium electrodes
due to the passage of the electric discharge is very slight.
A pair was weighed, and, after being in operation for 80
hours, lost only O'OI grm. in weight. The platinum-
iridium settled in the exit-tube from the combustion-
chamber, and formed a kind of mirror.

A curious phenomenon is observed when the electrodes
are made red hot. They may be drawn out to the
maximum distance apart, when sometimes a bluish glow
is seen, somewhat resembling the brush discharge from an
electrical machine. Then, all at once there is a click, and
the flame is established. The initial striking distance in
this case may have been only about 2 mm., and the
maximum from 25 to 40 mm.

J. J. Thomson has proved that gases become electrified
in the neighbourhood of glowing metals, the ions so pro-
duced being able to discharge insulated condensers. In
this case we may look upon the electrodes as condensers,
and the breaking down of the air-insulation as being due
to the discharge taking place through the electrified gas.

i6 McDoUGALL AND HOWLES, Nitric Acid from Air.

Several attempts were made to substitute some other
material in place of platinum-iridium for the electrodes,
but no very great success was achieved. In one case rods
of calcium oxide 6 mm. in diameter were prepared, and
it was possible to get the high-tension current to pass
through these on warming. The appearance of the
electric flame was, however, altered, being much thinner
and straighter than when platinum-iridium was used. It
was also very unsteady, with a tendency to constantly
creep back from the point of the electrode to the metal
connection.

In continuing these experiments it was thought
desirable to observe the behaviour of the electric flame
when produced directly, by means of a high-tension
alternator, and, also to try under what conditions the
flame could be maintained and worked in parallel.
Messrs. Johnson and Phillips were kind enough to grant
permission for the experiments to be carried out in their
testing-house.

An alternator, frequency 50, capable of generating
7,500 volts, was placed at our disposal, and the general
arrangement of the apparatus is shown by Fig. 6.

A number of electrodes arranged in parallel circuit
were supported in a framework of wood, each electrode
being capable of adjustment. The voltage at the termi-
nals of the alternator was registered b\- means of an
electrostatic voltmeter. A similar instrument gave the
voltage at the electrodes when the discharge was passing.
An ampere-meter inserted in the circuit also enabled the
current taken to be read.

The experiments were begun with a tension of 3,000
volts. All attempts to establish a flame when no choking
was included in the circuit resulted in failure. The elec-
trodes were immediately fused, the current meanwhile

MancJiester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. V\. 17

1 8 Mc Doug ALL and Howles, Nitric Acid from Air.

rising to 20 amperes. This behaviour is what one would
have expected. By introducing a choking coil into the
circuit, however, a flame was readily obtained. Simulta-
neously, the voltage at the electrodes fell to 600 when the
latter were about 9 mm. apart. The voltage was now
gradually run up. More flames were got into operation,
until finally eight were working quite steadily. This
result was obtained by including in the circuit of each
flame two choking coils, each with 600 turns of wire.
Even with this adjustment the electrodes got hotter than
when the transformer was used.

The following table shows the drop in volts at the
electrodes when the flames were working.

The gap or distance between the electrodes is the
maximum consistent with the steady working of the
flame.

\'olis at
alternator.

Volts at
electrode.

CJap
(maximum).

3000

600

9"5 mm.

3200

1000

iQ'o ,,

3400

1200

2I-0 ,,

4200

1300

25-4 •,

4500

1300

28-4 „

4800

1400

34"o M

5000

1500

SS-o „

5300

1500

40-0 „

5500

—

—

6000

—

—

6500

—

—

7000

—

—

7500

—

—

When the tension reached 5,500 volts, the voltmeter

Manchester Mt'iiioirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 115. 19

connected with the electrodes broke down, arcini^ takini^
place between the needle of the instrument and the
quadrants.

At 5,000 volts a very fine and steady flame was
obtained, the electrodes being separated by a distance of
about 38 mm.

At 7,500 volts the electrodes were nearly 50 mm.
apart, a steady flame still burning.

The voltage registered at the electrodes in all cases
depends upon the distance between the latter when the
discharge is passing. As the electrodes were drawn apart,
the drop in volts became less. The current also became
less. Thus, in one case, 4,700 volts were registered at the
alternator terminals. When the discharge was running,
the electrodes were 6 mm. apart. Only 100 volts were
indicated on the voltmeter connected to the electrodes.
xAs the latter, however, were separated, the voltage
gradually rose, until, when at a distance of 30 mm., I,I00
volts were registered, the current at the same time
decreasing from 0*3 to 0T5 ampere.

This result is probably explained by the greater
choking-action exerted by the coils when the electrodes
are near together and the current passing is greater.

MajicJicstcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 14.

XIV. — Selections from the Correspondence of
Lieutenant-Colonel John Leigh Philips, of
Mayfield, Manchester. Part IL

By W. Barnard Faraday, LL.B.,

Barrister-at- La7v .

Received and read April 24th, iQoo.

Just ten years ago the Manchester Literary and
Philosophical Society published the first series of these
" Selections," edited by Mr. F. J. Faraday. This first part
presented, on the whole, a complete outline of the life of
Mr. John Leigh Philips, and, to a certain extent, brought the
Manchester of loo years ago home to us, and enabled us
to judge for ourselves of the Manchester celebrities of that
day, and of the class of men who founded this Society.
The series of letters which it is now proposed to make
public deals to a very large extent with the sister town of
Liverpool, and enables us to gauge the literary, artistic
and social capacities of the two towns during the last
quarter of the eighteenth century.

The greater number of the letters mentioned in the
following pages are from the pen of Mr. Thomas Taylor,
the intimate companion of Leigh Philips. The friendship
between these two was a very remarkable one in many
respects. Each was, or became in later life, a leading
citizen of his native town, each was happily placed in life,
each was blessed with cultivated tastes and a very earnest

August i6t/i, I goo.

2 Faraday, Correspondence of Lt.-Col. J. L. Philips.

patriotism. The two towns in which they lived are closely
linked together, not only by the shortness of the space
which separates them geographically, but also by that
strongest of ties, mutual interest. It is to be questioned
indeed, whether anywhere else on the surface of the globe
can be found an example like that of the two great Lan-
cashire municipalities; they were practically born together,
they have grown and developed together, and at the
present day they practically still observe the same
relative positions.

Living as they did just at the critical point in the
history of Manchester and Liverpool, and being what they
were, it may be supposed that Philips and Taylor exercised
a great influence upon the local destinies, and we may
justly claim that much of what is best in Manchester and
Liverpool life at the present day is due in some degree to
the influence of their friendship. It is obvious to the
reader of these letters that we are dealing with two very
fine characters, of a type best calculated to appeal to
English people. They were both of them eminently
steadfast in their mutual affection, but in no wise
demonstrative. They were both blessed with an almost
excessive sense of humour, coupled with refined and culti-
vated tastes. They were both "manly" men. Taylor, artist,
poet and book-lover as he was, was a man with a good deal
of quiet, determined courage, while one might even go so
far as to call Philips " fire-eater " in this respect, at any
rate when he is presented to us in certain phases. To
conclude this comparison. Philips was more actively en-
gaged in business than Taylor, who was a confirmed
dilettante in art matters and let his enthusiasm in this
direction run to even greater lengths than did Philips.
Both must have been from youth upwards extremely
loveable men, Taylor the milder mannered, with a constant

Manchester Mc/noirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 14. 3

touch of t^ood-humoured irony, Thilips charitable at
heart, but blunter spoken, and at times irascible.

The intercourse between Manchester and Liverpool at

the time of which we write seems to have been constant

and stimulating, and as a young man Philips was a frequent

visitor to Liverpool, and had his literary, artistic, and

natural history tastes strengthened by the cultivated

Liverpool circle, of which William Roscoe, the " elegant

historian of the Medici," to quote Washington Irving's

description of him, was the acknowledged head. The letters

teem with references to Roscoe, and also, among others,

to Dr. James Currie, the biographer of Burns ; Mr. Daniel

Daulby (who married Roscoe's sister), the author of the

" Descriptive Catalogue of the Works of Rembrandt and

of his Scholars— Bol, Livens, and Van Vliet," published in

Liverpool in 1796, and an amateur artist of repute ; and

William Faulet Carey, who brought Chantrey, the sculptor,

and James Montgomery, the poet, to public notice. It

was in Liverpool that Leigh Philips found his wife,

Caroline Penny ; and it was to Liverpool that his sons

and widow retired after his death. Of the pleasant social

relations existing between the two towns the following

letters give us some idea ; they also show us the healthiness

of the general spirit at that time, of which the natural

result was the golden age of English science and

philosophy.

The present selections may be suitably introduced by
the following tracing, which was sent to my predecessor by
the late venerable Mr. James Radford, of Newcastle-on-
Tyne, and formerly of Manchester.

It is taken from the title page of a duodecimo copy of
Pope's translation of the Iliad. The first signature with
the date is that of Philips when he was about 17 years of
age ; the others agree with specimens of his handwriting

4 Faraday, Correspojidence of Lt.-Col. J. L. Philips.

at a much later period of life. The following letter, the
earliest in the collection, was written to him four years
before the earliest of the signatures, when he was a bo\- of

HOMERS
1 L I A 1>

thirteen, the writer of the letter being at the time a youth

of sixteen. We of course retain the original spelling and

punctuation :

Liverpool, lotli. May, 1774
Dear Friend

I recev'd your kind Favour by the Servant, and also one some time
Before with a very jirelty Landscape of your Drawing, which I am very
much oblig'd to you For, & will .soon send you one of my Best, For I have
began to Learn of Mr Chabbard a very famous hand here, to Draw in Chalk
and Crayons which I am very Fond of and think it is by far the Best way. I
have waited some time in hopes of having some opportunity of writing to
you by a Private hand, but as none has Ofterd I was dctirmined to slay no
Longer, wherefore I hope you will excu.se my Delay. My Cousin Martineau*
& Sister whom we have expected so long from Norwich are at last come, &
are now Performing Quarantine at Warrington, for Fm sure its very like it
after coming from so farr of, to lie so near us and Can't see them for above a
Month. Jack is quite in the Dum[js about it, however he is very well and
desires to be rememberd lo you. M'- & Mrs Earle are both at Allcrton he

* See page 25.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 14. 5

comes home to Day, and she sets off the 16th. Inst for Litchfield to bring
home the Young Ladies so that with them, my Cous. tJc Sister, & Miss Leighs
we shall have a Pretty full house. Please to give my Compts to your Papa
& Mama & not forgetting Little Harry I remain

Your sincere Friend

TIIOS TAYLOR.

The writer is, of course, the Thomas Taylor to whom we
have alluded, and from their schooldays, until the marriage
of Philips in 1786 ended their joint bachelor life, the two
men were, as I have said, constant and intimate com-
panions. Taylor was an offshoot of a family which has been
truly said to have been conspicuous for virtues and talents
for many generations and in many branches. The Taylor
family, indeed, has produced so many notable worthies
that the task of tracing out its many claims to distinction
is anything but an easy one. Though conspicuously
associated with the town of Norwich, where the periodical
gatherings of the various branches of the family were held,
at which a hundred or more of its members would assemble,
it is of Lancashire origin. The other literary family, the
Taylors of Ongar, of whom an account is given by Isaac
Taylor in that curious book, " The Family Pen," were not
related to the Norwich Taylors. Jane and xAnn Taylor,
known to childhood in the " Original Poems," belonged to
the Ongar family.

Dr. John Taylor, the author of the " Hebrew Con-
cordance," fi"om whom theNorwichTaylors were descended,
was born at Lancaster — where the family was known in
the 15th century — in 1694, and settled in Norwich in 1733.
In 1757 he became the tutor in Divinity at the Warrington
Academy, opened in that year, the first student at which
was Thomas Percival,who, as Dr. Percival,was subsequently
one of the founders of the Manchester Literary and Philo-
sophical Society, to whose memory there is a mural tablet
above the Presidential chair in the Society's house in George

6 FaraI)A\', Correspondence of Lt.-Col. J. L. PJdlips.

Street. Dr. Jolin Taylor's son, Richard, married the c^rand-
daughter of John Meadows, one of the ejected ministers, and
carried on the business of a printer and pubHsher at
Norwich. One of Richard's sons, John Taylor, was a
spinner at Norwich, and his home became the centre of the
literary coterie of that town. His wife, whose maiden
name was Susannah Cook, was the subject of an
enthusiastic eulogium by Sir James Mackintosh, who
was a regular visitor of the Taylors when on the
Norfolk circuit. In one of his letters. Mackintosh speaks
of her as the " Madame Roland " of that town. Basil
Montague, in an account of his experiences with Sir James
Mackintosh on the Norfolk circuit, writes of her as
follows : — " Norwich was always a haven of rest to us,
from the literary society with which that city abounded.
.... But our chief delight was in the society of Mrs.
John Taylor, .... mild and unassuming, gentle and
meek, sitting amidst her large famil}', occupied with her
needle and domestic duties, but always assisting b}- her
great knowledge the advancement of kind and dignified
sentiment and conduct. Manly wisdom and feminine
gentleness were in her united with suchattracti\e manners
that she was universally loved and respected .... In her
society we passed every moment we could reserve from
the court." Some occasionial hymns, songs, and other
verses written by Mr. John Taylor, and set to music by
him, remain as memorials of this amiable couple.

One of their daughters, Sarah, married, in 1820, the
celebrated John Austin, justly called the founder of
modern scientific jurisprudence. ]\Irs. Austin is described
by Dr. Robert Campbell in the following terms: — "To the
attractions of great personal beauty in early life, she added
the enduring qualities of a clear and energetic intellect,
high principles of action, and a large heart." It was she

MancJicster Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900J, No. 14. 7

who nursed her delicate husband chu-ing his hfe, and, after-
wards, aided by the notes of the oric^inal lectures taken by
John Stuart Mill, edited and placed before the public the
remarkable "Lectures on Jurisprudence, or the Philosophy
of Positive Law." Mrs. Austin, as may be imagined, took
a distinguished place in London literary society. Her
daughter, Lucie Austin, became Lady Duff Gordon, and
sustained the literary reputation of her mother's family in
the celebrated " Letters from Egypt." Another daughter of
Mrs. John Taylor married Dr. Reev^e, and their son was the
translator of De Tocqueville's " Democracy in America."
The sons of Mr. and Mrs. John Taylor all achieved con-
siderable distinction. The eldest was John, a mining
engineer and a chemical manufacturer. He was elected
a Fellow of the Geological Society in 1807, ^'^d became
a Fellow of the Royal Society in 1S25. He was one of
the founders of Lniiversity College, London, and was for
many years its treasurer. He also helped to found the
British Association, and was its treasurer until 1861.
Richard Taylor, the second son, was the founder of the
printing and publishing firm of Taylor and Francis, and
was in 1810 secretary of the Linnean Society; he was a
philosophical and scientific writer of some note. The
third son, Edward, was the Gresham Professor of Music.
The fourth son, Philip, was a civil and mechanical
engineer with a world-wide reputation. He had a large
and interesting circle of friends, among whom were
Brunei, James Nasmyth, Michael Faraday, Wheatstone,
Gay-Lussac, Arago, and many others almost equally
eminent.* The other son, ^Arthur, was an antiquary and a
printer.

Another member of the famil}- was Edgar Taylor,
F.S.A., the translator of Grimm's " Fairy Tales " and " Lays
of the Minnesingers"; the author of the " Chronicle of the

* ■' Dictionary of National Biography "

8 Faraday, Corrcspoiideticc of Lt.-Col. J. L. Pliilips.

Norman Conquest," the "Book of Rights" ; and a contri-
butor to the " Westminster Review." The eldest brother of
Mr. John Taylor of Norwich, already referred to as being,
with his wife, the literary centre of that town in Macintosh's
day, was the Reverend Philip Taylor, who was born at
Norwich in 1747, and subsccjuently settled at Old Court,
Harold's Court, county Dublin. A son of his was Philip
Meadows Taylor, who became a Liverpool merchant at
the beginning of this century. He married the youngest
daughter of Bertram Mitford, Esq., of Mitford Castle,
Northumberland, one of the most ancient Saxon families
in the country. Philip Meadows Taylor was educated in
Germany, where he learnt the value of the rifle as a military
weapon. He subsequently became executive captain of a
volunteer rifle corps in Liverpool. He was the first, indeed,
to introduce the use of the rifle into this countr\-. Later,
meeting with serious financial reverses, he honourably
settled his liabilities in full, and giving up his luxurious
home in Rodney Street, accepted an appointment as
manager of a brewery in Dublin. This change of fortune
made it necessary for his son to make his own way in a
mercantile house in Bombay, to which place he sailed at
the age of fifteen. The length of the voyage in those
days allowed him time to begin the study of the native
languages of India. Like Robert Clivc, a boy of
Lancashire training, he soon abandoned business, and
obtained a commission in the Nizam's military contingent.
Taylor taught himself land-surveying and engineering,
and obtained an exceptional influence over the natives
through his knowledge of the languages of Southern
India. As Colonel Meadows Ta\'lor, he crossed over
into Berar without troops, and, aided by the extraordinary
confidence which the natives had in him, saved Southern
India from joining in the Mutiny. The hereditary literary

Manchester Mcuwirs, Vol. xiiv. {igoo), No. 14. 9

abilities of the family found expression in his case in a
number of works : " Confessions of a Thug," " Manual of
Indian History," " Tara," "Ralph Darnell," " Tippoo
Sultaun," and " Seeta." His autobiography, " The Story
of IVIy Life," was edited by his daughter, Miss A. M.
Taylor.

Returning to Dr. John Taylor, of the Warrington
Academy, it will be seen that he had several grandsons,
the children of his only surviving son Richard. The
eldest of these was the Rev. Philip Taylor, who was the
grandfather of Colonel Meadows Taylor ; another was
Samuel, the father of Edgar Taylor, F.S.A.; another was
Mr. John Taylor, the grandfather of Lady Duff Gordon ;
another was the Thomas Taylor, whom, as a }'outh of
sixteen, we find writing from Liverpool, where he had
apparently begun a business career in the house of Mr.
Thomas Earle, a merchant dealing with Leghorn and
Genoa, who was the second surviving son of John Earle,
one of the founders of the mercantile greatness of Liver-
pool at the beginning of the last centur}\

From William, a younger brother of Thomas Earle, is
descended the titled family resident at Allerton Tower, of
which General Earle, who commanded the Nile expedi-
tion for the relief of Gordon, and who was killed in
the .Soudan, was a member. Thomas Earle, who was
born in 17 19, became established as a merchant at Leg-
horn, where he resided for many years, and where his two
daughters, Maria and Elizabeth Jane (to whom there are
constant references in these letters) were born in 1761 and
1764 respectivel}'. In 1754 he married Mar)-, the only
daughter and heiress of Adam Mort, of Wharton Hall.
She was born in 1726, her mother being a daughter of
George Leigh, of Oughtrington Hall, Cheshire, by the
latter's first wife. xAnother daughter, Sarah, was the

lo Far AD A V, Correspondence of Lt.-Col. J. L. Philips.

mother of John Leigh Philips. In 1766 Thomas Earle
and liis family returned to Liverpool, and in the following
year were residing in a house in Hanov^er Street, then a
fashionable quarter of Liverpool. This house is now the
Hanover Hotel. ]\Ir. Thomas Karle died on April i8th,
1781. and his wife died on January 29th, 1785, the two
daughters, Maria and Elizabeth Jane, inheriting their
father's fortune and the estates of Adam Mort, their
grandfather on the mother's side. Maria married her
cousin, Thomas Earle of Spekelands, the son of William
Earle, and Elizabeth Jane married Richard Gwill\-m* of
Bewsey Hall, Warrington.

Thomas Taylor, the youthful friend of Leigh Philips,
appears to have remained unmarried. He seems to have
been one of those men whose lot it is to do zealous and
hard public work, under the shadow of more prominent
and older men, and to find his reward in self satisfaction
at the success of the enterprises undertaken, rather than
in public recognition of his labours. To him Liverpool is
largelx' indebted for its municipal progress, its Academy
of Art, and its Athen;\ium, though his name is practically
forgotten — and onl\- those who read the letters he sent to
his friends know how ungrudgingly he gave his services.
He died in 1803, and in a letter written to William Roscoe
from Norwich, in that year, Sir James E. Smith, the
botanist and first President of the Linnean Societ}-, gives
the following sketch of the man : " My good and kind
host, my oldest friend out of my own famil\', is no
more! In all our childish amusements he was always
my instructor and example (Taylor was a \'ear older
than Smith), when he went to boarding-school it was
the first real trial of my fortitude. He was my first
correspondent. I used to dream night after night that
he was home for the holidays. He then went to Liver-

* High Sheriff of Lancashire, 1796.

Maiiclicstcr Ulciiioirs, ]^ol. xliv. (1900), No. 14. ii

pool ; time, new connections and pursuits made us
less interested in each other. We met occasionally in
London with mutual pleasure, though with not so many
ideas in common as heretofore. At lenci^th my fortunate
visit to Liverpool, in the planninc^ of which I found all the
original friendship and benevolence of his heart exerting
themselves as warmly for me as ever, promised the revival
of our old attachment through our lives. We parted for
the last time at your door. You had witnessed his eager-
ness and anxiety to serve me ; nor can I ever forget his
benevolent, unobtrusive, and unostentatious hospitalit}',
his hearty welcome, the freedom with which he told me
all his concerns, and the pleasure he took in recalling the
events of our j-outh .... His heart was in no degree
worse for living in the world, but in some points I have
thought it improved ; this might be owing to a slight
cloud of ill-success, which had but too often accompanied
his path. He was alwa}-s more successful in serving
others than himself"

Continuing our selections from the correspondence,
we find the next letter from Ta}-lor to Philips written
upwards of five years later — it is dated Sept. 29, 1779 —
when Taylor was about 2 i and Philips about iS. It is in
verse, in compliance with the " severe command " of his
Manchester friend expressed by Taylor as follows : —

I must not come in my Old stile

And trudge on Foot from mile to mile,

But must on Pegasus be mounted
And lucidly gallop on my own Tit.

The lines go on to give an account of a visit to "a sage"
in Liverpool, who had apparenth- undertaken to cure
Philips of deafness. This doctor was —

famous for expelling
Diseases from his fellow mortals,
Displayed in Letters on his Portal.

I 2 r\\RAr)AV, Correspondence of Lt.-Col. J. L. PJiilips.

The following passage from the same letter bears on
the early musical history of Manchester and Liverpool.
It refers to a concert given at Liverpool 121 years ago,
which evidentl}', in more respects than one, resembled
some concerts of to-day : —

I must before I send my story

Touch on our late grand Rorotory,
Fiddles there were whose notes would charm ye,

And Syren strains would quite disarm ye.
Fine folks there were as thick as bees,

Old, Vouny, High, Low, of all degrees
Some part there were who went to hear

And not a few to Gape and Stare,
CoxcomliS who go to prate and gabble

More music find in senseless babble,
Than in the notes of Bach it Abel,

Each found, however what he wanted
So every one went home contented.

Our Doctor's so well pleas'd, I hear
He'll try the same another year.

The " Doctor " here referred to appears to have been
Dr. Curric, whose name appears as one of the earliest
honorary members of the Manchester Literar}- and Philo-
sophical Society. From a letter from Taylor, dated
January 13th, 1781, from Norwich, where Ta\-lor seems
to have regularly spent the Christmas holida}-s for some
}-ears, we learn that Philips had been staying atWavertree
with a Mr. Okell,* and that he had already, at the age of 20,
become a collector of engravings. In it is a reference to
a Miss Braddock,as an " irresistable attraction" toW'aver-
tree, and to a purchase on Philips' account in Norwich,
for the total sum of 40s., of "five beautiful things of
Bartolozzi's, four small Rembrandts, two large etchings,
a beautiful F'rench landscape in aquafortis, and three
small things by Albert Durer," Norwich ha\-ing been

* This was Mr. John Okell, of Wavertree, who married Miss Jane Leigh,
second daughter of Geoige Leigh, of Oughtrington. He was therefore J. L.

rhilips' uncle by marriage.

MiVichcstcr Memoirs, Vol. xiru. {\()00), No. 14. 13

recommended as a cliea{)ci' market than London for
things of this kind. Ta\-Ior adds: — " I have had a most
joyous time here. Tiiere is an excellent Catch Club at
this place. I ha\e endeavoured to pick up some new-
things in that \\'a\', and am promised some more in
London." The Bartolozzi referred to is of course Francesco
Bartolozzi, who was appointed engraver to George III.,
and was the inventor of the so-called "red chalk " method.

The next letter is written from Liverpool on March
3rd of the same )'ear. Ta\'lor explains how, on his return
from London, he was detained by the coach at Birming-
ham. He alludes to Philips' forthcoming visit to Allerton
at Whitsuntide, and continues : —

I was in hopes to have given you a verbal account of my proceedings in
London, the Compas of my paper is not sufficient to give you the heads of
what I intended to say, but if you'll come here while I stay you'll have
enough of it. I was at the houses of almost every artist of eminence in
London, saw several capital private collections of paintings, also those at the
public buildings. I was at the Ediphusicon & the Holo-phusicon, at tlic
Plays — Opera — heard AUegranti »S: Ansani sing, & Paccharotti & Tenducci
squeak. I was at the Pantheon Concert & at the Oratorio at Drury Lane,
In short I was from Pillar to Post & saw everything that I thought worthy
my attention, to conclude, I think I now know a little of what's what &
there's no saying what advantage & improvement it may be to you to be with
me a week or two.

The next letter is dated July 19th : —

I have received both your letters and should have wrote to you sooner
but I have been so busy since you left us that I have not had time, I am
dispatching a ship to Leghorn & can only just inform you that I shall if
possible slip over to Crosby to-morrow and deliver your Cards to the Ladies.
I was there on Sunday and told Carolina* she might expect them soon, she
say'd she was afraid you would not find a Card large enough for her name.

As to the Book print, I find I cannot have time to make a design for
one if I was able to do it, so I must leave it to youiself, only begging it may
not be quite so ferocious as the other — the Taylors are without question a
valiant race, but three Lyons is rather too much for one of them.

On the 25th of the same month, Taylor tells of the visit

to Crosby, where he gave the young ladies of the party

* This may be Caroline Penny, but there is no trace of her having
been acquainted with the Karles.

14 Faraday, Correspondence of Lt.-Col. J. L. Philips.

the cards designed by Philips. These two young ladies
were Maria and Elizabeth Jane PZarle, aged 20 and 17
respectively ; they were the daughters of Thomas Earle,
of Leghorn, whom I mentioned above. Mrs. Earle, their
mother, was living with them. The mourning (alluded to
in the letter) was worn for Mr. Thomas Earle, who died
on April i8th, 1781. The house at Crosby was in the
occupation of Mr. Ralph Earle, and Mrs. Hardman and
Mrs. Stanley frequently stayed there. Mrs. Stanley
was Sarah, the sister of Thomas Earle and the widow of
the Hon. and Rev, John Stanley, who was Rector of
Liverpool from 1726 to 1740. He was subsequently
Rector of Bury. He died on May i6th, 178 1. Mrs.
Hardman was Jane, the daughter of George Leigh, sen., of
Oughtrington. She died in 1795, aged 93. She vv'as thus
the great-aunt of Colonel John Leigh Philips, being his
mother's* aunt, and the great-aunt of the two young
ladies we have mentioned, being half-sister to their grand-
mother, Mrs. Martha Mort of Wharton Hall. I\Irs.
Hardman herself lived chiefly at Allerton, in which she
had a life interest.

In this letter Taylor addresses his friend, for some
unapparent reason, as " Happy Dog," and continues : —

I went to Crosby ou Sumlay & deliverd your cards to their serene
liighnesses «S£ it is with the sincerest satisfaction that I comnumicate to
you the result of my Emljassy. They were Graciously pleas'd in the Plenitude
of their Princely Benignity, to receive your Humble Offering with an affaljility
& condescension astonishing in personages of a rank so elevated k a station
so exalted. And not content with bestowing on your performance the mere
empty acknowledgement of praise they have resolv'd the ingenious Artist
shall receive more solid advantages. A Patent was instantly ordered to be
made out constituting you their Highnesses sole Engraver and it only remains
that you come and kiss their Imperial hands and you are at once in possession
of all the emoluments annex'd to that most Lucrative Office. —

To descend a little — the cards have given the ladies the greatest pleasure

* Sarah Leigh, the tenth child of George Leigh, became Mrs. John
Philips, of Bank, Heaton Norris. She was born in 1742 and died in 1809.

Manchester Millions, l^ol. xh'v. {\goo). A^o. 14. 15

v^- so they have lo everyljody else who have seen ihcm. I o;ave Matthew
Gregson a couple & have shown them to many other ingenious peo]:)le.
There is only one thing amiss, which is that they can use none of them this
year to come as they are in mourning I mentioned this to Morland* and he
told me you cou'd very easily do off some in Black for present use, if it can
be done vvith(out) much troulde to you they would be glad to liave a few Init
not otherwise

I see you have advertized the Fiddling Bout, which I dare say will be
very Capital. I don't go over to Dublin as I intended Mr. Wm. Earle I
find wishes I wou'd give it up which I certainly shall witht much hesitation
rather than it shou'd L^e any inconvenience to these good ladies. As this is
the case I may perhaps find time to steal over to Manchester at your Joyous
Week. there is a party of Musical Chaps forming amongst whom are
Daulby, Eyes, Wyatt etc — perhaps I may be able to join in & take a few
lessons in Catch singing, but more of this hereafter.

Mrs Earle & the Young Ladies left Crosby yesterday, they are now at
Darby, but get to Allerton by Sunday when I hope to see them. Mrs
Hardman was well to-day.

Daniel Daulby was very fond of agricultural pursuits,
and was a great fruit grower — breeding a special kind
of gooseberry known as the " Manchester Red ;" and
he appears to have trained this plant up a brick wall, as
it produced better fruit when treated in that way.
The Eyes alluded to was Mr. Chas. Eyes, of Liverpool,
the son of the engineer who surveyed the "Sankey" canal
from Prescot to Li^verpool in 1755. An allusion is made
in Taylor's letter to Philips on February 25th, 1785, to a
journey by Eyes to London on the matter of some plans
to be submitted to Parliament. He was an architect and
surveyor. A Mr. Edward Eyes, a member of the same
profession, is mentioned in Smithers' " History of Liver-
pool " as living in 1825, while it might be mentioned
that William Roscoe was in 1769 articled to Mr. John
Eyes, Solicitor, of Liverpool.

In a letter, dated December 9th, Taylor tells of
his projected journey to Norwich to spend Christmas

* I'alrick McMorland, the miniature painter, who was born at Man-
chester 1741, and died at Liverpool just one hundred years later. There are
several of his letters to Col. Leigh Philips in this collection.

i6 Faraday, Correspondence of Lt.-Col J. L. Philips.

at the head quarters of his family ; he adds that he will
go on to London. The letter continues : —

Miss Earle's go to Lymm the same day that I set off [to London], and I
suppose will stay nearly the same time, I dare say you will find opportunities
of seeing them. I was told you had an intention of coming to Allerton this
Xmas, this intelligence will undoubtedly fix you in your design, it will be so
kind & charitable to visit the two Old Ladies when the Young people are
away, and as the amiable Miss Braddock will be there you'll be just four of
you to sit down to a Pool as snug as anytliing — Oh ! Iiow I envy y-ou.

The above is plaini}- a mild sarcasm, the insinuation
being that Taylor hardly expects that his friend, a
volatile )'Oung fellow of twenty, will be content to sit
down to play cards with two old ladies of seventy-nine
and sixt\--four.

During the summer Taylor apparently came to Man-
chester and spent some time with Philips, the two friends
amusing themselves with their usual congenial occupations.
Writing on September 27th Taylor refers to the late
"happy time" at Manchester. He adds: — "We had
to-da\^ a certain account from Cork of the safe arrival there
of the West India Fleet, which has brightened the faces
of many of our old dons." As in the previous year Taylor
goes to spend Christmas at Norwich, and the next letter
(March 13th, 1782) tells of his adventures in London.

I thought of you frequently in London X- how I should have enjoy'd
your company to the various exhibitions. I had a friend with me but he is
one who had no relish for the Arts so that it was rather a toil to him to go
with me to many places, and several times I was forc'd to relinquish the
sight of what I wished in order to accompany him to entertainments more to
his mind than Painters' Galleries, yet I contriv'd to see all the best of them. I
was delighted beyond measure with \Yest* and was so fortunate to visit his
rooms when they were uncommonly well fill'd, by a lucky accident my
friend blunderd into an inner room where strangers are not admitted.
West himself happened to be there at work and on our making apologies for
our mistake he desir'd us to walk in & look about us which we did, much to
our satisfiction, there are several Capital matters in an unfinished state two
of which he said wou'd be compleat'd for the exhibition. S"" Joshua has a

• Benjamin West, P. K.A., vide first series of these "Selections."

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), iV^;. 14. 17

vast Numl)cr of Piclures by him, but to you I will venture to say what I cou'd
not there have declared with safety that I think Romney as a portrait painter
much his superior, and I must tell my opinion in another respect tho'
perhaps it may not agree with your own, you must know then that I have
conciev'd a contemptible opinion of those old prints and etchings so much
sought after by you Vertuosos, they are infinitely eclips'd by the productions
of the present day ; have you seen the etchings of Blight from Mortimer's
designs? answer me candidly can you produce from among your antique
hoards such works as his ? or from the works of Rembrandt can you equal
Worledge's etching of the raising of Lazarus ? The man at Norwich from
whom I had your prints has two excellent impressions of this last for which
he asks £\ — il — 6. I bought two or three etchings of him for you of
Rembrandt's, but if I had stayed till I got to London, I shoud have bought
no old prints I am so thoroughly convinc'd how misapplied money is that is
given for them to the neglect of more modern productions. The Prints I
bought for you will be sent off to-night by Matthew Gregson with Watt's
numbers. I have marked the price in pencil on each and in the whole they
Amot to £1 — 16 — 6. I wish they may meet your approbation. Bartolozzi's
Tickets are allowed by the Learn'd here to be very cheap and the Etching by
Hollar charged (•*) I was told in London is worth three times the money, the
other etchings you may depend are originals.

This Mathew Gregson was a very celebrated Liverpool
worthy. Of obscure parentage, he was apprenticed to a
paperhanger and stationer in Liverpool, where his great
taste in the decorating of houses made hinri very popular.
He was a strong supporter of all the literary and
scientific institutions of his native town, a Fellow of the
Society of Antiquaries, and a collector of prints and books.
In 1 8 17 he issued some proposals for publishing a " Port-
folio of Fragments of the History and Antiquities of
Lancaster." * This was illustrated by many plates and
armorial bearings at some expense to himself It is a
most beautiful and elaborate production. In 181 3 Mr.
Gregson was Treasurer of the Liverpool Blue Coat School,
and President of the Lyceum Library. His favourite
toast was " The Pen, the Pencil, and the Lyre." He died
in 1824 from an accident in his library.

• Printed at Liverpool, June 4, 1817, and dedicated to the Prince of
Wales, " Son of the Duke of Lancaster."

1 8 Faraday. Correspondence of Lt.-Col. J. L. PJiilips.

Taylor goes on to say that Mrs. Earle wishes Philips
to spend Easter with them at Allerton, and indulges in
some badinage about his friend's supposed attachment
to one of the two young ladies. In this letter Taylor
also reports the arrival of a bale of yarn from Drogheda
in the " Earl of Dublin," apparently on Philips' account,
and asks him to tell his " Uncle Rigby " that the " tune
books I sent him are to go to my brother's at Norwich."
A daughter of Dr. Taylor, of the Warrington Academy,
married a Mr. John Rigby, of Chowbent. She had two
children, Edward Rigby, a celebrated obstetrician, and
Sarah, who married Dr. Caleb Parr}^, and was the
mother of Sir W. E. Parry, the famous Arctic Explorer.
Taylor also asks Philips to send him the "music of 'Care
thou Canker' which we have not got in Liverpool and I
wish much to introduce it."

On May 22nd, Taylor writes that he is glad to hear
of the safe arrival of Mrs. Earle and her family at Bank
(the residence of Philips' father at Heaton Norris), and
speaks of a box of oranges sent to that place from
Liverpool. The succeeding letter deals with the volunteer
movement in England, which followed the outbreak of
war with France. It shows admirably Taylor's usual
humorously straightforward manner of expressing himself
Lord Shelburne's plan for the defence of the country was
practically to enrol the civil population of each town,
under the direction of the local authorities, that is to form
"Town Guards" in all the principal places.* That it was by
no means universally popular we see from the following
letter :—

Liverpool, 30 May, 1782
Dear Sr

I beg you will deliver the enclosed letter to Mrs. Earle, and inform her
that the Business which I intended writing to her about is postponed till her
return, not on account of her absence, but of Mr. Roscoe's who is in London
* Vide "Annual Register' for 1782, p. 300.

Manchester Mcnioij's, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 14. 19

& will not be back this fortiiij^lit. Let her know likewise that the work-
people are goiiii; on as fast as possil)!e with the house, the rooms above
stairs are paper'd and painted, and the Ceiling of the back parlour is done in
a proper manner, and looks as well as possible, the front Parlour is not
finish'd, r(>r Matthew (iregson was disap'l of the paper but he expects it
from London to-morrow.

I shall be much obliged to you to inform me what steps have been taken
in >Lanchester in consequence of Lord Shelburn's plan of Association, at
the first meeting held about the business here the measure was universally
approved of, and {erasure) chose to forward the putting of it in execution,
whose first step was to appoint themselves Officers which gave great disgust
and no person would enter into the Ranks tho' proposals were offered for
that purpose two days, at the end of this time a few young men call'd a
meeting of their acquaintances at the Hotel, where near 100 attended their
first step was to make Mr. Gill Slater Chairman, and afterward nominated
him Captain of a Company which they agreed to form agreeable to a plan
which I had the honour to lay before them which differed very much from
Lord Shelburn's as it reserved to ourselves the right of electing our own
officers, keeping the arms in our own custody and of offering our services to
march from the town if we saw the necessity for it, and then only, to be under
military discipline, we engaged also to fintl ourselves. Arms, Cloaths &
Accoutrements and at no time to receive any pay from Government —
but our Mayor was highly displeas'd at our proceedings and he said that our
scheme would entirely spoil that which he wished to take place, the
Secretary's — and as we did not wish to make a division in the town it was
agreed by all Mr. Slater's Company to learn the exercise in private partys,
and not interrupt the Mayor, but after he should have raised as many as he
wished on Lord Shelburn's plan, then to offer ours to Government, the
Mayor tlien offer'd proposals again, but cou'd prevail on nobody to sign,
and in a day or two he gave it entirely up till he shou'd hear again
irom his Lordship ; we have been learning the exercises ever since, in partys
of about 20, and have learn'd everything that so small a number can, and
this evening Mr. Slater has called the whole Company to meet him to fix
on a proper place to meet all together, and in a little time, if the Mayor
hears nothing from Government, we mean to offer our proposals — this affair
has been carried on in a very spirited manner tho' not at all to the satisfac-
tion of the Corporation, who are vex'd at being thwart'd by the young men
and at their choosing for their leader Mr. Slater, who has always been a
very obnoxious man to them, tho' without exception the most popular
character in Liverpool — .

I shoud imagine the Gentlemen in Manchester would be of the same
opinion with us, and prefer the inconvenience of forming themselves
to the use of Arms, than to put them in the hands of the Lower Class of people,
and especially as you would be enabled effectively to keep under that
propensity to rioting which your weavers &c seem so much adicted to — I
shall be glad to hear from you in answer to this as soon as you conveniently
can spare time.

20 Far ADA V, Corrcspondeticc of Lt.-Col. J. L. Philips.

I l)eg my respects to the ladies, and to all the family at I5ank. I hope

Mis Earle has had no return of her complaint. I remain

Your sincere friend, Ilbl Sir

THOS. TAYLOR
I hope the oranges arrived safe.

Pray tell Mrs Earle that I have just received a letter from Fa • • • that the

young woman she wrote to was engaged before the letter reached her.

The Air. Gill Slater mentioned was a prominent
merchant of Liverpool, and took some part in founding
the Sunday School in that town. He lived in Castle
Street.* The lieutenant of the Military Association was
Mr. Joseph Brooks. The next letter continues the sub-
ject of the volunteers : —

Liverpool 14 June 17S2

I thank )-iiu for your letter of yesterday with the Plan of your \'olunteer
Association which in general I approve of much but not entirely the 7th
article I do not like. I would have n<i fine for anything but dirty Arms, if
you have any man among you wh(j requires to be quickened in his attendance
by the fear of a trifling fine, depend upon it you had better got rid of him,
and all others of that stamp, ii?ake a point of honour to attend strictly and
the disgrace of being absent at the calling of the Roll will be a sufficient spur.
I had introduced your 9th article into my proposal, but I found it did not
meet with general satisfaction, I mean that part of it which proposed the
officers to be chang'd, it can answer no good end, Officers that are frequently
to be renewed will never properly understand their business, for by the time
they have attained they must resign, they won't be able to carry that
authority which is absolutely necessary if you mean to i)ut yourselves on a
respectable footing, and as you are to elect your own ofllcers it is your own
fault if they arc not respectable and proper persons, and should it happen
any of them prove disagreeable, there can be no doubt but the representation
of it by the Company would effect their removal — we had several different
opinions what the facing of our Cloaths should be, but that the Coat should
be scarlet was determined without a dissenting voice. We shall have the
appearance of soldiers if ever we have the occasion to turn out, which we
never should have in a fantastic livery — we still continue to exercise, but
intend to procecil no further till we hear the event of the motion which the
Secrelary-al-War has given notice of in the house of Commons, my opinion
is that Lord Shelburn's plan will be defeated, and indeed I wish it may for
my sentiments about it have always been that it is a very weak measure, for
it is an acknowledgement that Government is inadequate to the defence of
the nation, a period at which we are not I hope arrived, and till that day I
think the unliounded supplys which are granted by the nation ought to

•Died at Bath, Sept. 24, 1802.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xUv. (1900), iVt?. 14. 21

fiirnisli troops sufficient for its service, observe I am speaking of the scheme
of putting arms into the hands of the Commonality and requiring their time
and trouble without any pay except when called from home for though
Administration should adopt the more eligible plan of raising more Soldiers
or augmenting the Militia, I think it would still be highly beneficial to
encourage Associations of Gentlemen and Tradesmen who by defending
their own town and neighbourhood might release the Soldiers or Militia
stationed there, and they might whenever there was occasion — a little time
will clear this matter up, at any rate we may continue together and practice
the exercise for our own entertainment.

In the next letter, on August 3rd, Taylor addresses
his friend as " most valiant Captain," so we may presume
that it was about this time that Philips first gained com-
mand of his company, x^fter communicating the congrat-
ulations of the ladies, Taylor goes on to refer to the
performances of the Italian Opera, then proceeding in
in Liverpool : —

I regretted your absence on Monday evening, I never saw our Boxes so
Brilliant, nor were they ever so crowded. Henderson receiv'd ^163 which
has pleas'd him much & I hope we shall have him again, I went to the Opera
on Thursday and was I confess prejudiced against the Performers fjut I
assure you I relurn'd in a very different humour, it was very well done & met
general applause the Music is most excellent. I thouglit of you many times,
however I am glad to inform you you will have an opportunity of seeing
them for they intend to perform in Manchester next Week and I don't doubt
they will meet encouragement, they had a very genteel audience and have
been solicited to exhibit again but our Manager will not permit them, and
that you may be able to recommend them I can assure you the opinion of
Wiatt Zinck and other Gentlemen, whom you know to be Judges, is that they
are worthy of encouragement, for my own part I thought 'em quite equal to
what I saw in London, the Men have all fine strong voices particularly
Ferrari. SS''''! Castine is the best Woman c^' much superior to Mme Martryr.

The Wiatt mentioned is apparently the Liverpool
architect referred to in Bellinge's Liverpool Advertiser, of
March 23, 1795, as the designer of a model for the new
Liverpool Exchange, the old building having been burnt
down in that year.

The following letter, while intrinsically interesting in
so far as it refers to the Liverpool Volunteer Association,
has a very strong personal interest. It shows, as do all

22 Faraday, Correspondence oj Lt.-Col. J. L. P]iilips.

his letters, that Taylor had that habit of " foying " at his
undertakings (to use the local term), which was peculiar
to his famih' in particular and Lancashire men in general.
Whatever work he took up absorbed his whole attention,
to the exclusion of everything else. In this case it is the
formation of the Volunteer Corps and the working out of
the details : —

Liverpool 14 October 1782

I have intended writing to you for some time past but have been so
much engaged in my new occupation I have not had time to do it,
Mr. Wallace is gone to Buxton to s|iend a few weeks, previous to which he
had me upon close drill that I might be enabled to take the Command in
his absence, I have no leisure to look round me and examine the state of my
correspondence, ant! you are the first I shall set myself straight with, I
thank you for your reply to my request about the regulations of your
Association which I am sensible it was impracticable for you to furnish me
with, I need not have troubled you aliout it for I found little difficulty in the
business, I wish I cou'd say we were in more flourishing situation, we are
only 60, nor do I expect any increase this winter, we keep together very well,
the light we are held in by our Grandees is indeed unfavourable, but if we
can but hold together till the spring I have not doubt of our doing very well.
I have had a world of Trouljle about it but I do not begrudge it for I have
the future of the corps very nnich at heart, our belts are just come and our
new Arms from Robin which give great Satisfection and shall go to no
further Expense this winter as we have resolved that the present Jacketts are
sufficient uniforms till the Spring when we intend having a very smart one,
so that I give up thought of appearing en militaire at the Assembly, it is
necessary for us to be economical, we have no fund to recur to to furnish the
extraordinaries but I do not think us the less respectable on this account it
gives us a nearer resemblance to our Brethren in Ireland, whose Conduct I wish
us to imitate in all respects. I have been sorry to hear some reflections
lately thrown out by some Townsmen of yours and those friends to the
Association, that the Officers in your Companies have gone to expence in
their dress, and have made a shew and parade by no means consistent with
the true spirit of the institution, and I heard the names of several Gentlemen
mentioned who had left tlie Corps on that account, I wish these insinuations
may have been wrong or exaggerated, for I shall always wish to hear you
shall proceed on right principles.

I find it is your intention to honour us with a visit very shortly, pray
inform me the time. I have not entirely deserted the house in King St tho'
no longer an inhabitant in it so that you may stand a chance of seeing me
now and then, the Assemblies have been uncommonly brilliant, and as
several changes will soon take place it is not likely they will decrease in

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 14. 23

splendor, wou'd you have me drop you a line when I hear of one certain to
a good one, for these tilings are pretty generally known some days before-
hand. It is said D"" Currie and Miss Wallace are to form a Junction next
month (but I l)eg you will not mention my name as your Author for family
reasons), on which occasion we doubi not all that is polite will be collected
together, and wou'd lie a glorious opportunity for the purpose. Certain
EvoUitions have occurred since you were here.

The Miss Wallace referred to here was the daughter of
Mr. William Wallace, an Irish gentleman established as a
merchant in Liverpool, and lineally descended (as well as his
wife, who was his cousin-german and the daughter of Mr.
Plans Wallace, of Waterford) from the Scottish hero of that
name. The son of this marriage, William Wallace Currie,
says, in his " Life of Doctor Currie " : " Satisfied after an
intimate knowledge of some years that he might safely
intrust his child's happiness to Dr. Currie's care, Mr.
Wallace with generous and open heart bestowed her upon
one whose personal character and rising reputation con-
stituted nearly all he had to offer in return." The fact that
Mr. Wallace was an Irishman calls to mind a remark
made by Derrick, Master of the Ceremonies at Bath,
respecting Liverpool in 1760, that "The great increase of
their commerce is owing to the spirit and indefatigable
industry of their inhabitants, the majority of whom are
either native Irish, or of Irish descent, a fresh proof that
the Hibernians thrive best when transplanted." There
are, of course, frequent references to Dublin in these letters.

Dr. Currie himself, who was M.D. of Glasgow,
devoted inuch attention to the study of fevers. It was he
who insisted, in si:»ite of much opposition, that fever
patients should not be treated in the Liverpool Infirmary,
but should be isolated in a separate building. In 1797 he
published a pamphlet, " Medical Reports on the Effects
of Cold and Warm Water in Febrile Diseases." In 1793,
under the novi de plume of " Jasper Wilson," he issued a

24 Faraday, Correspondence of Lt.-Col. J. L. Pliilips.

*' Letter, Commercial and I'olitical, to Mr. Pitt." This
aroused much attention, and ran through several editions.
Another publication of his was an essay on " Tetanus and
Convulsive Disorders."

The Liverpool Athenaeum was founded by the joint
efforts of Thomas Taylor, Dr. Curric, William Roscoe,
Wm. Clarke and Joshua Lace, at a meeting held at the
Theatre Tavern, Williamson Square, November 22nd,
1797.

Li the next letter, Taylor asks for information on a
point of military etiquette : —

Liverpool i8 Octolier 17S2

I am glad you intend writing me again soon, when you do, pray mention
what Rules are observed by the Privates of your Corps as to the Etiquette of
their Dress at an assembly or any publick place, is it necessary to wear a
sword, one or two Epaulets, or do they wear a Cross Belt with a Bayonet. I
shall be glad to know what is the thing on these Occasions, which no doubt
you can inform me of.

The next letter deals with Philip's intended trip to

London : —

Liverpool 26th Novemr- 1782.
Dear Leigh

I had not time to write to you before you wou"d be set off to London,
where this will find you and where I wish with all my soul I was with you.
I can easily conceive how you relish the variety of interesting objects that
divide your attention, (from what I experienc'd last winter) I wish I had
posponed my Journey till this time for I was much at a loss for a Companion,
in my researches after the same objects you will be on the hunt for, I enclose
a few lines to Mr. Phillips, the father of the enchanting Miss Phillips of Drury
Lane, this Old fellow is an oddity, but endeavour to humour him, for you
will find yr advantage in it, you will by means of it get acquainted with
his Daughter, whose sweet pipe will delight you, and the Old Man has it in his
power to procure you much entertainment in the manner I have mentioned
in his letter, If you have an opportunity, give my particular regard to Miss
Phillips, and tell her how much we wish to see her in Liverpool.

Jack .Martineau will I am sure be very happy to see you. I would not
on any account you should leave London without calling on him. I fancy
he is not sufficiently known in his neighbourhood to risque his name only,
you will therefore enquire for him at his brewery which was lately occupied
by Samuel Warings Esq Kings Arms Stairs Lambeth — I beg you will tell
Jack to write to me soon.

Manchester jMcmoirs, Vol. xliv. {igoo), No. 14. 25

Mrs Karlc and licr daughlors went to Alleitnn yesterday and will stay
till the fn-st week in January. It is lucky you p(}sti)oncd your Visit. I advise
you to come at Miss Wallace's Wedding, which will be an affair of some
moment — if jmu have time to write to me from London I shall esteem it a
singular favor- but at any rate I hope you will let me hear from you as soon
as you get back

believe me yours sincerely

TliOS. TAYLOR
Jack Martineau was Taylor's cousin, his mother being
Sarah Meadows, sister to Margaret Meadows, who was
Taylor's mother, both being the daughters of Philip
Meadows, Mayor of Norwich in 1734. A brother of Jack
Martineau's was Thomas Martineau, who married
Elizabeth Rankin and had eight children, among whom
were the celebrated Miss Harriet Martineau and the late
Dr. James Martineau.

The Miss Phillips referred to was Anna Maria Phillips,
better known to the theatrical and musical world as the
beautiful Mrs. Crouch. She was born April 20, 1763, and
first appeared on the stage at Drury Lane as Mandane in
Arne's "Artaxerxes," in 1780, being then not 17, and at once
captivated the audience. Her first appearance on the
Liverpool stage was on June 11, 1781, as Polly iii "The
Beggar's Opera," and she and her father seem to have
had good introductions to Liverpool society. John
Kemble was then playing at Liverpool, immediately pre-
ceding his engagement in London, and their association
there gave rise to an unfounded rumour of marriage. Her
father was Peregrine Phillips, who was descended from an
ancient family in Wales, the elder branch of which included
a long line of baronets, one of whom was made a peer of
Ireland in 1776. His mother was a near relative of
Charlotte Corday, the assassin of Marat. Peregrine
Phillips had a very chequered life. In the early part of his
career he resided in North America, and was acquainted
with Dr. Benjamin Franklin, being at that time a mer-

26 Faraday, Correspondence of Lt.-Col. J. L. P Id lips.

chant. On returning to England he obtained a lucrative
post in the Wine License Office, from which he was dis-
missed in consequence of his activity as a sup[)orter of
John Wilkes. His wife was a Miss Gascoyne, daughter
of a Worcestershire f^irmer. He published letters on the
contest with the North American Colonies with the
signature of " An Old English Merchant," which were
attributed to Franklin ; a poem, " Covent Garden : a
Satire"; a prose work, entitled "The Diary"; and
numerous selections from the English and Latin works of
Richard Crashaw, Canon of the Chapel of Loretto in 1650.
Miss Phillips appeared on the Liverpool stage again in
the summer of 1782, the year in which Taylor appears to
have made her acquaintance, she being then about nineteen.
Her marriage with Lieutenant Crouch took place at the
beginning of 1785. Peregrine Phillips was an old friend
of John Taylor, editor of the Sun newspaper, who was the
grandson of Chevalier Taylor, oculist to George H. and
Frederick the Great. He belonged to a branch of the
Norwich Taylors. It is in one of John Taylor's poems,
called " The Stage," that the lines occur —

See Kelly next, and beauteous Crouch appear,
With mutual aim to grace the vocal sphere,
And hence their powers in happy union move,
To aid the scenes of harmony and love.

Peregrine Phillips and his daughter, at the time of this
letter, lived in Gray's Inn Lane.

In the succeeding letters we have references made to
the appearance of Dr. Currie and his bride at the Liverpool
Assemblies, the ladies in attendance being Miss Earle and
Miss Kent, and the groomsmen Mr. Thomas Earle and
Mr. John Lightbody, the latter officiating for Dr. Bell,
" who comes however (from Manchester) to the Assembly;
could you not contrive to come with him ? " The refer-

Mcvichestcr Memoirs, ]'ol. xliv. {icpo), No. 14- 2/

ence is to Charles Bell, AI.D., who was elected a member
of tlic Manchester Literary and Piiilosophical Society
on December 12, 1781. The following letter relates to
this event. One wonders what the " Manchester turbu-
lence of spirit " was about, but ma}- guess it had some-
thing to do with the militar}- rivalries : —

Liverpool 21 J;iniiary 1783
Dear Leigh

I do assure you I wns much niortilied at the receipt of the letter in
which you told you were not to come to the Assembly last Thursday, and
more so wlien the time came, it was the most brilliant meetine; I ever saw at
our Exchange and ev'rything wou'd have gone off very well but for a little
of your Manchester turbulence of spirit — which it seems even your Doctors
are not free from — I had some notions of going over to stay at Manchester
for a few days soon, but I am not sure whether it will be perfectly safe till
this furor is a little abated — I shall however be obliged to you to let me
know what your plan is respecting coming here. Mrs Earle and her
Daughters go to Bath the middle of next Month, to stay a considerable time
consequently without you can come very soon you must defer your visit till
their return, shou'd this be the Case pray inform me, & also when your next
publick Concert is, and on what day your Association exercise, Wiatt and
two or three of our Corps have it in agitation to take a trip over but we
should like to Hx a time when it is probable we should have most
entertainment.

We got amazing Credit on the Queen's Birthday I wish you had seen us,
we made a capital appearance, & fired .admirably, the afternoon was one of
the most Joyous I ever spent. But it seems probable an end will soon be
put to our Military occupations by tlie Peace, which appears now almost
certain, we wish fo hit on some plan to continue it at any rate, pray has
anything; of this kind been mentiond with you ?

I shall be glad to hear from you by return of Post

I am \'rs sincerely

THOS. TAYLOR.

In February, 1783, Mrs. Earle goes to Bath, and
Taylor (on the Sth) gives to Mr. James Williamson, his
" right hand man in the right division of the Liverpool
Military Association." a letter of introduction to Philips.
On the 24th of the same month he writes : —

We had a grand field day on Thursday on receiving our Colours The place
of exercise was a field opposite our Captain's house at Evert on, the weather
being fine a great deal of company was piesent. after all was over we marched

28 Faraday, Correspondence of Lt.-Col. /. L. P/iil/ps.

into the house and were very gcntecly entertained, an accident happened
which discomposed us a little, one of Probin's guns burst with two charges
in, but luckily it only hurt the Arm of the Person next him that fired it and
that not materially. I believe it to be entirely owing to the manner in which
it was charged, for I saw the barrel prov'd with two Balls about a fortnight
since, the Gentleman who fired it is a new Soldier and he only ramm'd the
second Cartridge about halfway down, a method which would burst any
barrel in the world.

I shall be glad to know whether you have concluded anything positive
about continuing your Association, I believe ours will continue some time
longer but it is not finally resolved on, we had a very animating speech from
our Captain on receiving the Colours, and on Sunday we are to have a sermon
from our Chaplain on the subjeet.

The pair of colours alluded to here were presented to
the Liverpool Volunteers on February 20, 1783 ; one
being presented by the King (George III.), and the other
by Mrs, Rawlinson, wife of Mr. Henry Rawlinson, one of
the members of Parliament for the Borough. The next
letter is one of the most amusing in the series : —

Liverpool 7th April 17S3
Dear Sir,

I received your letter advising of the Box of fruit which I despatched
this day to .Allerton, with a letter to your Mother. The box had taken no
hurt in the Carriage.

In this period when the spirit of Liberty seems to Inirst forth around us,
I am ha|ipy to tell you it lias not quite deserted this Island some genuine
sparks of it have been kindled this day in Liverpool which I do not doubt will
be the foundation of a permanent generous flame, in a word the Burgesses who
for near a Century past have been subject to the tyrranous rule of the uncon-
stitutional & arbitrary Corporation, have this day gained a triumph over them
which they have anxiously wished for these 40 years back ; the affair stands
thus. Our Council have usurped a power of choosing themselves, which is
the right of the freemen at large, the)' refuse to make any disclosure of their
accounts and proceedings & spend the public money just as they please —
they have always taken sjiecial care to associate with them as vacancies
happen none but such persons as they are certain will proceed upon this
system, it happened last October, which was the time of electing the Mayor
that Mr Brown was fixed upon in (Council to be proposed to the Burgesses at
the annual Common Hall, he told them he wd. not serve, but however he
was chosen, and they applied to the King's Bench to compel him, but finding
that Mr lirown wou'd petition the Court to inspect the Council Books to
make his defence, and by that means a disclosure of all their dark transactions
would he brought to light, the Council without consulting the Burgesses
dropt the Action, and told the Court they wou'd elect somebody else, accord-

Manchester Mcmoiys, Vol. xliv. {\()00), No. I4. 29

ingly a Summons was given out for us to meet this Morning for that purpose —
but previous to it a number of spiritel leading people had been concerting a
plan to defeat their purpose, a meeting was held at Forshaw's and at 8 o'clock
this morning, when a Numerous Company of Freemen met ^; heard the scheme
explained, they were exhorted to abide by their choice of Mr Brown, who
wou'd still refuse, a>id to sei-ve them stand a tryal, in the event of which they
would be put in possession of facts which wou'd entirely overturn this cursed
Combination — at about a (juarter before ten, we march'd forth in a body with
Colours flying, and took- possession of the Hustings, and the places round it,
and when the Council arrived and proposed another person (Mr Boats), to be
Mayor, every voice was exerted against him, they however proceeded to a poll,
being advised l)y Lawyer Davenport whom they had engaged for 100 guineas to
be present on the occasion. At two o'clock the books were closed, when there
appeared for Mr Boats 35 and for Mr Brown 342. they were therefore constrained
once more to declare him duly elected and we retired in Triumph — I never
enjoyed anything more in my life. Williamson was of infinite service in the
Affair, and your friend Wakefield a most active Man, he soon collected 100 or
two of freemen luit the head man was our worthy Captain who is the Idol
of the Common people.

I am so full of this Victory that I could not help making you acquainted
with the particulars, and though you are not interested in it I am sure you
will rejoice whenever Liberty is triumphant and I hope long to tell you we
have compleated the affair entirely

I am your sincere friend and Servt-
THOS. TAYLOR.

The letter tells its own story plainly enough. At the
time it was written all municipal corporations were in a
very corrupt state. Liverpool received its first charter in
the reign of John, and for several hundred years its
administration was by no means pure ; up to the year 1780
the Corporation were in the habit of selling the freedom
of the borough at prices varying froin three to fifty
guineas, according to the circumstances of the purchaser.
Mr. John Brown was elected Mayor of Liverpool at the
end of 1782, but refused, to serve. Accordingly, on the 7th
of April, 1783, the Burgesses were summoned to elect
another Mayor by the Bailiffs. On the 12th of September,
1783, Mr. Brown took the oath as Mayor ; thus the town
was without Mayor for nearly a year. Taylor's letter is
interesting, inasmuch as it throws light on a situation for

30 Faraday, Corrcspoiidcncc of Lt.-Col. /. L. PJnlips.

which the various Liverpool histories are only partly
able to account. On December 3rd, 1783 (Corporation
Book of Records) —

iVIr Brown made an apolon;y in Council for the trouble & expence to
which this Corporation was put, on account of his refusing to take upon
himself the office of Mayor. — ordered that his apology be accepted of.

]\Ir. William Boats, who played such a laughable part
in this comedy, was one of the principal merchants of the
town, and lived in Drury Lane (Liverpool). In 1791 over
1,000 of the Burgesses requisitioned the Ma}^or for an
inspection of the Corporation Books. They obtained
judgment against the Corporation in the King's Bench,
and the case was ordered to be re-tried at Lancaster.
Here, though the Burgesses again won, the Corporation
succeeded in getting an order for a third hearing from the
King's Bench. The matter was then dropped. The
Liverpool Corporation was reformed in 1836, the first
Mayor under the new Charter being William Wallace
Curric, son of Dr. Currie.

The next letter, written October 7th, 1783, tells of
Taylor's experiences during a musical festival at Chester,
There seems to have been some arrangement between the
three towns of Manchester, Liverpool, and Chester, then
all three much of a size, for the engagement of accom-
plished musicians. Each town had a musical festival.
The second part of the letter tells of the foundation of the
Liverpool Academy : —

I promised you to send an account of the proceedings at Chester after
my return but I have been so busy ever since (Mr Wallace being confined
with the gout), that I could not fulfill my promise, You have however had a
better account of the music from Burchall and Boden than it would have
been in my power to give you, I can only say how much I was pleased with
the whole together, but from scientific people much more may be gleaned,
their business is to point out what is wrong. Boden seemed to pity my
ignorance when I told him I liked Mrs Kennedy's Scotch Ballad which
gain'd so much applause, the Oratorio had a great disadvantage in the place

Mmichcstcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 14. 31

of performance, the Cathedral is loo large, the wide recesses on each side
the Isle carry away the sound, Imt the Concerts were very well heard, there
was much good Company, but not more than at yours. Peter Martineau
and I went to the masked ball. I sported (I don't say supported) the
Character of an old Woman, he went in a Domino. 'Twas but insipid
work, yet on the whole I was satisfied with it. 'Twas worth while to go
had it only been to see the number of fine women and the elegance and
splendour of the fancy dresses, but the pul)lick breakfast with the Catches
and Glees jilcas'd me as much as any part of the week's entertainment this
was a new idea and the Chestei people must have Credit for pointing out a
most excellent addition to a week's amusement of this kind ; it now remains
to be seen what can be done at Liverpool. I dare say as much will be made
of it as possible, the new Rooms will be finished in time though the plans
and estimates were only compleated last week. Zinck is the projector and
\Viatt is his privy counsellor.

We have a plan of another kind just going to be put into execution
here, which I think I mentioned when I was over with you, the revival of
the Academy for drawing which was instituted in Burdett's time and dropt
when he left Liverpool, the number of painters now in town first gave rise
to the present purpose, they muster eleven strong, Morland, Tate, Pack,
Chul)l)ard, Caddick etc. Lectures are to be given as before on Anatomy and
Chemistry so far as it relates to colours, by D"" Turner who is a chief
supporter of it. Lectures are also to be prepared by the professors and
delivered in rotation and by other gentlemen on perspective architecture etc.
I have entered myself as a pupil & expect much satisfaction in it.
Wakefield, Koscoe, Chas Eyes, Daull)y, Mr Gregson, and others you are
acquainted with will also attend, & I expect before the winter is over we
shall have drawings enough to furnish an exhibition, pray when do you
intend to come to see us, you might take a spell with us if you make
any tolerable stay ; l)Ut we don't mean to call it an Academy or make any
noise about it, we intend to let its own merit bring it into repute or else let
it remain in obscurity — Pack desires his compliments to you, he goes on
bravely, we are going to be fellow lodgers at a very convenient house in
Duke Street. I hope we shall have the pleasure of your company there.

Mrs Earle and her daughters have not found their way from the North
yet, they have been to the Lakes.

There were two Wakefields in Liverpool at this time,
with both of whom Taylor was probably acquainted.
One was Gilbert Wakefield, M.A., of Jesus College, Cam-
bridge, and a most interesting character. He was an
eminent classical scholar, and was Curate of St. Peter's,
Liverpool, in 1778. Li the following year he was made
Classical tutor at the Warrington Academy. He after-

32 Faraday, Correspondence of Lt.-Col. /. L. Philips.

wards became a prominent dissenter — Unitarian. In
1803 he was imprisoned for two years in Dorchester Gaol,
as a consequeiicc of a letter he wrote to the Bishop of
Llandaff As is well known the prisons at that time were
very insanitary, and Wakefield was ruined in health
He was liberated, but died immediately after from fever.
The other Wakefield was a wealthy sugar refiner
of Liverpool, who devoted much attention to agricul-
ture and cattle breeding on his experimental farm,
a mile out of Liverpool. He successfully raised cattle
on the succory plant, or wild endive, which he cropped
three times a year. He was associated with Mr. William
Roscoe in the latter's undertaking to drain Trafford
Moss and Chat Moss. This is probably the man
referred to in the letter. Thomas Chubbard was a land-
scape and portrait painter of some eminence. He invented
a mode of engraving on glass. William Tate was a
portait painter, a pupil of the celebrated Mr. Wright, of
Derby, a memoir of whom was published by Col. Leigh
Philips in 1797. Christopher Pack was born at Norwich
in 1750, and afterwards resided in Liverpool and London.
He was a fashionable portrait painter and exhibited
several times in the Royal Academy.

The first attempt to found an Academy in Liverpool was
made in 1769, when a Society met in a room in John Street,
under the Presidency of Mr. P. P. Burdett, other members
being Thomas Chubbard, Richard Tate, Richard Caddick,
Peter Romney, Mathew Turner, M.D., Joshua Eyes, and
Chas. Eyes. It was revived in 1773, W . Caddick being
President, and lectures were delivered and an Exhibition
held in August, 1774. This attempt, too, had only a short
life, the Academy being dissolved in 1775. In 1783 the
Academy mentioned here was founded. J^Ir. Henry
Blundell of Incc was the President, William Roscoe the

Manchester McdioIj-s, Vol. xliv. (1900J, No. 14.

jj

Vice - President, and Thos. Taylor, Secretar}-. This
Societ}', of which Taylor speaks so hopefully, survived
until 1794. Other attempts were made, but were doomed
to fail. The efforts finall)' culminated in 18 14, when the
Liverpool Institution was founded. This received a
Royal Charter in 1822, and has ever since been highly
successful.

The next letter was written on October 30th. Taylor
expresses his regret that he was not able to attend the
Review of the Military Association at Manchester — •" Mr.
Wallace being at Buxton (evidently for the gout before
alluded to) I was tied fast." Ta\'lor, we know, was em-
plo}'ed with Mr. Thomas Earle before the latter's death in
1 78 1, and this seems to convey the idea that he had now
entered the house of Mr. Wallace. The letter continues : —

I am glad you approve of our intended Academy, we have not launch'd
forth in a pompous manner yet the promoters of it shew great zeal for its
establishment, and it has met with great encouragement from the inhabitants
of Liverpool, not only such as have a taste for the Art of painting, but from
many who have never shewn any disposition that way ; I shall enclose you
a sketch of the plans which are thought proper to have printed, that the design
of the institution might be rightly understood. I have no doubt it will be a
very useful one, and setting London aside, I don't suppose there is any place
in the kingdom where better instruction may be had on these subjects.
Roscoe is to open this day week and I venture to say his lecture will be a high
treat, it is his favourite pursuit and it was his Ode on a similar institution
here some years since which established his title to poetic fame, he has much
at heart the reestablishing the Academy and has endeavoured in forming
the plan to avoid the Rock on which the former split, which was that it was
made to rest entirely on the Artists, who being transient inhabitants the
matter dropt when they left town, but now the artists are secondary
instruments only, the principal parts are in the hands of residents. We had
like to have had a disagreement among the painters but it has blown over.
Tate (who by the by is the most silly ignorant fellow I ever met with) gave
himself very great airs, he wanted to have the direction and be at the head of
everything and treated Pack very contemptuously, but finding that it would not
be submitted to, he declined any part in the Lectures, and is going soon to
leave the town. The truth is he is cursedly chagrined at the manner in
which he has been received here, he has only done one or two pictures though
he has been here these three months, while on the contrary Pack has been

34 Faraday, Corrcspondc^ice of Lt.-Col. J. L. PJiilips.

Yery successful, hut Morland is the man we look to as the principal in the
line of visitors.

When I saw you at Manchester you said your first excursion would be
to Liverpool, if it was convenient for you to come next week I think you could
not choose a better time. Mrs Earle and her fair Daughters are at present at
home and Miss Leigh with them, to a man of your attachment to the fair
{.art of creation what need I say more, but I have others to add. I mentioned
to you our great improvement in Catch singing. We have gone on rapidly
since, and next Wednesday Evening we are to have a grand catch at my new
Lodgings, where I have a capital room for the purpose and a harpsichord ready.
I shall muster lo or 12 good singers, and you shall confess we can do something
in stile. On Thursday Evening is the lecture by Roscoe, here I attack you
as a man of taste — if that is not sufficient the same evening is the Dancing
Assembly which you may resort to afterwards for the lecture will l)e over by
eight. On Friday is the Concert for Miss Casson at the Theatre, it will be a
very good one I believe, and the company I am sure will be numerous and
brilliant as the greatest part of the seats are taken, if there is not music
enough already to induce you I believe I can say there will be a private
concert on the following evening — put the things altogether and if they have
sufficient weight let me know as soon as you can. I have further to beg the
favour of you to see Mr Burchall and present my Compliments to him and if
he comes here on the Wednesday evening I shall be glad he would favour
me with his Company.

The next letter (dated November 25th) continues the
subject of the Academy, into the organization of which
Taylor seems to have entered with his usual enthusiasm : —

I hope you still intend coming to Liverpool, we wish you to see our
Academy which goes on Charmingly, we meet every evening to draw for
about a couple of hours, and some excellent things have been produced, and
we have now compleatly fitted up the Room & a very comfortable place it is.
The Lectures have been clever, Roscoe's was one of the most elegant com-
positions I ever heard ; the succeeding ones have been on Anatomy by
Turner,* and very clever indeed, next Thursday we have a Chymical one,
and on the Thursday following Morland mounts. I have attempted to draw
w'ith them but find it very difficult at first, but I mean to persevere.
Wakefield will draw in a masterly Manner, I never saw anybody so fond of
it, but Morland will carry the palm away from them all and does in my
opinion now, tho' it is a kind of work he is not used to. Pack has had the
direction of everything and we are much indebted to him, he goes on very
successfully in his painting, he has done a very capital picture of
Charles Eyes which he means to exhibit and is making preparations for a
large historical piece for the same purpose, his application is such that I
think he cannot avoid making great improvement. We have an Idea of
coming over to Manchester for two or three days during the winter, but not
• Matthew Turner, Surgeon, of John St., Liverpool.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xitv. (1900), No. 14. 35

at present. Chas. Kyes will make a thinl with us when we do, & give
you a touch of his double base, on which he now plays famously. I
shall be obliged to you to inform me the next time you write what lime your
publick concert is and also when the Association exercise, two things we
should like to be present iit, Init I hope to see you here before that time.
Mrs Earle goes to Allerton Saturday month, you will contrive badly if you
don't come before then.

Mr Hadfield* spent the evening with Pack and I on Sunday, If he is
not gone I shall send this by him.

The next letter, written on the iSth December, alludes

to Philips' interest in ballooning experiments which were

then being made in Manchester : —

I take the opportunity of sending by my friend Miller ;i^2 — 8 — the balance
of the bill you remitted me on Devonport and Co. which is paid. Miller I
fancy won't appear this time at Manchester in his Cap and Jackett neverthe-
less he is entitled to the notice of Brother Volunteers, for his attachment
to the Cause as long as it lasted with us.

We were attentively on the Watch for you the whole of last night
expecting every moment your descent from the Clouds, as we were given to
understand you intended to embark in your aerial caravan, and alight
among us grovelling mortals who are contented to confine our speculations
to this dirty earth & never soar above its surface, we were at the Academy
from 6 o'clock till 9, and apprehending it to be as likely a place as any for
you to land in, we kept a South East window open to receive you, but all to
no purpose.

In the next letter Taylor speaks of the musical raid
on Manchester proposed by himself and his friends.
The Miss Leigh so frequently alluded to in these letters,
appears to have been one of the grand-daughters of
George Leigh, of Oughtrington, and Philips' cousin : —

Liverpool 19 February 17S4
Dear Sir

I have applied, in consequence of your letter to the Captain of the
Dublin and find he has delivered your Claret safe into the hands of
Mr Green who I doubt not will forward it to you.

I propose to be in Manchester on Sunday livening in Company with
Pack and Chas. Eyes and shall stay till Wednesday. I am glad we are
fortunate in commg at the Publick concert, ours was last Tuesday and a very
good one, after the concert was over a pretty large party stay'd and were
entertain'd with catches & glees by the gentlemen of the Cecilian Club, a
celebrated Society for the practice of vocal Harmony established in this
place, of which some of your friends are members. I propose putting my

* Probably Joseph Hadfield, who was elected a member of this Society in 17S2.

36 Faraday, Correspondence of Lt.-Col. J. L. Pliilips.

Catch book in my pocket and hoi)e to meet with Boden and one or two
others who excell in this line that we may do something, you know
Chas. Eyes is famous, and it is not unlikely that Wiatt »S: Mr Drinkwater
may he in Manchester on Tuesday, they have business there next week and
will contrive to meet if possible.

Your excuse for not coming at Xmas leaves us nothing to say. Allerton
is now very dull. Miss Leigh is returned to Oughtrington, and Miss Earles
are at Chester. Pack has had great Success. He did not go on with his
historical piece, he had prepared a whole length Canvas for it but a Lady
engaged it for a family picture of herself and two children, which he is very
forward with & for which he is to have 30 gs. he has done a fancy piece in oil
at the Academy by lamplight, which is very clever, the suliject is St John
in the Wilderness — I have not seen Miller's picture but doubt not it is good
from the character I hear of the artist, but it is astonishing to me that a man
possessed of such abilities should paint for such low prices, or that his friends
should suffer him to so degrade himself — Pack desires his compts. and I
remain, ^''■ sincere friend

TIIOS. TAYLOR.

In a letter, probably written at the beginning of 1784,
btit to which no date is attached, Taylor mentions that
Dr. Currie is Ij'ing dangerously ill from inflammation of
the lungs, the result of a cold caught at the funeral of his
friend Dr. Bell, of Manchester. He then says : —

I got the volume of plays I was to get changed for you, if you send it to
me at any time it shall be done. I will troubl you to get copied the rest of
the glees etc, all but "Hark the Lark" & "Return Blest Day," and also
the words of the two other verses of adieu to the Villiage Delights, which I
have not.

The succeeding letter alludes to an enigma, which
was sent to one of the young ladies in Liverpool by Philips,
and the reception of which induces Taylor to encourage
his friend to hope that he may win the lady's hand. One
letter written on May 4th, tells of the favourable reception
of the enigma ; another, written on May 13th, goes more
into details. Taylor adds, "It is unnecessary for me to
say I am most heartily interested in the accomplishment
of your wishes, and that it has given me much pleasure to
find a favourable aspect appear. I think I can with cer-
tainty say you have no prior inclination to contend

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 14. 17

against." But this romance of upwards of a century ago
does not appear to have been fortunate. Either the
lover's courage failed or the watchful friend was mistaken.
Anyway, Philips was not married until three years later,
and then not to the lady alluded to.*

In his next communication, on July 14th, Taylor
speaks of another visit to Norwich. Mrs. Earle had had a
severe fall in the spring which caused her some trouble : —

I am at length got back again and a little settled after my long absence,
I was obliged to stay away longer than w^ intended as I found it a difficult
matter to collect all together the scattered branches of our family, we did
however at length accomplish it & muster'd about as strong as the Manchester
Association on their ordinary field days. You may imagine the voice of
gladness was heard in the tents of Israel on so great an occasion, it was a
second Jubilee without doubt though it did not make quite so much noise as
Ilandell's ; I left them about 10 days since and stay'd a few days in London
on my return. Mrs Earle and the fair damsels had left it about a week before
& were gone to Matlock, they stay'd there a fortnight and got home all safe
& well last Friday. Mrs Earle is most wonderfully recover'd & in her usual
good spirits, the young ladies are going the latter end of next month to
Knutsford races in complement to the Lady Patroness, but they don't mean
to stay long at Oughtrington — we no doubt shall see you here at the Festival
if not before, it is to be the 14th of September, and from the spirited pro-
ceedings of the Committee I think it is very likely to be a capital meeting. I
suppose you have seen the performers names in the papers, the songs will be
better sung than they were in London, and the Trombones and Double Drums
will greatly assist the Chorusses : I found everybody greatly charm'd with
Miss Phillips, I have been several times to see her since I returned & have
had the pleasure to sing glees with her, she is a delightful Girl, and I think
astonishingly improved in her voice her shake is the best I ever heard & she
has as much taste as any singer.

On the 19th of the same month Taylor speaks of a
" Turtle," which Philips has asked him to send to Man-
chester. He adds, " I find our players are to visit you
in turns three succesive Tuesdays, 'tis a scheme of the
Managers, who have persuaded the players to come into
it, and to give their performance gratis, Miss Phillips goes
to-morrow." The succeeding letter deals with the Liver-

* See page 13 and note. From the letter written March 13, 17S2, it
appears the above construction is the right one.

38 Fakadav, Correspondence of Lt.-Col. J. L. Philips.

pool Musical Festival, and with tiic Academy Exdiibition
at the same town : —

Liverpool 4 August 1784.
Dear Leigh

I thank you for your information respecting the Oratorios which agrees
with the account our Committee were possessed of, the Gentlemen who have
the management of ours are entirely ignorant of music in every shape, and
have eiigag'd themselves in a monstrous expense, it being already ;^i,ioo so
that the prospect of gain is not much, it will beyond comparison be the best
Band ever got together in this part of the kingdom, and the performances
will fairly deserve the advanced price, though this measure causes great
murmuring at present, yet I think people will all go when the time conies —
the Committee in the present situation of the business are not likely to
increase their terms with performers. I don't know what they offer'd your
fiddlers, but I hear it is more than Crathorn had for going over to your
festival, and I apprehend setting Burchall aside you have none who deserve
more than Crathorn.

Mr Roscoe has received a letter from Miss Gartside with four paintings
which I will take care shall be properly placed, we are now busy preparing
for the Exhibition, pictures are coming in daily, Dan Stringer* has sent us
seven. We shall have 9 or lO of Wrights', as many .Sandby's, and are
likely to liave the best picture that Zoffany ever painted, Garrick in Tancred,
in short I believe seriously it will be as good an Exhibition as the Royal
Academy was. I wrote to Stodardt but have yet had no answer. We are
more in want of Drawings than anything, I remember you promis'd us two
and I hope you will have them ready, it will do if they are here three weeks
from this day and I hope Mr Kershawf will send us something. I am
preparing two tinted drawings. If you have anything of Sandby's framed we
shall be obliged to you for 'em as we have his liberty to put up all his works
that we can find.

If you don't come over to the festival you will certainly come over to the
exhibition, it will open a fortnight before then continue open for all that
week and the week following. I shall be obliged to you to let me know
what drawings we may expect from Manchester, pray has Mr Astley nothing
he could let us have, have you any acquaintance with him ? Pack desires
his compliments to you. lie is going to Dublin very soon.
Believe me yr. sincere friend and Servt.

Til OS. TAYLOR.

On August 9th Taylor speaks of a farce in which Miss
Phillips is to play at Manchester. The subject of the
Exhibition is continued in the next letter : —

* Daniel Stringer, of Knutsford.
t Apparently Thomas Kershaw, who joined this Society in 1781.

Mancliestcr Memoirs, [ W. .i'//?'. (1900), A^^'. 14. 39

Liverpool 30''! Aug. 1784.
Dear Sir,

I received your lellcr of the 2f')'h & am satisfied with the reason you give
for not having wrote sooner, the day after Mr Martineau left us the pictures
arrived from Manchester, hut I am sorry no drawings of yours came with
them, it was a heavy stroke upon us, Vjut I hope we shall yet be able to hold
up our heads. We are now in midst of the Hurry. I am just returned
from the house where are arrived a great number of pictures, I believe
above a hundred, and among them many very capital, we have arrang'd the
Catalogue and with Roscoe's assistance have made it a very respectable one.
to-nn)rrow we meet to hang the pictures and I am afraid we shall find it
' difficult to please all parties. Tarlton is come and proves as hot as fire, yet
they don't all shrink from it. Pack has exceeded my hopes in Miss Phillips,
he has got a striking likeness, and has made it an elegant picture, 'tis his
masterpiece. Tate has painted Mrs Richard Heywood* the same size (half
length) these are to be pitted against each other on each side S"" Joshua. I
am pleased to find this business has caused such an emulation— you can't be
serious in talking of not coming to the exhibition, that wou"d be too bad
indeed, you can certainly spare a couple of days during the three weeks we
shall keep it open, which will be from the 6th to the 27'h of next month,
this includes the festival week, your plan will therefore be, to come over
some day during the music, and hear one or two of the concerts if you can
do nothing else. Now I am on the subject of music I have something to say
to you respecting the concert you mention which Old Prospero hinted when
last at Manchester, lie told me about it the other day, and I endeavoured
to dissuade him from it by assuring him that I never knew anything of that
kind answer, he has not come to a determination to try it, but I find some
Manchester people who were lately here have assured him it would be
successful from the favourable light she stands in. he says moreover he can
have any assistance necessary, without expence, and he doubts not one of the
principal singers will also lend him a hand, the Theatre he can have for
nothing — under the circumstances, and with the certainty of making a
successful concert perhaps you may think more favonrable of it. I should be
glad to have your opinion, but I perceive you are not desirous of having
anything to do with the Old P'ellow, and I suppose you don't wish to
encourage them to come. I don't wonder at this at all, but I own I am a
dood deal surprised you did not see Miss Phillips either of the times she was
over. I would not have been bored by the old man so long without being
repaid by a little of his daughter's company, hut I daresay you had sufficient
reason for declining it.

We expect a deal of company at the Festival. The Prince of Wales
will be at Lord Derby's, together with the Duke & Duchess of Devonshire,
Duke .t Duchess of Portland, and a long string of Nobility, so there is no
doubt but that the scheme will answer very well at the advanced
subscription. I remain as usual, yours,

THOS. TAYLOR

* Mary, dnughter of William Earle.

40 Faraday, Correspondence of Lt.-Col. J. L. Philips.

Writing on September 8th Taj-lor remarks on the
capital appearance made by the Exhibition, and of the
"beautiful performances" of Miss Gartside. rhili[)s, we
gather from a letter written on Sej)tember 30th, did not
attend the Exhibition. On November 19th, 1784, Taylor
writes : —

I must confess my negligence of late has deserved reprehension though I
assure you I have several times sat down with intention to write hut have been
prevented by the many weighty avocations which take up my attention. I
have been again compell'd into the arduous office of secretary of the
Academy, for nobody else would take the trouble of it, & I was loth to
desert an institution which I have more & more every day occasion to think
Well (jf, and I think its pemanentcy is now established beyond doubt, the
number of members and students is double wliat they were last year anil the
places are commonly all fill'd every night. We have a handsome sum in
hand from the Exhibition and last year's subscriptions.

On February 24th, 1785, Taylor writes that his friend
Charles Eyes is going to London on behalf of the Corpor-
ation with reference to the Parliamentary approval of
new docks of which Eyes, it seems, drew up the plans.
Probably the reference is to the King's and Queen's Docks,
powers for which were obtained in that year. On March
28th, after referring to Miss Phillips'* marriage, Taylor
goes on to say : —

You mention'd when you were here that you believ'd Wainwright woud not
be engaged at your festival, some days since we were talking about it, and he
spoke as if he had no doubt of being employ'd but had no expectation of
playing the Organ or harpsichord. I ask'd what he would play if he had an
offer, and he said the Violincello — surely there can be no objection to this
but on the contrary I shou'd think you would be glad to have him, for I know
that at our meeting they found it diflicult to procure any good Basses — I
shou'd be sorry if he had the mortification to find himself neglected, and in
my opinion it should be laid down as an invariable rule if these meetings are
to be triennial that the musicians of each shou'd be employ'd in preference
to others, but I am sure it is unnecessary for me to say anything to you to serve
Wainwright, as I know yov. esteem him and I make no doubt you will use
your inlluence in the Concert to get him an engagement.

Philips was married in 1787, and henceforth was to
remain much more at home than formerly ; indeed his
• Mrs. Crouch.

Manclicstcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (^icjoo). No. 14. 41

marriage had the effect, usual iti such cases, of breaking
up the bachelor society. As soon as he was settled, how-
ever, he seems to have asked Taylor over to stay with
him, and accordingly on Sept. 24th, 1787, we find Taylor
writing to Philips as follows : — ■

I expected before this to have the pleasure of seeing you in Manchester,
bnt Walcetielfi l)eing from home Mr Okell could not conveniently he absent
also. We have however taken places in the Coach for the Boat on Friday
next & hope to pay you & Mrs Phillips our respects that evening ; we pro-
pose to stay with you till Monday, whea we shall depend on your returning
to Liverpool with us ; the Kxhiliition closes on Saturday Evening, but I have
managed so that none of the pictures shall be taken from their places till you
have seen them which you will do with more satisfaction when other persons
are not admitted ; your Sister will also be in Town from Allerbon on Tuesday
as she goes to the Concert that evening, so that on the whole I think we
have made a very good arrangement — -Moreover Charles Eyes is gone on an
excursion to Buxton Doncaster York etc in Company with Cizos, & proposes
to meet us at your house on Saturday evening on their way home, you will
perhaps wonder to find Charles with a companion of so opposite a disposition
as Monsieur Melancholy, but he was resolved on the jaunt & could get nobody
else to join him ; so they sallied fcjrth in a Buggy on Saturday noon, and
have taken the (Jatch Books with them, not wishing to be without an
expedient for raising supplies sh<iuld they happen to fall short on the Road,
so that it is not improliable the relation of their proceedings and adventures
may cause us some entertainment.

The Cizos mentioned here seems to have been an
einigrt^ French gentleman, resident in Liverpool. He
appears to have maintained himself by means of his
musical abilities, and by teaching the French language.
There is only one letter from Cizos in the Leigh Philips
collection, enclosing a curious circular headed : —

Proposals

for delivering a course of

Reading in the French

Lajiguage

Intermixed zvitli Singing

It seems to have been an ingenious and refined
entertainment and met with some success in Liverpool. In

42 Faraday, Correspofidoicc of Lt.-Col. J. L. Philips.

1800 he wrote Philips, with reference to a scheme to begin
a similar course in Manchester : — " I am urged to this
venturous scheme by the necessity of either removing to
America (this i}iter nos) or of vegetating here upon the
very precarious and circumbscribed emolument of a
profession which is hardly sufficient for a bare maintenance
since the prodigious influx of emigrants who derive their
subsistence all from the same means." The supporters of
the Bourbons in France, who had been driven out of their
country by the Revolution, sought an asylum in this
country in great numbers. Their lot was a sad one, as
sensitive and refined people, many of them belonging to
the highest ranks of society, compelled to work for a
pittance in order to exist. Even the almost universal
hospitality which these e^nigre's received in this country
could of course only temper their fortunes in a very slight
degree.

The letters between the friends now begin to come
at much longer intervals, and the next letter is not
until April 30th, 1797, when Taylor, who does not seem
to have prospered as well as might be wished, writes to
Philips in the following terms : —

Though it has happened that for some time past we have not occasion to
Iceep up a correspondence, I still flatter myself the Friendship which was so
early formed belween us is not extinguish'd although we have had so little
opportunity of intercourse. Under this persuasion I trust it will not be altogether
uninteresting to you to be inform'd that I have embraced an ofifer of entering
into business and I hope with a fair prospect of placing myself in that state of
independence which the employment I have held under the Corporation
(however agreeable in many respects) was not likely to lead to — I believe
you know that for a considerable time past I have lived with Mr Busch who
was formerly in partnership with Mr Wagner — during the last three years we
have kept house together, and have been upon such terms of unreserved
communication as to give me opportunity of becoming acquainted with the
nature of his business ; and having observed that his connections have con-
tinued to increase and that he was likely to have more to do than he could
properly attend to himself (altho* a man of great activity & attention) I
determined to make him a proposal of partnership on equal terms, which he

Ma)ichcster Memoirs, Vol. xlh'. {\C)Oo), No. 14- 43

accepted^I was enabled to make him such jiroposal liy means of the
powerful assistance o( my worthy friend Mr Clarke, indeed it is entirely
through him that the connection has been brought about & in consequence
of his assurance of essential support from his Hank — a ])riucipal branch of
our business is the executing of foreign orders for the purchase of West India
produce, and in doing this to advantage it is abs<jlutely necessary to have the
confidence of a Bank as large advances are required — Mr Busch has a very
extensive correspondence all over Germany, and his Commissions have been
from 12 to ;;^I500 per annum for several years past — there is a great field
for such business here, and we trust with the attention & application that we
are determined to give to it that we may do something considerable^! hope
it will be in my power by means of my friends in different quarters to add
something to our connection and among others I flatter myself I may hope
for your good offices should it be in your power to throw anything in our
way ; I know you have an agent here very capable of attending to your
business, and therefore I say nothing on that head, but it may possibly
happen that you may be able to recommend us to your friends — We are
confined to general Commission business entirely, doing nothing on our own
account. Mr Busch has had great experience in the corn trade, and we hope
to get a good many commissions in that line : a great deal of business is done
here for Commission for account of London Houses in the Foreign trade &
any introductions in that way would be very acceptable to us —

I have some thoughts of writing to your brother Henry on this matter
and will thank you to furnish me with his direction.

On January 17th, 1803, Taylor writes to Philips as
follows : —

Dear Sir,

I believe it is three or four years since any correspondence has taken
place between us, and I am glad of an occasion to break through this long
silence, my Nephew and Partner Meadows Taylor has desired me to give the
bearer Mr W. Clemens of Baltimore a letter of introduction to your house,
his brother William Clemens being a very particular friend of his, and a
man of whom he has the highest opinion. Mr Clemens (who was with my
nephew at the time he was in Bremen) was for several years the Agent in
Germany for Smith Buchanan iS: Co, of Baltimore, and had the entire confi-
dence of tliat House. His father is a man of property & from what
^Meadows knows of the elder Brother he is of opinion they will form a house
of much respectability — this is all we can say about them, you can easily by
your connections with America learn more if you are disposed to do anything
with 'em and I shall be glad they may prove worth your attention.

After a severe turn of fortune I find myself very comfortably settled in a
regular business with my nephew, who is everything I could wish, smart «&
active and uncommonly attentive, we intended to have made the foreign
trade our principle object, Init our connections in Ireland have done so much

44 Faraday, Correspondence of Lt.-Col. J. L. Philips.

for us thai our principal attention will he directed to that quarter, and our
German partner will leave us at the end of this year — it is probable my
nephew will have to attend your corn market soon whtn he shall call upon
you, you know I believe, that he is the Son of my Brother the Parson I hope
Mrs Philips & your family are well, pray give my best respects to her — you
seem to have deserted Liverpool entirely to the concern of many besides
myself who I am sure would be happy to see you.

believe me dear Sir

Yrs very Sincerely

T. TAYLOR.

Our friend Young has certainly very much improved of late, particularly
in Comedy which I incline now to think is his forte, he wants sadly to get to
London but in my opinion he is better where he is for a while ; he made
£a,^o last year and has every reason to exjiect ;^loo more this.

This was probably the last letter PhiHps received
from his friend, as Taylor died a little later in the same
year. His "brother the Parson," was the Rev. Philip
Taylor, and it is from his son, Philip Meadows Taylor,
that we find the next letters to Col. Leij:^h Philips.

My Dear Sir,

Its a very long time since I have had the pleasure of hearing from you ,
but I trust you and Mrs. P. and Miss Philips are quite well. I have now to
request that you will if possible do me the favour to ascertain the value of a
small sample of extract of Dyewood, which is no less than an extract of
the Real Brazil Wood —hitherto sold by exclusive privelege of the Queen of
Portugal. As its contraband (not here but in the Brazils) I wd. not wish
you to mention where the sample came from, but merely know what in the
estimation of your Dyers it is worth p. lb.

I have aiiout 20 or 30 lbs. weight of it. which I wd. send provided we
cJ- agree as to price — but what I now hold has merely been sent as a sample
of a larger quantity and the great object is to know the real value — this
sample stands us in nearly 10/- per. lb. InU our friends abroad expect it will
prove very nearly as valuable as cochineal. Will you do me the favour to
consult with one of your eminent Dyers or Dry Salters on the subject & I
expect a keg of the Yellow extract very soon a sample of which I will send
you likewise. Should you here a good account of this Dye I request you
will not mention the matter to anyone, as we might be immediately interfered
with.

The enemies of corruption are going to have a grand feast to-day at
Forshaws — they will certainly prove themselves friends of corruption in one
sense — whatever I may think. However sincerely I may rejoice at seeing
Villainy unkennelled, or the Mask torn from the face of a Commander in
Chief, yet I disapprove these meetings devoted to the acrimony of party

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 14. 45

feelings, I think they are more calculated to raise a ferment in the Country
than to render any essential service to the community, under this Idea I have
refused to be present, and shall console myself with a glass of Champagne at
Lowndes's — a Gentleman whose name you have no doubt heard as one of our
great brokers — and allow me to add, as one of the best feeders in Liverpool.
Pray give my kindest respects to your brother & all at Maytield, ifc
believe me dear Sir

\'ours most sincerely

P. MEADOWS TAYLOR.
Liverpool Friday /a past one. \April 21 , iSog\

Died — on its Parade Ground at eight o'clock yesterday morning the Liverpool
Independent Rifle Corps — long the admiration of all beholders, its decease
was gradual, but its fate certain as in most consumptive cases — only 4 Heroes
and one Inspecting field Officer in at the death — In the language of our
litterary captain, it may truly be said that from a Coips it is now certainly
reduced to a Corpse.

Colonel Leigh Philips was greatly intei'ested in madder
and its possible substitutes. From Dickson's Agricultural
Survey of Lancashire, we learn that he succeeded in
growing the plant on the waste moss land routid Man-
chester, and that the dye thus produced was successfully
applied in the manufacture of Turkey reds. On April 7,
1 801, Charles Taylor* writes to him from the Society of
Arts : " By the Coach this day I have forwarded }'ou a
small Bo.x containing some Madder Roots proper for
planting. Le Clef de Zoroaster and Urn accompanying it
and La Vie de Jerome Sharpe, also two copies of the
account of Mr. Wakefield's Steam House. I have also
sent you some foreign seeds in the state I received them
without any explanations, therefore I know not whether
they are valuable or not. I hope they will arrive and wish
you may approve of them. If I can get you some madder
seeds from Turkey I will not fail to do it." Mr. Wake-
field's " Steam House," it may be said here, was some
information he published for the Society of Arts relative
to the heating of glass-houses by means of steam.

* Elected a member of the Manch. Lit. and Phil. Soc. in 17S1. One of
the "Committee ou Papers.'"

46 Faraday, Com-cspondence of Lt.-Col. J. L. Philips.

My Dear Sir

I have just received your line by my Cousin Henry Taylor, and your kind
letter of the 7'''. I am truly oblij^ed to you & Mrs P. for your invitation, & Mrs
Taylor wd he most happy to accept it but our nursery is rather too young at
present and our last boy just inoculated with the Cow Pock. In about 10
days, if possible, I shall be looking out for a third seat in a Chaise, and
anticipate a quiet day with you & Mrs Philips at Mayfield, with much pleasure.
I am very anxious previous to Hardman's reappearance to see how the land lies
with his opponents. I foresee a weak resistance, or rather a faint attack on
the part of the enemy, but if they bring up the Artillery of the Law, and
particularly that huge gun of Lord Ellenl)orough's our works may be carried
& Pill Garlick overwhelmed — .Statutes are awkward things to contend
against, and an Act of Parliament an unaccommodating Visitor — My hopes
centre in the Grand Jury, & their proceedings will be puided very much by
Evidence brought forward or kept out of the xvay — Pray how is the Man Shot?
I hope he does not resemble the House of Commons as represented by Sir
Francis Burdett but that he has two legs to stand upon t*v: not in want of
further reform.

I assure you 1 never was so much hurt in my life as upon the occasion
on which I sent Henry Taylor to Stockport. I was thunderstruck on
receiving a note from Rogers telling me that M i^' P's Drft was refused
acceptce. but still more, that in sending it up he had made the payment of
this debt on as due yesterday dependant on their own Bill being honoured — He
must therefore from some quarter (I think I can guess which), have had his
suspicions roused — else why give such Instructions to Sir James Esdaile?
I immediately went to Mr Moss & requested whether he wd. order the
accejitce to be paid for Martin X- Phillip's honour — this he declined, and not
being able to scrape up enough at so short a notice, I thought it best to send
off at once. I fear the transaction will diminish the little remains of
cordiality & confidence between Messrs M. P. & R- and myself — & I must
say I feel hurl that Martin should have drawn — under circumstances of the
smallest doubt — as everyone w^ suppose he had strained an uncertain point
to accommodate ine, whereas I consented to some undue acceptance to
oblige his house. He writes to draw another ;^500 — but as the matter now
stands I see no good the Draft could possibly do him, iV on the contrary
believe it would prove of mutual disadvantage — I the more regret this matter
as I am confident if they had a man of business to manage and arrange their
affairs they never could experience a want of Capital — on the contrary it
ought to bring in as fine a profit as a little gold-mine — I wish I had such a
certain business to look to. I wd never desire a better — I have not had a
line from Martin since poor fellow I sincerely sympathise with him — illness
preys upon his energies & saps the scanty remnant of his activity & spirit.

There has been an awful accident in Liverpool to day in ringing for
Church, two of the bells of the Old Church gave way tS: came down, and about
five minutes after the whole of the spire & part of the tower fell down with a
tremendous crash — The rector was entering at the East End and as the
ringing had just ceased most providentially many people hid not taken their

Manchester Mcinoirs^ I 'oi. x/iv. {\goo), No. 14. 47

seats, the Charity chilihen were seated in the aisle, & about 20 of these &

4 or 5 grown people have been taken out dreadfully mangled and all killed

— it is impossible to say how many are still under the ruins, but had the

accident occurred one quarter of an hour later, a hundred people at least

must have perished — the spire was old X' fell in upon the roof & into the

Church — Often as we read of the Carnage on board a Man of War, or the

losses in the field of Kattle, yet a domestic calamity of this kind is truly

distressing.

Mrs Taylor unites with me in best remembrance »S: believe me my

dear Sir

Yours always

r. MEADOWS TAYLOR.
Sunday Evening

[Feb. 12. iSid\

The " Old Church " is the Church of St Nicholas. In
1774 it was thoroughly repaired under the direction of
Mr. Joshua Brooks, the interior of the roof being painted
to represent the heavens, with the " blue ceiling, black and
white clouds, golden sun moon and stars painted and gilt
upon the roof" At the falling of the spire, which dated
from 1360, 23 people were killed, ij of them being children.
The antique font was destroyed in the accident.

Meadows Taylor failed in 18 10, and Philips made
many offers of assistance and friendship. The following
letter is from the Rev. Philip Taylor, father of the unfor-
tunate merchant : —

Harolds Court lo'li July iSio.
IVIy dear Sir,

Your truly kind and welcome letter of the 24th last demanded a more
speedy acknowledgment than I had the ability to give it. It found me
labouring under a severe fit of Gout which commenced on Midsummer day
& has continued to harass me with violent and almost incessant pain until
the end of last week. I am now restored to a state of comparative ease. I
am again able to sit up in my chair ; and the first act I do, however imperfectly
it shall be performed shall be to return you my most sincere thanks for the high
and & well timed consolation which you have afforded me under an affliction
that has touched me to the quick, for the friendly interest you take in my
dear son's welfare, and for those sentiments of personal attachment to him
which you express with so much warmth of affection. Your letter was in
truth, one of the happiest cordials which I could have received from the
hand of friendship : be assured that I feel the efficacy of the consolation you
have administered though I cannot express my gratitude for it as I could

48 Faraday, Corrcspondcticc of Lt.-Col. J. L. Philips.

wish. Had my son been net;lectful of his business or wasteful of liis proiK-iry,
but especially had he in any instance stooped to mean and fraudulent
practices I had then most assuredly been a wretched parent. But while I receive
such honourable testimonies to the propriety of his conduct which have
been given me by you and other respected characters, who, for several past
years have observed him with attention, I must be unreasonable indeed, not
to find myself essentially relieved. The generous manner in which my son's
creditors behave towards him under his present embarrassments is the strongest
testimony they can give of their ajijirobation of his past behaviour, and creates
hopes of his future better success which cannot be resisted. The kind
intention which for yourself and brother you have expressed of rendering him
seivice when he shall enter in business again demands my most grateful
acknowledgments. I know what lasting impression your friendship will
make on Meadows' heart. I'oor fellow ! he is neither deficient in the milk
of human nature, nor in those virtues which it requires an habitual energy of
mind to practice ; intelligence, & activity in business he is generally allowed to
possess, and never was he addicted to any species of extravagant expense. I will
therefore cheerfully embrace that hope, which you so kindly offer me, that with
these properties, under the guidance of his own dear bought experience, and
the good counsel of yourself and other sincere it intelligent friends, that he
may still be .so far established in the world as to support himself ifc family in
respectability and comfort, though he should never arrive at a state of
affluence. I expect him and his family here very shortly to pass a few weeks
with us. What a comfort it is to me that the Dublin merchants speak most
respectfully of his conduct I't- that he owes little, if anything to his
correspondents here.

I am much concerned to hear of the declining health of my old .l" much
respected friend Dr. Barnes.* Dr Ed^- I'ercival gives me freciuent reports of
his situation, which with respect to this world appears hopeless indeed. He
will however leave a good name behind him whenever he goes. I suppose
his uncommon abstinence from wine arose much from the singular bodily
infirmity he carried with him from childhood, and which increased with years.

Accept, my dear Sir, my best regards and good wishes and present them

to your good lady & your brother. Mrs Taylor, who sensibly feels with me

the kindness of your last letter desires to unite her respects to you & all your

family with mine.

Believe me your affectionate & much grateful friend

PI I. TAYLOR.
The next letter was, to judge from the handwriting,
written with the left hand ; Meadows Taylor had appar-
ently broken his right arm. The postscript refers to
Napoleon's disastrous retreat from Moscow, the " Cormor-
ant" being, of course, the Emperor Napoleon, who occupied

*This is probably the Rev. Thomas Barnes, D.D., one of the founders
of this Society.

Manc/ii'sfcr Memoirs, ]'o/. xliv. (1900), No. 14. 49

a very undesirable place in the popular affections. The
reference to "Jonathan " is an allusion to the commercial
alliance existing in this year between the United States
and France, both of which were at war with Great Britain.

Bangor Ferry Saturday Night
\Dec. iSi2\
My Dear Friend

I have been lying flat on my back since Tuesday Evg- the fiaclure is so
close to the shoulder that the splints and bandages cannot be applied so
effectually as if lower down. I have a Navy Surgeon attending me a very
clever young man, who has cut off & s[)liced legs & Arms without number,
but I shall be content with the splicing merely. I am tolerably easy, but
want to get up sadly as my back aches. I had a four days beard taken off
to-day by a Joiner, the Bangor Barber being lame & unable to shave except
in his own shop I thought that Chin it all were gone — such a rasping I
never yet endured. Vou would smile should you see me writing on my back —
a pretty little Welsh Girl holding my paper before me 't a Candle on my
Bed. I am getting on famously I think. The Doctor seems most disap-
pointed that I will not go into a fever, he says that fever ought by custom to
go with broken bones.

Many thanks for the Aparatus which I will return as soon as I reach
Livl- 1 regret that my arms and shoulder are not stout.

I had heard, before your letter came by the ** Mail of your Caroline's
death — a happy release but a sad life— she was one of a very few & I most
sincerely lament her departure, though poor soul ! not on her account, for
she is happy ! Pray present my kindest regards to Mrs. Philips & beg her to
accept my heartfelt condolence in this melancholy event.
Remember me to your brother Henry ifc believe me

Ever yours most truly

P. M. TAYLOR.

The French have just got what they have so long deserved, and I hope
the Cormorant himself will not escape. Jonathan's spirit's will be low
Malison must take a Glass of Grog extraordinary to wash down an Extra-
ordinary Gazette — can you tell me whether the Duke of Devonshire is at
Chatsworth ?

Colonel Leigh Philips was in the habit of going with
his family to spend the summer at Southport, then just
rising out of the sand at North Meols He had a cottage
there, and many friends. The next letter is a reply to an
invitation he gave to Meadows Taylor.

50 Faraday, Correspondence of Lt.-Col. J. L. Philips.

Liverpool Sept. 28. 1813.
My dear Friend

I am greatly mortified to think that I must give up a'.l thought of seeing
you at Southport for the present. I liad prepared everything for going on
Saturday, when a number of my Correspondents arrived from Cork &
Dublin, & instead o{ boiitiw^ it I was obliged to give a dinner chez iiwi—\\o\.
to mention wine it whiskey.

I have now a Captain Sheen addressed to me from India, a clever well-
informed man, he has come home with a moderate Fortune, & is much struck
with Liverpool. In a day or two more I have a Bed to prepare for my
cousin Mr William Johnston of Bordeaux, X- the moment he leaves me I
must join for a few days a haj^py party at Street Court in Herefordshire,
where my wife S: boys are staying at present and Captain .Vlitford daily
expected Henry has made me some capital flies for the Lugg, which I am in
hopes the noble grayling of that river will form a more intimate acquaintce
with. Thus you see my movements towards the North are interrupted at
all points, nor can I even steal a forced March.

We have had a glorious musical festival, and as you may suppose, an
everlasting stir in Catgut, we have had Airs as well as Graces, and it is
adniitted that Handel's music was incomparably Handled. I treated my-
self with the C'reation and a Concert, the or matters I left to my Neighbours
— The last Concert was so full that there was universal screaming Jt fainting
& I am tuld that Mrs Leyland at full length, fainting, would have afforded
a fine subject for a picture — when order was restored Hats Shawles Gloves
Bracelets it shoes were held up on while wands & exposed to be claimed by
those whose property was viewed, and a worthy friend of mine, not so
fortunate as his Neighbours, it who had lost his shoes, sat all night with
his feet in his Hat — at the Assembly there were 2500 people — and 257 Coaches
drove up to the Ball Room before 11 — being accjuainted with a sapient
Gentleman who stood till that hour & counted them, thereby adding to the
discoveries of the Age & proclaiming himself an A.S.S. at the same time.

Pray write me a few lines, it tell me how your health is, I trust better and
that Mrs. Philips is quite well — give my kind regards to her, it believe me

most truly

your sincere &, affectionate friend

P. MEADOWS TAYLOR.

I wish you would bring Mrs Philips over for a night or two tJiis week — I
shall have an excellent Betl for you, & Catalani will sing at the
theatre every night but Friday as well as Naldi — Zaniewitch Harvey
W'iesbach Corri. itc. itc, all in the Orchestra. Do pray come. I will make
you as welcome as any J'rince and Princess in Christendom.

Here these inemorials of a ri'ien(lshi[)of the i8th century
must close. It is the lot of some men to be gifted with
supreme genius, and to have the reward of their life's work

Manchester Mcinoit'Sy Vol. xliv. (igoo) No. 14. 51

in the immortality of their names. But the greatness of a
nation is not exckisively clue to the world-wide reputation
of its greatest sons, any more than the grandeur of a
mountain mass is due exclusively to its loftiest peaks.
Much must be recognised as the fruits of the efforts of
inconspicuous labourers, without whom the work of the
greatest would be impossible ; the honorary officials who
seek no fame, but devote their energies to the details of
intellectual and progressive movements from simple love of
the work, and find their happiness in the mere satisfaction
of their refined impulses and tastes, are entitled to some
gratitude from posterity. And such men were Thomas
Taylor of Liverpool, and his friend Leigh Philips of
Manchester.

[Since writing the above, I discovered, in Gore s Liverpool Advertiser o'i
Oct. 6th, 1803, the following obituary notice: "Died, on Wednesday the
28th ult., in the 43rd year of his age, Mr. Thomas Taylor, Merchant, of
this town. He had gone to Buxton with a view to meet some of his nearest
relations, and there fell an untimely victim to that cruel malady, the Typhus
Fever. Severely as his loss will be felt by his own immediate relations and
intimate friends, who were most accustomed to the endearments of his
manners, the accomplishments of his mind, and the rectitude of his heart,
the inhabitants of Liverpool, in general, have much cause to deplore the
too early decease of a man, who, for many years, successfully employed his
excellent abilities to promote both the substantial benefit of the public, and
those scientific and refined pleasures which were so congenial to his own
elegant taste. It may truly be said, that of the many useful and ornamental
public institutions which our town can boast, there is scarcely one which is
not considerably indebted to his solid judgement, and persevering exertions."]

Note : For facts relating to the Earle family I am
indebted to Mr. T. A. Earle, of Hartford, Cheshire, who
kindly sent me his " Earle of Allerton Tower " (privately
printed in 1889), and placed other sources of information
at my disposal. — W. B. F.

>Ie,

IE

EAU FAMILIES.

John Meadows
III. Sarah Fairfax,
An ejected Minister.

I

Philip Meadows,

Mayor of Norwich,

1734.

Sir Philip Meadows.

Latin Secretary to
CroiinveU's Council.

I
arfjaret Meadows

Sarah Meadows
Martineau. of Norwich.

f. Philip Taylor,

'of Liverpool ami

Dublin.

. Philip Meadows

Edward Kigb> ^-^y^"'' '"■ ^

Obstetrician.

daughter of
Bertram Mitford.

John Martineau

I'hilip Meadows Martineau.

James Martineau.

Thomas Martineau
I. Elizabeth Rankin.

Dr. James Martineau,
Pltilosoplier and Logician.

Harriet Martineau, Six
Novelist and others

Essayist.

Col. Philip Meadows

Taylor,
of the Indian Army,

A'oz'clisi and
Historian.

Genealooical ^able,

SHOWING THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE

TAYLOR, MEADOWS, AND MARTINEAU FAMILIES.

John Taylor, born at Lancaster, 1694,

buried at Chowbent, 1761,
;«. Elizabeth Jenkinson,

John Meadows
III. Sarah Fairfax,
An ejected Minister.

Philip Meadows,

Mayor of Norwich,

1734.

Sir Philip Meadows.
Latin Secretary to
CromwelCs CouiicH.

Sarah Taylor ni. John
Rigby, of Chowbent,

Mayo* o/Nofwich,

Juhn Taylor. ■
b. 1750, d. 1S26,
^fiinner. of Nc^vich.
n. Susannah Cook.

I

I I I I I I

(I) John Taylor, Susan Taylor, m.

Omoftli^fmiulm Dr. Hy. Reeve.

'fii. I

tilt Henry Reeve,

•/ lilt

(2) Richard Tayk

Pri,Mr,oJUu,Jir,„
of Taylor and
Francis.

(3) Edward Taylor,

G,e,l«,mP,o/,!sor
ofMu^io.

(4) Philip Taylor,
Che mist b'Engttuei.

(5) Arthur Taylor, F.S.A,,

ro/L

Meadows Tayloi

Solicitor,

o/Diss, Norfolk.

I
Sarah Taylor m.
John Austin.

I

Lucie, Lady DufT
Gordon,

Author 0/ the " Letteti
from Egypt."

SoticUor.
Emily Tayb

I 1 I
John Ma
I'hiiip Meadov
James Martin

. daughter of

Bertram Mitford.

Col. Philip Meadows

Taylor,
of the Indian Army,

i Martineau, Harriet Martin

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 15.

XV. Hymenoptera Orientalia, or Contributions to the
knowledge of the Hymenoptera of the Oriental
Zoological Region. Part IX.

The Hymenoptera of the Khasia Hills. Part H.
Section i.

By P. Cameron.

\Co7n?nHtiicated by J. Cosmo Melvill, M.A., F.L.S.]

Received October lolh, read October 31st, i8gg.

MUTILLID^.

The Khasia MiitillidcB in the collection are all males,
the native collectors apparently gathering only winged
insects.

A. The group of M. sexmaculata. Large species,
black, with ferruginous abdomen, and with the
scutellum gibbous; the abdominal segments
fringed with rufous hair.

MUTILLA EMPIRICA, Sp. nov.

Nigra; dense a/bo-pilosa, vertice mesonotoque longe
nigro-pilosis ; abdojiiine fernigiiieo, bast apiceque nigris ;
alls violaceis ^

Long. 18 mm.

Scape of antennae thickly covered with long white
hair, grooved beneath; the flagellum opaque, covered
with a microscopic pile. The front and vertex covered

A

October gfli, igoo.

2 CA^rERON, Hymaioptera Orientalia.

closely with large deep i)unctures and thickly with long
dark fuscous hair ; between and below the antenn;e is a
tuft of long pale hair. The face and clypeus smooth and
shining ; the sides and the lower orbits with a dense band
of silvery pubescence. Mandibles black ; their basal half
thickly covered with long pale hair. On the upper half
of the face in the centre is a stout keel. Pronotum
coarsely punctured ; the propleurx bearing stout oblique
keels ; the ape.x; smooth. Mesonotum shining, bearing
large deep punctures all over and sparsely covered with
long black hairs ; the two furrows are wide and deep.
Scutcllum large, pyramidal, and covered with large deep
punctures, the top rounded, blunt, smooth and shining ;
post-scutcllum smooth in the middle, the sides punctured ;
both are covered with long black hair. Mctanotum
reticulated, thickly covered with silvery pubescence, the
basal third of the area wide ; the apex rounded ; the
middle obliquely narrowed. The raised central part of
the mesopleurae coarsely punctured and thickly covered
with long white hair. Metapleura,^ reticulated ; the middle
smooth. Legs thickly covered with long white hair ; the
spurs pale. Wings deep violaceous ; the basal two
cubital cellules streaked with hyaline in the middle ; the
second and third cubital cellules are almost equal in length
on the top ; the first recurrent nervure is received shortly,
but distinctly, beyond the middle ; the second near the
base of the apical fourth. Abdomen ferruginous ; the
petiole and apical segment black ; the petiole is strongly
and deeply punctured and covered with long white hairs ;
the second segment is sparsely punctured, almost im-
punctate in the middle ; the apices of the second to
sixth segments fringed with bright golden, the last with
long black hair, except in the middle, which is smooth
and shining. The base of the under side of the petiole has

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 15. 3

a lai-f^c, elongate depression in the middle ; the keel is
straight throughout. The sides of the hypopygium are
raised on the apical half, the raised part depressed at the
base ; in the centre at the apex are two shorter keels,
also dilated at the apex.

Comes near to Ll.perdita and J/, cressida ; the former
may be known from it by having the keel on the petiole
dilated at the apex and by having the four apical
abdominal segments black ; the latter is more stoutly built
and may be known by the second cubital cellule being
clearly longer above than the third and by the median
segment bulging out in the middle.

MUTILLA ANTERA, Sp. nov.

Nigra, abdoniine fcrruginco, basi apiccque nigris, basi
scutelli medio canaliculato ; alis violaceis. $ .

Long. 20 mm.

Belongs to the group of M. dimidiata Lep., having the
scutellum raised and the abdomen for the greater part
ferruginous ; but may be easily known by the base of the
scutellum having a wide and deep depression in the
middle.

Scape of the antennae covered with long white hair ;
the flagellum with a pale pile ; the third and fourth joints
almost equal in length, but, if either, the third is the
shorter. Head coarsely rugosely punctured, a large smooth
space on either side behind the ocelli. Clypeus broadly pro-
jecting in the middle, its apex slightly waved. Mandibles
thickly covered with long, pale fulvous hair at the base ;
the lower tooth is much shorter and more rounded than the
upper ; the palpi black. Pronotum rugosely punctured,
thickly covered with long fuscous hair ; the propleurse at the
base rugosely punctured ; the middle depression bearing
seven stout, distinctly separated keels ; the apex is smooth.

4 Cameron, Ilymenoptera Oricnialia.

Mesonotum shining, thickly covered with black hairs, and
bearing all over large deep punctures ; the two central
furrows arc deep. Scutellum rugosely punctured, thickly
covered with long black hairs ; the upper portion of the
middle basal part smooth, impunctate, shining ; its lower
three-fourths widely and deeply furrowed, the furrow
narrowed and rounded above. Post-scutellum finely
punctured in the middle, the sides rugose. Mesopleurae
coarsely punctured, thickly covered with long grey hair.
Metapleurae, except at the base, strongly reticulated.
Legs thickly covered with white hair ; the calcaria white,
the tibial spines rufous. Wings deep violaceous; the second
cubital cellule shorter at the top, longer at the bottom, than
the third ; the first recurrent nervure is received shortly
beyond the middle ; the second near the base of the apical
fourth of the cellule. Median segment thickly covered
with long white hair ; reticulated, the reticulations on
the apex smaller than on the base ; the central area broad
at the base, much narrowed towards the apex ; the sides
at the base parallel, before the middle curved ; the apex
is rounded ; in the middle at the base is a longitudinal
keel. Abdomen dark ferruginous, the basal and apical
segments black ; the petiole bearing large deep punctures,
except in the middle ; the apex is rufous and more finely
punctured; the ventral keel is straight, not dilated at base
or apex. The pygidium is covered with long black hairs,
except in the middle, which is smooth.

MUTILLA PERDITA, Sp. HOV.

Nigra, dense albo-pilosa, mcsonoto iiigro-Jiirto ; abdo-
minis segmentis 2-is et j-is nifis ; alls violaccis, basi fere
hyatinis. $ .

Long. 22 — 23 mm.

Scape of antenna; covered with long, pale fulvous

Manchester ilfeinoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 1,>. 5

hair ; the third and fourth joints equal in length. Front
and vertex coarsely and deeply punctured, except at the
sides of the ocelli ; the vertex sparsely covered with long
fuscous hair ; the front, inner orbits, and sides of the
clypeus densely with silvery pubescence. Clypeus broadly
cariiiate, the sides of the keel oblique ; the apex trans-
verse. Mandibles black, the base thickly covered with
depressed pubescence ; on the under side near the base is
a stout, projecting tooth. Pronotum with a band of white
pubescence; the pleura; sparsely pilose, mixed with fus-
cous hair ; coarsely punctured above ; the middle, except
at top and bottom, with stout, widely separated keels ;
the apex is smooth. Mesonotum deeply and strongly
punctured, and covered with longish black hairs ; the
furrows are deep ; in the middle at the base is a smooth,
shining, longitudinal keel. Scutellum rugosely punctured ;
the punctures large and deep ; the apical half in the middle
flat, smooth, and shining, rounded at the apex ; the basal
hollowed, the depression narrowed at the top ; thedepression
at the base is smooth and shining. Post-scutellum finely
rugose, slightly depressed in the middle. The basal half
of the median segment is thickly covered with depressed
silvery pubescence, which hides the surface ; the middle
area extends to the end, and is widened at the base ; the
apex has an oblique slope and is thickly covered with
long pale hair. Mesopleurae coarsely punctured, covered
with long white hair ; the base and apex smooth. The
basal half of the metapleurae smooth, except for some
large, deep punctures on the lower part in the middle;
the apex is closely and strongly reticulated. Legs thickly
covered with long white hair ; the calcaria pale. Wings
deep violaceous, almost hyaline at the base ; the first
recurrent nervure is received at the base of the apical
third ; the second shortly beyond the middle. Abdomen

6 Cameron, Hyvioioptera Oricntalia.

black, thickly covered with white pubescence; the extreme
apex of the first, and the whole of the second and third
segments ferruginous ; the petiole coarsel}' i)unctured,
except at the apex ; the keel is short and stout ; beneath,
it is slightly and roundly curved upwards ; the second
segment is rather strongly, but not closely, punctured,
except for a somewhat triangular smooth space at the
side near the apex ; the pygidium coarsely punctured,
thickly covered with long black hair.

B. The group of M. pandara. Species with the
thorax black ; the abdomen more or less rufous
at the base, and with the segments thickly
fringed with whitish hair ; the scutellum not
gibbous.

MUTILLA PANDARA, Sp. 710V.

Nigra, pctiolo scgvicntoquc 2-0 bast late rufis ; atisfusco-
violaceis, stiginate nervisquc fiiscis. $ .

Long. 15 mm.

In Bingham's arrangement comes into ''A. a. b^. Wings
dark fuscous, with a purple effulgence. cr. Basal two
abdominal segments red," which includes only J/, tmifas-
ciata Sm. It comes near to LI. aglaia here described ;
but may be known from it by the petiole being entirely
red ; by the base of the second segment having a distinct
oblique slope ; by the base of the pronotum having two
rows of irregular broken keels, instead of an area enclosed
by stout keels ; by the first recurrent nervure being received
in the middle, and the second distinctl}' beyond the
middle ; and by the mesopleura,- being much more dis-
tinctly punctured and reticulated.

Scape of the antennae punctured, thickly covered
with long pale hair ; the lower side sharply keeled ; the

MancJicstcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. {igoo), No. 15 7

flagcllum covered with a pale down ; the apical joints
more or less brownish beneath ; the third and fourth joints
are almost equal in length ; the front and vertex sparsely
covered with long black, the antennal region and the
clypeus with long white hair. The front and vertex are
coarsely rugosely punctured. The upper part of the
clypeus is roundly convex, slightly and gradually widened
towards the apex ; the apex is depressed, distinctly mar-
gined laterally, and marked before the apex with a distinct
transverse keel, which projects roundly backwards in the
middle, there being also a raised part at the apex of this
projection. Mandibles black, piceous before the apex ; the
hairs are long and pale fulvous. Frothorax rugosely punc-
tured, except at the base and apex of the pleurre ; the meso-
pleurae rugosely punctured, except in the middle at the base;
behind, the punctures run into reticulations ; the metapleurae
coarsely reticulated on the apical half; the middle and
the upper part of the basal portion smooth ; the lower
part of the base with long, shallow, irregular punctures.
Legs thickly covered with long white hair ; the calcaria
and spines white ; the claws rufous ; the base of the
incision on the anterior tarsi is also rufous. Wings
uniformly brownish, with a slight, but distinct, violaceous
tinge ; the nervures are testaceous ; the second and third
cellules at the top are equal in length ; below, the second
is about one-third longer than the third ; the second
cellule receives the recurrent nervure in the middle ; the
second recurrent is received shortly beyond the middle.
The petiole and the second abdominal segment, except
at the apex, are ferruginous, closely punctured and sparsely
covered with long white hair ; the petiole is short, scarcely
one-half the length of the second segment, broad,
narrowed at the base ; the second segment is obliquely
raised towards the middle ; at the base the slope is longer

8 Cameron, Hymenoptera Orientalia.

and more oblique than it is at the apex ; the third,
fourth, and fifth segments are thickly covered on the apical
half with pale fulvous hair ; the hair on the apex of the
second segment and on the apical ones is black ; the
pygidium has a broad, smooth space on the middle of
the apical half, this part being keeled down the middle.

MUTILLA LSORA, sp. nov.

Nigra, abdominis diniidio basali rufo, alisfusco-violaccis,
ncrvis testaceis ; tcgulis tcstaccis. $ .

Long. 14 mm.

Comes nearest to M. schlettct'cri from Burma and
Sikhim, with which it agrees in coloration and in having
the front and vertex striated, but may be known from it
by having the median segment coarsely, not delicately,
reticulated ; b\' the punctures on the scutellum not being
"fine and delicate" ; and by the teguke being entirely tes-
taceous, not testaceous along their outer margin onl}^

The antennas distinctly tapering towards the apex ;
the scape covered with long white hair ; the flagellum
densely with short stiff pubescence. The front and vertex
sharply and distinctly striated ; in front of the anterior
ocellus is a deep, somewhat triangular, depression ; the
outer orbits are strongly striated ; the stria: intermixed
with punctures ; clypeus smooth, shining ; indistinctly
keeled in the middle. The front is covered with long
fulvous, the clypeus with long silvery, hair ; the vertex
more sparsely with longer, pale fuscous hair. Mandibles
rufous in the middle. Thorax black ; the pro- and meso-
thorax thickly covered with fuscous hair ; the hinder edge
of the pronotum bears a thick belt of fulvous pubescence.
Mesonotum strongly and deeply punctured ; the parapsidal
furrows deep, distinct, narrowed at the base. Scutellum

Manchester Mci/iotrs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. \7t. 9

distinctly punctured, but not so strongly as the mesonotum ;
its hair longer and paler. Metanotum strongly and
regularly reticulated all over ; its base covered with fulvous
pubescence ; its basal half is rounded ; its apex has an
oblique slope. Propleura; impunctate, but marked with
four stout keels on the lower part and a narrower one in
the middle ; the mesopleurit strongly but not deeply
punctured, and thickly covered with long, pale fulvous hair;
the metapleuras strongly reticulated, except for a smooth
oblique band in the middle. Legs thicklycovered with white
hair; the spines and calcaria white. Wings fusco-violaccous;
the stigma and nervures dark testaceous ; the second cubital
cellule at the top is distinctly shorter than the third, at the
bottom about equal to it in length ; it receives the
recurrent nervure shortly, but distinctly, beyond the
middle ; the second is received at the base of the basal
third. Abdomen black ; the basal three segments entirely
ferruginous ; the second to fifth segments fringed at the
apex with long, pale fulvous hair ; the apical thickly with
black hair. Petiole stout, becoming gradually wider
towards the apex ; in length about half that of the
second ; both are rather strongly, but not closely, punc-
tured ; the pygidial area is strongly punctured, except in
the middle. The petiole beneath is strongly punctured ;
in the middle the keel is straight throughout ; rounded at
the base, oblique at the apex ; the third segment is black,
rufous at the base and apex.

MUTILLA RE.SPONSARIA, Sp. IIOV.

Nigra, abdoviinis segmentis primis trihiis late rnfo-
ferrugineis ; alls fninatis, bast fere Jiyalinis ; tegulis
iestaceis. 6 ■

Long. 1 1 mm.

Head coarsely rugosely punctured ; sparsely covered

lo Cameron, Ilyuicnoptcra Orientalia.

with loni^ish pale hair ; the labruin and clypcus smooth
and shininL^ ; mandibles entirely black ; at their base on
the lower side is a stout tooth, rounded at the apex. The
scape of the antennct punctured, sparsely covered with
longish white hair ; the flagellum is densely covered with
short stiff pubescence. Thorax thickly covered with
white hair; the pronotum has a broad band of pale
pubescence ; above it is stoutly punctured ; the pleune
smooth, except for a few obscure stria;. Mesonotuin
strongly and deeply punctured ; thickly covered with
fuscous hair, and with two deep furrows in the middle ;
the scutellum is more strongly and irregularly punctured ;
the post-scutellum is strongly aciculated. Median seg-
ment strongly reticulated ; the central basal area is longer
than it is broad ; widest at the base, its apex rounded and
slightly dilated at the apex. Propleura; at the apex with
some indistinct stria; ; the middle of the metapleurtt
punctured ; the apex of the metapleuras strongly reticu-
lated ; the base on the lower side obscurely punctured.
Wings fuscous, with a faint violaceous tinge ; the base
more hyaline ; the nervures are dark fuscous ; the second
cubital cellule is slightly shorter at the top, longer at the
bottom than the third ; the first recurrent nervure is
received in the middle ; the second at the base of the
apical third. Legs thickly covered with white hair ; the
calcaria pale ; the tarsal spines rufous. The basal three
segments are ferruginous ; the petiole is closely punctured,
covered with long white hair ; the apical halves of the
third, fourth, and fifth segments thickly covered with pale
fulvous hair ; the apical segments covered with long
black hairs ; strongly punctured, except on the middle of
the apical half. The petiole, on the under side in the
middle, is strongly and deepK' punctured ; there is no
distinct keel in the centre, which is straight.

MancJicstcr iMeinoirs, Vol. xliv. {igoo). No. 15, n

MUTILLA ONARA, sp. JIOV.

Long. 1 6 — 1 7 mm. 6.

Agrees in coloration with M. Jionorata — black, with
the basal three segments of the abdomen red, and the third
segment thickly covered with pale fulvous pubescence —
but may be known from it by being larger, by the central
area on the median segment being much broader and not
nearly so much narrowed at the apex, and by the basal
half of the metapleura^ being impunctate.

Scape of antennae shining, sparsely covered with long
white hair ; the flagellum with a dense microscopic pile ;
the third joint is slightly shorter than the fourth. Front
and vertex deeply rugosely reticulated ; the front broadly.in
the middle thickly, covered with long white hair. Clypeus
very smooth and shining; its sides and apex raised. Mandi-
bles at the base thickly covered with long, pale fulvous
hair ; palpi black, covered with short hair. The upper
edge of the pronotum has a broad band of silvery pubes-
cence, and is strongly rugosely reticulated ; the pleurae,
except above, have in the middle stout, somewhat irregular,
longitudinal striae. Mesonotum coarsely, irregularly,
rugosely punctured and reticulated, more finely and closely
at the base than at the apex ; the hair is long, black and
sparse ; there are four longitudinal furrows, the inner
being the shorter. Scutellum roundly convex, not much
raised ; rugosely punctured, sparsely covered with long
black hairs ; the post-scutellum rugose. Median segment
thickly covered with long white hair ; largely reticulated ;
the central area wide, in length scarcely twice the
width at the base; the apex slightly narrowed; the
apex itself with the sides oblique. Mesopleurai closely
rugosely punctured, covered with white hair ; the basal
half of the metapleur^e smooth ; the apical largely reticu-
lated. The sides of the mesosternum irregularly stoutly

12 Cameron, llymoioptera Orientalia.

striated ; the middle more closely, iiidistinctl)', transversely
striated. I>c<^s thickly covered with white hair ; the cal-
caria pale fulvous. Wings deep violaceous, slightly paler
at the base ; the first and second cubital cellules arc equal
in length above ; the recurrent nervures are received
shortly be\ond the middle. The basal two segments of the
abdomen and the basal half of the third are rufous ; the
petiole is rugosely punctured ; the basal keels are stout ;
the ventral keel is slightly curved upwards beneath, its
apex is slightly more produced than the base; it is smooth
and shining. The petiole is covered thickly with long,
the second segment more sparsely with shorter, white
pubesccMice ; the apical half of the third segment is
covered thickly with pale fulvous, depressed pubescence ;
the hair on the apical segments is black ; the pygidium
is closely punctured ; in the middle on the apical half is a
smooth line.

MUTILLA IIONORATA, Sp. HOT.

Nigra, obdominis basi late rufo ; capite tJioraceque
retiailatis ; alls violaccis ; tcgnlis nigris. 6 .

Long. 1 5 mm.

Antenna; black ; the scape covered witli long fuscous
hair ; the flagellum thickly with a short stiff pile, which is
black on the basal joints, paler on the apical ; the third
joint is a little longer than the fourth. Head thickly
covered with long fuscous, the oral region with shorter
silvery hair ; the front coarsely reticulated ; the vertex
behind the ocelli coarsely punctured. Clypeus smooth
and shining ; its apex obliquely depressed, glabrous.
Mandibles at the base covered with long white hair.
The pronotum covered witli depressed, dark silvery
pubescence ; its upper part coarsely rugosely punctured ;

JMaiicJiester Memoirs, Vol. x/iv. {\C)Oo), No. 15. 13

the proplcur;c depressed and marked with six stout
longitudinal keels. Mesonotum strongly reticulated all
over, and thickly covered with longish black hair ; the
parapsidal furrows deep, smooth and shining ; they
originate shortly before the middle and do not reach to
the ai)ex. Scutellum roundly raised, coarsely and deeply
punctured all over and covered at the base with blackish,
at the apex with longer fuscous hair. Post-scutellum
opaque and granular in the middle ; the sides irregularly
rugosely punctured ; like the apex of the scutellum it is
covered with long pale hair. Median segments stoutly
reticulated all over ; the base covered thickly with de-
pressed grey pubescence, the rest of it more sparsely with
long pale hairs : the basal median area large, about three
times as long as broad ; the apical two-thirds gradually
narrowed and with the apex lanceolate. Mesopleura:
coarsely and deeply punctured, except on the lower
part of the base, which is glabrous ; the rest and
the sternum thickly covered with longish grey hair.
Metapleurai above coarsely reticulated ; there is a smooth
space below the middle ; the part under this is punctured.
Mesosternum irregularly punctured ; in the centre at the
base is a smooth, somewhat triangular, depression. Legs
thickly covered with long white hairs ; the spines and
calcaria pale. Wings fusco-violaceous ; the nervures
dark fuscous ; the second and third cellules at the top
are equal in length ; below, the second is longer than the
third ; the first recurrent nervure is received a short
distance beyond the middle, the second at the base of
the apical third of the cellule. The basal three segments
of the abdomen are ferruginous ; the petiole becomes
gradually wider towards the apex, and is not half the
length of the second segment ; it is strongly, but not
closely, punctured ; at the base on either side is a stout,

14 Cameron, Hymenoptera Orientalia.

somewhat triangular, oblique tooth ; the part behind this
projects ; its ventral keel is stout, and is roundly depressed
beneath. The second secernent, except in the middle, is
closely punctured ; the petiole is covered with long, the
the second segment with shorter, pale hair ; the third
thickly, on the apical half, with depressed, dark fulvous
pubescence ; the remaining segments are covered thickly
with long black hair ; the pygidium is thickly covered
with long black hairs all over. The tegula; are black,
very smooth and shining, and sparsely covered with pale
hairs.

Comes nearest to the Burmese M. scJilcttercri Magr.,
and M. stcphani Magr., but is abundantly distinct.

MUTILLA ELMIRA, Sp. 710V.

Long. 17 mm. $.

Comes into Bingham's "Section ^^ on p. 9 and a^. Basal
two abdominal segments red." From M. tinifasciata it
may be known by the scutellum not being " prominent,
raised "; by the head and thorax being thickly, not " very
sparingly, covered with long, soft hairs "; by the basal
two segments being thickly pilose, not merely " very
slightly pubescent."

Antenncii stout : the scape thickly covered with long
pale hairs ; its apex rufous on the under side laterally : the
flagellum stout, thickly covered with a short, stiff, black
pubescence and with a pale down. Head coarsely, deeply
rugosely punctured, and thickly covered with silver}' hair,
which is thicker on the front ; below the antennae it is
longer. Antennal tubercles large, smooth and shining.
Mandibles rufous in the middle, at the base thickly
covered with long fulvous hair. J'ro- and meso-thorax
thickly covered with pale hair ; on the edge of the

]\IancJicstcr Memoirs, V\il. xliv. {\C)00), No. 15. 15

pronotum it is thicker, more depressed, and pale fulvous :
on tiic scutelluui lons^er and darker. Mesonotum deeply
and coarsely punctured, the two furrows on the hinder
half are wide and deep ; there is an indistinct keel on the
middle at the base. Median segment coarsely reticulated,
thickly covered with pale fulvous pubescence : its apex
has a gradually rounded slope ; the middle basal area is
about four times as long as the width at the base ; at
the base its sides are straight, then oblique on the widened
part. Propleura,^ except above, smooth ; the middle
raised part of the mesopleura^ bearing shallow punctures
and thickly covered with tulvous pubescence : the apex of
the metapleurai reticulated. Legs thickly covered with
long pale hair : the calcaria white. Wings violaceous ;
the nervures black ; the first cubital cellule at the top is
almost double the length of the third ; the recurrent
nervure is received near the base of the apical third.
Abdomen black, thickly covered with long white hair ;
the basal two segments ferruginous ; the apex of the
pygidial area is depressed, with a distinctly raised border.
The keel on the ventral surface of the petiole is straight,
not dilated at base or ape.^ ; the sides are strongly
punctured ; the epipygium is strongly punctured and
thickly covered with long black hairs. Tegular smooth,
large, black with a plumbeous hue ; the base and inner
side covered with long pale hairs.

Comes near to M. Iiojiorata here described ; but that
has the third abdominal segment red and thickly covered
with white pubescence ; the top of its head is more
rugosely purtctured and more distinctly reticulated in the
middle ; the first cubital cellule at the top is not much
longer than the third and the abdominal keel is dilated at
the base and apex.

l6 Cameron, Hyvicnoptcra Oricntalia.

MUTILLA AG LAI A, Sp. 7WV.

Nigra, abdominis segmento 2-0 riifo ; alis fusco-
violaccis. $ .

Long. 13 mm.

Comes near to M. lyrata, but may be known from it
by having only the second abdominal segment red ; by the
second and third cubital cellules being equal in length at
the toj), whereas in J\l. lyrata the third is distinctly shorter
than the second ; by the apex of the radius being less
sharply angled ; and by the propleura^ wanting the keels.

Head densely covered with white hairs ; the front and
vertex rugosely punctured, the oral region smooth. Man-
dibles black, with a red band before the middle ; the
palpi fuscous, mottled with testaceous. Thorax covered
with long fuscous hair ; the pronotum and mesopleurre
also with a silvery pubescence. Mesonotum covered all
over with large, deep punctures ; its two furrows deep ;
in the middle at the base is an indistinct longitudinal
keel. Scutellum coarsel}-, deeply and irregularly punc-
tured ; the punctures longer and more irregular in the
middle at the base. Median segment reticulated all
over ; the basal central area elongated and somewhat
triangular at the apex. Pro- and meso-i)leur;\; smooth ;
the apex of the metapleura^ reticulated. Legs black ;
thickly covered with white hair ; the calcaria white.
Wings smoky-fuliginous, with a violaceous tinge ; the
nervures, except the apical ones, are deep black ; the
second cubital cellule at the top is slightly shorter than
the third ; and is there slightly longer than the space
bounded by the recurrent and the second transverse
cubital nervures. Abdomen black, the segments thickly
fringed with white hairs ; the second segment is entirely
ferruginous ; the petiole blackish, broadly brownish at the

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. Ii», 17

apex ; the apical segment above is smooth in the middle ;
the sides punctured and pilose.

MUTILLA LYRATA, Sp. nov.

Nigra, abdominis medio ritfo ; alis fusco-violaceis. $ .

Long. 13 mm.

Comes into Bingham's " Section A. Thorax black, a".
Abdomen more or less red ; and V". Wings dark fuscous,
with a purple effulgence."

AntenUcTe black ; the scape thickly covered with long
white hair and deeply punctured ; the flagellum black ; the
third joint at the apex and the fourth at the base marked
with brown ; as are also the apical joints, which are
distinctly narrowed. Head thickly covered with long,
glistening white hair. Front and vertex deeply rugosely
punctured ; the oral region smooth and shining ; the
mandibles black, shining, rufous near the middle ; the
palpi black, thickly covered with white hair. Thorax
entirely black ; the pronotum and mesopleuras thickly
covered with long white hair. Mesonotum shining,
uniformly covered with large deep punctures, sparsely
covered with black hairs ; the scutellum is similarly
punctured, but with the punctures closer together, and it
is rather thickly covered with long pale hair. Median
segment reticulated, the reticulations larger at the base,
which is thickly covered with white pubescence. The
propleurae coarsely punctured in the middle above ; on
the apex near the middle are three stout longitudinal
keels. Mesopleurae, broadly in the middle, punctured and
thickly covered with white hair ; the apex of the meta-
pleura; reticulated. Legs thickly covered with white hair;
the calcaria and tarsal spines pale. Wings fusco-violaceous;
the costal cellule and an oblique cloud in the first cubital

B

1 8 Cameron, Hymenoptera Oriattalia.

cellule h}aHnc. Abdomen black ; the second and third
segments ferruginous ; the segments thickly fringed with
white hair.

MUTILLA LATIIONIA. Sp. 710V.

Nigra, abdcvninis scgvicntis 2-o ct j-o rufis ; dense albo-
pilosis; alis hyaliuis, basi fusco. $.
Long. 12 mm.

Scape of antennae thickly covered with silver}- hair ;
the flagellum thick, covered with a pale pile. Front and
vertex closel\% strongly rugosely punctured ; the vertex
sparsely, the front thickly covered with silvery pubescence.
Face and clypeus smooth and shining ; the latter turned
up at the apex. Mandibles at the base thickly covered
with long white hair ; the middle obscure piceous ; the
palpi black, covered with white pubescence ; the tooth on
the lower side of the mandibles near the base is large.
Thorax thickly covered with white pubescence ; the
mesonotum uniformly covered with large deep punctures.
Scutellum flatl)' rounded, punctured like the mesonotum,
and covered with long white hair. Metanotum reticulated ;
its apex with an oblique slope, rounded above; the middle
area has the basal fourth wider than the rest ; the narrowed
part is about three times as long as wide. Propleur?e
smooth, except above and at the apex ; the middle of the
mesopleura,' closely punctured and densely covered with
pale hair; metapleur^e smooth, its apex reticulated. Legs
thickly covered with white hair; the spurs pale, the spines
rufous. Wings violaceous, the base fuscous ; the first
cubital cellule is shortly, but distinctly longer than the
third ; the first and second recurrent nervures are received
shortl)' beyond the middle. Abdomen black ; the second
and third segments ferruginous ; the apex of the petiole is
fringed with golden hair; the others with silvery hair;

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 15. 19

the basal two segments covered, but not closel\% witli large
deep punctures ; the p^'gidium is closely punctured, witli
a smooth line down the middle ; the ventral keel is
straight ; the hypopygium is closely punctured, with a
narrow transverse space behind the middle.

Comes into Bingham's " Section V". (p. 9)" and forms a
new group ; "Abdominal segments 2 and 3 red," alter
his ii^.

C. The group of M. lepcha. Head, thorax, and
abdomen black, thickly covered witli pale
fulvous hair.

MUTILLA LEPCHA, Sp. nov.

Nigra, dense fulvo-hirta ; a/is fusco-violaceis ; basi
fulvo ; tegnlis testaccis. $ .

Long, fere 16 mm.

Antennae short, thick ; the last joint distinctly tapering
towards the apex ; the scape covered with long white
hair ; the base of the flagellum thickly covered with short,
stiff, pale pubescence ; the apical joints with a pale pile.
The front and vertex bearing all over stout, deep, round
punctures ; the vertex is sparsely, the front thickl)-
covered with fulvous hair ; the face and clypeus thickly
with longer, paler fulvous hair. Mandibles rugose at the
base, and covered there with long fulvous hair. Thorax
entirely black ; thickly covered with bright fulvous hair,
which is especially thick on the pronotum, the middle of
the mesopleurai and the median segment. Mesonotum
rugosely punctured, the punctures running into reticula-
tions ; down the middle are two, more or less clearly
defined, furrows. Metanotum closely reticulated, thickly
covered with bright fulvous pubescence, which is sparser

20 Cameron, Hjnncnoptcra Orientalia.

and longer on the apical half. Propleunu smooth ; the
top at the base with some large, deep punctures. Meso-
plcune strongly punctured, the punctures hidden by the
hair ; the base and apex smooth. Metapleuraj smooth ; the
apex with large, moderately deep reticulations ; the lower
side at the base with deep, not very large, punctures.
Legs black ; the calcaria and spines pale ; the pubescence
pale fulvous. Abdomen black ; the petiole covered all
over with long, pale fulvous hair ; the second segment is
very shining, sparsely punctured ; its apex narrowly and
the third, fourth, and fifth segments broadly and thickly
covered with fulvous pubescence ; the pubescence on the
apical segments is long and black. Wings fulvo-
hyaline at the base ; the apex from the first transverse
cubital nervure, smoky and with a violaceous hue ; the
apical nervures are pale, the lower ones indistinct.

Comes into Bingham's "Section A, b, b^. Head rounded,
not sloping backwards, punctured," but may be known
from M. discrcta Cam., the representative of that section,
by the tegulae not being black and by the fulvous, not
white, pubescence.

D. The Group of M. khasiana. Species with
the thorax red wholly or in part ; the abdomen
thickly banded with white or pale fulvous hair.

MUTILLA KHASIANA, sp. nov.

Nigra, tJioracc riifo ; alis fuscis, fere violaceis, nervis
fuscis. $ .

Long. 15 mm.

Antennse stout, distinctly tapering towards the apex ;
the scape thickl}' covered with long white hair ; the
flagellum with a pale pile ; the tubercles are rufous.

Manchester ]\[ci)wi7's, Vol. x/iv. {igoo), No. 15. 21

Head shining ; the face and clypeus thickly covered with

silvery pubescence, the front and vertex with longer black

hair. The vertex is bordered by a shallow, smooth and

shining furrow, which is widest behind ; the front ocellus

is bordered by a smooth furrow ; in front of it is a narrow,

longitudinal one ; the apex of the clypeus is somewhat

triangularly depressed in the middle. Mandibles entirely

black, shining. Thorax rufous ; the sternum black ;

covered rather thickly with long pale hair. Pro- and

meso-notum thickly punctured ; the parapsidal furrows are

distinct to near the apex ; the scutellum is punctured

like the mesonotum ; the post-scutellum is much more

finely punctured. Median segment reticulated ; at the

base in the middle is an elongated area which is narrowed

and rounded at the apex. Propleurae punctured at the

base ; on the lower side before the apex are four stout,

longitudinal keels ; the mesopleuras similarly punctured ;

the apex with a few longitudinal keels. Metapleurae

reticulated ; the base with deep punctures; the two parts

being separated by a smooth, shallow band. Mesosternum

closely and strongly punctured ; the middle furrowed ;

the basal half depressed in the middle. Legs thickly

covered with white hair ; the calcaria pale, the anterior

rufous. Wings fuscous, with a slight violaceous tinge ;

the nervures fuscous, the apical faint ; the second cubital

cellule at the top is distinctly shorter than the third ; the

second transverse cubital nervure is straight above, sharply

oblique below ; the first transverse cubital nervure is

sharply oblique, only curved on the lower side. Abdomen

shining ; the basal four segments thickly covered with

silvery hair at their apices ; the apical segments thickly

covered with long black hair; the petiole and the second

segment, except in the middle at the base, strongly

punctured.

22 Cameron, H ymcnoptera Oricnialia.

MUTILLA NIOBE, Sp. 710V.

Long. 1 6 mm. S.

Agrees in coloration with M. k/iasiana, except that
the wings are violaceous-black, not fuscous, the nervures
and stigma also being deep black ; may be known from
it otlierwise by the tcgulx^ being strongly punctured.

Scape of antennie covered with long white hair;
hollowed on the under side, the sides of the hollow distinctly
margined ; the flagellum covered with a close black pile,
which is longer and thicker on the apical joints which are
distinctly narrowed. Front and vertex coarsely punctured ;
the ocellar regions smooth; the punctures on the space
between them and the eyes running into reticulations; the
vertex sparsely covered with long fuscous, the outer orbits
with shorter white hair. IVIandibles covered with long
white hair. Thorax rufous ; except the sternum and the
lower edge of the pleurae, which are black. Fro- and meso-
notum rugcsely jiunctured and covered with long blackish
hair ; shining. Scutellum rugosely punctured ; sparsely
covered with long black hair ; the base of the post-
scutellum smooth. Median segment reticulated ; more
coarsely in the middle at the base, where there is a smooth
depressed area, which is narrowed towards the apex and
extends near to the middle ; from its apex a keel runs to
near the middle of the segment. Tro-pleuraj closely and
strongl}- punctured, except at the apex, where there are four
longitudinal keels; on the apex of the mcsopleunt, over the
cox;e, are four irregular keels ; the metapleuriij regularly
reticulated. Legs thickly covered with white hair ; the
calcaria and tarsal spines pale. Wings violaceous, paler at
the base ; the nervures deep black, except the apical.
Abdomen deep black; distinctly punctured, especially at
the base ; the basal four segments fringed with long, pale
fulvous, the others covered with long black hair.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. x/iv. (igoo), iVo. 15. 23

MUTILLA COERULEO-TINCTA, s/?. nov.

Nij^ra, tJiorace riifo, abdouiuiis basi cocruleo ; alls fusco-
violaceis, nervis fitscis. $ .

Lon<T. 12 mm.

Head di.stincth' narrower than the thorax, black,
thickly covered with white hair ; the front and vertex
coarsely punctured ; the vertex in the middle raised ; the
raised part keeled down the middle and bordered by a
smooth, shallow furrow. Clypeus roundly convex, shining,
smooth, its apex in the middle incised. Mandibles rufous
before the middle ; the palpi black. Antenna stout,
distinctly tapering towards the apex ; the scape covered
with long fuscous hair. Thorax rufous ; the breast black.
Pro- and meso-notum coarsely punctured ; the punctures
on the mesonotum somewhat larger, deeper, and more
widely separated ; the parapsidal furrows are distinct
behind. Scutellum distinctly and uniformly punctured.
Median segment reticulated ; at the base, in the middle, is
a smooth area, longer than broad, slightly curved and
triangular at the apex. The upper part of the thorax is
thickly covered with white hair, which is longer on the
scutellum and median segment. Pro- and meso-pleura^
rather strongly punctured ; the metapleuras reticulated
above ; the middle smooth ; the lower part punctured.
Mesosternum between the four hinder legs furrowed ; the
furrow bordered by a keel. Legs black, thickly covered
with long white hair ; the calcaria pale. The wings are
paler at the base ; the nervures fuscous ; the first trans-
verse cubital nervure is curved ; the second is slightly
oblique above, sharply oblique below; the apical nervures
and the second transverse cubital are thinner. The basal
two segments of the abdomen have a distinct bluish tint ;
the bluish tinge on the others is less noticeable ; the basal
three segments are thickly fringed at the apex with pale

24 Cameron, Hymenoptera Orientalia.

fulvous hair ; the other segments are thickly covered with
longish black hair.

MUTILLA MONTANATA, Sp. nov.

Nigra, protJiorace, inesonoto, scutello, vicsopleiirisque
supra rnfis ; alis fusco-violaceis ; tegiilis riifis. 6.

Long. 16 mm.

Antennai short, stout, distinctly tapering towards the
apex ; the scape covered with long pale fulvous ; the
flagellum more thickly with short pale pubescence. The
middle of the vertex is smooth ; the part behind the
ocellus is carinate, and with a depression on either side of
it ; in front is a deeper and wider furrow, which is widest
behind ; the lateral ocelli are placed on the sides of the
furrow bordering the ocellar region. The vertex is covered
with long fuscous hair ; the front more thickly with pale
fulvous hair ; the clypeus thickly with silvery hair.
Thorax black ; the prothorax, the mesonotum and
scutellum and the mesopleurcu — broadest in front —
immediately under the wings, rufous. Pronotum rugosely
punctured ; the mesonotum not quite so strongly or
deeply, but with the punctures running into reticulations.
The scutellum is similarly punctured. Median segment
closely and almost uniformly reticulated ; the central area
at the base is rounded and not much narrowed at the
apex. Propleura; coarsely punctured ; the apex smooth ;
in the hollow are four irregular keels. Mesopleur^i; closely
rugosely punctured, except below the hind wings, where
there is a large smooth space, divided into two by a
narrow curved keel. Metapleuraj reticulated. Legs
black ; calcaria pale ; the hair thick, long, and pale
fulvous. Abdomen with the basal two segments fringed
with a broad belt of pale fulvous hair ; the third segment

Manchester Meiiiflirs, l^oi. xliv. {igoo), No. I.">. 25

is entirely covered with similar hair ; the apical segments
are covered with stiff black hair. Wings fuscous with a
distinct violaceous tinge ; the apical nervures distinctly
fuscous.

I here describe a number of species mostly of small
size of which the females only are known. The Ceylonese
species form a well-marked group of small size, remarkable
for having the top, or sides, or both top and sides of the
apex of the metathorax more or less spined. The species
may be grouped as undernoted.

A. Metathorax not spined.

Abdomen with large orange spots and bands, amitina.
[ „ „ fulvous marks ; the head spined.

consolidata\

„ „ white marks ; the head not spined.

,, ,, four white marks on the second

abdominal segment. redacta.

„ ,, two white marks on the second

segment. covipactilis.

Thorax entirely red. agclia, metJiila, dryta, niartialis.

Thorax red above, the pleurze marked more or less

w'ith black. vioienta, panipJna, viarcia, gnovia,

einancipata, tij'hootensis.

Abdomen with one mark on the second abdominal

segment. phaola, edolata.partJtoiia.

B. The metathorax spined ; the vertex more or less rufous.
Abdomen with three marks on apex of second

segment. consolidata.

Abdomen with one mark on apex of second segment.
persuasa, recondita, aspera, hesitata, hidocila,
lethayoia.

26 Cameron, Hyvienoptcm Orieyitalia.

MUTILLA AMITINA, Sp. ttOV.

N'jf^ra, basi antentiamvi pcdibicsque rufis ; inaculis 2
basalilus 2-i segmcjiti fasciisq2ie j-i et /[.-i fnlvo-aiweis. ? .

Long. 10 mm.

Hab. Ceylon ( Yerbury).

The .scape of the antennaj and the second and third
joint.s rufou.s ; the scape sparsely covered with pale hair.
Head black; the lower part of the orbits (broadly behind),
the antennal tubercles, and the face, red ; the base of the
mandibles broadly rufous ; the palpi testaceous; the head
above the antcnn;u closely rui;"osely punctured, and
sparsely covered with long black hair. Thorax quadran-
gular; longer than broad; the prothorax distinctly
narrowed; the metathorax rounded. Pleurae smooth and
shining. Legs dark reddish, the femora with a darker
tinge ; the coxai and trochanters black ; the hair is pale
on the femora, more rufous on the tibiae and tarsi.
Abdomen black ; on the base of the second segment are
two large oval marks (broader than long) of golden-
fulvous pubescence ; and the whole of the third and fourth
segments is similarly coloured ; the pygidial area is
closely, longitudinally striated, except on the apex.

This species is very closely related to J/, soror Sauss.,
with which it agrees in the coloration of the abdomen,
but may be easily separated from it by the black head
and thorax, and by the scape and the basal two joints of
the flagellum of the antennae being rufous.

MUTILLA CON.SOLIDATA, Sp. 710V.

Nigra., verticc, vicsonoto facicqiic riifis ; flagcllo antcn-
nartim pedibusque piceis. ? .

Long, fere 5 mm.

Hab. Ceylon (^Yerbury).

Scape of antennae dark testaceous and covered with
white hair ; the flagellum is lighter in colour, especially

Manchester Memoirs, l'\>i. xltv. {\goo), Ah). 15. 2y

towards the apex. Head black, tlic lower j^art of tlie
front, the face and oral reL;ion dark testaceous; the middle
of the vertex with a larije rufous mark ; it is sharpl)-
longitudinally striated, the stri;i.' are shar[) and clearly
separated and they extend to the top of the front, which
is distinctly punctured ; the front ar.d vertex are thickly
covered with longish black hair. Face and clypeus smooth,
laterally covered with long white hair ; on either side of
the clypeus is a short bhnt tooth. Mandibles rufous in
the middle, and sparsel}- covered with long white hair.
The head is of the width of the thorax, and is largely
developed behind the eyes. Thorax longer than broad,
not much longer than the head ; black ; above rufous,
except round the edges ; closely rugosely punctured ; its
sides irregularl)' marked with six short teeth, the first
being placed shortly before the middle ; in the centre
of the median segment, near the top, is a sharp curved
tooth, broad at the bottom, narrowed towards the top
rieurai smooth and shining. Legs dark piceous, shining,
covered with long white hair ; the spines dark ; the
calcaria pale. The basal two segments of the abdomen
together are longer than the thorax ; black ; on the apex
of the petiole is a mark of white pubescence, almost round
in shape ; there is a larger round mark on the middle of
the second segment at the apex, and a mark of the size of
that on the petiole on either side of it ; the other segments
are also marked with white in the middle. The last
segment is smooth, shining and piceous in the middle and
punctured laterally.

Belongs to Bingham's "Section B." It is closely
related to M. rothneyi, but is 3 mm. smaller ; its thorax is
shorter compared with the head or abdomen, and there are
only three longish teeth on the sides of the median segment,
while in M. rothneyi there are spines all over.

28 Cameron, Hymcnoptera Orientalia.

MUTILLA REDACT A, Sp. nov.

Nigra, mesonoto abdouiinequc subtiis rujis, abdominis
segmento 2-0 ^-viaciilato. ? .

Long. 8 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore {RotJiney).

Antennci; .stout, black, narrowed towards the base and
apex of the flagellum ; the third joint about twice the
length of the fourth. Head, if anything, wider than the
thorax; the front and vertex shining, closely and strongly
punctured ; the mandibles broadly rufous towards the
apex. Thorax black ; above (including the apex) rufous,
except round the edges, which are black ; strongly
rugosely punctured, the scutellar tubercles large, smooth ;
the ape.x has an oblique slope and is reticulated above ;
the uj)per edge irregularly dentate ; the base of the thorax
is distinctly rounded ; the apex is more transverse. Legs
black ; the apices of the tarsi inclining to piceous ; the
tibial spines black. Abdomen black ; the second and
following ventral segments rufous, fringed with white hair ;
the ventral keel is deeply incised in the middle ; the base
has a rounded, the apex an oblique slope. The petiole bears
long fulvous hairs ; near the base of the second segment
are two oblong white marks, on the ape.x two smaller
roundish ones ; on the second segment two square ones,
which are larger than the marks on the apex of the second;
the pygidium is irregularly longitudinally striated.

Looks like a miniature M. scxiuaculata. [As the fact
is not mentioned by Col. Bingham, it may be pointed out
that in M. sexiiiaadata there is, in all the examples I have
seen, a small rufous mark on the vertex, and that the
mesonotum is covered with stiff golden hairs ; the ventral
surface of the abdomen too is more or less rufous.]

Note. — In Ci)l. Bingham's table on p. 6 there is an error which may
mislead. He states that the four marks on the abdomen of J/, sexinaculata
are on the first segment, whereas they are on the second ; the same mistake is
repeated in the description on p. 25.

Manchester Mamoirs, J'^o/. x/iv. (igoo), No. 15. 29
MUTILLA AGELIA, S/>. HOV.

Long. 8 — 9 mm.

This species and that next described (both from
Barrackpore, where they were taken by Mr. Rothney)
belong to the group of M . intcrnipta, having the thorax
entirely red ; the head and abdomen black, the latter
with two oval marks of white pubescence, and the third
and fourth segments covered with similar pubescence
broadly on the sides.

Length 9 mm. ; the scape and the second joint ferruginous,
the ventral keel projecting in the middle, depressed
on either side of the keel. M. agelia.

Length 7 mm. ; the antennae entirely black ; the ventral
keel with the basal third projecting downwards.

M. milhila.
Scape of antennae thickl}- covered with long white
hair ; the apex and the greater part of the lower side
rufous ; the second joint of a darker rufous colour ; the
third joint nearly twice the length of the fourth. Head a
little wider than the thorax ; strongly rugosely punctured ;
the front and vertex sparsely covered with longish black
hair. Antennal tubercles black. Thorax red ; twice the
lengrth of the head ; the base rounded in the middle, its
sides slightly oblique ; the apex almost transverse, the
sides straight, strongly rugosel}' punctured above ; the
apex has a sharp, oblique slope ; the basal two-thirds
strongly reticulated ; the middle with two straight keels,
which are clearly separated ; the apex in the middle more
irregularly and less distinctly reticulated. Pleurae smooth
and shining, the lower half of the meso- thickly covered
with silvery pubescence. Legs black, thickly covered with
white hair ; the calcaria pale ; the five tibial spines pale
rufous ; the tarsal spines are long and pale rufous.
Abdomen as long as the head and thorax united ; the

30 Cameron, Hymenoptera Oricntalia.

petiole has the apex closely punctured and fringed with
black hair ; the rest bears scattered punctures. On the
base of the second segment are two somewhat oval silvery
marks ; the third and fourth segments bear broad bands
of silvery pubescence on the sides ; the pygidium is finely
rugose, and fringed at the sides with long white hair. The
ventral keel is rufous, tridentate ; the basal keel triangular,
the others more rounded.

MUTILLA MITHILA, Sp. llOV.

Long. 7 — 8 mm.

Agrees in coloration, markings, and form with
M. agelia, but is smaller, and may be readily known from
it by the ventral keel being straight throughout; the apex
of the petiole is fringed with long white hair ; the pygi-
dium is more distinctly longitudinally striated, and smooth
and [jiceous at the apex, and the antenn;e are entirely
black.

Antennai stout, the scape bearing long white hair ;
theflagellum thickly covered with a pale clown, and stout;
the third joint about one-third longer than the fourth.
Head not much wider than the base of the thorax ; the
front and vertex rugosely longitudinally punctured,
sparsely covered with long fuscous hair ; the tubercles
ferruginous. Mandibles broadly rufous on the base ; the
palpi dark testaceous. Thorax not cjuite twice the length
of the head ; ferruginous ; the mesonotum rugosely punc-
tured, covered with blackish hairs ; the apex with an
oblique slope, and broadly rounded above ; the upper half
of the slope reticulated, running below into stria:, which are
wide apart; the lower half is neither punctured nor striated,
and is covered with long white hair. Pleura: smooth and
shining ; the apex of the meta- irregularly reticulated ;
they are covered with a white ]jile. Legs thickly covered

MancJicster McDioirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. \7t. 31

with white liair ; the calcaria pale fulvous ; the tarsal
spines fulvous ; the spines on the hinder tibiae are blackish.
Petiole at the base s[)arsely covered with long pale hair ;
the apex fringed with long white hairs ; the two marks on
the base of the second segment are oval ; the third and
fourth segments are thickly covered laterally with pale
fulvous pubescence ; the pygidium is closely, longitu-
dinalh' striated ; the apex smooth and j^iceous, the sides
covered with long pale hair. The ventral keel is not
clear!}- defined, and is straight throughout.

MUTILLA DRYTA, Sp. nov.

Long. 7 mm. 9 .

Hab. Barrackpore (Rotlincy).

Antenna; black, the scape obscure fuscous ; the third
joint not much narrowed at the base, about twice the
length of the fourth. Head distinctly wider than the
thorax ; the vertex finel}- rugose ; its apex and the front
closely, irregularly, longitudinally striated, running into
reticulations ; the tubercles are rufous. Thorax fully
twice the length of the head, ferruginous ; the base
distinctly rounded; the apex transverse; the sides slightly
and broadly contracted in the middle ; strongh', longi-
tudinally, rugosely punctured above; the apex has an
oblique, slightly rounded slope, is strongly reticulated and
covered with long white hair. Pleurae smooth ; the upper
edge of the meta- irregularly reticulated. Legs black ;
the front tarsi piceous ; thickly covered with white hair ;
the tibial spines white, the tarsal with a more rufous tinge.
Abdomen black ; the petiole with pale hairs; on the base
of the second segment are two oval marks ; the third
and fourth segments are broadly covered, except in the
middle, with silverly pubescence ; the apex of the fifth is
sparsely covered with pale hair ; the apical segment is

32 Cameron, Hymencptera Orientalia.

thickly covered with long silvery hair; the centre is closely
and finely rugose.

MUTILLA COMPACTILIS, sp. nov.

Nigra, tJiorace nifo; abdominis segmento secundo niaat-
/is diiabus seguientoqiic tcrtio cincrco-sericeo-iiotatis ; capite
mesonotoqiie dense rugoso-punctatis ; vietanoto striolato-
Teticulato. ? .

Long. 8 mm.

Hah. Barrackpore {Rothney).

Head as wide as the base of the mesothorax ; strongly,
irregularly, closely, rugosely punctured, the punctures in
parts running into reticulations; covered with long fuscous
hair ; the part behind the eyes is slightly longer than
they ; the face rugose ; the clypeus smooth and shining.
Mandibles broadly rufous in the middle. Antennal
tubercles black. Antennae stout, the greater part of the
flagellum brownish beneath ; thickly covered with a
minute fulvous pile. Thorax red, twice the length of the
head ; the base rounded ; the sides parallel and becoming
narrowed from the middle to the apex, which has a
gradually rounded slope. IMesonotum strongly and deeply
rugosely punctured, reticulated in the middle ; sparsely
covered with long black hair; the apex is irregularly,
stoutly, longitudinally striolatcd ; the end is almost
smooth. Pleurcii smooth, except the upper edge of the
metapleura,\ Legs black, thickly covered with white hair;
the tibial spines dark, the tarsal bright rufous ; the
calcaria pale. Abdomen of the length of the head and
thorax united ; black ; the petiole covered with long
fuscous hair ; its apex smooth ; behind the middle of the
.second segment are two round marks of silvery white
pubescence ; the third segment is entirely covered with
similar pubescence ; pygidium shining ; the base acicu-
lated ; the sides are thickly covered with long silvery

MiVicJicster Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 15. 33

hair. The basal ventral segment is rufous : the apical
half is roundly dilated.

MUTILLA MARTIALIS, Sp. 710V.

Long. 7 mm. $ .

Hah. Barrackpore {Rotluiey).

Agrees closely in size and coloration with M. dryta ;
differs from it in having the thorax narrower, longer and
more dilated behind; in the petiole being rufous beneath;
in its keel not being incised ; and in the coxa; being rufous.

Antennse stout, black, thickly covered with a pale
pile ; the third joint is nearly twice the length of the
fourth ; the antennal tubercles large, rufous. Head distinctly
wider than the thorax, strongly and deeply punctured ;
on the front and vertex sparsely covered with short
golden hair. Mandibles broadly rufous in the middle.
Thorax twice the length of the head ; slightly widened at
the base and apex ; the pronotum shining, obscurely, finely,
transversely striated. Mesonotum strongly and deeply
rugosely punctured, and sparsely covered with long black
hairs ; the apex has a rounded slope, is strongly reticulated ;
the middle reticulations more open, running into irregular
longitudinal stria;. Propleurre irregularly punctured; the
apex of the meta- irregularly and indistinctly reticulated
towards the apex ; the rest smooth and shining. Legs
black, inclining to piceous on the femora, the coxa; rufous ;
the hair white ; the calcaria and tibial spines pale ; the
tarsal spines with a more fulvous tint. Abdomen black ;
the petiole rufous beneath, its keel straight ; on the second
segment are two oval marks, near the middle, of silvery
pubescence ; the third and fourth segments are broadly
banded laterally with similar pubescence ; the pygidium
is obscurely punctured at the base ; its apex smooth ; the
sides fringed with long pale hair.

C

34 Cameron, Hymcjioptera Oricntalia.

MUTILLA TIRHOOTENSIS, Sp. 710V.

Nigra, vertice. late thoraccquc supra rufis ; abdoinine
argentco -octo -macula to ; pedibus iiigris, dense aj-genteo-
pilosis. 9 ■

Long. 10 mm.

Hab. Tirhoot, Bengal (Rothney).

Belongs to Bingham's " Section B : head black, varie-
gated with red or ferruginous ; thorax red."

Scape of antennffi thickly covered with pale fulvous
hair; the flagellum thickly with pale pubescence. Head
developed more than the length of the eyes behind them,
rugosely punctured, the punctures round, large, dee[) ; the
front and vertex sparsely covered with long, black and
pale hairs ; between and below the antennae is a thick
mass of long, pale fulvous hair. Mandibles rufous in the
middle ; the base covered with long pale hair. In the
centre of the vertex is a large rufous spot. Thorax red,
the lower part of the pleur.-e and the breast black ; above,
irregularly and deeply reticulated all over; the reticula-
tions large and deep, and with thick walls ; the apex has an
oblique slope, is reticulated only on the top and sides, the
rest smooth and with a keel in the middle. Fro- and
meso-pleurai black ; the propleurai reticulated above at
the top ; the lower half of the mesopleurae thickly covered
with depressed silvery pubescence ; metapleurii^ rufous,
reticulated. Legs black, thickly covered with white hair.
Abdomen not much longer than the head and thorax
united ; black ; the basal segment thickly covered with
long white hair ; on the centre of the second segment are
two oval, dark silvery marks; there are two large square
ones, clearly separated, on the third ; the fourth and fifth
thickly covered with long, silvery pubescence, and divided
into two by a narrow division, Fygidium smooth and bare
in the middle, the sides thickly covered with long black
hairs; the ventral surface covered with loncj black hairs.

Manchester Mejiwirs, Vol. xliv. (1900). No. W 35

MUTILLA VIOLENTA, Sp. nov.

Nigra, tJioracc supra rufo ; flagcllo antenna nun brnnneo;
ahdoinine albo-scx-niaculato, sub t us rufo. 9 .

Long. 8 mm.

Hab. Ceylon ( Yerbury).

Head slightly, but distinctly, wider than the thorax,
strongly rugosely punctured ; in the middle the punctures
are stronger, and run into irregular longitudinal striations;
is reticulated over the antennas. Scape of antennae
covered with long silvery hairs ; the flagellum is stout,
dark rufous, darker, almost black, above ; the third joint
is not quite the length of the fourth, and is narrowed at
the base. Thorax twice the length of the head, slightly
irregularly contracted in the middle above, the metathorax
slightly wider. The median segment has an oblique
slope, is deeply and strongly reticulated, and is darker
coloured at the apex ; its upper part dentate. Propleurje
and the upper parts of the meso- and meta-pleuras rufous,
smooth and shining ; the apical part of the last irregularly
reticulated. Legs black, with a slight piceous tint ; the
calcaria pale ; on the hinder tibiae are five stout, dark rufous
spines. Abdomen black, the ventral surface for the greater
part ferruginous ; the basal segment is sparsely covered
with long white hair ; the two marks on the base of the
second segment are oval ; the two on the third segment
are larger, are on the apex of the segment, broader than
long, and irregularly rounded behind ; the marks on the
fourth segments are smaller ; the pygidium is closely
longitudinally striated, and fringed laterally with long
pale hair ; the ventral keel has a slight curve ; the
segments are rather thickly covered with long white hair.

MUTILLA PAMPHIA, Sp. nov.
Nigra, capite dense longe pallide piloso ; tJiorace supra

^6 Cameron, Hyuienoptct'a Orioitalia.

ferrugi)ieo ; abdoniinc fiilvo-quadri-niaailato; pcdibus
nigris. $ .

Long : lo mm.

Hab. Barrackpore {Rothney).

Head as wide as the thorax ; the front and vertex
thickly covered with long black, intermixed with shorter
silvery hair ; it is largely developed behind the eyes —
more than their length — and is closely and strongly
punctured ; the punctures large and deep. Antennal
tubercles black. Behind and below the eyes the hair is
thicker and longer. Scape of antennae thickly covered
with long silvery hair ; the flagellum with a pale down ;
the third joint is about one-quarter longer than the
following. Mandibles rufous in the middle ; the base
thickly covered with long white hair. The thorax not
quite twice the length of the head ; the pronotum is
large, flat above, irregularly punctured, obscure rufous, the
sides margined. Mesonotum entirely red ; deeply and
strongly punctured ; the punctures large ; the hair is
sparse, long and black. The median segment has an
oblique slope ; the upper part has large reticulations ;
the lower part is black. The proplcurtX piccous and
finely striated ; the base of the mesopleura^ irregularly
striated and punctured ; the u[)per part of the metapleura^
strongly reticulated ; the upper edge of the mcso- and the
upper half of the meta-plcur:e are rufous. Legs thickly
covered with white hair; calcaria white; the tibial spines
pale rufous, black on the apex. Abdomen deep black ; the
petiole thickly covered with long white hair; in the middle
of the second segment are two fulvous oval marks; on the
sides of the third are two square ones of similar colour ;
pygidium smooth and fringed with long black hairs. The
basal ventral segment is rufous ; the keel is roundly dilated
towards the apex ; the second segment has an oblique

MmicJicstcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 15. 37

slope, is piceous in the middle; the sides and apex are
strongly punctured.

A distinct species, distinguished by the head and
thorax having more and longer hair than usual. It fits
best into Bingham's "Section A., ^?., rt'.," but the spots are
fulvous rather than }'ello\v and golden.

MUTILLA MARCIA, Sp. UOV.

Nigra, mcsonoto mctanotiquc apice supra riifis; ab-
doniinc albo-scx-niacidato ; pedibns iiigris. ? .

Long. 7 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore {Rot/iney).

Head slightly wider than the thorax ; black, strongly
rugosely punctured, running into reticulations, sparsely
covered with long black, behind the eyes thickly with
white hairs. Thorax twice the length of the head,
rounded in front ; black ; the mesonotum and the upper
third of the apical slope of the metanotum ferruginous ;
strongly and deeply rugosely punctured, more strongly on
the apex than on the base ; the apex has an oblique slope
and is broadly rounded above ; it is strongly, irregularly,
longitudinally striated ; the striae stronger and irregularly
curved on the rufous part, becoming weaker and straighter
towards the middle ; the apical part is smooth. Pleurae
smooth ; black, except for a curved red band on the apex
above ; the upper edge is rough and irregular ; on the
upper side of the metapleuras are four short, blunt teeth ;
above the apical slope are short, irregular teeth. Legs
black, thickly covered with white hairs ; the calcaria
white ; the spines on the hinder tibiae long and pale.
Abdomen black ; near the base of the second segment
are two oval marks, placed lengthways ; on the third
segment are two larger oval spots placed across, and
on the fourth are two smaller round spots of silvery

38 Cameron, Hymcnoptera On'cjiialia.

pubescence ; the ventral keel is straight, and not much
developed ; the sides of the second segment, above in the
middle, covered with rufous pubescence.

MUTILLA (^NOMA, sp. nov.

Nigra, protJioracc, inesoiioto uietatwtoque Tufis ; abdo-
minis segjucnto 2-0 albo-biniaculato ; pedibns nigris. ? .

Long. 5 mm.

Hah. Barrackpore (RotJiney).

Head slightly wider than the thorax ; rugosely punc-
tured, sparsely covered with longish fuscous hair ; the
antennal tubercles rufous. Antennae stout, the apex of the
scape rufous ; the third joint about one-half longer than
the fourth. The prothorax is entirely rufous ; the meso-
notum, metanotum, the upper part of the apical slope and
the upper third of the metapleurie, rufous. The upper
part of the thorax is coarsely, longitudinally and rugosely
punctured ; the upper (red) part of the apical slope is
largely reticulated, ending in the top of the black part in
elongated area:, which are rounded below ; the lower part
is smooth. Pleurae smooth and shining ; the basal keel
on the propleurre rough, irregular ; the lower half thickly
covered with white hair. Legs black, thickl}- covered
with white hair ; the calcaria white ; on the tibi.x- arc five
sharp, pale spines. Abdomen black, the base sparsely
covered with long pale hair ; on the second segment,
shortly behind the middle, are two round, silvery-white
marks ; the sides of the third and the fourth dorsal seg-
ments are covered with white hair; the p}'gidium smooth;
the ventral keel is straight.

The eyes are large ; the thorax is about twice the
length of the head, is rounded in front, more transverse
behind. I n Bingham's table (p. 4) comes near to M. rujicrux,
but is distinct from an}-thing described.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xHv. {igoo), IVo. I."*. 39

MUTILLA EMANCII'ATA, Sp. 710V.
iV/o-ra, uicsoiioto proplcurisque rufis ; ahdoinhie alho-
sex-niixculato ; pedibus iiigris. 9 .
Lonc^. 6 mm.

Plnb. Barrack pore {Rothney).

AnteniKu stout, black ; the apex of the scape rufous,
the third joint not quite twice the length f)f the fourth.
Head not quite so wide as the thorax ; strongly, but not
closel}', punctured and sparsely covered with black hair ;
the tubercles rufous ; the face testaceous. Mandibles
broadly rufous at the base. Thorax short, rounded and
slightl}- narrowed towards the base ; the sides straight ;
the mesonotum strongly rugosely punctured, the punctures
large, deep, and running in the middle into reticulations ;
the apex has an oblique slope and is rounded above; it is
black, except above, and is irregularly rugose. Pleurae
black, except the propleurai and the base of the mesopleuras,
which are ferruginous, the prosternum being also rufous ;
the mesopleurze bears a silvery pile ; the metapleurse
smooth, not reticulated ; the apical half thickly covered
with longish white hair. Legs thickly covered with white
hair ; the tibial and tarsal spines white, with a slight
fulvous tinge ; the calcaria white. Petiole fringed with
long, dark fuscous hair ; on the second segment behind the
middle are two oval marks of silvery pubescence, and
the sides of the third and fourth segments are covered with
silvery pubescence ; the basal half of the pygidium is
punctured, the apical closely, transversely striated ; the
basal ventral segment has the basal half raised behind,
and with an oblique slope towards the middle.

Resembles M.guojiia; but is known from it by the base
only of the pleurae being rxxious, g)/oiiia having the apex
of the metapleurai rufous, and by the thorax being wider
compared with the head.

40 Cameron, Hymenoptera Orientaha.

MUTILLA PHAOLA, sp. nov.

Nigra, vicsoyioto rufo ; abdoimnc albo-^-inaculato ;
pedibus nigris, tarsis sordide tcstaccis. 9 .

Long. 5 — 6 mm.

Hab. Poona ( Wroiighton).

Head black, not much wider than the thorax, strongly
and closely punctured, sparsely covered with long blackish
hair ; the antenna! tubercles large, rufous, shining ; man-
dibles dark rufous, the apex black ; palpi testaceous.
Eyes moderately large. Antennae stout ; black ; the
scape at the apex, and more or less below, red ; the second
joint is entirely red ; the flagellum more or less irregularly
dark rufous beneath ; the third and fourth joints are
almost equal in length. Thorax scarcely twice the length
of the head ; the prothorax distinctly separated and
narrowed ; the apex is rounded. The meso- and the
upper part of the meta-notum dark rufous, strongly and
deeply punctured ; the apex has an oblique slope, and is
rounded above ; smooth ; black ; the upper part with
some short striae and some punctures. The base of tlie
propleurae rufous ; the upper part behind punctured ;
meso- and base of meta-pleurse smooth ; the apex of the
metapleurii^ punctured ; the punctures large and scattered.
Presternum dark rufous. Legs covered with long white
hair ; the tarsi are dark testaceous. Abdomen scarcely
so long as the head and thorax united ; deep black ; the
petiole covered with long white hair ; on the base of the
second segment is a spot of silvery pubescence ; there is
a similar spot, twice its size and rounded behind, on
the apex of the second segment ; there is a small
mark in the middle of the fourth, and a larger one
on the fifth ; the pygidial area is not defined, and is
smooth and shining The basal ventral segment is tri-

Manchester Meuwirs, Vol. xliv. {igoo), No. 15. 41

angularly, obliquely depressed at the base and apex ; the
middle keel is broad, straight.

Comes near to M. triniaculatn Cam.

MUTILL.'X EDOLATA, Sp. IWV.

Rufa, abdoininc nigro, segnieiitis i — 5 vitta apicah
albo-sericea ornatis ; pcdilnis rnfis ; capite laevo, ?iitido, sparse
punctato. 9 .

Long. 7 mm.

Hab. Ceylon ( Yerbury').

Head distinctly wider than the thorax ; broader than
long ; behind the eyes as long as them ; smooth, shining,
sparsely punctured and covered sparsely with longish
black hair ; the antennal tubercles large, smooth and
shining. Mandibles rufous, their apices broadly black.
Antennce stout, rufous, thickly covered with a white down ;
the third joint narrowed, twice the length of the fourth.
Thorax of equal width above ; strongly, longitudinally
rugulose, sparsely covered with longish black hair ; the
apex has an oblique slope, is smooth, shining, and thickly
covered with long fuscous hair. Pleura; smooth and
shining ; the upper half of the metapleurse punctured
sparsely. Legs rufous, and thickly covered with fuscous
hair ; the tibial spines coloured like the legs. Abdomen
black with a faint violaceous-blue tint ; there is a small
square mark on the apex of the first; a large semi-circular
one on the second, a smaller one on the third, and a still
smaller one of silvery pubescence on the apex of the fourth
abdominal segment ; the pygidium is smooth, testaceous.
The sides of the petiole below are broadly rufo-testaceous.

Agrees in size and coloration with J/, hesitata ; is
easily distinguished by the shorter thorax, which is not
twice the length of the head as it is in J/, hesitata, and by
the smooth front and vertex.

42 CA^n•.RON, Ilymcnofytcra Orient alia.

Ml'TII.I.A IIKSITATA, Sp. nov.

Ferriij^inca, aluioi/iinc cocrnlco, alboDiaculato ; nictanoto
rcticulato. 9 .

Loni;-. 7 inm.

Hab. Ceylon ( Yerbtiry).

Aq^rccs in coloration and size with M. poonaensis Cam.,
from Bomba)- ; but ma)' readil\- be distinguished from it b}'
the median seL;nicnt bciuL;" reticulated.

Head slightly broader than the thorax, the front and
vertex strongly i)unctured ; the former with blackish, the
latter with golden hair ; behind the eyes it is about half
their length, and is roundl}- narrowed. Antennal tuber-
cles smooth and shining. xAntennaj stout, reddish. Thorax
twice the length of the head, slightly narrowed towards
the apex ; mesonotum rugosely punctured and sparsely
covered with golden hair; the scutellar region with black
hair. The upper part of the median segment is distinctly,
and not verx' clo.sel)*, reticulated ; the apex is smooth,
neillu-r punctured nor reticulated. The praplcur;e sparsely
punctured above; the lower part at the apex is blackish;
the lower part of the mesopleur;e blackish, thickly covered
with long silvery hair. Metai)leura: black, rufous round
the edges, the lower part thickly covered with silvery
pubescence. Abdomen coeruleous; on the base of the
second segment is an oblong, white spot ; its a[)ex has a
broad white band, interrupted in the middle ; the fourth
and following segments are thickh- covered with long
black hair ; the spot is longer than broad, the base and
apex bluntl)' rounded ; the last segment is smooth, its
sides bearing long white hair.

MUTILLA PARTI 1 KM A, Sp. UOV.
Nigra, t ho race riifo; abdoinuiis scg)iic)ito 2-o pallidc
aurco-)nacnlah\ apitc aiireo-piloso ; pcdibns nigris. $ .
Long. 6 mm.
Hab. Barrack pore {Roiliucy).

Maiulicstcr .]frii/oirs, I'ol. x/iv. (1900), Xo. I."*. 43

Antcmi;!^' black, distinctly tapcrini^ towards the apex ;
the scape covered with pale fulvous hair ; the third joint
not much lonc^er than the fourth, and narrower than it.
Head as wide as the thorax, closel}' rugosely punctured ;
sparsely covered with black hair ; the antennal tubercles
red, jnmctured above, shining. Mandibles rufous, black
at the apex. Thorax strongly rugosely punctured ; before
the apex is an indistinct transverse furrow ; the sides are
almost straight ; the apex almost transverse ; it has an
abrupt, slighlh' obli(]ue slope, and is strongK- and closely
reticulated. Pleunij smooth and shining, the propleura;
rugose. Legs black, the hair long and white ; there are
four pale rufous spines on the tibi.e ; the calcaria and the
tarsal spines are paler. Abdomen not quite so long as the
head and thorax united ; black ; the basal segment is
sparsel}' covered with long black hair ; on the base of the
second segment is a spot of pale golden i)ubescence ; its
apex, and the third segment entirely, covered with similar
pubescence ; the p)'gidium is dark rufous, and is closely
longitudinally striated ; the ventral keel is rufous and is
triangularly incised in the middle.

Comes nearest to the l^urmi'se J/, coiijuiigcuda INlagr.

MUTILLA I'KRSUASA, Sp. HOIK

Nigra, vcrticc incso]iotoqnc nifis ; fcnioribns piccis ;
abdoDinw albo-biviaculato. ? .

Long. 7 mm.

Hub. Ceylon ( Yerbicr}').

Head large, distinctly wider than the thorax ; behind
the eyes it is twice their length ; black ; a large red mark,
broader than long, with the sides rounded, on the vertex ;
shining, the front and vertex distinctly, but not very
closely, punctured ; the punctures closer on the front than
on the vertex ; sparsely covered with long black hair ; the

44 Cameron, Hyvicnoptcra Orioitalia.

antcnnal tubercles rufous. Eyes rather small, compared with
the head. Mandiblesbroadly rufous in the middle. The face
covered with long white hair below the antenna,'. Thorax
somewhat quadrangular, rounded at the base and apex;
in length, half that of the abdomen, black ; the meso-
notum rufous, except round the edges; strongly rugosely
punctured, sparsely covered with long black hairs ; the apex
of the median segment above projects into a plate which is
broader than long and has, on either side of it, three short,
stout teeth. The apex of the segment is shining, sparsely
punctured, except on the apex, covered with long pale hair,
and with a fine longitudinal keel in the middle. Pleurae
smooth and shining, the apical part of the metapleurae
distinctly punctured, except on the top. Legs black, the
femora and the anterior tibiae piceous ; the spines dark
rufous, the calcaria pale. Abdomen not much longer than
the head and thorax united ; black, closely punctured ; a
spot on the apex of the petiole and a larger, broader one
on the apex of the second segment of silvery pubescence ;
the p}-gidium strongly j)unctured, exce[)t in the middle,
which is aciculated ; it is covered with silvery pubescence
and with long pale hair ; the petiole is covered with long
hairs, pale on the base, those on the apex darker.

Belongs to Bingham's " Section B : head black, varie-
gated with red ; thorax red," (]). G) except that with it only
the mesonotum is red.

AIUTILLA RECONDITA, Sp. nov.

Nigra, tJiorace femiginco, pliiiris apiceque segvtenti
vicdialis infra nigris ; abdominis scgvicnto 2-o albo-bivia-
ciilato ; pedibus nigris, tarsis posticis testaccis. $ .

Long. 5 mm.

Hab. Ceylon ( Ycrbury).

Comes into liinghani's " Section A. a. a^. b'-. b\," near to
M. tridnnoiilata.

Manchester Memoirs, ] ^oL xliv. {igoo}, N'o. 15. 45

Scape of antenn.'u shining, sparsely pilose, piceous ;
the base of the flagellinn testaceous. Head black;
slightly, but distinctly, wider than the thorax ; the front
and vertex closely, strongly and uniformly punctured ;
the transverse keels above the antenna:? are distinct ; on
the front in the micidle is a narrow longitudinal keel.
The sides of the face are rufous. Mandibles rufous.
Thorax rufous ; the sides parallel ; the base and apex
rounded ; it is about twice the length of the head.
Mesonotum strongly punctured, more closeh' and not so
strongly at the apex ; the base irregularly striated, the
sides uneven. The apex has a rather abrupt oblique
slope ; it is black, rufous round the edges ; the lower part
in the middle smooth, the rest reticulated ; the upper
part has in the centre a bluntly rounded, broad tooth ; on
either side of this are four short, blunt teeth. Pleurae
smooth, shining, black, rufous round the edges. Legs
black, piceous at the base ; covered with white hair ; the
tibial spines pale testaceous, longish, and four in number.
Abdomen as long as the head and thorax united ; black ;
the petiole punctured and covered with long pale hairs ;
behind the middle of the second segment are two oval
marks of pale fulvous pubescence ; the third and fourth
segments are covered with similar pubescence ; the
pygidium is strongly and closely punctured ; the second
ventral segment is strongly punctured.

MUTILLA ASPERA, Sp. 710V.

Nigra, vert ice inesonotoqiie ferrugincis; apice abdominis
segmenti secuiuii fiilvo-piloso ; flagello antennarttni subtus
brunneo ; apice mctanoti spiiioso.

Long. 7 — 8 mm.

Hab. Ceylon ( Yerbury).

46 CaMI'.I^oN, I lyiiiciioptt-ra Oyicntnlin.

("onu'S into HiiiiOiam's "Scctitm H: licad black,
varii'!.^it('il with rrd oi- Iri rii'Mm ms ; tliorax red" and " ^/,
Second al)(.loniiiial se_L;nieiil with no white spots, hut a
fascia on apical martjjin senile iKuIai." This onl\' contains
.]/. /(V/rv/A/Ar, w hit h has no near iclat ionshi] > to t he |)rcseiit
spcH it's and ma)' he known hom il h\ the ineihan
seL;nu-nt not heini; sjiinosi-.

Mead sliidilK, hut dislinctU', widei' than the thorax ;
sli;;htly i)ioader than loiii; ; rounded in h'ont, slii^iitly
roundJN' concave hehind ; l)la( k, a iar^c red mark on the
vertex broader than loni;, pmu lured uniform!)' ; sparsely
covc-rrd with shoi t blackish h.ni' ; the antemial tubercles
smooth, shinin;;, rt'd. Mandibles broadU' rulous In the
middle and Irinj^ed with l<inL;,paIe hiK'oirs hair. Antemi.e
thickl)' covered with a pah- down, stout, the ll,ii;ellum
bi o\\ 11 1 -h beneath. Thoia.x black, the mesoiiolum bio;idl)'
rulous In the middk- ; it is Ioul^im' than bio.ul, not nuudi
Ioniser than the head ; tlu- base broadl)' rounded ; the
apex h, IS a broad plate In the c(;ntrt\ almost s([uare, .nul
with a small, stout, stjuare tooth on either side; outside
this is a nipple like l(ioth. Alesouotiun loiiiMtudlnalh'
rui;ose in the nu'ddle on tlu' basal twi > thirds. The apex
of tlie median st'innent has an obluiue slopi-, and is irrei;u-
larl)-, and not \er)' distlncll)', reticulated round tlu- sides,
rienra- smooth and shlnini; ; the apii.d hall ol the meta-
pK'ura' ^tronid)' jiunctured. l.ei;s thickl)' coviaed with
while hail' ; tlu- lenioia and cox.e ha\e a piceous lliiL;e ; the
tibial spiiu's dark, the tarsal brlidu rulous, the calcaria
paU-. .\bdomi-n black, ratlu'r thickl)' pilose ; i>n tlu- ape.x
of the lust is a small, on that of the sect)nd a lartjer,
tuft of jiale luUoiis pubescence. r\';^;idluin stroni;!)'
punt lured; tlu- middle smooth aiul boidt-red. Tlu" basal
\cnlr.il segment is smooth ,iiid shiniiu;, dull rulous; there
is a narrow oblitiue keel aloni; the siiles, but no centred keel.

MiVtclicstcr Memoirs, / 'c/. .r//:'. ( 1 900), No. |.%. 47

MlITII.LA IM)()( ILA, .v/). nov.

Nis^^ra, ^'criicc tlioraccijitc nifts; alx/oniinis scj^iiinito
scaiiido albo-Diociilalo ; pcdihiis i/ii^ris, Jciiiorilnis fucris. 9 •

Lone^. fere 6 mm.

If(7lK Ce)-loii ( )'i-rl>nr]').

I lead as wide as the thorax, broadly roiin(h'(l in front,
transverse beliiiul, with the ed_L;es rounded; black; the
vertex broadly rufous ; stioni^ly punctured, behind the
ocelli not so stroni^i}' and more closely ; sparse!)' covered
with black pubescence. Antennal tubercles rufous ; the
face rufo-testaceous ; the central pait clearly .separated
and triangular. Mandibles rufous, black at the apex.
Palpi dark testaceous. Antenna- stout, black, dark testa-
ceous beni-ath, thic:kly covered with a pale i)ile. I'hora.x
rufous, about twice as lonij as broad, rounded at base
and apex; rugosely punctured abo\e and irrei;ularly
longitudinally striated on the basal half ; tin- latc'ral edges
are rough ; the apex of the median segment above with a
spine in the middle ; this spine is broad at the base viewed
laterally, and narrowetl towards the top ; near the middle
on either side of it are two short, thick si)ines. Pro- and
mes()-|)leura' smocjth and shining ; the metapleura- black,
strongly jiunctiued. I-egs black; the femora inclining to
piccous ; the hair long, ciensc, and white ; calcaria white.
Abdomen black ; a mark of white pubescence on the apex
of the petiole, a much larger one, nuich broailer than long
and bluntly rounded behind, on the apex of the second,
and one slightly larger than it on the petiole, and one,
somewhat square in shape, on the apex of the thirti seg-
ment. The a[)ical segment has no area, is thickly covered
with long, pale fulvous hair, and strongly [punctured at the
base ; the basal ventral segment is pale testaceous and
has no keel in the middle.

Is nearly related to .)/. (^/.s/'^vv/, having the same general

48 Cameron, Hymowptera Orieutalia.

coloration, but is much smaller and more slenderly built;
may readily be known by the central tooth on the median
segment not being broad and plate-like.

MUTILLA LETHARGIA, Sp. nov.

Nigra, capite tJioraccqne /cmigiiieis ; pedibus nigris,
tarsis tcstaceis ; abdoviinis seg mentis alboniaailatis. ? .

Long. 5 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore {Rothney).

This species fits best into Bingham's "Section D" ; but
the head has less black and more red than in most of the
species of the group. The spined metanotum, size and
coloration indicate its relationship to the Ceylonese M.
aspera, &c.

Antenna; stout, the flagellum thickly covered with
white pubescence, the scape and base of flagellum dark
piceous ; the third joint narrowed at the base and twice
the length of the fourth. Head as wide as the thorax ;
slio-htly rounded in front, transverse behind , behind, it is
not quite so long as the eyes ; the lower edges distinctly
margined, irregularly serrate, below the eyes. Antennal
tubercles large, smooth, and shining. The face and oral
re"-ion rufo-testaceous, the middle thickly covered with
lono", the sides with shorter, white pubescence. Mandibles
broadly rufous at the base ; the palpi pale testaceous.
Thorax twice as long as broad ; the sides irregular, not
contracted in the middle ; on the sides, behind the middle,
are six distinct teeth ; the basal one is the smallest, the
apical one stouter and broader than the others ; the upper
ed""e is irregularly toothed ; the central tooth being longer,
sharper, and more distinct than the lateral, and from its
base a narrow keel runs towards the middle of the
mesonotum. The apex of the thorax has an oblique slope,
is strongly punctured all over, thickly covered with long

MixncJicster Memoirs, Vol. xliv. {\()o6). No. 15. 49

white hair; the upper third is rufous, the rest black. The
[n'O-, meso-, and base of meta-[)leur;e smooth and shining.
Legs black, inclining to piccous, covered with longish
white hair ; the tarsi lighter in colour ; the tibial spines
four, longish, sharp, pale testaceous. Abdomen deep
black ; there is a small mark on the apex of the first
abdominal segment, a longer, broader one, rounded
behind, on the apex of the second, and a smaller one on
the apex of the third, of silvery pubescence ; the pygidium
not defined ; the central segment smooth, shining, and rufo-
testaceous in colour ; the hypopygium is punctured, keeled
laterally and rufo-testaceous on the apex.

The following species are only known in the winged
or male sex. In the Aim. & Mag. Nat. Hist, for August
of the present year I have described a number of new
species oi Jintiiiidcc from India.

MUTILLA FOVEISCUTIS, Sp. UOV.

Nigra, abdoniine ferntgineo, basi apiccque iiigris ;
sciitcllo tiibcrailato, medio Icvvo, basi fovcato ; alis violaccis ;
capite thoraceque dense nigro-pilosis. $ .

Long. 23 mm.

Hab. Poona ( IVroughton).

Antennas distinctly tapering towards the apex ; the
scape thickly covered with long white hair ; the flagellum
with a pale pile. The front and vertex are strongly, but
not closely, punctured, thickly covered with long black
hair ; the middle of the front thickly covered with silvery
pubescence ; the lower inner orbits with a broad belt of
silvery pubescence ; the face bare, shining ; the apex of
the clypeus transverse, covered with long hair ; obliquely
projecting. ]\Iandibles black; the base thickly covered
with silvery pubescence, the rest bare, smooth and

D

50 Cameron, Hyvunoptcra Orientalia.

shiniiif^. Thorax thickly covered with stiff black hair ;
the pronotum broadly at the apex, and the lower side
of the mesopleurai in the middle, thickly covered with
silvery pubescence. Mesonotum strongly and deeply
punctured ; the furrows are deep ; between them is a keel
which is smooth and shining, and extends to near the
base. Scutellum rugosely punctured, its middle smooth,
bare and shining ; at its base is an oval fovea ; its apex
is slightly depressed ; the smooth part jjrojects over the
apex, which has a long, sharply oblique slope. The base
of the median segment is raised and has a perpen-
dicular slope, and is separated from the mesothorax by a
wide deep space ; the segment is opaque, coarsely aluta-
ceous, not reticulated, and is sparsely covered, particularly
at the sides, with long black hairs ; the central furrow is
depressed at the base, where it is furrowed in the middle ;
it reaches to the top of the slope, becoming gradually
narrower ; the keels are raised at its apex and arc there
smooth and shining ; the apex has an almost perpen-
dicular slope, and is rounded at the top. Propleur^
rugose, the middle bearing stout strice, the apex smooth.
Mesopleurai broadly tuberculate at top and bottom,
opaque, alutaceous, and covered with black hairs ; the
upper half of the metapleur;e reticulated, the lower
smooth. Legs thickly covered with black hair ; the fore
calcaria pale. Abdomen ferruginous, the petiole and two-
thirds of the apical segment black ; the petiole strongly
punctured and covered with long black hair, as is also the
base of the second segment ; the apex of the second, and
the third to sixth segments, thickly covered with long
orange pubescence ; the black part of the last segment is
covered with black hairs; its middle is smooth and bare,
the apical half of the ventral keel projects as an oblique,
somewhat triangular tooth, rounded at the apex ; the

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 15. 51.

apical two ventral segments are armed laterally with
stout, oblique keels, the basal one being stouter and shorter
than the apical.

Comes near to M. crcssida and M. .\-carhiata ; may
be known from both by the fovea on the base of the
scutellum, and by the wide and deep depression at the
base of the median segment.

MUTILLA QUADRICARINATA, sp. HOV.

Long. 22 mm. $, .

Hah. Barrackpore {Rot/uicy).

Agrees in size and coloration with M. scxuiaadata
{cf. Cameron, Ann. &■ Mag. Nat. Hist.,]u\y, 1899, p. 61), but
differs from it by the prothorax wanting the band of white
pubescence ; by the scutellum wanting the depression in
the middle at the base ; by the median segment having
the pubescence longer, blacker, and more dense ; by its
apical slope being more rounded, not so shapely oblique ;
by the hair on the petiole being longer and black ; by
the tooth on the ventral keel being placed at the end, not
in the middle ; and by the antenna; being longer and more
slenderly built.

Scape of the antennse covered with long black hair ;
the flagellum with a pale down. Front and vertex thickly
covered with long black hair ; the front also with silvery
pubescence ; the cheeks with a broad band of silvery
pubescence. Clypeus bare, shining, its sides and apex
obscurely striated ; the basal half of the mandibles thickly
covered with siU'ery pubescence. Pro- and meso-thorax
thickly covered with long, stiff, black hair. Prothorax
coarsely rugosely punctured ; the middle of the pleurae
with stout, distinctly separated striai ; the apex smooth.
Mesonotum coarsely rugosely punctured ; the furrows are
wide and deep ; between them is a longitudinal keel.

52 Cameron, Hymenoptcra Oricntalia.

Scutellum p_\-ramiclal ; its top and base in the middle
smooth, shinint^, {glabrous ; the rest strons^ly rugosel}'
punctured and thickly covered with long black hair. The
median segment is narrowed at the base, is coarsely reticu-
lated, and is thick!}- covered with long black hair ; the
central area reaches to the top of the oblique apex ; is
widest at the base ; the bordering keel is turned up at its
apex ; the apex of the segment has an obliquely rounded
slope, and is coarsely and stoutly reticulated. Mcsopleura^
coarsely and closely punctured, thickh' covered with
black hair, largeh' tuberculate, through roundly bulging
out at the top and bottom, there being a depression
between the upper and lower portions. Mesosternum
closely and strongly punctured, except at the base which
is aciculated. Legs thickly covered with black hair ; the
hair on the tarsi rufous, and the)- also bear a fulvous
pubescence. Wings dark violaceous, except for some
small hyaline streaks in the discoidal and cubital cellules;
the second cubital cellule at the top is slightly longer than
the third. Abdomen ferruginous ; the petiole and the
apical segment, except at the base, black ; the petiole is
coarsely and deeply punctured, and covered with long
black hair ; the other segments are thickly fringed with
orange hair ; the hair on the black apical part of the last
segment is black. The keel on the lower side of the
petiole projects at its apex in a large tooth, which is
rounded at the point and broader at the base ; the apical
ventral segment has an oblique, stout keel bordering the
sides ; the penultimate segment has a similar, but some-
what larger, keel on its apical half

MUTILLA CRESSIDA, sp. 710V.
Nigra, capitc tJioraceque dense iiigro-hirsutis ; abdoniine
fcrrugineo, basi apiccqiie nigris ; a//s violaccis. $ .

Manchester Mei/ioirs, Ju)/. xliv. (1900), No. 1.%. 53

Long. iS mm.

Hab. Ceylon ( Yerbiwy).

Scape of the antennc-e punctured, covered with stiff
white hairs ; the flagelkim with a pale down. Head thickly
covered with longish black hair ; the front in the middle,
the lower part of the cheeks, and the sides of the clypeus,
thickly covered with pale silvery depressed pubescence.
Front and vertex strongly and deeply punctured, the
puncturing more rugose below the antenn.e ; in the
middle of the vertex leading down to the ocelli is a smooth
keel. Clypeus smooth and shining ; the sides and apex
projecting all round, so that the central part appears
hollowed out ; above it the hair is longer than it is on the
vertex. Pronotum rugosely punctured above ; the middle
with some stout irregular keels ; the lower part smooth.
Mesonotum strongly and deepU^ punctured, thickly
covered with longish, stiff, black hair ; the two furrows are
wide and deep ; in the middle is a smooth shining keel.
The scutcllum is raised, rugosely punctured ; the middle
is obliquely raised from the base to the apex ; is smooth
and very shining ; this central part becomes gradually
and slightly wider towards the apex, which distinctly
projects ; the upper part is bare ; the lower fringed with
long black hair. The post-scutellum has an oblique slope,
is smooth and fringed with long black hair. The median
segment bulges out roundly in the middle ; it is strongly
reticulated except at the sides, which are almost smooth,
and bordered on either side by stout longitudinal keels ;
the central area is two-thirds of the length of the basal
division, and does not reach to its apex ; the basal fourth
is wider than the rest, and has the sides oblique ; the apex
is rounded. The legs are thickly covered with black hair ;
the calcaria and tarsal spines are also black. Wings
uniformly dark violaceous ; the second cellule at the top

54 Cameron, Hymeyioptera Oricntalia.

is slightly lonc^cr than the thirrl ; the recurrent nervures
are both received shortly bc}-ond thu middle of the cellules.
The abdomen is ferruginous ; the petiole is black, strongly
punctured, and covered with longish black hair; the ventral
keel at the apex ends in a large, stout, oblique tooth ; the
other segments are thickly fringed with ferruginous hair,
and are sparsely punctured ; the apical half of the pygidium
is black and covered with black hairs.

MUTILLA PII.KNNA, Sp. liov.

Nigra, abdominis scgvicntis 2 — 5 rufis ; alis fusco-
vtolaccis, basi hyaliiiis ; vicdio sciitelli laevo. 6 •

Long. 12 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore {Rotluiey).

Scape of antennre thickly covered with white hair ;
the flagellum opaque. Front and vertex shining, strongl}',
but not very closely, punctured ; the front in the middle
thickly covered with long white, the sides and vertex
covered more sparsely with long fuscous hair. Face and
clypeus smooth and shining ; the cl}-peus slightl}'
obliquely narrowed from the middle to the apex.
Mandibles black, thickly covered with long, pale silvery
hair ; before the middle is a broad red band. Palpi dark
fu.scous. Pro- and meso-notum closely and stronglx-
punctured, and thickly covered with long, dark fuscous
hair. Scutellum hardly raised above the level of the
mesonotum, strongly and deeply punctured, except in the
middle, which is smooth and shining ; the apex of this
shining band is widely furrowed. Median segment reticu-
lated, the basal area is wide at the base, being there twice
the width of the apex ; the wide part becomes graduall}-
narrowed ; it is thickly covered with white pubescence, as
are also the areai at its base ; the apex of the segment
is shining, strongly closely reticulated and sparsely

McvicJicstcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. |;">. 55

covered with long fuscous hair. Proplcur;^; rugose above ;
below are some stout oblique striations. Mesopleurai
rugose, the punctures running into reticulations ; the apex
smooth ; the apical half of the metapleunne reticulated ;
mesoplcune thick!)' covered with long white hairs. Legs
thickly covered with white hairs ; the calcaria and spines
pale. Wings fusco-violaceous ; the base distinctly hyaline;
the first cubital cellule at the top is very slighth' longer
than the second ; the first recurrent nervure is received
shortly be3-ond the middle, the second shortly beyond the
base of the apical third of the cellule. Abdomen ferru-
ginous ; the petiole, except at its apex, and the apical
two segments black ; the rufous segments are fringed
with pale fulvous pubescence ; the middle and base with
long white hair ; the pygidium covered with long pale
hair ; the apical two ventral segments are stoutly keeled
laterally.

MUTILLA IDVIA, Sp. HOV.

Long. II — 12 mm. $.

Hah. Barrackpore {Rothiicy).

Agrees in coloration of the body and wings with
M. plicunna ; may be known from it by the second cubital
cellule not being distinctly longer than the third at the
top ; by the central area being abruptly wider at the base,
not becoming gradually narrowed ; and by the stri.t on the
propleurai being more widely separated.

Scape of antennae thickly covered with silvery hair.
Front and vertex closely and strongly punctured ; the
front and the middle of the vertex thickly covered with
silvery pubescence. Clypeus smooth, shining and
glabrous. Mandibles at the base thickly covered with
silvery pubescence ; the basal tooth large. Palpi dark
fuscous. Pronotum closel)' rugosely punctured. JNIeso-

56 Cameron, Hymcnoptcra Oricntalia.

notum more shining, the punctures larger, deeper, and more
widely separated, and covered with fuscous pubescence.
Scutellum rugosely punctured ; the middle smooth,
shining and glabrous; the smooth part gradually and
slightly widened towards the apex. Median segment at
the base and middle thickly covered with pale pubescence;
the central area has the basal third abruptly widened; the
sides of the widened part at the apex oblique. The apex
of the segment is closely and strongly reticulated. On
the {)ropleuni,' are six stout, distinctly separated stri.-e ;
the upper pair do not reach to the apex. Mesopleurai in
the middle strongly punctured and thickl}' covered with
white hair. Metapleur.'e, except at the base, strongly
reticulated. Wings distinctly hyaline at the base behind
the transverse basal nervure, the first cubital cellule at the
top is equal in length to the second ; the first recurrent
nervure is received near the base of the apical third ; the
second shortl}', but distincth', be\ond the middle. On the
abdomen the apex of the petiole, the second, third, fourth
and fifth segments are ferruginous and banded with pale
fulvous hair on the apices ; the p}'gidium is punctured,
smooth and shining in the middle; the apical two \-entral
segments are stoutly keeled laterall}-.

MUTILLA .SABELLICA, sp. nov.

Nigra, abdonimc fci'rugineo, bast apiccque nigris ; seg-
mento viediali dense albo-piloso ; alls fiisco-violaceis. 6 .

Long. 14 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore {Rot/uiej').

Scape of antennze pilose, thickly covered with long
white hair, the flagellum with short pale pubescence.
V^ertex sparsely covered with long white hair ; strongly,
but not very closely, punctured; the space behind and on
the sides of the ocelli smooth; the ocellar region distinctly

JMancJicstcr ]\Icinnirs, ]^ol. xlir. (^\^)00), No. I5. 57

raised ; tlic front is thickly covered with lont^isli white
hair, which hides the texture ; the lower orbits and the
oral region even more thickly pilose, and with the hair, if
anythini^, longer. Mandibles large, shining ; the tubercles
large, shining, smooth, rounded ; the area between the
middle and hinder legs elongate, narrowed gradually
towards the apex ; the sides stoutly keeled. Mesonotum
strongly punctured, the punctures becoming larger towards
the apex ; at the base is a smooth flat keel in the middle.
Scutellum p}'ramidal, more strongly and deeply rugosely
punctured than themesonotum ; its base covered with long
black, the apex with longer pale hair. l^ost-scutellum
smooth, the sides covered with long pale hair. Median
segment stoutly reticulated; the reticulations smaller
and closer on the apex; the base thickly covered with
depressed white hair, which almost hides the texture
in the middle ; the central area is large, wide, and
extends to the apex ; its apical third at base oblique,
densely covered with silvery pubescence, the apex
curved ; the lower apical tooth large, three times
as long as the upper, which is bluntly triangular ; the
lower basal tooth is large, oblique, and somewhat
triangular in shape. The eye incision is rounded on the
inner side. Prothorax thickly covered with white hair ;
above rugosel}- punctured ; the apex of the propleurae
smooth ; the base with nine irregular, stout, clearly
separated stria-. Mesopleurje thickly covered w^ith
longish white pubescence, strongly, but not \-ery deeply,
punctured, the apex smooth. Metapleura^ reticulated,
the base smooth. Mesosternum thickly covered with
long white hair, its base roundl)' incised in the middle,
the sides appearing as two narrowed and rounded
parts ; the apical slope is covered with long pale
hair. Legs thickly covered with white hair ; the calcaria

58 Cameron, Hymcnoptera Oricntalia.

pale ; the tarsal spines pale rufous. Wings fusco-
vioiaccous, the extreme base paler ; the second cubital
cellule at the top is slightly, but distinctly, longer than the
third ; the second transverse cubital nervure is roundly
curved ; the first recurrent nervure is received near the
base of the apical third ; the second near the apical fourth;
the second recurrent nervure is obliquely bent at top
and bottom, straight ; the lower abscissa is the larger.
Abdomen ferruginous ; the petiole and the apical segment
black ; the petiole and the base of the second segment
are thickly covered with long white hair ; the middle
segments are fringed with long fulvous hair ; the ventral
keel has an oblique slope, its apex has a rounded tooth.
Pygidium strongl\- punctured, except in the middle ; the
hair is long and black ; the hypopygium bears two large
teeth, which are roundly curved above.

?iIUTILLA LABIENA, sp. nov.

Long. 14 mm. c.
Hab. Barrackpore {Rothney).

Agrees in form, size, and coloration with M.sabcUica.
The differences between the two are best shown in syn-
optical form.

I'rupleunx^ irregularly striated ; central area on median
segment reaching to the apex of truncation, not tri-
angularly narrowed ; the keels on the hypopygium
triangularly raised towards the ape.x. sabcllica.

Propleurai regularly and stoutly striated ; the central area
on the median segment triangularly narrowed, (V-
shaped), not reaching to the end of truncation ; the
keels on the hypopygium not much raised towards the
apex. labioia.

Scape of antenn;e thickl\' covered with long white

AT aiicJicstcr Memoirs, ]^ol. xliv. (1900), No. \7y. 59

hair; the flai^clluiii with a pale microscopic down. Vertex
strongly, but not closely, punctured ; the part at the sides
of the ocelli impunctate ; the hair long and white. l^Vont
thickly covered with long white hair, which is longer
above and between the antenn;u. Face smooth, finely
transversely striated over the clypeus, which is flat in the
middle. Base of mandibles covered with silver}- pubes-
cence ; the middle below with long golden hair. Palpi
dark testaceous. Pronotum closely punctured and thickly
covered with long white hair ; mesonotum more strongly,
and not so closel}-, punctured and thickly covered with
fuscous pubescence. Scutellum large, px'ramidal, coarsely
and deeply punctured ; at the base thickl)- covered with
dark, the apex with much longer white hair ; in the
middle on the basal slope is an irregularly twisted, smooth
keel. Median segment stoutly irregularly reticulated,
except on the sides of the basal area at the base ; the area
does not reach quite to the apex of the basal part of the
segment, is V-shaped with the apex rounded ; the apical
slope is coarsely reticulated with a keel down the middle.
PropleurK obliquely striated ; the apex smooth and raised
Mesopleurie coarsely punctured ; thickly covered in the
middle with long white hair ; the apex smooth and
glabrous. Mesosternum smooth, shining, sparsely
punctured ; the area stoutly keeled down the sides ; the
keels converging towards the apex. Legs thickly covered
with long white hair ; calcaria white. Wings violaceous;
the first cubital cellule at the top is about one-fourth
longer than the second ; the first recurrent nervure is
received shortly beyond the middle ; the second in the
apical fourth. Abdomen ferruginous ; the petiole and the
apical segment for the greater part black ; the middle
segments thickly covered with long fulvous hair; the last
segment with the hair paler ; it is smooth down the

6o Cameron, Hyvicnoptcra Oriejitalia.

middle, and is stronL,dy punctured ; the oblique lateral
keels on the hypopygium stout, and of uniform height
throughout ; the basal ventral keel is uniformly depressed ;
the apex is only very slightly more raised than the base.

MUTILLA MORN A, Sp. JlOV.

Nigra, apicc pctioli abdominisqiie segnicntis 2 — j
fcrrugineis ; capitc tJioraccqiic dense albo-pilosis ; a! is
violaceis, cellnla cubit ali i -a uuilto longiore quain 2-a. i .

Long. 14 mm.

Hab. Tirhoot, Bengal {Rothney).

Scape of antennae covered sparsely with long white
hair ; the Hagellum thickly with a fine pile. Front thickly
covered with silvery pubescence and with long silvery
han-; strongly, but not very closely, punctured ; the vertex
is similarly punctured and more sparsely covered with
long fuscous hair ; the ocellar region distinctly raised.
Face in the middle smooth, shining, bare ; keeled in the
middle ; above the clypeus is a row of large, deep, round
fovea; ; the sides and cheeks are thickly covered with
long silvery hair. Mandibles at the base thickly covered
with silvery hair, the j^alpi blackish, thickly covered with
white pubescence. Pronotum strongly punctured, thickly
covered with white hair ; the proplcurcU smooth and
bearing eight stout keels, which are placed at about equal
distances from each other, except the lower pair which
are more closely approximate. Mesopleura; thickly
covered with silver}' hair; the basal half reticulated.
Metapleurie thickly covered with long silvery hair ; the
base smooth, the ape.x reticulated. ^Nlesosternum thickly
covered with long silver\- hair ; smooth in the middle ;
the area is stoutly keeled down the middle and is smooth
and shining. Alesonotum shining, strongly, but not very

Maiichcstcr Memoirs, ]^ol. xliv. {\c)Qo), No. |."». 6 1

closely, punctured, the base thickly covered with long
white hair ; the rest of it less thickl)- with shorter, stiffer,
black hair. Scutellum pyramidal, strongly, rugosely
punctured, except for a smooth line in the middle on the
top ; the base covered with long black, the apex with
much longer j^ale, hair. The basal part of the median
segment is densel}- covered with depressed silvery hair, and
more sparsely with longer silvery hair ; reticulated ; the
median area has the basal third widened, its sides straight,
obliquely narrowed, its apex raised ; the apex is closely
irregularly reticulated and is thickly covered with long
white hair. The first cubital cellule at the top is twice the
length of the second ; the second transverse cubital nervure
has the upper three-fourths roundly curved ; the lower part
is straight, bullated ; the first recurrent nervure is received
at the base of the apical third of the cellule ; the second
nearer the middle. Abdomen thickly covered with white
longish pubescence ; the apex of the petiole, the second,
third, fourth, and fifth segments ferruginous ; thepygidium
thickly covered with long black hair ; the apex in the
middle smooth ; the ventral keel has a slight rounded
curve, and does not project at the base or apex ; the lateral
keels on the hypopygium not much raised ; those on the
penultimate segment more distinct.

MUTILLA FUNEBRANA, Sp. IIOV.

Nigra, abdojiiine fcrrugi>/eo, pctiolo, scgnieiitisqiie 5 — 7
nigris ; alis violaceis, basi fere hyalinis. 6 .

Long. 13 mm.

J-fab. Barrackpore i^RotJnicy').

Scape of antennae thickl}- covered with long white
hair ; the flagellum with a pale down. Front and vertex
strongly punctured ; the former thickly covered with

62 Cameron, Hymowptcra Oricntalia.

silver}' pubescence, intermixed with long silvery hair ; the
vertex sparsely with long white hair. Face and clypeus
smooth and shining ; the latter with a deep furrow on the
top and with two foveie on the sides above. Mandibles
at the base thickly covered with silvery pubescence ; palpi
dark fuscous. Pronotum strongly and deeply punctured,
except at the base, which is smooth and shining. The
apex of the propleur.-e is smooth and thickly covered with
a white pile ; there are nine stout keels equally separated.
Mesonotum closely and strongly punctured and thickly
covered with stiff black hair. Scutellum rugoscly punctured
except for a broad smooth line in the middle ; its base
sparsely covered with black, the rest with long white, hair.
Post-scutellum rugose, and covered with long white hair.
Median segment at the base thickly covered with depressed
silvery pubescence; it is reticulated, except along the sides
of the central area, which is not much widened at the base;
the keels there are straight ; the oblique apical slope is
strongly reticulated and covered with long white hair.
The base of the mesopleurre rugose and thickly covered with
white hair ; the apex of the metapleur;e irregularly reticu-
lated. Mesosternum thickly covered with white pubescence.
Legs thickly covered with long white hair ; the calcaria
white. Wings dark violaceous ; the first cubital cellule at
the top is slightl}', but distinctly, longer than the second ;
the second transverse cubital nervure is roundh^ curved ;
both the recurrent nervures are received shortly, but
distinctly, beyond the middle. Abdomen with the second,
third, and fourth segments ferruginous, densely covered
with white hair ; the third and fourth with golden hair on
the apex ; the last segment with black hair. The ventral
keel has a slight, rounded slope from the base to the apex;
the hypopygium is smooth at the base ; the lateral keels
are stout and do not reach the base.

MancJtcstcr Memoirs, V^ol. xliv. (1900), No. 15. 63

MUTILLA SERENA, sp. nov.
Nigra, capitc tlioraccquc dense loiige albopilosis, abdo-
minis scgmentis 2 — ^ rufis ; alis fiisco-violaeeis. $ .
Long. 12 mm.

Hah. Barrackporc {Rotluiey).

Scape of aiitcnniu thickly covered with long white
hair ; the flagellum with a pale down. Vertex strongly
punctured, more sparsely at the sides of and behind the
ocelli ; thickly covered with long white hair ; the front is
not so strongly punctured and much more thickly covered
with longer pale hair. P'ace smooth, shining, glabrous
and broadly carinate in the middle. Clypeus smooth,
shining, depressed broadh' at the apex and behind, except
in the middle. Mandibles at the base thick!)' covered
with silvery pubescence. Pronotum coarsely reticulated ;
its base smooth ; propleur?e rugosely punctured ; the
middle with widely separated keels ; the apex smooth.
Mesopleuras in the middle punctured, the punctures run-
ning into reticulations, and thickly covered with long
white hair. Apex of metapleurre irregularly reticulated.
Mesosternum thickl}- covered with long white hair ; the
metasternal area shining, smooth, stoutly keeled down the
middle and less distinctl)- laterally. Legs thickly covered
with white hair; the spurs white; the tarsal spines rufous.
Wings uniformly violaceous ; the first cubital cellule is, at
the top, one-fourth longer than the second ; the second
transverse cubital nervure is sharply elbowed shortly
above the middle ; the first recurrent nervure is received
near the base of the apical third, the second shortly be\-ond
the middle. Petiole black, except at the apex, shining,
punctured, covered with long white hair ; the ventral keel
has a shallow broad curve, and is slightly more raised at
the apex than at the base. The middle segments are
covered with fulvous hair ; the fifth and sixth with white,

64 Cameron, Hyvicnoptcra Orientalia.

the apical witli black hair ; the h\'popyi^iuin is stoutly
keeled laterally ; the keels are not much raised towards
the apex. The basal region of the median segment is
thickly covered with silvery pubescence, and is reticulated;
the central area reaches to the apex of the truncation ;
the basal third is wider than the rest ; the keels there
bulge roundly outwardl^^

In size and in having only the second, third, and fourth
abdominal segments red, this species agrees with M.
clcoiyma ; the latter species ma\- be known b\- the
propleura:; being more strongl}-, regularly and closely
punctured ; by the central area on the median segment
not being so wide at the base ; by the penultimate ventral
segment being stoutly keeled laterally ; and by the second
transverse cubital ncrvure being roundl}' cur\ed, not
elbowed.

MUTILLA CLEONVMA, Sp. HOV.

Nigra, abdouiiiiis segmentis 2 — -^ fcrntgiiicis ; medio
scutclli laevo ; alis fiisco-violaccis. 0.

Long. 13 mm.

Hah. 13arrackpore {Roihney).

Scape of antennre covered with sil\-er\'-white pube-
scence ; the flagellum with a black down ; its middle joints
slightly dilated. Front and vertex closely and strongly
punctured ; the vertex covered with longish fuscous hair ;
the vertex in the middle with a broad band of silvery
pubescence. Face and clypeus smooth and shining ; the
former broadly keeled in the middle. Base of mandibles
thickly covered with silvery hair ; the basal tooth stout.
Pronotum strongly and closeh- punctured, covered with
long fuscous hair; the mesonotum with shorter, thicker and
darker hair, its punctures are deeper and more widely
separated. Scutellum p\-raniidal, closely and strongl}'

MancJiester Memoirs, Vol. xHv. {\Q)o6), No. 15. 65

punctured, except in tlic middle ; it is covered with \o\v^ hair,
that on the apex is lonii^cr and paler. Post-scutellum
aciculated. Median sei^ment reticulated ; at the base
thickly covered with white pubescence ; the basal third of
the central area is widened ; the lateral keels roundly
curved ; the apex of the segment is strongly reticulated.
On the propleurai are seven stout, distinctly separated
striiii ; the second is indistinct, the middle one not half
the length of the others. Wings uniformly dark fusco-
violaceous ; the second cubital cellule at the top is shortly,
but distinctly, longer than the third ; the first recurrent
nervure is received near the base of the apical fourth; the
second near the base of the apical third. Legs thickly
covered with white hair ; the calcaria and spines pale.
Abdomen black ; the apex of the petiole, the second,
third, and the fourth segments, ferruginous ; the middle
segments fringed with fulvous hair ; on the pygidium in
the middle is a smooth, slightly raised part ; the apex is
smooth and depressed in the middle ; the hypopygium is
keeled laterally at the apex.

In Bingham's table (p. 9) this species forms a new
Section : " Second to fourth segments red."

MUTILLA MACULICORNIS, Sp. HOV.

Nigra, dense albo-pilosa ; antennis rnfo-niaculatis ;
abdorniiie fcrrugineo, apice nigro ; nlis fusco-violaceis,
basi hyali)iis. ^ .

Long. 13 mm.

Hub. Barrackpore {Rothncy).

Antenna:^ black ; the base and apex of the scape and
the base of the flagellum rufous ; the apical joints of the
flagellum brownish beneath ; the scape shining, punctured,
sparsely covered with white hair ; the flagellum opaque,
covered with a white microscopic down ; the third joint is

E

^6 Cameron, Hymtnoptera Oricntalia.

shortly, but distinctly, longer than the fourth. The front
and oral region densely covered with silvery hair; the vertex
more sparsely with longer fuscous ; the front and vertex
strongly,but not very closely,punctured ; the antennal keels
distinct, sharp. Clypeus smooth and shining, largely pro-
jecting above ; the lower half obliquelv depressed, glabrous,
somewhat triangular in shape, the middle depressed ;
mandibles rufous in the middle ; the base punctured,
densely covered with pale golden hair ; the palpi brown,
darker above. Pronotum densely covered with silvery
pile, intermixed with long silvery hairs ; the mesonotum
shining, strongly, deeply and closely punctured, the
punctures forming distinct rows ; the two furrows are
deep, the hair is thick and blackish. Scutellum roundly
raised ; deeply punctured ; covered with long fuscous
hair ; its apex is oblique ; in the middle of the basal half
is a smooth shining line, bluntly lanceolate at the apex.
Median segment closely reticulated ; the basal part thickly
covered with depressed silvery pubescence ; the central
basal area is elongate ; the basal third wider than the
rest. Propleurae marked with stout keels, the apex smooth ;
the central ]jart of the mesopleuraj irregularly punctured,
and thickly covered with white hair ; the metapleuraj at
the base smooth above ; the lower part irregularl}-, and not
very strongly, reticulated ; the rest distinctly, but not very
closely, reticulated. Legs thickly covered with white hair ;
the spines and calcaria pale. Wings fusco-violaceous ;
the second cubital cellule at the top is slightly longer, at
the bottom twice the length of the third ; the first recurrent
nervure is received at the base of the apical third ; the
second in the middle of the cellule. Abdomen ferruginous;
the apical half of the penultimate and the whole of the
last segment black; all the segments sparsel}- covered
with long white hair ; the petiole is rather strongly

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), ^V^. 15. ^7

punctured ; its basal teeth are stout ; the ventral keel is
large ; the basal half roundly depressed ; the apex pro-
jects more and is depressed in the middle ; its apical part
is longer and projects more than the basal. The pygidium
is strongly punctured, except in the middle, which is
smooth and shining ; its apex is depressed and more or
less rufous.

MUTILLA POESIA, Sp. nov.

Nigra, proiioto, scutello seginciitoque viediali rujis; alis
fiisco-Jiyalinis, nervis nigris. $ .

Long. 7 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore {RotJiney).

In Bingham's arrangement (p. 10) under C this species
might form a new " Section c. : Thorax anteriorly and
posteriorly red."

Scape of antenna; thickly covered with long white
hair ; the flagellum thickly with pale down ; stout ; the
third joint shorter than the fourth. Head black ; if any-
thing, narrower than the thorax ; the front broadly and
distinctly furrowed down the middle, strongly and closely
punctured, and thickly covered with white hair; the ©cellar
region raised, the raised part extending behind to the
occiput and obscurely punctured ; the sides of the
vertex strongly punctured. Occiput sharply margined.
Pro- and meso-notum shining, strongly punctured ; the
pronotum red above, except on the outer edges behind
and the base laterally ; it is thickly covered with longish
white hair. Mesonotum shining, strongly and deeply
punctured; the furrows obsolete. Scutellum rufous, strongly
and deeply punctured and covered with long pale hairs.
Metathorax entirely rufous ; the median segment strongly
reticulated ; the basal central area is as long as it is wide ;
the sides straight ; the apex triangular ; the keels issuing

68 Cameron, Hyvicnoptera Orioitalia.

from the lateral angles arc stouter than the others ; the
area is depressed ; the apex has an abrupt oblique slope.
The base of the propleura; punctured, the rest stoutly
striated. Mesopleura; strongly and closely punctured,
shining and covered with long white hair. Metapleunne
roundly projecting, strongl}' and deeply punctured, and
covered with long white hair. Legs thickly covered with
white hair ; the calcaria and tarsal spines pale. Wings
fusco-hyaline, short, the radial nervure straight and oblique
at the base; the apex roundl}- curved ; the second cubital
cellule is irregular, much narrowed at the top : five-angled,
distinctly angled in the middle below ; the first transverse
cubital nervure is straight and sharpl\- oblique, the second
is broadh' and roundly cur\-ed ; the third is faint and is
angled shortly above the middle. Abdomen deep black ;
closely and strongly punctured ; thickly covered with
white hairs ; the basal three segments with a fringe of
white hair on their apices. Pygidium strongly and deeply
punctured. The basal ventral segment strongly punctured,
the middle smooth ; the hypopygium closely punctured.

MUTILLA LUDOVICA, Sp. nov.

Nigra, protJioracc mesoiiotoqiic 7'iifis ; flagcllo anten-
nanun suhtus brunneo ; abdominis seguicntis albo-fasciatis ;
alts hyalinis, ner'vis nigro-fuscis. $ .

Long. 6 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore (Ivot/iney).

Scape of antenn;t black ; hollowed beneath, the sides
sharply keeled ; the flagellum brownish, black above ; the
third and fourth joints are almost equal in length. Head
broad, not much developed behind the eyes, which are
large. Vertex deeply, but not closely, punctured, shining ;
the ocellar region raised, depressed in the middle ; the

Manchester ]\Icuioirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 15. 69

front ocellus distinct ; the hinder not so distinctly visible,
being placed on the lateral slope of the raised part ; the
vertex is sparsely, the front thickly, covered with long
white hair ; the latter lias a narrow furrow in the middle.
Thorax black ; the prothorax and the mesonotum, except
behind, red. Prothorax large ; coarsely and deeply
punctured and covered rather thickly with white hair ; the
upper part of the propleur;e punctured; the middle with
four stout, somewhat oblique keels. Mesopleura:^ coarsely
and deei)ly punctured, except behind ; below the middle,
behind the punctured part, are some oblique stri;t. The
apical part of the metapleurai with shallow, oval reticula-
tions; on the lower part at the base are three round foveae
in a curve, the middle one being the larger. Meso-
sternum punctured, thickl)- covered with longish silvery
hair. Wings hyaline ; the basal abscissa of the radius
straight, oblique, the apical roundly curved above ; the
second cubital cellule at the top is half the length of the
third ; the second transverse cubital nervure is roundly
curved ; the third cellule is triangularly dilated in the
middle ; the third transverse cubital nervure and the
second recurrent nervure are faint. Legs thickly covered
with white hair ; calcaria pale. Abdomen black, the
dorsal surface with a faint, but distinct, blue-violet tint ;
the petiole broad ; the sides at the base obliquely pro-
jecting into stout teeth, which are curved outwardly at
the base ; it is covered with long white hair ; at the apex
thickly fringed with silvery pubescence ; the second
segment has a similar fringe ; the others are fringed with
long hair at the apex and are sparsely haired all over ;
the h)'popygium is not defined ; the segment is punctured
and covered with long black hair. The basal ventral
segment is punctured strongly ; the sides have an oblique
slope ; the second segment has an oblicjue slope on the

yo Cameron, Ilynie^iopteya Oricntalia.

base ; the ejjipygium is strongly and deeply punctured
and covered with blackish hair.

Belongs to Bingham's "Section C," and comes near to
M . provida Cam. The two parapsidal furrows are wide and
deep ; the scutellum is flat, rounded, and strongly
punctured ; the median segment has a gradually rounded
slope and is coarsely reticulated all over ; the central
basal reticulation is longer than it is broad, its base squarely
dilated, the apex rounded. The tegula: are dull rufous,
paler behind.

MUTILLA OGLANA, sp. npv.

Nigra ; abdoinuie ferrnginco, apice tiigro ; alis Jiiscis,
basi fere hyalijiis. 6.

Long. II — 12 mm.

Nab. Ceylon ( Yerbiiry).

Scape above thickly covered with long silvery hair ;
the flagellum with a fuscous down ; the third joint is
distinctl}' longer than the fourth. Front and vertex
strongly, but not closely, punctured ; the front thickly
covered with silvery pubescence, intermixed with long
fuscous hair ; the vertex sparsely covered with long fuscous
hair; between theantenn;e and the e}-es is a thick patch of
depressed silvery pubescence. Clypeus carinate in the
middle, smooth and shining. Pronotum rugosel)- punc-
tured, the base of the propleur;u with stout keels, which
reach to shortl}' beyond the middle. Mesonotum deeply
rugosely punctured and reticulated ; the punctures larger
towards the ape.x ; the furrows deep; the hair thick, black.
Scutellum flattish above ; rugosely punctured; its middle
smooth and shining ; post-scutellum finely rugose in the
middle. Median segment reticulated, covered with long
white hair ; the central area wide, bluntly rounded at the
apex ; the base dilated ; the apex has a rounded slope.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xlh>. {xcjoo), No. 15. 71

Mesopleur.Tj rugosely reticulated, and thickly covered with
long white hair. MetapleurcU reticulated irregularly at
the apex. Mesosteriium smooth and shining ; the sides
punctured ; the base with a triangular depression. Legs
thickly covered with white hair; the calcaria pale. Wings
fuscous, with a violaceous tinge; the nervures are fuscous;
the second and third cubital cellules at the top are equal
in length ; the base, especially behind the transverse basal
nervure, is hyaline. Abdomen rufous, the apical segment
black ; the segments at the apex densely clothed with
bright fulvous pubescence ; the base of the pygidium is
strongly punctured, as are also the sides ; the middle,
except at the base, is smooth ; the apex is broadly rufous
in the middle. The apex of the ventral keel is depressed;
the h}-popygium is broadly depressed in the middle to near
the base, the depression there being rounded ; the outer
sides of the segment are rounded ; at the base are two
fove^E.

MUTILLA ILLA, Sp. nov.

Nigra, capite thoraceque dense albopilosis ; abdoniine
ferrugiueo, apice nigro ; alis violaccis, basi Jtyalinis. $.

Long. 8 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore {Rotlnuy).

Scape of antennae sparsely covered with gre}' hair ;
the flagellum densely with white down. Front densely
covered with silvery pubescence, which hides the sculpture;
the vertex closely punctured, covered with longish fuscous
hair. Face and clypeus smooth and shining, laterally
covered with long white hair. Mandibles broadly rufous
behind the teeth. Falpi dark testaceous. Fronotum
densely covered with dark silvery hair ; punctured ; pro-
pleurae irregularly striated, except at the apex. Mesonotum
strongly and deeply punctured ; covered with blackish

72 Cameron, Hymenoptcra Orioitalia.

hairs. Scutellum roundly convex, rugosely i)uncturcd,
covered with long blackish hair ; the post-scutellum with
longer pale hair. Median segment reticulated ; the basal
part thickly covered with depressed white pubescence ;
the central area short, its apex triangular; the apical
slope is covered with long white hair, and is reticulated ; the
iTiesoi)leur<e, except at base and apex, rugosely punctured
and thickly covered with long white hair; the apex of the
mctapleur.e irregularly reticulated. Legs thickly covered
with white hair ; the hair on the fore tarsi fulvous ; the
calcaria pale. Wings fusco-violaceous; the base of both
wings hyaline; the radial cellule wide; the basal abscissa
of the radius has an oblique slope ; the apical one is
almost straight ; the second cubital cellule is slightly
longer than the second on the top ; the second transverse
cubital ncrvure is roundly curved ; the third sharply
angled in the middle. Abdomen ferruginous, the apical
segment black ; the middle segments thickly covered
with bright fulvous pubescence ; pygidium densely covered
with long fuscous hair ; the ventral keel is indistinct,
straight, of equal height ; the apical two segments without
keels.

Forms a new Section in Bingham's table, p. 9 : "First
to sixth seijments red."

MUTILLA FOVEATA, Sp. nov.

Nigra; ahdomine rufo, basi apiceqne nigris ; alls fiiscis,
fere violaceis, nervis fuscis. $, .

Long. 13 mm.

Hah. Ceylon ( Ycrbury).

Head black; thickly covered with long grey hairs and
Avith a silvery down ; the front and vertex strongly, but
not closel)-, punctured ; the clypcus distinctly keeled in

Manchester Mcjuoirs, [ W. xliv. (1900), No. \T*. 7 1

the middle ; the top of tlic keel dilated, and with an
elongated fovea in the middle; this part is smooth, shininc^
and glabrous ; the sides are thickly covered with silvery
hair ; the mandibles are rufous in the middle and fringed
with long golden hair ; they have one large tooth. Pal]ji
fuscous. Antenn;e stout ; the third joint is slightly longer
than the fourth. Pronotum, except at the base, rugosely
punctured ; the pleura,- slightly hollowed, and indistinctly
marked with some stout striations. Mesopleura; in the
middle coarsely punctured, and thickly covered with white
hair. Metapleurce at the base smooth, its lower side
indistinctly reticulated ; the apex with large reticulations.
Mesonotum shining, bearing all over large, deep punctures
and covered with moderately long black hair ; there are
two furrows. Scutellum coarsely rugoseh' punctured ;
roundly raised ; covered with long hairs, which are fuscous
at the base, longer and paler on the apex ; in the centre
of the basal half is a flat, smooth, shining, cone-shaped
space. Median segment reticulated ; thickly covered
with long pale hairs ; the base also with a depressed
silvery down ; the central area is large and reaches to the
middle ; its apical half is narrowed ; in the centre of the
basal half is an indistinct longitudinal keel; the apex of
the segment is oblique. Legs thickly covered with white
hair ; the spurs and spines white. Wings fuscous, slightly
violaceous ; the nervures fuscous ; the second cubital
cellule at the top and bottom is longer than the third,
especially beneath ; the first recurrent nervure is received
at the base of the apical third, the second at the base of the
apical fourth of the cellule ; the second transverse cubital
nervure is sharply angled shortly above the middle. Abdo-
men ferruginous ; the petiole, except at the apex, and the
apical two segments, black ; the petiole is strongly, but not
closely, punctured ; the middle segments are fringed with

74 Cameron, Ilyvienoptera Oricntalia.

\ox\^ f^olden hair ; the hair on the apical segments is
black ; the middle of the last segment is glabrous and
smooth. The keel on the under side of the petiole is
straight, rounded at the base and apex.

MUTILLA ERXIA, Sp. JIOV.

Nigra, npicc pctioli abdoniinisqiie segmentis 2 — 4
ferrugiiicis ; victanoto dense argctitco-piloso ; alls fiisco-
violaccis, basi hyalinis. ^ .

Long. 12 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore {Rothney).

Scape sparsely covered with long fuscous hair ; the
flagellum with a pale down ; the third and fourth joints
are of equal length. Head thickh- covered with silvery
pubescence ; the front and vertex also with long silvery
hair, most thickly on the front ; the vertex shining, strongly,
but not closely, punctured ; the ocellar region raised.
Clypeus smooth at the apex, the rest minutel}' transversely
striated ; the apex has the sides oblique ; the middle
slightly waved. Mandibles thickly covered with long
fulvous and silvery hair ; their middle rufous. Pronotum
closely and strongly punctured, and thickly covered with
long fuscous pubescence. Mesonotum shining, sparsely
covered with stiff fuscous hairs ; strongly, but not closel}-,
punctured ; the central furrows are wide and deep ; the
lateral narrower and not so well marked. Scutellum
rounded, not much raised above the level of the meso-
notum, coarsely and deeph' punctured, except in the
middle which is smooth, shining and glabrous, the sides
are sparsely covered with long black hairs. Median
segment thickly covered with depressed silvery pubescence,
which almost hides the reticulations ; the central basal area
has the basal third wide, with the sides straight ; from
there it becomes narrowed ; the sides of the segment are

Manchester Memoirs, I'ol. xliv. (1900), No. 15. 75

bordered by a shiniiiL^ keel. Proplcur.x stoutly, but not
clo.sely, obliquely striolated ; the mesopleurae .strongly
punctured, except at the base and apex ; the metapleurai
reticulated, with the base smooth Mesostcrnum smooth,
the sides punctured ; the middle with a fine keel. Wings
fu.sco-violaceous, the base almost hyaline ; the second
cubital cellule at the top is not much longer than the third ;
the recurrent nervures arc received shortly beyond the
middle; the radial cellule is wide ; the basal abscissa of the
radius is oblique, straight ; the upper part of the apical has
a slight, the lower an acute slope. Legs thickly covered
with white hair ; the calcaria pale. The apex of the
petiole, the second, third, fourth, and base of the fifth
segments are ferruginous ; the segments fringed thickly
with silvery hair ; the apical segments also with long, stiff,
black hairs; the middle of the pygidium smooth; the apex
is reddish and curved upwards. The ventral keel is stout
and has a slightly rounded slope ; the sides of the two apical
segments are bordered by stout keels.

The two following species are from Japan.
MUTILLA MIKADO, Sp. HOV.

Nigra, tJiorace supra rufo ; abdojiiine io)ige aureo-
piloso. ? .

Long. 12 — 14 mm.

Antennae stout, black, the scape covered with long
white hair. Head large, slightly, but distinctly, wider
than the thorax ; largel}' developed behind the eyes ;
rugosely punctured ; sparsely covered with long, stiff,
black hair. Eyes small. Thorax quadrangular, not very
much longer than the head ; the sides straight ; the base
and apex transverse ; the sides rounded ; above strongly
punctured, dark ferruginous, thickly covered with long

y^ Cameron, Ilynioioptcra Oricntalia.

black hair. IMeur.'u black, smooth and shinin;^, bare.
Legs black, thickly covered with white hair ; the calcaria
pale. Abdomen not much longer than the head and
thorax united ; the apices of the basal three segments
thickly fringed with long, pale golden hair.

MUTILLA JAPOXICA, Sp. ilOV.

Nigra, thorace rufo ; pcdibus 7-ufis, npicc fciiiormn
apiceque tibiaruvi late nigris. $ .

Long. 7 mm.

Hab. Hakodate, Japan (J/r. George Lewis).

Antenn.-e black, the apex of the scape and the
second joint rufous ; the flagellum attenuate at base
and apex. Head slightly wider than the thorax ;
rugosely punctured, sparsely covered with long black
hairs. Clypeus projecting obliquely from the base to
the apex, the lower part perpendicular ; mandibles
rufous, the apical part black, long, without a tooth ;
clearly separated. Thorax with the sides above straight,
not contracted ; the base above black ; rugose, the base
and apex bearing long black hairs ; the apex has a
sharp oblique slope, and is black in the middle above.
Pleur.ne smooth and shining, sparsely covered with long
white hair. Legs rufous ; the apical half of the
fore femora, and nearly the apical half of the four
hinder, the fore tibiii,-, excejjt at the base, and
nearly the apical half of the four hinder, and the base
of the tarsal joints, black ; the spines on the four hinder
tibi.'e are stout and blackish ; on the tarsi dark testaceous;
the calcaria pale. Abdomen not much longer than the
head and thorax united ; black, the base of the petiole
rufous. An oval mark on the base of the second segment
in the middle ; the apex of the second segment and the
greater part of the third segment covered with pale ful-

Manchester Memoirs, I'oL xiiv. {icjoo), No. 15. 77

vous pubescence ; the p}-giclium is closely, lony;itU(lin;ill)-
striated; the petiole is rufous beneath; the keel is
indistinct.

Comes near to ^f. ardesccns Smith ; that species may
be separated from it b)' the ferruginous antennae ; by the
tips of the femora onl\' being darker ; and b\' the sides of
the thorax being "■ rugose-punctate."

In workini; ihrough the Khasia Ilymcnoplera I have noticed tlic fulluw-
ing omissions from the " Fauna of British India."

il/utiJ/a intermedia Saussurc, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., Tome vii. (1867),
354. Ceylon.

Gorytcs fe,c Ilandhrsch, Silzgunsh. K. Akad. Wiss. Wein, Bd. 104,
Abth. I, p. 890(1895). 1895-90. Pegu.

If the Nicobar Islands are included in the scope of the work (and they
are quite as much part of "British India," politically and zoologically, as
Ceylon), the undernoted species should also be included :

Polistes novai-a ^z.\\^>Mx^, Keise der Novava, Hynen. p. 19, f. 13, 14.

Larrada insitlaris Saussure, Und. p. 73, f, 43.

POMPILID.-E.

POMPILUS CEVLONENSIS, Sp. 710V.

Long, fere 6 mm.

Hab. Ceylon {Rotlnicy)..

This Ceylonese species comes near to P. totproboDm,
but is smaller, is more slenderly built, and more densely
pruinose all over ; the wings are darker coloured all over;
the upper half of the apical abscissa of the radius has a
much more distinct angle, the upper and lower halves
being more distinctly defined ; the second cubital cellule
at the top is longer compared with the first, and the second
recurrent nervure is received distinctly behind the middle.

Antenna; stout, the flagellum densely covered with
white pubescence. Head densely pruinose all over, which
gives it a white appearance; the eyes hardly converge at
the top ; the hinder ocelli are separated from each other
by a slightly greater distance. Apex of clypeus trans-

78 Cameron, Hymcnoptcra Oricntalia.

verse, the sides oblique. Mandibles rufous, their base black,
and thickly covered with depressed silver}- ]^ubescence ;
the palpi are dark brown. Thorax densely covered with
silvery pile ; the prothorax is obliquely depressed on the
apex; the base is distinctly separated from the others.
Mesothorax thickly covered with silver)' pile; the scu-
tellum and post-scutellum are more shining and minutely
punctured ; there is a shallow oblique furrow on the
mesopleunt. The median segment has a gradually
rounded slope ; in the centre is a narrow shallow furrow.
Wings fusco-hyaline, darker along the costa ; the apex
is infuscated from the end of the radial cellule ; the
radial cellule is wide to the third transverse cubital
ncrvurc; the ajiical abscissa of the radius has two oblique
curves ; the apex forms an acute angle ; the first trans-
verse cubital nervure forms two curves, the upper being
more sharply oblique ; the second cubital cellule at the
top is one-third of the length of the second ; the two
recurrent nervures are received shortly behind the middle.
Legs densely pruinose ; the calcaria dark testaceous.
Abdomen densely pruinose, the segments darker at the
base.

PO.MPILUS TArUOHAN.E, Sp. HOV.

Niger, dense pnihiosHs ; alis Jiyali}iis,apiee fumatis. $,

Long, fere 7 mm.

One example, Trincomali, Ceylon {RotJiney).

The lower part of the vertex and the oral region
densely covered with a silvery jiile ; smooth and shining ;
the eyes at the top are separated by the length of the
third antennal joint ; the hinder ocelli are separated from
each other by a slightly greater distance than thev- are
from the eyes. Middle of clypeus transverse, the sides
rounded. Pronotum large, rounded at the base, slightly

MaiicJicstcr Mevwirs, Vol. xliv. (igoo), No. 15. 79

contracted at the apex. Metathorax densely pruinose ;
it has a f^raduall\- rounded slope to the ajjcx, and has a
shallow furrow in the centre, this furrow being wider on
the apical slope. Wings hj'aline, smoky from the end of
the radial cellule ; the apical abscissa of the radius has an
oblic]ue slope ; the basal has the lower part straight, oblique,
and has a slightly different slope ; the first and third
transverse cubital nervures have a gradually, distinctly
rounded curve; the second is straight and is oblique;
the second cubital cellule at the top is about one-fourth of
the length of the first ; both the recurrent nervures are
received shortly beyond the middle ; the second has a
rounded curve ; the first is oblique, straight. Legs pruinose ;
the calcaria dark testaceous ; the spines black. Abdomen
with pruinose bands ; subsessile.

In Bingham's table on p. 148 this species comes into
" b* " near P. snbsericcits, which is a larger species (10 mm.),
and ma}^ be known from it b\' the apical abscissa of the
radius having only one curve ; and by the second cubital
cellule on the top being longer compared to the first. The
tibial spines are few in number ; the front pair have only
two. I can discover no tooth on the claws.

CRABRONID^.

Trypoxylon PYGMAEUM, Sp. nov.

Nigriiui, fiagello aniainariun subtiis brunneo, tarsis,
tibiis antcrioribiis basiqiie fcnioruni posticonuii riifo-testaceis ;
alls Iiyalinis, stigmatc iicrinsqiic fuscis. $ .

Long, fere 5 mm.

Taken at Barrackpore by Mr. Rothney.

Antenna; stout, narrowed at the base. Front and
vertex aciculated, covered with a silvery pile ; the face
more strongly aciculated ; mandibles rufo-testaceous ; the

8o Cameron, Hymcnoptcra Orientalia.

jjalpi testaceous. Thorax black, shining, more or less
thickly covered with silvery pubescence ; the pronotum
with an oblique slope behind, distinctly separated from
the mcsonotum, which is indistinctly furrowed, except at
the base ; the median segment is more strongly and
distinctl}' aciculated. Proplcura^ closcl)-, minutely and
distinctly punctured ; in the middle behind, is a deep,
narrow, distinct, curved furrow. The base of the meso-
pleura; strongly and closely punctured ; on the lower part
at the base is a short, oblique, deep furrow, which is
covered with silvery pubescence ; the middle fovea is
large and deep. Metapleunne strongly aciculated ; the
furrow at the base is curved, moderately wide and deep ;
on the upper side is a fine keel. Wings clear hyaline,
the nervures fuscous. Abdomen black, shining.

This is the smallest of the Indian species, the smallest
species hitherto described being T.hndd/ia, which is 9 mm.
in length. The median segment has no lateral furrows.

EVAXIID.-E.

AULACUS IRIDIl'ENNIS, sp. nov.

Niger, scapo antcnnanim tibiisque anicrioribus rufis ;
alls hyalinis, viacnla siibstigiiiatali fiisca. o .

Long. 14 mm.

Antennje short, distinctly thinner at the apex ; black ;
the scape rufo-testaceous ; the second joint is thickl}- pilose ;
is about one-half the length of the third ; both together
arc about as long as the fourth. Head shining, smooth ;
the vertex sparsely covered with short fuscous pubes-
cence ; the face and lower inner orbits thickly with white
pubescence. The clypeus slightly projects in the middle ;
the apex bluntly carinate in the centre, and oblique.
Mandibles on the lower sides fringed with golden hair.
The head is not much narrowed behind the eyes ; and is

MancJicster Memoirs, Vol. x/tv. {igoo), No. \T*. 8i

broadly rounded ; the occiput is margined. Pronotum at
the base triangularly incised ; the middle at the base
depressed ; margined ; the surface is marked with stout,
widely separated, transverse keels. Mesonotum broadly
depressed in the middle ; the sides bearing two lines of
stout irregular keels. Scutellum with three large deep
basal, and one smaller lateral foveae ; the apex has a stout
transverse keel and a few short, longitudinal, indistinct
ones. The sides of the post-scutellum are largely and
deeply depressed. Metanotum stoutly, irregularly reticu-
lated Pro- and meso-pleura^ irregularly coarsely rugose ;
the apex of the latter irregularly reticulated and broadly
depressed ; the metapleurse rugose at the base ; the rest
reticulated. Legs black ; the four front tibial rufo-
testaceous ; the four hinder coxa; transversely striated.
Wings hyaline, iridescent ; the nervures black ; under the
stigma is a large fusco-violaceous cloud, which extends
to near the cubital nervure ; there are only two transverse
cubital nervures, the second is largely bullated ; the first
recurrent nervure is almost interstitial, the second is
received at the base of the apical third of the cellule ; the
first and second discoidal cellules are of nearly equal
length. Abdomen smooth and shining.

This makes the second species of Aulaais known
from Continental India. Like the other Khasia species
{A. bituberculatus) it belongs to the subgenus Atilacinus.

BRACONID^.
BRA CON IDES.
Spinaria TRIMACULATA, Sp. nov.
Nigra., capite, pro-mesotJioraceque pallide flavis., inesonoto
nigro-triviaculaio ; pedilnis anteriorilnis flavo-testaceis ; alt's
Jiyalinis, stigiiiaic nigro. ? .
Long. 7 ; terebra 4 — 5 mm.

F

82 Cameron, Hyvienopter'a On'entalia.

Antenn.X" black, slightly longer than the body. Front
and vertex smooth and shining ; the latter covered with
long fuscous hair ; the face rugose, sparsely covered with
long fuscous hair; the clypeus bordered on the lower side
with a distinct keel, above with a thinner one ; the
mandibular teeth black. Thorax smooth and shining ;
the mesonotal lobes black, except round the edges.
Scutellum yellow, except the sides at the base. Post-
scutellum black. Median segment black, shining and
covered with long white hair. Pleurae smooth and shining;
the furrow on the metapleuraj wide, deep, and narrowed
in the middle. Wings hyaline, iridescent, their base
with a slight fulvous tint ; the costa and stigma black,
as are also the nervures ; the second cubital cellule at the
top is more than half the length of the third ; the recurrent
nervure is interstitial. Abdomen black, except the sides
of the petiole and the apical segments, which are testaceous ;
the base of the petiole is smooth ; its apex has two united,
somewhat oval, areai, which have some stout, irregular
keels inside. The second segment is raised and stoutly
irregularly reticulated in the middle ; with a keel down
the middle, this keel being smooth and triangular at the
base ; its depressed sides are obliquely striated on the
inner half; the second and third segments are closely
rugose, the second almost rugosely striated ; the securi-
form articulation stoutly striated or keeled ; the lateral
curved branch broader, shallower, indistinctly striated ;
the apex of the segment laterally is produced slightly
behind, and is smooth and shining ; the apex of the third
is similarly, but more greatly produced ; the apex of the
segment is depressed ; furrowed ; the edge is pale ; the
penultimate segment is depressed, aciculated. The front
legs are entirely testaceous ; the middle pair testaceous,
with the coxaj and trochanters black ; the hind legs are

Mafu/icslcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. {ic)00), N'o. I,>. 83

entircl}' black, with the spurs testaceous. The ventral
surface testaceous.

A cHstiuct species. The abdominal spines are not so
strongly developed as usual.

Bracon PAUPERATUS, sp. nov.

Luieiis, aiitewiis nigris ; alls flavo-Jiyaliiiis, macula
sub-stigviaticali fusca. 9 •

Long. 10 ; terebra 9 mm.

Scape of antenn.'t covered with bright fulvous hairs.
Front and vertex smooth and shining ; the latter sparsely
covered with long fuscous hairs; the frontal furrow is wide
and deep ; the face thickly covered with long fulvous
hair; the upper part of the clypeus is bordered by a distinct
keel on the sides. The apex of the mandibles black ;
palpi fulvous. Thorax smooth and shining ; the base of
the middle lobe of the mesonotum raised in the middle
and bordered by furrows ; the furrow on the mesopleura;
is wide, curved, and reaches from the base to the apex ;
the furrow on the metapleura^ is wide, deep at base and
apex. Legs thickly covered w^ith fulvous pubescence.
Wings yellowish hyaline, the apex smoky ; at the base
of the stigma is an oblique cloud which extends to the
recurrent nervure and is continued narrowly along the
nervure on to the prodiscoidal cellule; the second cubital
cellule is not much shorter than the third. Petiole smooth ;
the central part obscurely shagreened and keeled down the
middle ; the basal plate on the second segment is smooth;
its keel does not reach to the apex ; the space on either
side of it is obliquely striated ; the securiform articulation
is longitudinally striated ; the apical segments are covered
with loncf fulvous hair.

84 Cameron, Hymcnof^tera Oricntalia.

BrACON FIRMUS, Sp. 710V.

Niger, protJioracc, mcsofioto, vicsopleiiris saitelloqne riijis;
alis Jusco-Jiyalinis, stigmatc fusco. cJ . (?)

Long. 7 mm.

Antenn.t black ; the scape bearing long black hairs ;
the flagellum almost bare. Front and vertex shining,
smooth, the vertex covered with long black hairs ; the
ocelli bordered by a distinct furrow ; the front has a wide
and deep furrow, with oblique sides ; the face opaque,
thickly covered with long fuscous hair ; the clypcus is
bordered laterally by a wide and deep furrow ; the top
by a narrow, shallow one. Mandibles rufo-testaceous,
their teeth black ; the palpi pale testaceous, blackish at
the base. Thorax smooth and shining ; the pro- and
meso-thorax ferruginous, except the mesosternum and a
large mark, interrupted narrowly in the middle, on the
apex of the mesopleuraj. Metaplcura^ thickly covered
with long fuscous hair ; the basal slope of the meso-
sternum is red, except for a somewhat triangular black
mark on either side at the apex. Legs black, the spurs
white ; the tibiae and tarsi thickly covered with white
hair. Wings fusco-hyaline ; the stigma blackish ; the
nervures fuscous ; the second cubital cellule is distinctly
shorter than the third ; the .second transverse cubital
ncrvure is faint, and is bullated at the top and bottom.
The base of the petiole is deeply depressed ; the apical
part coarsely irregularly punctured, and keeled down the
middle ; the depressed sides are obliquely striated at the
base ; the apex rugose ; the second segment is irregularly
rugosely striated ; the triangular base of the central keel,
the triangular sides at the base and the apex, smooth and
shining ; the lateral depression is bordered on the inner
side by a stout keel ; on the outer edge at the base are

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 15. 85

four fovciL'. Securiform articulation stoutly striated, as
are also the furrows on the other segments.

Agrees in coloration with B. iivibratilus Cam. which
may be known from it by the propleur.ne being closely
punctured and striated at the apex ; by the triangular base
of the keel on the second segment being longitudinally
rugose; and by the mandibles being black.

RHOGAS (?) MANDIBULARIS, Sp. HOV.

Nigra, vuDidibiilis, palpis pedibusqiie pallide testaceis;
dnnidio apicali tibiariim posticaruni nigris ; alis Jiyalinis,
nervis stigiitatcque iiigris- $> .

Long. 9 mm.

Antennae longer than the body, black, tapering
towards the apex ; the scape covered with long black
hairs ; the flagellum with a microscopic pile. Face closely,
transversely, rugosely striated ; the clypeus finely rugose;
its apex rufous. Palpi pale testaceous. Mandibles rufous;
the teeth black. Thorax entirely black ; the mesonotum
aciculated, covered with a pale microscopic down. Scu-
tellum finely punctured and more thickly pilose than the
mesonotum ; the space at the sides of the post-scutellum
striated. Median segment with a distinct keel down the
middle ; thickly covered with long white hair; the apical
half irregularly reticulated. Propleurae opaque, the base
aciculated, the rest closely and finely punctured ; the apex
obscurely and irregularly striated. Mesopleurai smooth
and shining, the upper part at the base finely rugose ; the
metaplcurit above obscurely, below finely and distinctly,
punctured. Mesosternum smooth and shining ; furrowed
down the middle ; its base oblique with the furrow wider
and shallower, and with a fine transverse keel at the apex.
The pleunt and sternum blotched with brown. Legs

86 Cameron, Ilyviciioptcra On'cnialm.

testaceous, paler at the base ; the hinder femora rufo-
testaceous ; the apical half of the hinder tibi;e and the
claws black. Wings hyaline, iridescent ; the stigma and
nervures black ; the upper part of the prx-brachial trans-
verse nervure, and the lower part of the first transverse
cubital arc bullated ; the second transverse cubital nervure
is faint. The basal three segments of the abdoinen are
strongly alutaceous ; the others smooth and shining ; on
the middle of the petiole is a keel which extends nearly to
the apex ; the ventral segments are smooth and shining.
[As I am not by any means certain if the species here
described can be inducted in Rhogas I give a generic
description of it.

Eyes distinctly incised on the inner side above ; the
head narrowed behind them. Occiput margined. Antennae
with over 50 joints. Wings with three cubital cellules ;
the probrachial nervure received shortly behind the
middle of the cellule ; the anal nervure interstitial.
Stigma large ; the second cubital cellule longer than
broad. Parapsidal furrows distinct. Median segment
keeled down the middle. Abdomen subsessile; keeled
down the middle at the base ; the basal three segments
opaque, alutaceous, longer than the apical four, and
becoming gradually shorter ; the apical segments are
smooth and shining. Mandibles short, bidcntate.

The eyes are large, parallel, and reach near to the base
of the mandibles ; the clypeal incision is large ; the occiput
slightly, but distinctly, roundly incised ; there is a short
depression on the second and third abdominal segments
behind the stigmas, and they are sharply margined at the
sides ; the third to fifth segments project sharply at the
apices laterally ; the second transverse cubital nervure is
very faint, almost obliterated ; the second cellule is slightly
shorter than the first and not half the length of the third;

Manchester HI einoii's, Vol. xHv. {iC)Oo), No. l.T 87

the liind wini^s have a stigma; their radius and cubitus
are distinct; the probrachial nervure is received near the
middle of the cellule ; the abdomen is flat above ; its apical
half wider than the basal]

Delmira, gc)i. nov.

Clypcus flat, its apex transverse. Head lari^e, cubital ;
the occiput not margined ; behind the e}'es it is largely
developed. Mesonotum with two short furrows at the
base, where the part between them is raised. Wings with
three cubital cellules ; the transverse probrachial nervure
is received behind the middle of the cellule and distant
from the transverse prrebrachial ; the anal nervure not
interstitial, and with a distinct upward curve at the base.
In the hind wings the radius and the cubitus are com-
plete ; the probrachial nervures — longitudinal and trans-
verse— are obsolete, unless the former be represented by
a small upward turned nervure at the base of the wing,
which unites with the cubitus, thus forming a small,
closed cellule ; the radius issues from the praebrachial
below the subcostal which is thickened at the apex, this
thickened part being incised in the middle above.
Abdomen short ; the securiform articulation obsolete ;
the second segment with a deep oblique lateral, and a
small transverse depression ; hypopygium cultriform.

This genus has the form and appearance of Bracon,
from which it differs in the form of the clypeus, which is
flat and not obliquely bent inwards, so that there is
not a semicircular or round space formed by it and the
mandibles. It is therefore doubtful if it could be included
in the Cyclostouii with which it agrees in other respects ;
it differs from Bracon further in the anal nervure not
being interstitial ; the legs are more densely pilose and
the hair is lonszer than in that genus.

88 Caimeron, Hyinenoptern Orientalia.

Delmira TRIPLAGIATA, sp. nov.

Liitea; antentiis nigris ; alis flavo-Jiyaliiiis, fusco-tri-
maculatis. ? .

Long. 15 ; terebra 22 mm.

Antennre black, stout ; the scape covered with long
black hair. Front and vertex smooth and shining ;
the front and occiput covered with long, pale fuscous
hair ; the front slightly depressed, distinctly furrowed
down the middle, the face depressed, broadly keeled
down the middle, the keel broadened at the apex ; clypeus
very smooth and shining. Mandibles sparsely covered
with long fulvous hair ; the teeth black. Pro- and meso-
thorax smooth and shining, sparsely covered with long
pale hair ; metanotum also smooth, and with the hair
thicker. Pleurae smooth and shining, pilose ; the part of
the meso- under the teguLx is triangularly raised ; the
meta- with a wide and deep, curved furrow, issuing from
a depression near the base. Mesosternum smooth and
shining, furrowed down the middle. Wings yellowish
hyaline, the apex infuscated ; the apex of the stigma, an
oblique cloud at its base reaching near to the recurrent
nervure, and an oblique one in the middle of the lower
part of the prodiscoidal cellule, fuscous black. Legs
thickly covered with long fuscous hair ; the apices of the
hinder tarsi blackish. Abdomen smooth and shining ;
the base of the petiole deeply depressed ; the centre
raised, bordered by a curved furrow ; the sides thickly
covered with long fuscous hair ; the second segment has
a deep, wide, oblique furrow on the sides at the base ; the
middle is indistinctly keeled, and has a short transverse
depression shortly beyond the middle ; the apical
segments are thickly covered with long hair.

Manchester Monoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 15. 89

ONTSiRA.^rw. nov.

Occiput margined. Mesonotum trilobate, the middle
lobe furrowed in the centre. Median .segment with ten
clearly defined areju. Wing.s with three cubital cellules ; the
apical abscissa of the radius curved upwards; the transverse
probrachial ncrvure interstitial ; the anal nervure inter-
stitial ; the hind wings with only one longitudinal nervure.
Head cubital ; largely developed behind the eyes, but not
projecting beyond them laterally. Oral region as in
Bracon; the mandibles with a sharp apical tooth. Probra-
chial areolet as long as pra^brachial ; the radial nervure
in hind wings obsolete ; the probrachial cellule divided
into two by a nervure.

The eyes are prominent and distinctly distant from
the base of the mandibles ; the antenna have over twenty
joints ; the apical ones are broken off; on the under side
of the mesopleura; is a wide longitudinal furrow ; the
petiole is widely and deeply depressed at the base ; the
abdominal segments are smooth, without punctures or
depressions of any kind ; there is no securiform articu-
lation ; the separation of the segments is hardly
distinguishable ; the hinder coxas at the base have a
perpendicular slope and are roundly incised there, and
in the centre beneath project into a short, somewhat
conical, tooth ; the trochanters are rather longer than
usual ; the four anterior tibiae are slightly bent at the
base ; the calcaria are very short ; the claws simple. In
the hind wings the costal and probrachial cellules are
distinct ; the probrachial nervure is united to the prai-
brachial ; and in the middle of the probrachial cellule is an
oblique nervure dividing it into two ; the radius is
obsolete; the cubitus complete, extending to the ape.x ; the
probrachial nervure is obsolete ; the probrachial and the
anal cellules beine thus united into one.

90 Cameron, Hyiucnoptcra Orientalia.

This genus comes near to Dorydes, with which it
agrees in some respects ; but may readily be known from
it by the transverse probrachial nervure being interstitial
and consequently the jjnebrachial and the probrachial
areolets equal in length, and by the probrachial areolet
in the hind wings being divided into two by a transverse
nervure. In Doryctes there are only five area; on the
metanotum, instead of ten as in our genus. Characteristic
is the curved apex of the radius and of the base of the
cubital nervure.

Ontsira reticulata, sp. nov.

Nigra ; teguiis, trocha7itcribus basiquc tibiariun albis ;
t arsis tcstaceis ; a! is hyaliiiis, stigniate nervisquc tcstaceis. ? .

Long. 6, terebra 3 mm.

Antennae black ; the flagellum densely covered with
short stiff pubescence ; the scape shining, sparsely haired.
Head shining ; below the eyes is a large, dirty-testaceous
mark ; front and vertex sparsely pilose ; impunctate ; the
space over the antennae is minutely, irregularly striated;
there is a shallow, small, round fovea above each antenna ;
the face is strongly aciculated, especially in the middle ;
the projecting clypeus is more strongly punctured; over
its top is a curved furrow. Mandibles testaceous ; the
teeth black; the palpi white. Mesonotum opaque, strongly
aciculated ; the parapsidal furrows transversely striated ;
in the middle of the central lobe is a shallow, punctured,
longitudinal furrow. Scutellar depression large, deep,
closely punctured, keeled down the middle. Scutellum
closely punctured ; the post-scutellum depressed, bordered
by distinct keels laterally. The base of the median seg-
ment is smooth; down its middle runs a straight keel;
on the sides, inside the spiracles, is a curved keel, the curve
being towards the centre ; in the middle, joined to the

Ma7iclicstcr JMevLoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 15. 91

central basal keel, is an area, slightly more than twice
as long as broad ; somewhat triangular in shape and
wider at the base ; the lateral keels curve inwards ; inside,
it is closely, transversely striated ; at the end of this area
is a shorter, alinost square one ; and outside it is a larger,
wider one, which is narrowed on the outer ai)ical half,
the keel bounding this part being curved; inside it in the
middle are two transverse keels, on the upper outer side
are two keels, one straight, the other curved. There are
thus four basal, two central and four apical arere, or 10
areai in all. Propleurae finely striated above ; the lower
part more strongly striated, all the striae being distinct ;
the mesopleurae smooth and shining ; the metapleurae
fineh' rugose. Mesosternum smooth ; the central furrow
striated. The coxk black; the anterior obscure testaceous
in front ; the trochanters white ; the femora black ; the
anterior more or less testaceous ; the tibiae are broadly
white at the base; the tarsi rufo-testaceous. Wings
hyaline, strongly iridescent ; the tegular white; the ner-
vures are dark fuscous ; the stigma is pale at the base.
Abdomen smooth, shining, impunctate, except the raised
central part of the petiole, which is distinctl)' longitudi-
nally striated.

A GA T HIDES.

DiSOPHRYS EKVTHROCEPHALA, Sp. HOV.

Nigra ; capite, prothorace, incsothorace pcdibusque
anterioribus rufis ; alis violacco-Juuiatis. $ .

Long. 10 mm.

Antenn.'e black ; the scape thickly covered with white
hair. Front and vertex smooth, shining, impunctate ; a
stout keel runs from the hinder ocelli to the outer side

92 Cameron, Hymenoptcra Orientalia.

of the antenn.x ; the antennal keels are stout ; looked at
from the front their lower {)art is triangular. Face and
clypeus thickly covered with longish fuscous hair ; the
clypeus broadly and roundly keeled in the middle ; its
apex obliquely and roundly depressed ; the depression
margined above and below ; the tops of the mandibles
blackish. Prothorax smooth and shining, the upper part
of the pronotum stoutly margined ; mesonotum smooth
and shining, covered with long fuscous hair ; the
depression at the apex of the central lobe is large,
and has at the base two stout keels which are curved
backwards in the middle. Median segment depressed
at the base ; in the middle is a large area wider
than long, depressed at the apex, where the bounding
keels are stouter ; there is a similar, but smaller,
area at the apex. The apex of the propleuree, the
curved depression on the mesopleurs, and the apex of the
latter are stoutly striolated ; the lower part of the meta-
pleune irregularly, stoutly, longitudinally reticulated.
Mesosternum thickly covered with fuscous hair ; the
furrow is wide, crenulated ; its apex is black, wider, and
has two longitudinal keels, united by a transverse one.
Wings uniformly dark, smoky violaceous, with black
stigma and nervures; the branch on the second transverse
cubital nervure is short and is placed above the middle.
Abdomen smooth and shining, the base of the petiole
depressed. The anterior legs are entirely rufo-fulvous ;
the middle pair rufo-fulvous, with the coxae and tro-
chanters black.

This species comes near to D. ruficollis Cam. {Man-
chester Memoirs, vol. xliii. p. 98), but that species may be
known from it by the mesonotum only being rufous, not
the entire mesothorax, and by the wings being yellowish
hyaline.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xHv. (1900), yV(?. |5. 93

DiSOPIIKVS (?) Ol'IlU'l'lUM, J-/-, nov.

Nigra ; protJiorace, mesonoto, scutel/o, Jiiesopleurisqtce
stipra rufis ; alis fiiniatis, stigniate nervisquc nigris; pedibns
nigris, tarsis anterioribiis a/bis ; tibiis antecis testaceis. $ .

Long. 8 mm.

Antenn.x' black ; the .scape covered with white hair; the
flagellum thickly with black pubescence. Head smooth and
shining; the face and clypeus thicklycoveredwithwhitehair;
the clypeal foveae deep ; the depression below the antennaj
deep, triangular ; the two antennal keels stout, laterally
oblique. Mandibles and palpi black, thickly covered with
white hair. Middle lobe of the mesonotum finely punc-
tured ; a distinct keel down the middle of the basal half;
the furrows are obscurely crenulatcd. Scutellar depression
deep, smooth ; a distinct, sharp keel down its centre ; its
centre at the base is raised and bluntly keeled ; the sides
and apex above have a raised margin. The base of the
median segment is obliquely depressed ; the apex of the
segment has an oblique slope, and is bordered above
by a stout keel ; the centre is depressed, the sides
raised, the top of the raised part narrowed and rounded ;
the oblique apex is obliquely striated ; the striae converg-
ing towards the middle. The lower part of the propleurse
is irregularly obliquely striated ; the mesopleura^ black, red
at the base and broadly above ; below thickly covered
with white hair; the apex above deeply depressed; behind
the middle is an oblique row of stout, irregular stri?e.
Metapleuras finely rugose ; on the basal half are two stout,
widely separated keels ; below is a stout angularly curved
one; the apex has some stout, oblique keels. Mesosternum
closely punctured ; the central furrow is stoutly crenulated.
Legs thickly covered with white pubescence ; the front
tibiae and the base of the middle pair testaceous ; the four
anterior tarsi white. Abdomen smooth and shining ; the

94 Cameron, Flyinoioptcra Oricntalia.

centre of the petiole raised ; the sides carinate. The
traiiverse cubital nervures converge, but do not touch
above ; the first is oblique, straight ; the second is oblique
above and thicker than below.

It is doubtful if this can be regarded as ^.Disophrys
inasmuch as the branch on the transverse cubital nervurc
can hardly be said to exist ; in other res])ccts it agrees
fairly well with the genus.

Orei;a,^^(?//. nov.

Fore wings with three cubital areolets ; the first cubital
areolet not separated from the pr.ediscoidal; the second
transverse cubital nervure emittingabranch from its middle.
Face not narrowed to a point ; the vertex excavated ; a broad
keel between the antenn;i,>; the face projecting broadly in
the middle. Mandibles with a minute subai)ical tooth.
Mesonotum distinctly trilobate ; mesopleura: with a wide
striolated furrow. Metanotum irregularly reticulated ; its
sides at the apex largely triangularly produced. Legs
stout, the claws sub-bifid. Abdomen .sessile ; the second
dorsal segment with a broad transverse furrow.

Head narrower than the thorax ; eyes prominent,
parallel, not reaching to the clyi)eal fovea; ; face broadly
carinate, not separated from the cl}-peus by a suture; the
hollowed part of the front is bordered by a distinct stout
keel ; the ocellar region is raised; theocciput is not margined.
The thorax is largely developed in front of the teguUne ;
the propleur;^ are deeply excavated on the lower part ;
the mesosternum broadly excavated. There is a large,
clearly defined area in the middle of the median segment,
which is triangular at the base. Scutellum roundly raised ;
the depression at its base deep. Antenn^i; short, thick;
the flagellum |)ilose, tapering towards the apex.

]\Tanc]tcstcr Memoirs, Vol. xih'. (\c)Oo), No. |.%. 95

Legs stout ; the tibi.u and tarsi covered dense!)' with
short thick hair; the outer fork of the claws is long and
curved ; the basal one shorter and thicker.

Comes nearest to Microdns ; may be known from it
b)' the scjuare second cubital cellule ; by the second
transverse cubital nervure emitting a short thick branch ;
and by the mesonotum being more distinctly and deeply
trilobate. The transverse probrachial nervure is inter-
stitial ; the recurrent nervure is received shortly in front
of the first transverse cubital.

Oreba purpurea, sp. nov.

Purpurea, facie coerulea ; anteiuiis tarsisqnc uigris ;
alis fusco-violaceis. $ .

Long. 13 mm.

Antenna,' not much longer than tlic head and thorax ;
distincll}' tapering towards the apex, thickly covered with
stiff black pubescence. Face and clypeus indigo-blue,
spotted at the sides and top with black ; the face carinate ;
the sides of the keel broad, oblique ; the sides and upper
part thickK' covered with short white pubescence; the
clypeal foveas large, deep. Mandibles black, shining.
Thorax bright purple, shining ; the pleur.e and meta-
notum sparsely covered with white hair ; the mesonotum
punctured, but not closely ; its base transverse, rounded
laterally ; the middle lobe is large, its apex triangular,
obliquely depressed ; the sides of the lateral lobes at the
apex have also an oblique slope ; there are two straight
furrows in the centre of the middle lobe which reach to
the base of the apical slope. Scutellum roundly convex ;
sparsely punctured ; the basal depression large, smooth,
and bearing three longitudinal keels ; the post-scutellum
closely punctured. The base of the metanotum depressed ;
in the middle is a distinctly defined area, slightl)' wider

96 Cameron, Hymenoptcra Oricntalia.

than long, and raised in the middle at the apex; the rest
is irregularly rugose, except for a large area in the centre,
which is triangular or lanceolate at the base, and is marked
with three transverse keels ; the spiracular area is bounded
on the inner side by a stout, curved keel. Propleurse
closely punctured ; the upper part triangularly raised in
the middle; the lower part in the centre deeply depressed
and marked with some keels. Mesoplcurae closely punc-
tured ; the lower depression deep, wide, striated throughout.
Mesosternum closely punctured ; the central furrow
bearing stout, transverse keels. The upper half of the meta-
plcur;e closely punctured ; the lower irregularly, closel)-,
obliquely rugose. Wings dark, smoky violaceous ; the
nervures black ; there is a hyaline mark in the first cubital
cellule, and one outside and below the recurrent nervure.
The tibiie and tarsi are thickly pilose; the hinder cox;r.
closely punctured. Abdomen smooth, shining, glabrous.

ICHNEUMON IDiE.

PIMPLIDES.
Habiwpimpla, ^^;/. 7iov.
Areolet oblique, the transverse cubital nervures uniting
at the top or .shortly append iculated ; the basal abscissa
of the radius distinctly curved upwards at the base. Head
broader than long ; the clypeus separated from the face,
obliquely depressed at the apex. Mandibles with two
equal teeth at the apex. Mesonotum shining, the parap-
sidal furrows obsolete. Scutellum rather flat, longer than
broad, slightly narrowed towards the apex. Metanotum
smooth ; the middle stoutly transversely striolated ; the
sides at the apex stoutly keeled ; the spiracles large,
linear, of equal width, rounded at the ends and placed
shortly behind the middle. Legs stout, formed as in

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 15. 97

Pinipla. Abdomen smooth, shinini;, almost impuiictatc;
the petiole depressed at the base above ; tubcrculate
behind the middle, where the spiracles are ; the second,
third, and fourth segments with oblique depressions at the
sides. The eyes are slightly contracted on the inner side
above and margined.

This genus comes near to Clirysopimpla., not only in
the presence of the yellowish colour, but in the form of the
areolet and in the curved apex of the radius : but differs
from it in the face not being so elongated; in the much
shorter clypeus, which is obliquely depressed at the apex ;
in the eyes being more distant from the base of the
mandibles ; in the spiracles being placed more behind the
middle of the petiole ; in the hinder tarsi being more
slender and longer compared with the tibiae ; and in there
being no cloud at the apex of the fore wings.

HaBROPIAIPLA BILINEATA, Sp. 710V.

Nigra ; scapo antennaruui, scutello, lineis 2 inetaiioti
pcdibusquc stramineis ; alis fnlvo-hyalinis, ncrvis stigina-
teqiie nigris. $ .

Long. 14 mm.

Scape of the antennae yellow, black above, punctured;
the apex with pale hairs ; the flagellum thickly covered
with short stiff hairs ; the basal part brownish beneath ;
the apical joints slightly dilated at the apices. Head
black, except for a yellow mark at the sides near the
clypeus ; the clypeus and labrum brownish (perhaps a
discoloured yellow), the centre of the clypeus broadly
black. Mandibles black ; the palpi rufous-yellow,
covered with white hairs. Face rugosely punctured,
the centre indistinctly keeled ; the clypeus smooth

98 Cameron, Ilyvioioptcra Orienialia.

and impunctate ; the front and vertex smooth ; the
occlh" bordered by furrows. Thorax black ; the
teguL'c, tubercles, a line on the apical part of the pro-
notum, narrowed in the middle, broadly dilated at the
apex, the scutellum, a line on the sides of the median
segment, narrowed at the base, the apex broadly dilated
on the inner side before the apex, Icmon-ycllow. Meso-
notum smooth, shining, thickly covered with fuscous
pubescence. Scutellum smooth, sparsely covered with
long fuscous hair, post-scutcUum impunctate, covered
thickly with long fuscous hair, separated from the scu-
tellum by a narrow deep depression ; the depression at its
sides wide, shallow, smooth. Median segment without arere
or keels ; the base depressed in the middle ; the middle
at the base smooth, at the sides obscurely roughened ;
the middle part stoutly transversely striolated ; the
apex smooth, impunctate. Pro- and meso-pleurae
smooth, impunctate ; the apices of both crenulated ; the
metapleur;e above and at the apex closely and finely
striated. The four front legs are entirely stramineous
yellow ; the hinder coxai black ; broadly yellow in the
middle above ; the trochanters yellow, piceous at the apex ;
the femora black, )-elIow above ; the tibiiu yellow, narrowly
black at the base, more broadly at the apex, and the hinder
tarsi entirely black. Abdomen black ; the sides of the
basal three segments broadly, their apices narrowly, the
fourth with the sides at the apex, and the apex itself
narrowly, and the fifth with the apex at the sides, lemon-
yellow ; the 2nd — 4th abdominal segments yellow. The
basal three segments shallowly punctured; the gastrocoeli
oblique, narrow, smooth, extending shortly beyond the
spiracles ; on the base of the third segment is a broad,
shallow, oblique depression. The quantity of black on
the legs varies, especially on the femora.

MancJicster Mevioirs, l^ol. xliv. {igoo), No. 15. 99

C/ENOriMPLA, geJL nov.

Second transverse cubital nervure obsolete, the first
short, the cubital nervure in front of it with a sharp, oblique
slope ; the basal and apical abscissae of the radius
oblique ; the transverse basal nervure insterstitial ; stigma
large. Clypeus not separated from the face by a suture.
Mandibles with one longish, sharp, apical tooth. Parap-
sidal furrows distinct, deep. Scutellum slightly raised,
narrowed towards the apex ; its sides keeled. Median
segment completely and distinctly areolated ; the supra-
median area longer than broad, its sides oblique at the
base ; the spiracles are small, circular. Legs normal ;
the claws simple ; the fore tarsi incised at the base. The
petiole is broadly raised, the raised part keeled laterally ;
the upper and lower outer sides are also keeled ; the
spiracles are placed shortly behind the middle ; the second,
third, and fourth segments are longitudinally striated,
with broad, transverse depressions.

A distinct and somewhat isolated genus. It is easily
known by the absence of an areolet, by the parapsidal
furrows and by the areolated metathorax. Its general
coloration, form and spotted wings, give it the appearance
of a Hemiteks.

C.ENOPIMPLA RUFICOLLIS, Sp. nov.

Nigra ; prothoracc, vicsonoto, scutcllo mesopleun'sqiie
supra rufis ; alis hyalmis, /usco-bifasdaiis, stigmate fiisco ;
pedibiis anterioribus pa Hide testaccis, posticis nigris, bast
tibiaruin albo. o

Long. 5 mm.

Antennae black ; the basal two or three joints dark
brownish ; the joints thickly covered with short, stiff,
black hair. Face and clypeus closely rugosely punctured,

100 Cameron, Hymcnoptcya Orientalia.

and covered witli short white hair ; the apex of the
clypeus rounded, depressed, mart^ined. Base of mandibles
black ; the middle yellowish, the apex piceous ; palpi
long, pallid j^ellow. Thorax rufous ; the sterna, the
lower part of the mesopleunu and the whole of the meta-
thorax, black. Mesonotum closely punctured ; the middle
lobe finely transversely striated ; the central lobe is
distinctly separated. Scutellum rugosely punctured,
narrowed towards the apex. Median segment with all
the are?e clearly defined and punctured; the supra
median is longer than broad ; the base transverse in
the middle ; the sides oblicjuc ; the apex transverse.
Pro- and meso-pleura; closely punctured, striated in
the middle; the apex of the mesopleuri^e smooth above ;
the metapleurai strongly rugose. Wings hyaline; there
is a cloud extending from near the top of the trans-
verse basal nervure (broadest on the inner side) to the
opposite side of the wing, and a broader one extending
right across from near the base of the stigma to the base
of the apical third of the radial cellule. The four anterior
legs are pale testaceous ; the coxaj black at the base ; the
hinder legs black ; the trochanters and base of tibiae white.
Abdomen black; the apices of the first and second seg-
ments testaceous; the petiole is almost impunctate above;
the middle keels do not extend to the apex; the sides are
bordered above and below by keels, and are finely punc-
tured; the second, third, and fourth segments are longitu-
dinally striated, the stride becoming gradually finer and
closer; the transverse depression on the fourth segment is
broader and more curved than that on the third ; the
depression on the fifth is broad, curved, and separated by
a longitudinal keel in the middle; the apical segments are
densely co\ered with white hair.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xHv. (1900), No. l.'J. loi
BANCHI.
Baliena, gen. nov.

Arcolct small, oblique, the transverse cubital nervurcs
touchin;^ above ; the lower side angled ; the apical abscissa
of the radius is curved upwards. Eyes larger than usual ;
distinctly converging beneath, reaching close to the base
of the mandibles. Cl}^peus small, twice as broad as long;
its apex semicircularly depressed. Mandibles broad at
the base, narrowed at the apex, which has one tooth.
Face roundly convex, reaching near to the lower side of
the e}'es. Occiput immarginate. Mesonotum trilobate ;
the middle lobe triangular at the apex. Scutellum large,
flat. INIedian segment elongate, nearly as long as the
mesothorax ; it has a gradual slope to the apex, has the
small, somewhat oval, spiracles in the middle, has no keels,
and is closeh^, but not strongh', reticulated. Legs long,
slender ; the hinder coxa; large, as long as the petiole,
which becomes gradually wider towards the apex ; the
spiracles on the petiole are circular and are situated
shortly before the middle ; the apex of the petiole is not
curved. Claws bifid. Ovipositor longer than the
abdomen, and issuing from a ventral cleft.

The abscissa of the radius is curved upwards at the
base ; the transverse basal nervure is interstitial ; the
recurrent nervure is received at the base of the apical
third ; the second transverse cubital nervure is faint ; the
recurrent nervure is largely bullated in the middle ; the
sub-discoidal nervure issues from the middle.

Comes near to Banchns and Exetastes ; the former
may be known from it by the pectinated claws : the latter
by the different form of the face and clypeus ; by the
metathoracic spiracles being placed behind the middle ;
and bv the shorter legs.

102 Cameron, Hymetioptera Oricntalia.

BALIENA LEPTOrUS, sp. nov.

Nigra; pcdibns fuh'is, coxis nigris, tibiis posticis albis,
medio late iiigris, apice nigris ; alis /lya/iiiis, nervis
siigi/iaieqiie nigris. ? .

Long. 14 ; terebra \2 mm.

Antenn?e black ; the middle broadly clear white ; the
scape brownish beneath, shining, almost bare. Head
black, shining ; the face and the lower part of the front
yellowish-white, impunctate ; the vertex and face sparsely
covered with long, pale fuscous hair, and the face also
with white pubescence ; the apex of the clypeus brownish ;
the mandibles entirely black, shining ; the ]:)alpi yellow.
The pro- and meso-thorax plumbeous black ; the tegular,
tubercles, scutellum, post-scutellum, and the hinder
edge of the mesopleur<e above, yellow ; the mesonotum
somewhat strong!)- punctured ; the apex of the middle
lobe and the inner sides of the lateral transversely
striated. Scutellum black and wrinkled at the base ;
the rest of it with shallow punctures ; the post-scutellum
impunctate, shining ; the depressions at the sides of
the scutella smooth ; the sides of the scutellum obscurely,
longitudinally striated. Median segment opaque ; the
middle strongly reticulated, more closel}' at the sides
and apex than at the base ; the segment has a
gradually oblique slope. Pro- and meso-plcura; smooth
and shining ; the pro- almost bare, the meso- and meta-
pleur.-e thickly covered with long grey hair ; the meta-
pleur;c strongly and closely reticulated ; the lower
separated from the upper part by a narrow, but distinct,
curved keel ; shortly be\ond the middle, touching it on
its lower side, is a large, deep, smooth fovea. The four
front legs fulvous, the tibial of a paler, more yellowish tint,
their coxa; black, white in front ; the hinder cox;c black ;

MancJicstcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 15. 103

their sides, inside and out, broadly pale yellow ; the basal
joint of the hinder trochanters yellow, the apical black ;
the apex of the hinder femora and the middle of the
hinder tibia; black; the yellow on the apex of the latter
being more extended than it is at the base, the apex of
the tarsi black. Wings hyaline; the stigma and nervures
black ; the areolet small ; the transverse cubital nervures
uniting at the top ; the recurrent nervure received in the
apical third ; the transverse median nervure is interstitial.
Abdomen shining, impunctate ; the base of the petiole
broadly, the apex more narrowly, and the apices of all
the other segments, yellow, as is also the ventral surface,
except the apex of the petiole, which is black.

TR YPHONIDES.
Mesoleptus ANNULIPES, Sp. nov.

Niger, jiavo-niaculatus ; antennis pedibusque rufis.,
coxis trochmiteribusqne anterioribus JIavis, tibiis tarsisque
posticis fusco-nigris, basi albis ; alis hyalinis. $.

Long. 8 mm.

Antennae slender, not tapering towards the apex ;
covered with a microscopic pubescence ; the scape and
base of the flagellum blackish above ; the third joint is
nearly twice the length of the fourth. Head black,
shining; the face, cl)'peus, mandibles, palpi, and inner
orbits in front to nearly opposite the hinder ocelli, yellow ;
the front and vertex impunctate; the face and clypeus
rather strongly, but not closely, punctured ; the middle
of the face roundly projecting ; the mandibular teeth
subequal, black. Thora.x black, a triangular mark on
either side of the base of the mesonotum — the narrow
end on the outer side, the scutellum, tegula;, tubercles,
a small mark immediately under the hinder wings,

I04 Cameron, Hyvicnoptera Orioitixlia.

and a somewhat triangular oblique mark in front
of the hinder cox<x', yellow. Mesonotum distinct! }% but
not closely, punctured; there are no furrows. Scutellum
roundly convex, yellow, black round the edges, more
sparsely punctured than the mesonotum. Post-scutcllum
impunctate, bare, obliquely widened towards the apex ;
its base distinctly separated from the scutellum. Median
segment with a gradually rounded slope, closeh', rather
strongly and uniformly punctured, and thickly covered
with short white hair. PlcuriU closely punctured, the base
of the proplcur;\.', and the apex of the mesopleura^
on the lower half, smooth and impunctate. Meso-
sternum closely punctured, the central furrow shallow.
The four front legs are pale rufo-fulvous ; the coxa^ and
trochanters are pallid yellow ; the hinder cox^e, trochan-
ters and femora, bright rufous ; the tibia? fuscous, darker
above, white at the base ; the tarsi black, the meta-
tarsus white to near the middle. Wings short, as long
as the abdomen; hyaline, slightly smoky at the base;
the areolet triangular, the nervures uniting at the top,
not appendiculate ; the recurrent nervure is received
shortly in front of the second transverse cubital, almost
interstitial ; the transverse median nervure is received
shortly in front of the transverse basal. Abdomen smooth
and shining ; the basal half of the petiole, the base of the
second, third and fourth, and the apices of the two apical
segments, pale yellow.

The Tryphonidcs are very numerous in the northern
parts of the Pakvarctic and probably also in the Nearctic
zoological regions, but are little known outside them.
A large number are known to be parasites on Toithredinidcc.

Mesoleptus KIIASIANUS, Sp. nov.
Niger; abdonmie rufo^pctiolo nigro; pcdibus anterioribus

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), ^V^. 15. 105

flavo-testaccis, posticis riifts ; coxis, apicc tibianiin posticariini
tarsisqitc posticis iiigris ; alis hyaiiiiis, ncrvis stiginateque
nigris. $ .

Long 12 mm.

Scape of anteniKTj yellowish rufous, thickly covered
with black hair ; the flagellum rufous, darker above, espe-
cially towards the apex. Head black ; the face, clypeus,
base of the mandibles and palpi, yellow ; the face darker
in the centre ; closely and strongly punctured, covered
thickly with short fuscous hair; the clypeus with the hair
longer and paler ; its ape.x smooth, impunctate ; the base
with punctures, which are larger, deeper, and more widely
separated than those on the face. Mandibles strongly punc-
tured at the base, and thickly covered there with long white
hair; the palpi thickly covered with white pubescence.
The thorax black ; thickly covered with short white
pubescence; thetegula^and the base of the scutellumyellow.
Mesonotum closely punctured; the middle at the base
slightly raised ; the scutcllum with the punctures more
widely separated at the base ; the post-scutellum finely
punctured, the base forming a semicircular depression ;
the sides at the apex are bordered by a distinct keel. The
median segment has a gradually rounded slope ; is
closely and strongly punctured and covered with long
white hair ; there are no area; ; in the centre at the base
are two stout, slightly converging keels ; there is a distinct
curved keel outside the spiracles. The four anterior legs
are pale fulvous, the coxa; and trochanters pallid yellow ;
the hinder coxa; are black, except at the extreme apex
and in the middle beneath ; the trochanters are yellow,
tinged with rufous ; the femora and tibicC rufous ; the apex of
the tibue and the tarsi black ; the spurs testaceous. Wings
clear hyaline ; the areolet triangular ; the nervures uniting
at the top ; the first straight, oblique ; the second curved ;

io6 Cameron, Hymcnoptera Oricntalia.

the recurrent nervure is received in front of the transverse
cubital, ahuost touchinc^ it ; its upper half is broadly
curved, its lower straii,dit, oblique ; the curved part is
broadly bullated at the top and bottom ; the second trans-
verse cubital nervure is largely bullated at the bottom ;
the transverse median nervure is received in front of the
transverse median, not touching it. The petiole becomes
gradually dilated from the base to the apex; the base has
a semicircular depression, inside of which are a few
longitudinal striations ; beyond this is a shallow, strongly
aciculated depression which becomes gradually narrowed
to the apex ; the second segment is distinctly furrowed on
the basal half at the sides; the gastrocceli rufous, shallow,
finely striated.

AITIIRIS, ^^;/. nov.

Head buccate. E}-es large, not converging below ;
reaching near to, but still distant from, the base of the
mandibles ; above, on the inner side, there is a distinct
rounded incision. The clypeus not defined from the face;
the mandibles have two stout apical teeth. I^ehind, the
head is not much developed and is obliquely narrowed ; the
occiput immarginate. Scutellum flat ; the sides stoutly
keeled to shortly beyond the middle; there are two foveae
at the base of the post-scutellum. Aletathoracic spiracles
large, linear ; outside them is a stout, obliquely bent keel.
Legs stout, the femora thickened ; the calcaria short and
thick ; the last joint of the hinder tarsi as long as the
preceding three joints united ; the claws stout, simple ;
there are two spurs on the hinder tibiae. Wings without
an areolet ; the first abscissa of the radial nervure straight,
oblique ; the second curved upwards at the base ; the
recurrent ncr\-ure is curved and is almost interstitial with
the transverse cubital ; the transverse median nervure is

MancJicstcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 15. 107

received on the outer side of the transverse basal. Petiole
as long as the second and third segments united ; from
the middle it becomes gradual!}' dilated; the small round
spiracles arc placed shortly beyond the middle; the upper
part of the sides are keeled to the spiracles ; the lower
part keeled to the end ; the gastrocoeli are obsolete ; the
segments become gradually wider towards the apex.

The basal two joints of the flagellum are equal in
length ; the mesopleura bulges out broadly in the middle
and is broadly depressed behind ; its base has an oblique
slope, and is keeled on the top. The antennae are placed
high up on the face, opposite the eye incision ; above them,
on the lower part of the front, is a distinct projection
which is widened above ; the top deeply depressed in the
middle ; the labrum is not exserted. Metanotum not
areolated. Ocelli large, placed in a triangle. Abdomen
smooth and shining, the second to fourth segments equal
in length. The basal joint of the anterior tarsi is incised
at the base ; the apical joint is as long as the basal ; the
middle ones short and thick ; the calcaria stout, reaching
to the middle of the metatarsus.

Belongs to the TrypJwnidcs and comes near to
Exochus, but is abundantly distinct from anything
described.

AlTHRIS CCENUTUS. Sp. 710V.

Niger; antennis riifo-teshiceis,fc!noribics, tibiis tarsisque
anticis, basique tibiamm posterionnn, diuiidio apicali
scgvienti abdoiiiiiiis sccnndi seguicntoqiie j-o fiavis ; alis
hyalinis, stigmate nervisque fiiscis. S .

Long. 7 mm.

Antennae as long as the body, rather stout, not taper-
ing much towards the apex ; thickly covered with short
pale hair. Head black ; the apex of the clypeus, and

io8 Cameron, Hymcnoptera Oricntalia.

the mandibles broadh' at the base, rufo-testaccous; the
palpi }'ello\v; the face strongl}' punctured ; the punctures
large, deep, and clearh' separated ; the front and vertex
smooth and shining, sparsely and shortly haired ;
the face rather thickly covered with long pale hair.
Thorax black, smooth and shining ; the teguhe, scutellum
and post-scutellum, lemon-}-cllo\v ; the pleur;t and meta-
notmn thickl}- covered with long pale hair ; the propleura^
crcnulated at the apex ; the mesopleurct fincl\- punctured;
the apical half of the mesopleura; largely excavated.
Mesosternum thickly covered with long fuscous hair ; its
middle depressed. On the metapleur^e, enclosing the
spiracles, are two curved longitudinal keels, which con-
verge towards the apex ; the distance between them at
the base being greater than at the apical half Legs black ;
the anterior legs, except at the base and for a large mark
on the femora behind, the middle knees, basal half of
tibiai and tarsi, and the basal two-thirds of the hinder
tibiae, lemon-yellow ; the hinder tarsi fuscous. Wings
h\^aline; the stigma and nervures fuscous. Abdomen
smooth and shining, deep black ; the apex of the petiole,
and the second segment entirely, lemon-yellow.

TiLGIDA, ge7i. nov.

Fore wings without an areolet, the only transverse
cubital nervure very short, so that the cubital and the
radial nervures approach each other ver\- closel}- ; the
recurrent nervure is received about four times its length
from it ; the transverse median is received shortly behind
the transverse basal. Eyes very large, their inner orbits
straight and converging slightly, but distinctly, on the
lower side ; the orbits arc very little developed behind,
and are roughly striated above. Clypeus small, its apex
transverse ; the labrum is longer than it. Mandibles

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), iVc;. l."*. 109

somewhat triangular at the base, curved, narrowed
towards the apex, and bhuitly toothed there. l\alpi
longish. Antenn;e long and slender. The fore lobe of
the mesonotuni is largely raised and does not reach to
the middle of the mesonotum, which is depressed behind
it. Scutellum large, only slightly roundly raised. The
median segment is elongate, has a gradually rounded
slope to the apex and has no keels ; its spiracles are
oval and are placed be\'ond the middle, half-way between
it and the ajjcx in a hollow. Abdomen long and slender ;
the petiole long and slender, not curved at the apex, longer
than the second segment ; its spiracles small, round, and
placed shortl)' be}'ond the middle ; the gastrocceli are
small, indistinct. Legs long and slender ; the hinder
coxa^ large ; the tarsi spinose ; their claws long, curved
and thickened at the base ; the front tarsi are bent at the
base ; the fore calcaria curved, pilose.

Unfortunateh" I have only a $ of this genus. In the
form of the abdomen it does not differ much from
Mesoleptus, but in other respects it differs completely from
that and from any known genus of the Tryphofiides. It is
undoubtedly nearly related to Balioia, as is shown by their
agreement in the form of the head, thorax, and legs, but
differs in the fore wings wanting the areolet.

TiLGIDA ALBITARSIS, Sp. liov.

Nigra ; facie, aimiilo flagelli aiiteiiiianun /ate, scutcUo,
post-scntello, apicc r)ictanoti basiqiic pronoti flavis ; pedibus
flavis, coxis femoribusque posticis fulvis ; diiiiidio apicali
tibiarniii posticarinn nigris ; a/is hyalviis. $ .

Long. 12 mm.

Antennae black ; the scape and the 13th — •25th joints
of the flagellum white ; the basal joints of the flagellum
yellowish beneath. Head black ; the face yellow, smooth,

no Cameron, Hymcnoptcra Oricntalia.

covered sparsel}' with white liair ; the base of the c]\'pcus
black, the depressed apex brownish ; the hairs on the
clypeus are longer than those on the face. Mandibles
black; the palpi }-eIlow. Mesonotum closely and strongly
punctured ; the depressed apex obscurely striated. Scu-
tellum covered with large shallow punctures, and sparsely
with white hair ; the post-scutellum smooth. Median
segment closel\-, and rather strongly, transversely striated,
broadly furrowed down the middle of the black part ; the
yellow apex is finely transversely striated. Propleurse
shining ; the base broadly yellow above, more narrowly
below. Mesopleura.' obscurely punctured, finely longi-
tudinally striated above at the tubercles, and below in
front of the co^-st. Metapleurae closely obliquely striated,
punctured at the base. Mesosternum punctured, covered
thickly with fuscous hair, and with a shallow furrow down
the middle. The four anterior legs yellow, their tarsi
blackish ; the hinder cox.'e and femora fulvous, the coxs;
black at the apex above; the apical joint of the trochanters
broadly black above ; the apex of the femora, almost the
apical half of the tibire, and the two apical joints of the
tarsi, black. The cubital nervure approaches close to
the radial, being united to it near the middle by a short
thick branch ; the recurrent nervure is received at four
times the length of this branch from it. Abdomen black ;
all the segments broadly yellow at the apex ; the petiole
rough, smooth at the base, the middle depressed ; the
gastrocceli pale yellow, distinct, deep ; the four apical
segments are thickl\- covered with white hair.

Arthula, ^^w. nov.

Antennae stout, not tapering much towards the apex,
29-jointed. Head not much developed behind the eyes,
which are large, parallel, and do not reach to the base of

MmicJiestcr Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 15. 1 1 1

the mandibles. Clypeus small, separated by a suture from
the face, its ajjjex obliquel}' depressed transversely ; the
labrum prominent, rounded. Mandibles stout, short,
ending in two subequal teeth. Parapsidal furrows
distinct. Scutellum large, roundly convex. Median
segment with one transverse keel near the base ; its
spiracles moderately large, linear, rounded at the base and
apex. Wings without an areolet, there being only one
transverse cubital nervure; the cubital and radial nervures
almost united, the transverse cubital nervures being very
short ; the recurrent nervure is interstitial, as is also the
transverse median ; the discoidal nervure is obliquely
curved on the basal half. Legs elongate, especially the
hinder pair, which have the coxre large ; the basal joint
of their trochanters more than twice the length of the
apical ; the tarsi spinose ; the metatarsus as long as the
other joints united ; the intermediate and hinder tibiae with
two spurs. Petiole curved ; gradually, but not greatly,
dilated towards the apex ; the spiracles placed shortly
be}'ond the middle, the second segment triangular, narro\\-
at the base, becoming gradually wider towards the apex,
which is transverse; the gastrocceli indistinct ; the third and
following segments are wider than long; the third, fourth
and fifth segments have large depressions on the sides,
their middle roundly raised, the hypopygium large, tri-
angular at the apex, flat ; the cerci short, stout, pilose.

The short thick antennce with comparatively few joints,
and the similarity in the alar neuration, might place it
near Acoenites. In the absence of the 2 , its exact
relationship cannot be very clearly defined.

It comes nearest to the TrypJionides and is closely
related to Chreusa, Heviigaster and Macrogaster, with
which it agrees in the neuration of the wings and in the
paucity of joints in the antennae, but may be known from

112 Cameron, Hymcnoptera Orientalia.

all of them by the median segment having only one
transverse keel, and consequently no areaae; by the meta-
tarsus being longer than all the other joints united; and by
the more slender j^etiole. As, owing to the similarity of
the alar neuration, these little-known genera are apt to be
confounded, it may be advisable to give a synoptical table
of their differences.

A. Middle lobe of the mesonotum triangular, tiansverse

at the base ; the legs short, stout, the fore claws
bifid.

Colour Ijlack ; the median segment areolated all over,
the spiracles placed behind the middle of the
petiole. Macrogaster.

Colour luteous, the median segment not areolated all
over: the spiracles placed in the middle of the
petiole. Chreusa.

B. Middle lobe of the mesonotum not triangular, rounded

at the base ; the legs long and slender: the fore
claws simple.
Median segment areolated, the post-petiole distinctly
dilated ; the metatarsus not longer than the other
joints united. Hcmigaster.

Median segment not areolated, the post-petiole not
dilated ; the metatarsus longer than all the other
joints united. Arthula,

Artiiula BRUNNEOCORNIS, sp. nov.

Nigra; capitc thoraccque flavo-viacidatis, pcdibus iiigris,
jlavo-Diaculatis ; abdoviine fcrriigineo ; alls Jiyalinis, stig-
niatc fusco. ? .

Long. II — 12 mm.

Antennae as long as the abdomen, stout, scarcely
tapering towards the apex, dark brownish, darker above ;
the scape bright lemon-}'ellow. Head black ; the face,
clypeus, labrum, and the orbits all round, lemon-yellow ;
the base of the clypeus, an oblique mark on either side of

JMiVicJicsicr Mcinoirs, \^ol. xliv. (1900), No. 15- 1 13

its base, and the maiuliblcs, except before the apex, black.
The face i.s flat, and closely punctured ; the basal part of
the clypeus projects sligiitlv' and roundl\^ ; its apex is
obliquel\- depressed; the front and vertex closely punc-
tured; the former with a broad longitudinal furrow.
Thorax black ; a broad band on the pronotum, the
teguhe, a mark on the base of the parapsidal furrows, the
apical half of the scutellum — the mark narrowed in the
middle at the base and apex — , the scutellar keels,
post-scutellum, the space at their sides, a large mark
on the apex of the median segment, narrow at the
base, becoming gradualh' wider towards the apex, which
is obliquely narrowed, the lower part of the proplcunx,
the tubercles, a perpendicular mark on the base of
the mesopleura;, narrow above, becoming wider below,
an irregular mark under the hind wing, a larger, more
irregular, mark on the lower side near the apex, incised
in the middle below, and a large mark on the mesosternum,
divided in two b}^ the furrow and narrowed at the base,
lemon-yellow. ]\Iesonotum opaque, closeh^ punctured ;
the parapsidal furrows reaching to the middle ; the scu-
tellum somewhat more strongly, but not so closely, punc-
tured ; the furrow at its base smooth and shining. The
base of the median segment finely and closely punctured
behind the only transverse keel ; the rest of it much
more strongly punctured and striated at the base. Pleurae
closely punctured ; the middle of the propleurai
strongly irregularly striated. The mesosternum closely
punctured ; its furrow narrow, crenulated. The four
front legs are pale fulvous, yellowish at the base,
the coxai black at the base ; the hinder legs are of a
darker fulvous ; the coxas and tarsi yellower ; the cox^
largely black on the inner and outer side, the former with
the black mark at the base, the latter with it at the apex ;

114 Cameron, Hymenoptera Orientalia.

the trochanters are largely black above ; the femora
marked with black above at tlie base. Wings clear
hyaline, the stigma fuscous, the nervures darker. Abdo-
men dark ferruginous ; the petiole in the middle, and the
bases of the segments, black.

Manchester Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1900), No. 10,

XVI. Some Criticisms on the Modern Theory of
Solutions.

By Edgar F. Morris, M.A.

/\eccive(i and read Felnuary 20th, igoo.
Received in the present form September loth, igoo.

The consideration of an osmotic cell depressed below
the surface of the pure solvent gives rise to results difficult
to reconcile with the theory of solutions. Imagine an
osmotic cell of the usual pattern and of unit area filled
with a solution and depressed a distance x below the
surface of the pure solvent. The osmotic height above
the pure solvent must be constant, independent of the
depression x of the membrane ; otherwise it would be
possible by the aid of two such cells to obtain a machine
to work in contravention to the second law of thermo-
dynamics.

On the usual hypotheses, the only new forces intro-
duced by the depression x which can alter the equilibrium
are the weight of pure solvent in the column of height x
and of unit area, and the weight of solvent in the same
volume of solution, since the solvent alone can pass and
repass freely through the membrane. Since these forces
are in equilibrium the weight of solvent in any vokune of
solution should be the same as that in an equal volume
of solvent.

If the solvent be also considered to be in a kinetic
state comparable with that of a gas, a relation is obtained

October gth, igoo.

2 Morris, Modem Theory of Solutions.

between the internal pressure and the real osmotic
pressure, which, taking the ordinary estimate of the
internal pressure of water, gives a figure differing greatly
from the ordinary osmotic pressure, even when corrected
for the volume actually occupied by the molecules. For,
of course, the pressure actually exerted by a solute is not
the osmotic pressure, and consequently is not equal to the
theoretical gas pressure. If the solvent and solute were
associated in any way there would be no difficulty in the
explanation.

An osmotic membrane seems to be only a method for
keeping two otherwise completely miscible liquids in
contact, in such a manner that their surface tension
effects can be observed. In discussing sucji membranes
it is essential to know whether the concentration of the
solute is the same at all heights of the column.

The considerable differences that are found between the
theoretical and actual osmotic pressures are, on this theory,
due to self-combinations or decompositions of the molecules
of solute and not to interactions between solute and the
solvent. Auwcrs' has shewn that in many cases of associa-
tion the low osmotic pressure is probably due to interaction
with the solvent.

The dissociation hypothesis is of much greater import-
ance. The use of the term " dissociation " is most
misleading, since it is impossible to separate finite
quantities of the ionized bodies without the application of
energy. The ions cannot be considered free, as the
products of gaseous dissociation are. The system of
electrical charges, supposed to account for the ions not
diffusing, has been shewn by Prof Fitzgerald to be
impossible.

From a study of the distribution of picric acid between

*K. Auwcrs, Zeit. Phys. Cheiii. 30 (1S99), p. 300 — 340.

Manchester Memoirs^ Vol. xliv. ( 1 900), No. 1 0. 3

silk and water Walker and Appleyard' found that, on the

ordinary theory, the picric acid would be 27 times more

dissociated in silk solution than in water. Such ions

would be very strange bodies. Similar results have been

obtained by Georgevics. In any case it is impossible for

the ions to be more numerous than the atoms. Yet

Ramsa\' found that certain elements in mercury solution

{eg.., sodium, potassium, barium, calcium) gave numbers

indicating the presence of more ions than atoms. It is

perhaps not surprising that although sodium-amalgam

contains ions, it is not an electrolyte.'* On the other hand

the factor of ionisation is frequently less than would be

expected {e.g., rS instead of 2 for common salt in water).

The most valuable evidence in favour of the theory is

the approximate coincidence between the ionisation

figures drawn from osmotic and conductivity methods

respectively. Since the investigations of pyridine, benzo-

nitrite, nitro-benzene and acetone solutions by Prof

Kahlenberg, A. T. Lincoln, and others, it has been shewn

that none of the predicted regularities hold. Electrolytic

solutions being obtained with normal osmotic pressures,

in others the ionisation increasing with the concentration.

In others no limiting values being obtainable. Now if the

ions move about independently this should be shewn

by the order of the equation for reactions in which they

take part. The catalysis of esters is represented by the

equation

EtO AC + H + H.p = EtO H + AcO H + H.

The form of the equation for the reaction constant, and

its dependence on the figure called number of ions, is well

known. But the equation requires that the H ions and

water should always simultaneously hit the ester ; unless

^ Walker and Appleyard (1S96), p. 1339. Jour. Chan. Soc.

^ Ramsay (1889), p. 921. Joiir. Che///. Soc.

^ Obach, Fogg. Aim. Stipp. Vol. vii. (1876), p. 280.

4 Morris, Modem Theory of Solutions.

the H ion is in some way combined with the water it is
difficult to sec how this could occur. It is easy to imagine
a loose combination of HCl with HgO, such that a
hydrogen and a chlorine atom would be free enough to
exert independent kinetic pressures, but yet be bound to
move together as a physical whole. Indeed in the theory
of gases, the difficulty is to explain how the parts of a
molecule can be so lightly joined as not to exert these
independent pressures. Structural chemistry has taught us
that parts of a chemical molecule may enter into reactions
independently of the result of the molecule, and may be
more influenced by their environment than by the rest of
the molecules to which they are bound ; e.g., reduction of
nitro-ethane and nitro-benzene in acid or neutral solutions.
Such combinations would be a stage between mixtures
and chemical compounds that react as a whole. It is
precisely in such cases as the picric acid solution in silk,
that one would expect a large measure of independence
in the parts of the combination. On this view the HCl
and HoO combination would be regarded as in a strained
condition, requiring a further agent such as the electric
current, or the presence of a body like an ester, which
can combine with H and OH, and remove them from the
system and complete the decomposition of the water.
In conformity with this view I found that for the lower
esters of acetic acid the M of the formula of Harcourt and
Essen is about twice as great as that for hydrochloric
acid, and that, therefore, the heat change in the action
between HCl and water to form these combinations, is
about equal to that between the ester and these combi-
nations. Whenever the combination is broken up by the
ester, the liberated HCl would meet a water molecule in
an infinitesimal time, and the original number of combi-
nations be re-formed.

October 3rd, iSgg.] Proceedings.

PROCEEDINGS

OF

THE MANCHESTER LITERARY AND
PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

Ordinary Meeting, October 3rd, 1899.

Horace Lamb, M.A., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

The thanks of the members were voted to the donors of the
books upon the table.

The President referred to the loss the Society had sustained
through the death of Mr. Arthur Greg and Mr. Henry Simon
(ordinary members), and of Professor Bunsen, Sir W. H. Flower,
Sir E Frankland, and Professor Friedel (honorary members),
since last session.

Dr. C. H. Lees gave an account of the experiments of
Professor J. J. Thomson on the different behaviour of the anode
and cathode rays under the influence of the same magnetic field,
from which had been drawn the conclusion that, in the case of
hydrogen, the mass carrying the positive charge is an atom of
the gas, whereas the mass carrying the negative charge is the
one-thousandth part of an atom.

Professor H. B. Dixon and Mr. J. D. Peterkin described
their recent experiments on the union of nitric oxide and nitrogen
peroxide gases. These experiments point to the conclusion that
these gases are not inert to one another when mixed together, but
partially combine to form gaseous nitrogen trioxide until an
equilibrium is established between the rate of combination and
the rate of decomposition of the unstable trioxide. The
apparatus used in the experiments was exhibited, and a discussion
followed which was participated in by several members.

ii Proceedings. {^October lytli^iSgg.

General Meeting, October 17th, 1899.

Horace Lamb, M.A., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Joseph Inglehy, M.I.Mech.E., Marple Bridge; Mr.
Cieorge Huxley, M.T.Mech. I*:., Heaton Moor; and Mr. \\'. H.
Todd, Solicitor, Manchester, were elected ordinary Members.

Ordinary Meeting, October 17th, 1899.
Horace Lamb, M.A., I\R.S., President, in the Chair.

The thanks of the members were voted to the donors of the
books upon the table.

The Secretary read the address which was recently
presented by the Society to Sir George G. Stokes, Bart., on the
occasion of the jubilee of his tenure of the Lucasian Professorship
of Mathematics at Cambridge University, and also the reply
received thereto.

Professor Dixon stated that the restoration of Dalton's
tomb had been effected under the direction of the Committee
appointed, and that there remained a balance in hand of about
^27. It was hoped to raise this sum tO;;{^t;o, and to form a
vested fund which would provide for any future repairs thit
might be necessary.

The President announced the presentation to the Society
of a relic of John Dalton, in the shape of his diploma of honorary
membership of the Edinburgh INIedical Society, to which he was
elected in 1818.

Mr. R. L. Taylor asked whether any member had verified
the statement made in Black's lectures that a bar of iron healed
to redness by hammering and allowed to cool, would not bear a
repetition of the experiment, but would crack, unless in the
meantime it had been re-heated in the fire.

Oclobcr jist, iSgQ.] Pr0CI':p:I)INCS. iii

Dr. 1''. II. liouMAN and Mr. W. H. Johnson staled that
llicy had seen Uic cxi)erinient performed.

Mr. Thomas Thori' read a jjapcr on "Diffraction Grating
Films and their Application to Colour Photography,"
and exhibited an apparatus wliieh showed pliotographs of objects
in their natural colours by the aid of gratings, and without the
use of pigments or dyes.

Dr. (Charles H. Lkes read a paper entitled: "On the
Electrical Resistance between Opposite Sides of a
Quadrilateral, one diameter of which bisects the other
at right angles."

The paper is published in full in the Memoirs.

General Meeting, October 31st, 1899.

Horace Lamc, M.A., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Jocelyn F. Thorpe, Ph.D , Demonstrator and Assistant
Lecturer in Organic Chemistry, Owens College, was elected an
ordinary member.

Ordinary Meeting, October 31st, 1899.
Horace Laimb, M.A., F. R.S., President, in the Chair.

The thanks of the members were voted to the donors of the
books upon the table.

Dr. G. H. Bkoadbknt introduced the subject of the well at
Giggleswick, known for the ebb and flow of its water, and asked
whether an explanation ot what is locally known as the "silver
thread " could be offered by any member. The well consists of
a stone cistern, at the top and back of which the water enters
from the Giggleswick Scars, there being two small outlets about
half-way down each side of the tank and opposite each other.

iv Procekdincs. {^November I ^tJi, I Sgc).

Under certain conditions tlicre appears extending througli the
water, from one orifice to the other, a "thread" apparently
formed of air.

Professor Reynolds suggested that the phenomenon might
be explained by the inflow producing a circulation of the water
having its vortex parallel between the two outlets, thus permitting
a passage of air from one side to the other,

A paper by Mr. Peter Cameron, entitled : " Hymen-
optera Orientalia ; or, Contributions to a Knowledge
of the Hymenoptera of the Oriental Zoological Region.
Part IX. The Hymenoptera of the Khasia Hills.
Second Paper," was communicated by Mr. J. Cosmo Melvill,
M.A., F.L.S., the specimens described being exhibited.

The paper will be published by instalments in the Memoirs.

Miss Winifred Faraday, B.A., read a paper " On the
Question of Irish Influence on Early Icelandic Litera-
ture, as illustrated by the Irish MSS. in the Bodleian
Library," (communicated by Mr. 1'". J. Faraday, F.L.S.).

The paper is printed in full in the Memoirs.

Professors Toller and Strachan and Mr. Mark Stirrup took
part in the discussion.

Ordinary Meeting, November 14th, 1899.
Horace Lami;, M.A., P\R.S., President, in the Chair.

The thanks of the members were voted to the donors of the
books upon the table.

Mr. W. E. HoYLE exhibited a series of flint instruments, «S:c.,
from Egypt, forming part of a large collection obtained by
Professor Flinders Petrie during the past winter in excavating
about twenty miles of cemetery in the western desert between
Hu and Dendereh, and since presented to the Manchester
Museum. 'Phese belonged to various periods, from pre-historic

Novciidh-r 28 III, / ^Vy ■ J 1 ' '^OC K K I ) I N c; S. V

to Roman. Certain types of knives witli very finely notehed
edges and forked lance-heads are very characteristic of the pre-
historic age. One cemetery dates from the Libyan settlements
in Kgypt at the close of the middle kingdom, about 2,400 ii.c.
Here the graves were all shallow pits of the form known
as " pan graves," in which the bodies were laid in a contracted
position, but not all in the same direction. From this were
obtained several of the strings of beads exhibited. The shell
bracelets are very characteristic of this period. Another large
cemetery at Hu began in the sixth dynasty, and contained,
besides pottery, a large quantity of beads. One large necklace of
five strings was of amethyst, others were of cornelian and garnet,
whilst in the other sets were metal beads, which from their not
having corroded were presumed to have contained a considerable
proportion of gold. The collection included a large number of
pieces of engraved bone, apparently prepared for inlaying, as well
as two beautiful diorite saucers, one circular and the other in the
shape of a large Unio shell. A block of stone about six inches
square, with a circle and two cross lines on the top, once formed
the upper part of a short stone pillar, and is believed to have
been a surveyor's mark.

A short discussion followed, in which Professor W. Boyd
Dawkins remarked upon the similarity between the Egyptian
beads and those known as "wampum" by the North American
Indians. The knives with serrated edges were probably meant
for ceremonial use, e.g., cutting the first incision in a body about
to be mummified. The imitation Unio shell was an extraordinary
production, a model of this kind being almost unique.

Ordinary INIeeting, November 28th, 1S99.

Horace Lamb, M.A., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

The thanks of the members were voted to the donors of the
books upon the table.

vi I'ROCKEDlNCiS. [December 1 2l/i, iSgg.

Professor Wkiss exhibited some specimens of Mclaiwspora
parasitica found by Mr. II. Murray at Flixton. 'I'his species of
Me/aiiospora is now known to l)e [parasitic on another fungus,
/sarin farinosa, whicli infests the laiv;e and pupx' of various
insects. The latter fungus {/saria) is now recognised as being
another stage of growth of Cordiccps militaris, whicli has been
particularly common this autumn.

" Report on the Marine Mollusca obtained during
the Jackson-Harmsworth Expedition to Franz Josef
Land, 1896-7." by Mr. J. Cosmo Melvill, M.A., F.L.S ,
and Mr. Roiikrt Standen.

The paper will be published in full in the Memoirs,

Ordinary Meeting, December 12th, 1899.
HoRACK I>AMB, M.A., F. R.S., President, in the Chair.

The thanks of the members were voted to the donors of the
books upon the table.

The President annoimced that the Council had made the
following awards : — The ^Vilde Medal for 1900 to Lord Rayleigh,
F.R.S., for his numerous and brilliant contributions to mathe-
matical and experimental physics and to chemistry; a 1 )alton
Medal (struck in 1864) to Sir H. E. Roscoe, F.R.S., for his
remarkable original researches in chemistry and for his dis-
tinguished services to scientific education; the Wilde Premium
for 1900 to Professor A. W. Flux for his papers on economic
questions read before the Society. It was also announced that
Lord Rayleigh had been invited, and had consented, to deliver
the Wilde Lecture for 1900.

The President called the attention of the members to the
award of the Davy Medal by the Council of the Royal Society
to Dr. lulward Schunck, 1\R.S. (an ex president and the oldest
member of the Society).

October gfh, I Sgc}.] Proceedings. vii

\_Microscopical and Natural History Section.^

Ordinary Meeting, October 9th, fSqq.

Mark Siirrup, F.G.S., in the Chair.

Mr. IsA.vc Bayley Balfour, Regius Keeper, Royal Botanic
Garden, Edinburgh, sent for exhibition a collection of plants
from the island of Socotra, which included the following : —

A. (Of morphological interest) Cocciilits tni/fourii, Adeniiim
multijloriim, Senccio scotti, Eupliort'ia schimperi, Pulicaria stc-
pJuDwcarpa^ Jhcwci ia /astii:;iafa, Convolvulus Jilipcs, Iiidti:;ofera
marmorata, [usticia ri'^^ida, Croton socotrauus, Locliia t>racteata,
Dicoma ca?ia, NeuracautJius aculeatus.

B. (Of economic interest) Buxus tiildehrandtii^ Bos7vellia
aineero, B. clongata, B. socotraiia, Balsaiiunteiidruin socotranuin,
Dracaena cinnabarl.

C. (Of horticultural interest) Exaeuni eaeru/eum, E. ^^racitipes,
Cystostenion socotranuni, Jasniinuni rotundifoliuni^ Lasiosiphon
socotranus, Euryops socotranus, iMussaenda capsulifera, Begonia
socotrana, Hypericum tortuosum.

D. (Of geographical interest) camylantluts spinosus, Coelocar-
pum socotranuni, Rhus t/ivrsi/lora, Heliclirysuni aciculare^ H.
nimmoanum, H. suffruticosuni, H. rosulatuni, H. sphaerocephalutn,
H. gracilipes.

E. (Interesting trees, shrubs, and herbs) Odina ornifoIia,Ficus
socotrana, Porana obtusa, Vogelia penduia, V. indica var. socotrana,
Jatropha unicostata, Osyris penduia, Greivia turbi?iata, IVithania

riebeckii, Cuscuta planiflora var. globu/ifera, Achyrocline schimperi,
Hedyotis siellarioides, Haya obovata, Dicliptera effusa.

Mr. Peter Cameron sent part II. of his paper on the
" Hymenoptera of the Khasia Hills," illustrated by a large
number of specimens.

viii Proceedings. [November 6th, iSgg.

[Microscopical and Natural History Sectioni\

Ordinary Meeting, November 6th, 1899.

Chari.es Bailey, F.L.S., President of the Section, in the Chair.

Mr. RociKRs exhibited a large fungus parasitic on the leaves
of an Aloe, which grows abundantly on the hill sides. Cape
Colony, and which has been described and figured by Mr. George
Massee, in the Gardeners' C/ironicie, October 14th, 1899, as anew
species under the name Afontat^neita maxifna.

Mr. Mark Stirrup, F.G.S. exhibited a collection of fossils
from the subterranean quarries of the Montagne de St. Pierre,
Maestricht. The rock quarried is placed above the chalk and
below the tertiaries, and the corals, shells, and zoophytes found
indicate a warm climate. He also described the skull of the
Mosasauriis camperi found there last century, and now in the
Natural History Museum, Paris.

Mr. Teter Cameron exhibited a bug, Zicrona ccerulea,
found by him on a moor at Roworth, near Marple ; the species
is not common in this country, but has a wide distribution,
extending into Ja[)an. The specimen has been presented to
Owens Colleiie.

December ^tli, 1 8gc)?^ Proceedings. ix

^Microscopical and Natural History Section.^

Ordinary Meeting, December 4th, 1899.
CiiARLKs Uailkv, F.L.S., President of tiie Section, in the Chair.

ivlr. Jamks Cosmo Mki.vii.i. read the following notes :
{a) " Notes on two collections of Terrestrial Mol-
lusca from Socotra. "

The island of Socotra, with the smaller islets Abd-el-K.uri and
Brothers, lies almost due east of Cape Guardafui, Somaliland,
and is situate at the entrance to the Gulf of Aden, Long. 53° E.,
Lat. 12° N. The main island is about 100 miles in length by
about 50 in breadth.

The terrestrial moUusca of this island and its neighbouring
islets (Abd-el-Kuri being about 100 miles from the mainland,
and 30 from Socotra), have till lately been studied very
cursorily. In 18S1, Mr. Godwin- Austen described in the
Proceedings of the Zoological Society some new forms, and during
the past two years Mr. Kdgar Smith has given to the world some
additional descriptions of new forms collected (i) by Mr. and
Mrs. Theodore Bent in 1896-97, and (2) by the recent expedition
made by Dr. H. O. Forbes, of the Liverpool Museum, and Mr.
Ogilvie Grant, of the British Museum.

Fischer, in \\\?, Manuel de Cojichylioloj^ie, mentions only fourteen
species as being known from these islands (1887), these being
mainly Bidiminus, E/inca, Lit hid ion, Otopoma, Stenogyra, and
Planorbis. The moUusca all belong to the Arabo-East-Ethiopian
types, as might be expected, being generically almost identical
with the few known from South Arabia (Dhoferand Hadramant),
and some of which I was myself privileged to describe in 1895
for the Theodore Bent Expedition, Buliminiis, Otopoma,
Planorbis, and Sie?w^:vra being also in that case the prevalent
forms. The same holds good with what is known of the fauna
of Somaliland.

Among the most interesting forms collected by the Forbes-

X Procf.EDINGS. \^Deceviber ^tJi, i8gg.

Grant Expedition, 1898-99, is a Buliminits {mirnhilis 3m.) partu-
loid, with hidentate peristome, the smaller B. rotioidus Sm. being
also similar, and remarkable. The subgenus Ovella has several
representatives in B. longifonnis and several others of tlie group
in which oblique, bizarre, zebra-like markings are conspicuous,
the peristome being only slightly thickened. In fact, the genus
/hili??nnus is the most higlily represented here. Several very
highly sculptured Lithidion, and large Otoponia, are among the
operculates, while of Stenai^yra there are large, but plain, varieties.
One ])eculiarity in the Socotran land mollusca seems to
be a total absence of He/icidce proper. Ennea is present in
one or two peculiar forms, whilst, among fluviatile species, a
Pla}iort>is seems to abound, ap,d the almost cosmopolitan
Melania tuherciilafa L.

(/') " Note on Couus clytospim Melv. and Stand."

This very fine addition to the genus Coitus has just been
described in the A)in. &-• Mai^: iV. If., December, 1899. It
combines the graceful form and size of C. (gloria maris Chemn.
(perhaps its nearest congener) with C. fpiscopus Hwass, the
markings of which it much assimilates.

Referring to a revision of the section Cy/iudt-r of Cojitts,
propounded by myself in 18S5, I should suggest that this new
species {C. clyiospirci) form a separate section by itself, which
section would be amply characterised by the extended spire,
increasing longitudinally i| in. in the type specimen, and also
l)y the indented upper whorls, a character not noticed in any
other species of Cylinder proper. The extreme attenuation of
the last whorl seems distinct from all other species save C. i^/oria-
inaris. C. civtospira should, therefore, be placed between the
Text ilia pyrainid alia (to which C. i^loria-tnaris, C.pauluccicP,^r\(S.
C. /ei;a///s are referred, as well as C. /i ramidalis) and the Aulici,
subdivision {a) Episcopi, to which C. episcopus Hwass belongs.

The new species was discovered about September 7th, 1899,
by Mr. F. W. Townsend, in the Arabian Sea, 100 miles due
west of Bombay, adhering to the Eastern Telegraph Company's
cable, which had been hauled up from 45 fathoms, as it needed

J anna)')' gt/i, /poo.] P ROCK ED IN OS.

XI

repairing. Two examples occurred, both somewhat im[)erfect,
of similar form and style of marking, but different in coloration,
one being much paler than the other, but a third specimen was
unfortunately missed, this being reported as at least 7 inches in
length, whilst the type is barely 5 inches.

'1 ne discovery of this marvellous species, one of the most
select not only of all Cw//but of all marine molluscs, is sufficient
to mark an epoch.

Mr. Mark Stirrup, F.O.S., exhibited, for comparison with
Mr. Melvill's arctic shells, a collection made by him at Tromsoe,
the shells of the same species being all larger.

Mr. Mark Sykes, P\R.M.S., drew attention to the Agave
ainericana, planted in 1S41 at Wmthorpe, near Newark, which
flowered for the first time this summer and then withered up.

Ordinary Meeting, January gth, 1900.

Osborne Reynolds, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The thanks of the members were voted to the donors of the
books upon the table.

Mr. Thomas Thorp exhibited two film-gratings of a ruling
designed to weaken the direct image and to condense the
illumination in the spectra of the first and second order, and thus
to compete with the prism spectrum in brilliancy.

The President (Professor H. Lamb, F.R.S.) read a paper
entitled *' Geometrical Representation of the Relation
between Wave-Velocity and Group-Velocity.

The paper is printed in full in tne Memoirs.

Professors Reynolds and Boyd Dawkins and Mr. Stromeyer
participated in the discussion which followed the reading of the
paper.

Proceedings. [ Jamiarv 2j}'d, igoo.

Ordinary Meeting, January 23rd, 1900.
Horace Lamp,, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

The thanks of the members were voted to the donors of the
books upon the table.

Mr. C". E. Stromeyer, M.Inst.C.E., read a paper on "The
Formation of Minerals in Granite."

This paper is printed in full in the Memoirs.

A discussion followed the reading of the paper, which was
participated in by the President, Professor Boyd Dawkins, Dr.
C. H. Lees, and others.

A paper entitled " Notes on some Jurassic Plants in
the Manchester Museum," by A. C. Seward, M.A , F.RiS.,
was communicated by Professor F. E. Wiass.

This paper is printed in full in the Memoirs.

Mr. Charles Bailey, Professor Boyd Dawkins, and Mr. Hoyle
took part in the ensuing discussion.

February 6th, /poo.] PROCEKDlNtiS. xiii

General Meeting, February 6th, 1900.
Horace Lamb, M.A., I.L.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

Mr. \ViLLiAi\i GoLDTHORPK, Chairman of Salford Hundred
Quarter Sessions, was eleeted an ordinary member of the Society.

Ordinary Meeting, February 6th, 1900.
Horace Lamb, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

The thanks of the members were voted to the donors of the
books upon the table.

The President nominated Messrs. H. W. Freston and
C. E. Stromeyer to be auditors of the Society's accounts for the
session 1 899-1 900.

A paper entitled " On the Conditions for the Propaga-
tion of a Solitary Wave," was read by Mr. R. F.
Gwyther, M.A.

This paper is printed in full in the Memoirs.

Mr. Gwyther also read a paper " On the motion of the
Fluid Particles in a class of cases of Steady Motion."

This paper is printed in full in the Memoirs .

A paper on " Internal Migration in England and
Wales, 1881-91," was read by Professor A. W. Flux, M.A., in
which he gave an account of the results of an examination of the
net inward and outward movement in each registration district of
England and Wales in the interval between the censuses of 1881
and 1 89 1. The movement of the two sexes separately was taken,
as differences in intensity and direction for males and females
were not infrequent. Of the 54 registration counties (the Ridings
of Yorkshire being separately considered) 40 showed net efflux
for both sexes, and seven others for one of the two sexes ; of
the 632 districts 124 only showed net influx of population

xiv Proceedings. \Fehruary 6th, igoo.

taking the sexes together, this figure l)eing reduced to 119 for
males and raised to 136 for females. The net movements
within the various counties involved a transference of about
304,000 males and 350,000 females from one district to another.
Movement from a district in one county to one in another county
involved a transference of about 172,000 males and 230,000
females, whilst some 418,000 males and 201,000 females left the
country. The previously observed greater migratory tendency
of the female seems at any rate partly due to the fact that when
migration is tested by records of birth-places the excess of
migratory males are not included, owing to their removal beyond
the limits of the kingdom. Measuring intensity of movement by
the proportion of net migration to mean population, the absorption
is most marked in London suburbs, and in those of some
proxincial towns in only a slightly less degree, and especially is
marked in conveniently situated watering-places at the seaside,
Bournemouth heading the list. The absorption into growing
industrial towns is less strongly shown than might have been
anticipated. 'I'hese movements indicate some amelioration of
the evils of life in crowded cities. The districts from which
efflux has been strongest are found in the south-west, in Wales,
on the Scotch border, and in north-cast Yorkshire and Lincoln-
shire. A cartoiiram illustratinii the movement was exhibited.

Febniary ijth, ipoo.] PROCEEDINGS. xv

Special Meetinp;, February i3tli, 1900.

Horace Lamb, M.A., LL.D., I-\R.S., I'resident, in the Chair.

Th > President, in making the presentations of the Wilde and
Dallon medals, and of the Wilde premium, said:

"'Hie Wilde Medal for 1900 is awarded to Lord Rayleigh,
for his numerous and brilliant contributions to Mathematical and
Experimental Physics, and to Chemistry. 'Phese extend over
so wide a field that it is difficult to make a selection which, with-
out being too long, shall escape the risk of omitting things equally
important with those specially commemorated. Accepting this
risk, however, mention may be made, in the department of
Mathematical Physics, of his investigations on the general theory
of Vibrations, which are included with many other original
matters in the great work on 'Sound'; on the theory of Diffraction
in Optics, and its bearing on the resolving power of optical
instruments ; on the scattering of light by small particles ; on
Waves in Liquids ; on Capillary Phenomena; on the approximate
calculation of electrical and other constants; and on the distribu-
tion of alternating currents in conductors. And in this Society,
which claims a share in the early history of Thermodynamics
and of the Theory of Gases, it would be specially inexcusable to
pass over the highly original work which Lord Rayleigh has
done and is still doing in this connection.

His experimental investigations have been closely connected
with the tlieoretical researches above referred to. Special mention
may perhaps be made of the classical electrical determinations
made in the Cavendish Laboratory at Cambridge, and of a long
series of papers on the superficial phenomena of liquids, inclu-
ding the elucidation of the nature of superficial viscosity.

Li Chemistry, again. Lord Rayleigh's discoveries are the
result of his theoretical investigations. From the theory of thin
spherical elastic shells he deduced a correction which must be
applied in the weighing of gases in glass globes by Regnault's
method. 'Phis correction enabled him to determine experi-
mentally the true densities of oxygen and hydrogen, and
finally to establish beyond doubt the atomic weight of oxygen.
In determining the density of nitrogen by this method, he first

xvi Proceedings. [February ijth,i goo.

showed that 'atmospheric' nitrogen was denser than 'chemical'
nitrogen, an anomaly which might be explained by the existence
of some inert gas heavier than nitrogen in the atmosphere.
This exjjlanation he verified, in conjunction with Professor
Ramsay, by the isolation of argon from the air."

"A Dalton Medal (struck in 1864) is awarded to Sir H. E.
Roscoe, F. R.S., on whom it had been bestowed for his remark-
able original researches in Chemistry, and for his distinguished
services to scientific education.

Among his many researches, stress may be laid on the
investigations carried out, at first in conjunction with Professor
Bunsen, on the chemical action of light ; the results obtained
are not only of great theoretical interest, but have given a
practical means of measuring the chemical intensity of different
sources of light. Of still more importance are the researches
by which he proved that tlie substance known to chemists
since the time of Berzelius as vanadium was really a compound,
and that the true vanadium (which he was the first to isolate)
is a member of the nitrogen family of elements.

Secondly, it is desired to recognise the great influence
exerted by Sir Henry Roscoe on the progress of Science, both
by his long-continued efforts to extend and reorganise the system
of scientific education in this country, as WfW as by the valuable
educational works he has written.

Lastly, among his many services to this Society, it is
appropriate to mention his careful study and elucidation of
Ualton's note-books in the Society's possession, by which he
has made clear for the first time the origin and growth of
Dalton's atomic theory."

"The Wilde Premium for 1900 is awarded to Professor
A. W. FUix, M.A., for his papers on ' The Costs of Sea Transport
in proportion to Values of Cargoes,' and 'The Fall in Prices
durmg the past Twenty Years,' printed in vol. xli. of the Memoirs."

The presentations were briclly acknowledged by Lord
Rayleigh, Sir H. E. Roscoe, and Professor Flux.

Lord Raylkkih then delivered the Wilde Lecture on
"The Mechanical Principles of Flight."

The lecture is printed in lull in the Memoirs,

February 30th, I goo.'] PROCEEDINGS. xvii

General Meeting, February 20th, 1900.

Horace Lamb, M.A., LT ..[)., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

Mr. R. J. Flintoff, Littleborough, and Mr. J. R. Ragdale,
U'hitefield, were elected ordinary members.

Ordinary Meeting, February 2otb, igoo.
Horace Lamb, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

The thanks of the members were voted to the donors of the
books upon the table.

A discussion was held on the composition and durability of
paper used in making modern books, periodicals, and newspapers.

Mr. F. Nicholson opened a discussion on the flight of birds,
with special reference to the influence of the tail in directing the
bird's movements, both vertically and horizontally.

Mr. Edgar F. Morris read a paper entitled "Some
Criticisms on the Modern Theory of Solutions."

This paper has been modified by the author and will be
printed in the Memoirs.

A discussion arose upon the paper, in the course of which
Mr. R. L. Taylor remarked upon the anomalous position
occupied, according to the modern theory, by ions of hydrogen,
chlorine, hydroxyl, and alkaline metals in dilute acids, alkalies,
and salts, whereby properties of a conflicting character were
ascribed to these substances. Several other members, including
the President, also joined in the discussion.

xviii Proceedings. S^MnrcJi 6th, igoo.

Ordinary Meeting, March 6th, 1900.
Horace Lamb, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in tlie Chair.

The thanks of the members were voted to the donors of the
books upon the table.

Dr. 1'". H. Bowman brought to the notice of the members
the results of a series of experiments recently made in regard to
the preservation of milk or cream by aeration. Sterilised air is
aspirated through the milk or cream in suitable vessels, and after
aeration for about twenty minutes in the sterilised air at ordinary
temperature it is found that the milk or cream will keep sweet
for from eight to ten days, though absolutely unchanged in
composition in any way. The same milk or cream unaerated
will become sour in about two or three days. This discovery
renders it possible for milk or cream to be kept or distributed in
a perfectly pure and natural condition without the aid of any
])reservatives or antiseptics.

A paper " On the Production of Nitric Acid from Air
by means of the Electric Flame," by A. McDougall, B.Sc,
and F. Howles, P.Sc, was read by the latter.

The paper is printed in full in the Memoirs.

Various pieces of the apparatus used in the experiments were
exhibited, photographs of the larger parts being thrown on the
lantern screen. A discussion followed the reading of the paper.

Ordinary Meeting, March 20th, 1900.
Horace Lamb, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

The thanks of the members were voted to the donors of the
books upon the table.

There being no paper before the meeting, a discussion took
place on the principles underlying Michelson's " echelon ''
spectroscope, in which a spectrum of a very high order is produced
by half-a-dozen fairly thick plates of glass, so placed that their
edges form a series of steps.

April ^rd, /^ao.] Trockkdincs. xix

General Meeting, April 3rd, 1900.

lIoRACic L.ViMi!, M.A., LL.IX, F. R.S., President, in the Chair.

Dr. John T. Nicolson, Manehester, was elected an ordinary
member of the Society.

Ordinary Meeting, April 3rd, 1900.
HoRACK Lamp,, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair,

The thanks of the members were voted to the donors of the
books upon the table.

A paper on "Aerial Locomotion" was read by Hrnry
Wilde, F.R.S.

This paper is printed in full in the Memoirs. It was
illustrated by a series of lantern slides showing the earlier
attempts at mechanical flight ; and was followed by a discussion.

The problem of the rising of birds from the ground being
referred to, Mr. F. J. Faraday gave an account of an incident
noticed by him at Kenilworth Castle, on June 24th, 1899.
A number of dead and partially decayed rooks were observed
lying at the bottom of the Dungeon Turret, which, being open to
the sky, is fully illuminated throughout, though the level of
observation is a considerable height from the bottom. There is
no means of ascent or descent, ingress or egress, presented by
the enclosing walls. The area of the enclosed space is about
16 by 20 feet, and the position is at the north-east corner of
Caesar's Tower. Careful observation revealed the fact that two
living birds of the same species as the dead ones were standing
on the floor of the ])it, amidst the remains of their predecessors,
in what was evidently proving a death-trap to the birds which
descended. The two living birds seemed dazed, and pebbles
were thrown down with a view to disturbing them and inducing
them to escape by flying. One of the birds being hit on the
back started on an upward flight, ascending in a constantly
widening spiral. When nearly on a level with the observers the

XX Proceedings. [April 24th, iqoo.

increase in tlie orbit of fliglil resulted in collision witli one of
the containinL,^ walls, and the bird instantly fluttered down to the
floor of the dungeon again. The bird, apparently, was not
injured by its collision with the wall ; the failure of the attempt
to escape seemed to be due solely to the loss of the momentum
and of the upward draft, so to speak ; with the result that tlie
force of gravity asserted itself over the momentum. One of the
youngest members of the party observing seemed to express
accurately the phenomenon by instantly exclaiming, "The poor
thing has not room to fly in."

Annual General Meeting, April 24TH, 1900.
Horace Lamd, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

James Dewar, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., Fullerian Professor of
Chemistry in the Royal Institution, London ; James Alfred
Ewing, M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Mechanism and Applied
Mechanics, Cambridge ; Andrew Russell Forsyth, M.A., Sc.D.,
F. R.S., Sadlerian Professor of Pure Mathematics, Cambridge ;
James Geikie, D.C.L., PL. 1)., F.R.S., Murchison Professor of
Geology and Mineralogy, Edinburgh ; Ernst H. P. A. Haeckel,
Professor of Zoology, Jena ; Henrik Anton Lorentz, Professor of
Physics, Leiden ; Robert Ridgway, Curator of the Department
of Birds, U.S. National Museum, Washington, U.S.A. ; and
Beauchamp Tower, M.Inst.C.E., 5, Queen Anne's Gate, London,
S.W., were elected honorary members.

Miss Winifred Faraday. Ti.A., late Fellow of the Victoria
University, Member of the Icelandic Society of Copenhagen,
Lecturer in English Philology at the Manchester High School
for Girls, Ramsay Lodge, Slade Lane, Levenshulme, was elected
an ordinary member.

The Secretary announced, in accordance with Rule 22 of
the Articles of Association, that the names of John Burke,
William Isaac Chadwick, ALiurice Julius Langdon, and Samuel

April 2^th, lgoo^^ Pkoc;eedings. xxi

Ogden had been erased by the Council from tlie register in
conse(]uence of non-payment of their suliscriptions.

The Annual Ri'[)ort of the ("ouiicil and the Statement of the
Accounts were presented, and it was moved by Mr. Thomas
Thorp, seconded by Dr. Charles Lees, and resolved: — "That
the Annual Report, together with the Statement of Accounts,
be adopted, and that they be printed in the Society's
Proceeding's.'"

It was moved by Mr. H. E. Schmitz, seconded by Mr. E. F.
Morris, and resolved : — " That the system of electing Associates
of the Sections be continued during the ensuing session."

The following members were elected officers of the Society
and members of the Council for the ensuing year : —

President : Horace Lamb, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.

Vice-Presidents : Osborne Reynolds, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S. ,
Charles Bailey, F.L.S., William Boyd Dawkins, M.A.,
F.R.S., James Cosmo Melvill, M.A., F.L.S.

Secretaries: Francis Jones, F.R.S. E., F.C.S., Alfred
William Flux, M.A.

Treasurer: J. J. Ashworth.

Librarian : William Evans Hoyle, M.A., M.Sc, F.R.C.S.

Other Members of the Council: Harold B. Dixon, M.A.,
F.R.S., Francis Nicholson, F.Z.S., J. F. King, M.A.,
R. L. Taylor, F.C.S., F. J. Faraday, F.L.S. , C. E. Stromeyer,
M.Inst.C.E.

Ordinary Meeting, April 24th, 1900.
Horace Lamb, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

The thanks of the members were voted to the donors of the
books upon tlie table.

A paper on " Selections from the Correspondence of
Lieutenant-Colonel John Leigh Philips, of Mayfield,
Manchester, Part H.," was read by W. Barnard Faraday,
LL.B.

This paper is printed in full in the Memoirs.

xxii Proceedings. [January ijth, i goo.

[Microscopical and Natural History Section. '\
Ordinary Meeting, January 15th, igoc.
Chaui,es Bailky, F.L.S., President of the Section, in the Chair.

Mr. Leonard Wilham Hunt was elected an Associate.

A communication was submitted from the Royal Micro-
scopical Society on "The Standardisation of the sub-stage and of
the internal diameters of the draw-tubes of Microscopes."

Mr. Mark L. Sykes, F.R.M.S., exhibited photographs and
specimens illustrating seasonal dimorpliism in some South
African butterflies of the genus Precis, worked out by Mr. Guy
A. K. Marshall ; also photographs and specimens of a butterfly
from Mashonaland and Durban, l)earing mimetic resemblance to
the common and distasteful Liiunas chrysippus, the two varieties
occurring together.

[Microscopical and Natural I J is lory Sect ion ?\

Ordinary Meeting, February 12th, 1900.

Thomas Roc^.ers, in the Chair.

Mr. John R. Ragdale was elected an Associate.

Mr. Mark L. Sykes, F.R.M.S., made a communication
on " The Elimination of extraneous micro-organisms from
Vaccine Lymph," and exhibited a series of poured culture plates
obtained from the Covernment laboratories, illustrating the
process by which the Bacteria in vaccine lymph are destroyed.

The micro-organisms found in vaccine lymph and the variola
of smallpox were described, and illustrated by slides and photo-
graphs. Although a considerable number of species of bacteria,
Fovuhx; and other organisms are to be found, no specific
bacillus peculiar to smallpox has positively been discovered,
although several investigators have claimed to have identified it.
Of the many organisms found in vaccine lymph, and these vary

Febi'uary I2th, iQOO.'] Procekdincs. xxiii

greatly, some may be pathogenic but all are not so, and none
has far been discovered which has an effective influence on the
lym[)h as a vaccine material. The presence of certain bacteria
in vaccine lymph is evidence of its impurity, and is the cause
of pathogenic results, such as syphilis and erysipelas, which
sometimes follow vaccination.

By the present method of glycerinating the lymph, ndopted
by the Government, the danger of pathogenic results following
vaccination is rendered almost impossible. For the purpose of
obtaining stores of lymph young healthy female calves are taken,
their abdomens thoroughly cleansed, shaved and sterilised, and
afterwards inoculated in a number of incisions with calf lymph
which is proved to be free from bacteria. At the end of five
days the resulting vaccine vessicles and lymph are removed,
under aseptic conditions, and transferred to sterilised tubes ; the
calf is then killed and a post-mortem examination made by a
veterinary surgeon. Should it be found that the calf has been
suffering from any form of disease, the whole of the lymph
obtained from the animal is destroyed- But if it is shewn to
have been a perfectly healthy animal, the lymph is thoroughly
triturated by a mechanical process, and afterwards mixed up
with definite proportions of chemically pure glycerine and distilled
water. The resulting emulsion is then stored in sealed tubes
and microscopically examined periodically. At the end of four
weeks' time the lymph is found to be free from micro-organisms
of every kind and to be perfectly pure.

The advantages claimed for the system are the production
of a vaccine lymph which is absolutely free from pathogenic and
other micro-organisms, the impossibility of transmitting disease
by means of the lymph, the ease by which the glycerinated emul-
sion may be used and handled, the length of time (six to eight
months) during which the material will remain pure, and the
great increase in the amount of lymph emulsion available for
vaccination purposes ; the elimination of the bacteria and the
addition of glycerine in no way interfering with its effectiveness
as a vaccine, but rather rendering it more efficient.

xxiv Proceedings. [March 12th, rgoo.

The series of culture plates which were exhibited, shewed
the presence of many hundreds of colonies of several species of
micro-organisms in the lymph which had not been mixed with
glycerine, and the gradual reduction in the numbers of these
colonies in glycerinated lymph at the ends of lengthening
periods, until at the last, in a culture plate which had been
})oured at the end of four weeks after glycerination, the lymph
was shewn to be perfectly i)ure, all micro-organisms of every
kind having been eliminated.

Especial thanks were expressed to Dr. S. Monckton
Copeman, of the Local Government Board, for the provision
of the culture plates and a number of photographs exhibited.

[Microscopical and Natural History Section ^^
Ordinary Meeting, March 12th, igoo.

Charles Bailey, F.L.S., President of the Section, in the Chair.

Mr. Mark. Stirrup, F.G.S., exhibited si)ecimcns of Mag-
netite from Hey Tor, Devonshire, and Granite, with excep-
tionally large Felspar crystals, from the same neighbourhood.

Mr. Mark L. Sykes exhibited under the microscopes
rotifers, Stephafioceros and Floscularia, mounted by a new method,
shewing the tentacles expanded as in life.

April 2jni, ICJOO.] PROCEEDINGS. XXV

\Microscopical and Natural History Section.^
Annual Meeting, April 23rd, 1900.

Charles Bailey, F.L.S., President of the Section, in the Chair.

Mr. Peter Cameron exhibited a specimen of the larvje of
the oil beetle {Meioe), which are found on the flowers of the
Coltsfoot, &c. These larvae are parasitic on bees, and are thus
conveyed into the nests.

Also an Indian Wasp, with a female Stylops or probably a
Xetios sticking out of the abdomen.

Mr. Thomas Rogers exhibited a number of Australian
Mosses collected by Mr. Whitelegge, including five new species
named by Karl Miiller : — {\) Dawsonia polytrichoides ; Hurst-
ville, Sidney. {2) Fiiotrichumwiiite/eggiaruin; Bull's Head Bay,
Sidney. (3) Bouchia zvhiteleggii ; Cape Mull, Sidney. (4)
CajHpylopiis whiteieggii ; Lum Cove River. (5) IVeissia ivhitc-
leggeana ; Sugar Loaf Bay.

The following Officers and Council were elected for the next
session, 1 900-1 901 : —

President : Charles Bailey, F.L.S.

Vice-Freside?tts : John Boyd, James Cosmo Melvill, M.A.,
F.L.S., Mark Stirrup, F.G.S.

Treasurer : Mark L. Sykes, F.R.M.S.

Secretary : Theodore Sington.

Council: James F. Allen, G. H. Broadbent, M.R.C.S.,
Robert E. Cunliffe, W. E. Hoyle, M.A., M.Sc., M.R.CS ,
Henry Hyde, Thomas Rogers, Charles H. Schill, John
Watson.

Annual Report of the Session ending 23RD April, 1900.

The Session just over has been quite equal to any of the
preceding ones in the number and interest of the papers, com-
munications, and exhibits brought to the meetings. One

xxvi Proceedings. [Apnl 2jyd, iqoo.

Associate, Mr. Blackburn, has resigned, and one Member and
one Associate have been elected, Mr. John R. Ragdale and Mr.
Leonard W. Hunt.

The Section now consists of the following Members and
Associates : —

Members. — J. J. Ashworth, Charles Bailey, F.L.S.,
John Boyd, Henky Brocden, G. H. Broaubent, M.R.C.S.,
Dr. Bronvn, M.A., Edward Coward, Roijert E. Cunliffe,
Hastings C. Dent, F.L.S., Dr. A. Hodgkinson, C.J. Heywood,
J. Cosmo Melvill, M.A., F.L.S., W. E. Hoyle, M.A., Francis
Nicholson, F.Z.S., Mark Stirrup, F.G.S., C. H. Schill,
John Ragdale.

Associates. — J. F. Allen, Dr. Booth, John Butterworth,
Peter Cameron, Peter Cunliffe, L. W. Hunt, Henry Hyde.
John Mullen, Thomas Rogers, Theodore Sington, William
Stanley, Mark L. Sykes, F.R.M.S., John \Vatson.

A?miial Report of the Council. xxvni

Annual Report of the Council, April, 1900.

The Society began the session with an ordinary membership
of 150. During the j^resent session 9 new members have joined
the Society ; 4 resignations have been received, and the deaths
have been 2, viz. : Mr. Arthur Greg and Mr. Henry Simon.
This leaves on the roll 153 ordinary members. The Society has
also lost 6 honorary members by death, viz. : Professor
R. W. BuNSEN, For. Mem. R.S. ; Sir J. W. Dawson, C.M.G.,
F.R.S. : Sir W. H. Flower, K.C.B., F.R.S. ; Sir E. Frankland,
K.C.B.. F.R.S. ; Professor C. Friedel ; and Professor P. Waage;
as well as one corresponding member, viz. : Mr. Edward
Joseph Lowe, F.R.S. Memorial notices of these gentlemen
(except the last) appear at the end of this report.

The Treasurer commenced the year with a balance in
favour of the Society of ^140. OS. i]-!^. (including ;^74. eqs. iid.
balance of the Wilde Endowment Fund), and reports that the
total balance, exclusive of the amount still owing by the
Natural History Fund, but including the Wilde and Joule
Funds, at the bankers and in hand, at the close of the year, is

^^153. IS. 2d.

The re-cataloguing of the library has been continued during
the session, 3,835 volumes having been catalogued, stamped,
and pressmarked, 3,573 of these being serials, and 262 separate
works. There have been written 1,572 catalogue cards; 1,280
for serials, and 292 for separate works. The total number of
volumes catalogued to date is 23,854 for which 7,055 cards have
been written. All the serial publications contained in the library
have now been catalogued, and also the separate works relating
to Geology and Palccontology.

Increasing use is made of the library for reference purposes,
but the number of volumes consulted is not recorded. During

xxviii Annual Report of the Council.

the session, 205 volumes have been borrowed from the Hbrary,
as compared with 122 volumes in the previous session; it is
hoped that, as the card catalogue now affords every facility for
quickly finding any work required, members will make further
use of the valuable collection of books possessed by the Society.

Attention has continued to he paid to the completion of sets,
with the result that 58 volumes or parts have been obtained
which render 29 sets complete, whilst 66 volumes have been
acquired which partly complete 18 sets. These 124 volumes,
with the exception of 25 purchased, were presented by the
respective societies publishing them. Since the commencement
of the re-cataloguing of the library, a total of 769 missing volumes
has been obtained, resulting in the completion of 77 sets,
including the following: — Nature; Philosophical Magazine ;
Journal of the Geological Society ; Annals and Magazine of
Natural History ; Sitzungsberichte der niathcniatischphysischen
Classe der K. Bayerischen Akade7nie der IVissenscha/ten ; Annates
lie Chimie et de Physique ; Memorie delta R. Accademia del Lincei ;
N'ova Acta Acadetnia Cces. Leop.-Carolince ; Report of the
Smithsonian Institiitioii ; Report of the U. S. Naval Obseri'atory ;
Report of the U. S. Coast Survey ; Report of the U. S. Geographical
Surveys West of the looth Meridian ; Annual Report of the
U. S. Geological Survey : Report of the Geological and Geographical
Survey of the Territories.

Comparatively little binding has been done, 383 volumes
having been bound in 266, whilst 50 volumes have undergone
repair.

A record of the accessions to the library shows that, from
April, 1899, to March, 1900, 679 serials and 29 separate works
were received, a total of 708 volumes. The donations during the
session (exclusive of the usual exchanges) amount to 28 volumes
and 730 dissertations ; i book has been purchased (in addition
to the periodicals on the regular subscription list).

During the past session the Society has arranged to exchange
publications with the following : Department of Geology and

Annual Report of the Council. xxix

Natural Resources of the State of Indiana, Indianapolis; Societe
des Amis de I'Universite de Clermont-Ferrand.

Early last summer the attention of the Council was called to
the state of Dalton's tomb in Ardwick Cemetery. Owing to lack
of repair the paving round the tomb had sunk, allowing water to
lie, and the railings were rusted from want of paint. The
Council, deeming the proper preservation of Dalton's tomb a
matter of concern to the Society, appointed a Committee to raise
funds to enable them to put the monument in a thorough state
of repair. The Committee issued a circular to members of the
Society and others asking for subscriptions for this object,
further publicity being kindly given by the local press, and sub-
scriptions were received to the amount of ^54. los. od. During
last summer the repairs were executed and the railings were
scraped and painted, and the Committee have great pleasure in
reporting that after payment of expenses they have a balance of
^30. This sum the Council have undertaken to invest and
administer in accordance with the object of the fund. A balance
sheet with a list of subscribers is appended.

The Society was represented by Mr, R. F. Gwyther on the
occasion of the Jubilee of the Professorship of Sir George Gabriel
Stokes, Bart. The address sent to Sir George Stokes, and his
reply, were as follow : —

[Address.]

To Sir George Gabriel Stokes, Bart.,

Fellow and President of Pembroke College,

M.A., LL.D., Sc.D.,

Lucasian Professor of Mathematics in the

University of Cambridge.

The members of the Manchester Literary and Philosophical
Society, in offering their heartiest congratulations on the occasion
of the Jubilee of your tenure of the Lucasian Professorship, are
at one with the whole scientific world in expressing their admira-
tion of the signal services which, during these fifty years, you
have rendered to the cause of Science.

Although the occasion is rare, we do not celebrate to-day
merely length of years, since to you it has been given, by opening

XXX AiiJinal Report of tlic Council.

new fields of research, to add distinction to a chair already
illustrious beyond others.

We admire the force and originality with which y(Hi have
attacked so wide a range of subjects with such conspicuous success.
Your directing influence has been felt and acknowleged by the
most notable among the workers in Science. We remark with
gratitude that you were among the first to recognise the work of
our late fellow-member Joule.

We have counted you as one of our Honorary Members
since 1851, and we look back with pleasure to the occasion, in
1897, when you delivered before the Society the first Wilde
Lecture on "The Nature of the Rontgen Rays."

It is our earnest wish that you may yet be spared for many

years to exhibit those qualities which have made your name

famous.

(Signed) J. Cosivio Melvill, President.

Osi;oRNE Reynolds, '\

Arthur Schuster, \ ir r, -j ^
^ -P, ' y Viee-Fresidenis.

Charles Bailey,

William H. Johnson,;

R. F. GWYTHER,) rr v , ■

T^ T \Hon. Secretaries.

Francis Jones, j

23th April, i8gg.

[Reply.]

Lensfield Cottage, Cameridge,

Sotli Sept., i8gg.

Dear Sir,

The Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester have

added to the favours they have already bestowed on me by

presenting to me, on the occasion of the celebration of my Jubilee

as Professor, a congratulatory Address most beautifully illustrated

and bound.

The way in which such services as I have been enabled to

make towards the advancement of Science are mentioned in the

Address, is, to my mind, an indication of a warmth of attachment

which binds me closer than ever to your Society, now so long

established, and privileged to look back on such men as Dalton

and Joule as among its former members.

For such residue of life as may yet be left me, I shall ever

prize that beautiful Address, and I desire to convey to the

Society my most hearty thanks.

I am, Dear Sir,

Yours very faithfully,

{Signed) G. G. Stokes.

J. Cosmo Melvill, Esq.,

President of the Literary and

Philosophical Society of Manchester.

Ai/Jiiial Report of the Council. xxxi

On behalf of the Society, Professor J. Willard (lihbs presented
the following letter to the Connecticut Academy of Arts and
Sciences, on the occasion of the hundredth anniversary of its
foundation, held October nth, 1899 : —

The Council of the Manchester Literary and I'hilosophical
Society send most cordial greeting on the occasion of the
centenary of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences.

They recall the great services which the Academy has
rendered, not only in the encouragement of scientific research
within its own l)orders, but also by the singular merit of its
])ublications, many of which they feel will rank as permanent
landmarks in the history of science.

The Council feel that they can express no better wish than
that the Academy may continue to flourish in a manner worthy
of its past traditions.

(Signed) Horace Lami;, President.

R.

Fr.^

F. GWVTHER, ) TT o t ■

T \Hon. becretanes.

lANCis [ones, J

The Council has awarded : —

The Wilde Medal for 1900 to the Rt. Hon. Lord Rayleigh,
F. R.S., for his numerous and brilliant contributions to mathe-
matical and experimental physics and to chemistry.

A Dalton Medal (struck in 1864) to Sir Henry Enfield
Roscoe, F.R.S., for his remarkable original researches in
chemistry, and for his distinguished services to scientific education.

The Wilde Premium for 1900 to Professor A. W. Flu.x, M.A.,
for his papers on " The Costs of Sea Transport in proportion to
Values of Cargoes," and " The Fall in Prices during the pa'^t
Twenty Years," pubhshed in the Society's Memoirs.

Lord Rayleigh was appointed to deliver the Wilde Lecture.

The Medals and Premium were presented and the Wilde
Lecture was delivered on Tuesday, February 13th, 1900.

A resolution recommending the continuance of the system
of electing Associates of Sections will be submitted at the Annual
^Meeting.

xxxii Anmial Report of the Counczl.

Professor Rodert Wilhelm Bunsen was elected an
honorary member of this Society on the 17th of April, i860.
In a letter addressed to the writer of this notice Bunsen
expressed his lively sense of the honour which the Society had
clone hini, an honour which he specially valued as connecting
his name with one of the oldest scientific societies in the
country, and in this way also with the name of one of the most
illustrious of chemical discoverers, John Dalton.

Bunsen was born in Goltingen in iSii, and died in Heidel-
berg in August, 1899. He therefore attained the patriarchal
age of 88, and had for upwards of half a century devoted
himself wholly and ungrudgingly to the service of science. To
enumerate all his discoveries, much less to give an account of
them, wouM be here out of place. All that can be attempted
is to give an idea of the character of his life's work, and to
point out in a few words the position in the world of science
which his work has won for him. In the first place, then,
Bunsen was not only a great investigator and a wonderful
experimentalist, but also a distinguished and devoted teacher.
And, after all, perhaps his work as a teacher forms his greatest
claim to the gratitude of posterity. For his influence on the
younger generation of chemists and physicists was so potent,
and spread over so wide an area, that its results may be truly
said to vie with those of his most brilliant experimental
investigations. The main characteristics of these investigations
are, in the first place, their wide scope, for they relate to almost
every one of the numerous branches of chemical enquiry, and, in
the second place, their accuracy and the experimental skill with
which they are carried out. Naturally, therefore, each of these
investigations has become classical ; each is a model of its kind,
and the problem proposed by each is solved with a completeness
and mastery which makes further work on the subject superfluous.
Bunsen's personal character was that of the simple-minded
striver after truth, of a man devoted heart and soul to the unravel-
ling of nature's secrets. In the quiet of his laboratory he opened
out fields of investigation which have already borne fruit of

Animal Report of tJic Council. xxxiii

undreamt-of value. His researches on spectrum analysis have
given to the world a new heaven and a new earth, for they have
enabled us to ascertain the chemic-al composition of the sun and
the far distant fixed stars, whilst they show us secrets of the
earth's crust which have iiitherto been hidden from our sight.

One line of investigation which iJunsen pursued with
great success has a special interest for the members of this
Society ; it is that of the laws of the absorption of gases
by liquids. Early in the century this subject attracted the
special attention of John Dalton, who, first alone, and then
in collaboration with Wm. Henry, enunciated the laws which
express the relation between the quantity of gas absorbed and
the pressure under which that absorption takes place. Bunsen,
using the delicate and much more accurate methods of modern
research, extended these early experiments of the Manchester
chemists. He ascertained the limits within which Dalton and
Henry's law expressed the truth. He showed that within certain
limits and with certain gases and liquids the law holds good, and
he determined with great accuracy the coefficients of absorption
of upwards of a score of gases.

In conclusion, it may be saiil with truth that as an investi-
gator Bunsen was great, that as a teacher he was greater, but
that he was greatest of all as a man, of whom to have been a

friend was a privilege and an honour.

H. E. R.

In the death of Sir John William Dawson, K.C.M.G.,
LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., this Society has lost one of its most
distinguished honorary members, who spent a long life of 79
years in working out various important geological problems,
and in laying the foundations in Montreal of that great insti-
tution, the McGill University. Born in 1820 in Picton, Nova
Scotia, he studied in the University of Edinburgh, and return-
ing home devoted himself to the study of the geology of
Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. These were embodied
in his great book, "Acadian Geology." In 1842 and ten

xxxiv Annual Report of the ConnczL

years later he materially aided Sir Charles Lyell, acting as
his guide in Nova Scotia. Since 1843 he has contributed
largely to the Proceedings of the London Geological Society
and to many other scientific societies. In addition, he has
published separate books on various subjects, the most im-
l)ortant of which are connected with North American geology.
His two volumes on the Devonian and Carboniferous Flora of
Eastern North America, published by the Geological Survey of
Canada are the standard works on the subject. He was the
discoverer of the Eozoon cauadeuse in the Laurentian Lime-
stones, which he considered to be the oldest known form of
animal life, and not a mere inorganic aggregation of minerals.
He wrote also numerous books intended for the instruction
of the people, such as, the " Story of the Earth and
Man," "The Dawn of Life," "The Origin of the World,"
" Fossil Men and their Modern Rei)resentatives," " The Chain
of Life in the Geological Time," and others in which he took
the side of orthodoxy against the doctrine of evolution as
expounded by Darwin ; they are full of interesting facts and do
not present a trace of polemic rancour. His book on his
travels in Egypt and Syria is an excellent popular exposition of
the geology and physical geography of those countries in relation
to Biblical history. We cannot fail to admire the indomitable
energy of a man who did all this multifarious work while he was
fully occupied in the administration of a great University.

\n 1850 Sir William Dawson was ajipointed principal of the
McGill University, an office which he held to 1893. The
tenure of his office was remarkable for the progress which the
University made, and for the work which he did outside the
University in the general education of Canada. It is little less
than miraculous that he should have been able to spare time
from his administrative duties to carry on investigations in
geology and geography. He was fortunate in receiving in his
lifetime due honour for his work. He was Fellow of the Royal
and Geological Societies. In 1882, the Lyell medal of the
Geological Society in London was awarded to him and he

Annual Report of the Council. xxxv

occupied the chair of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science. He received the degree of LL. I), from the
University of Edinburgh in 1SS4, as well as the honour of
knighthood, and was elected in the following year President of
the British Association for the IJirmingham meeting. In 1886
this Society elected him an honorary member. He received
many other signs of recognition, and died full of honours, having
lived to the full a long and active life. It would be miproper
to close this notice without saying that he was beloved by his
friends, and remarkable for his gentleness to everyone with
whom he came into contact. He passed away on November
19th, 1S99, and his loss will be very widely felt on both sides of
the Atlantic. W. B. D.

By the death of Sir William Henry Flower, K.C.B.,
F.R.S., natural history has lost a gifted and conscientious
worker, and the philosophy of museum arrangement an
enthusiastic and successful exponent. Born in 1S31, the son
of Mr. Edward Fordham Flower, the well-known opponent of
the bearing-rein, he inherited a love for and an interest in the
animal world. He was educated for the medical profession,
and, after a distinguished career as a student, joined the Army
Medical Department and served in the Crimean War. On his
return to England he filled for several years the post of Lecturer
in Anatomy at the Middlesex Hospital. Here he discharged
the additional duties of Curator of the Museum with such ability
that, in 1S61, he was appointed to the charge of the Hunterian
Museum in the Royal College of Surgeons, a position which he
held for nearly four-and-twenty years, when he succeeded Sir
Richaid Owen as Director of the Natural History Museum.

The life work of Sir William Flower falls naturally into two
divisions : original zoological researches and the organization
and management of museums. His scientific studies dated from
a period anterior to the publication of the " Origin of Species,"
and, with that candid and judicious temper which always
distinguished him, he at once realised the value of the new

xxxvi Annual Report of the Council.

generalisation, and stood side by side with Huxley, Rolleston,
Humphry, and Turner in the battle for their convictions.

In the forefront of his purely zoological labours must
undoubtedly be placed his researches upon the Cetacea. These
huge animals can only be adequately studied by those who have
the resources of large and wealthy institutions at their disposal,
and this was the case with Flower for practically the whole of his
career. Of these advantages he availed himself to the full,
and strove to give not merely to specialists but also to the general
public the fruits of his study. With this view he arranged that
series of combined skeletons and models in the Natural History
Museum, which is the admiration and the envy of every similar
institution in the world. Among other groups of Mammalia we
must notice his discoveries that in the Marsupials only one
molar is preceded by a milk tooth, and that the large extinct
Thylacoleo was not a carnivore but of herbivorous habits ; he
also published an improved classification of the Carnivora based
on the structure of the base of the skull, and his attempt to apply
a systematic terminology to the varied forms of the mammalian
liver was an elaborate and suggestive piece of anatomical research.

The study of the Mammalia naturally led on to that of
mankind, and Sir William Flower's anthropological writings are
of no slight importance. In ])articular, his "Catalogue of the
Specimens in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons "
(1879 and 1884) has already taken rank as a classic in this
department. One of the most striking of his many discourses
was entitled "Fashion in Deformity," and has been published as
a separate work and enjoyed the complimentary, if unprofitable,
distinction of an American reprint. In it the author repeats
with intensified emphasis the indictment brought so long ago as
1650 by J. Bulwer against the "deformed thief" fashion for
defacing and clipping nature's coin " itistampt with her image
and superscription on the body of men," showing that the
civilised are little, if at all, less guilty than the uncivilised races
in this respect.

It is, however, no derogation to Sir \\'illiam flower's

Animal Report of the Council. xxxvii

eminence as a naturalist, and to the value of his scientific work,
to say that it is pre-eminently as a museum curator and as an
exponent of the value and dignity of museum work that he will
chiefly be remembered by posterity. He tells us that he began
his experiences as a curator in early boyhood, when his collec-
tions were " contained in a large, flat, shallow box with a lid,"
for which he made with his own hands "cardboard trays which
filled and fitted the bottom of the box and kept the various
specimens separate." He lived in museums, worked for museums,
thought over their methods, aims, and organisation, and in several
valuable addresses gave to the world his ripest judgments for the
instruction and guidance of his successors. To these utterances
and to his personal influence is largely due the fact that the voca-
tion of a museum curator occupies a higher place in public esti-
mation than it did a few years ago. One of his main principles
was the absolute separation of what may be called the study
collections from the show collections. The former should, he
maintained, be as extensive as possible, and should be placed
where they can be made as readily available as possible for the
use of specialists. The latter should be strictly limited, having
regard to the extent of the space available ; every specimen
should be so placed that it is distinctly seen, and should be there
for some definite purpose which should be clearly set forth on its
label. This is the ideal after which curators are now everywhere
striving, though the " art of arranging museums " is still in its
infancy. Flower's experience of museum work enabled him to
appreciate its difficulties. In every curator, however humble,
he recognised a colleague, and nothing could exceed the kind-
ness and consideration with which he gave counsel and sympathy
to all who sought it.

As the result of a long life devoted to the public service it
was natural that honours and distinctions should fall to him. He
was President of the Anthropological and Zoological Societies,
and in 18S9 of the British Association. In 1S98 he was elected
President of the International Zoological Congress, though
failing health compelled him to decline the honour. He received

xxxviii Animal Report of the Council.

numerous honorary degrees and was a Correspondent of the
Institute of France. He was made C. B. in 1887 and K.C.B. in
1892. In October, 1898, he retired from administrative work,
l)ut did not long enjoy his well-deserved leisure, for he died on
July I, 1899. He was elected an honorary member of this
Society on April 30th, 1SS9. W. E. H.

By the death last summer of Sir I^dward Frankland,
K.C.B., F.R.S., the country lost a man of commanding genius,
whose name will be honoured among those of the greatest
English chemists of the past.

Born at Churchtown, Lancashire, in 1S25, young Frank-
land was educated at the Lancaster Grammar School. He was
apprenticed to a chemist and druggist in Lancaster, and began
there the study of the science he was so greatly to enrich.
In 1846 Dr. Lyon Playfair was appointed Professor of
Chemistry in the Museum of Practical Geology, and his hrst
assistants were Dr. Kolbe and F'rankland. Frankland's first
paper, written in conjunction with Kolbe, was on the constitution
of propionic acid ; he proved that ethyl cyanide is readily con-
verted into propionic acid by the action of alkalies or acids.
Part of the summer of 1847 ^^'^^ s[)ent by Kolbe and Frankland
at Marburg, where Bunsen allowed them to work in his labora-
tory. As a result of this work a second paper was published on
the conversion of cyanogen into oxatyl, and a definite proof was
afforded of the identity of the nitrilus with the cyanides of the
lower radicals. This research not only gave a method for the
synthesis of many new bodies, but it afforded the means whereby
a systematic classification of the organic acids was first rendered
possible. Simultaneously with this research the authors examined
the action of potassium on ethyl cyanide and prepared ethane ;
they considered the chloride which they prepared from ethane to
be isomeric and not identical with ethyl chloride from alcohol, and
therefore that free methyl and ethyl hydride were also isomeric—
an error afterwaids corrected by Schorlemmer.

In the autumn of 1847 Frankland was appointed teacher of

AiDiual Report of the Council. xxxix

Chemistry in the newly-started (Hicenwood College, Hants.
Here he met Tyndall and Ijegan a friendship which largely
affected the life and work of both. At Queenwood, though much
occupied in teaching, Frankland began his great work <:)\\ the
isolation of the alcohol-radicals by the action of zinc on the
organic iodides. In the aulunni of 1848, Frankland and Tyndall
went to Marburg to study with IJunsen, and here the analyses of
the new gases prepared by Frankland were performed. In the
following year ho went to Liebig's laboratory at Giessen, where
he isolated the radical "amyl,"' and prei)ared and examined amyl
hydride (iso-pentane). AVhile at Marburg he first prepared zinc
methyl and zinc ethyl and tried the action of w^ater upon them.
Frankland writes : " On pouring a few drops of water upon the
residue, a greenish-blue flame several feet long shot out of the
tube, causing great excitement among those present. Professor
Bunsen, who had suftered from arsenical poisoning during his
researches on cacodyl, suggested that the spontaneously inflam-
mable body, which diffused an abominable odour, was that
terrible compound . . . and that I might be irrecoverably
poisoned." Zinc amyl was first prepared at Giessen, and the
further work upon organo-metallic compounds was prosecuted at
Owens College and afterwards in the Royal Institution.

After teaching chemistry for a short time at the College for
Civil Engineers at Putney, F'rankland stood for the chair of
chemistry in the newly-estal)lished instituticn founded by the
trustees of John Owens, at Manchester, iniS5i. The list of
selected candidates included Dr. John Stenhouse, F\R.S., a pupil
of Liebig's and one of the founders of the Chemical Society, and
F. Crace-Calvert, who had been assistant to Chevreul, and w^as
then professor of chemistry in the Manchester Royal Institution.
But the brilliant achievements of Fiankland secured his election
at the early age of 26.

In the chemical laboratory of the old College building in
Quay Street, F'rankland carried out some of his most; famous
work. In 1S52 he presented to the Royal Society the im-
portant memoir " On a new series of organic bodies containmg

xl A^iimal Report of the Council.

metals.'' In this i)aper he announced the discovery of stannous
ethide and of mercuric methiodide; but the most important
announcement contained in this paper is that of the law of
atomicity of the elements. These are his words : "It is sufficiently
evident, from the examples just given, that such a tendency or
law prevails, and that, no matter what the character of the uniting
atoms may be, the combining power of the attracting element, if
I may be allowed the term, is always satisfied by the same
number of these atoms."

A second memoir on organo-metallic bodies appeared in the
P/iil. Trans, for 1855 ' i^i this paper a full account of the prepa-
ration and properties of zinc ethide is given. In the following
year appeared the important memoir "On a new series of organic
acids containing nitrogen;" and in 1857 Frankland published his
work on the reactions of ammonia and its analogues on zinc
ethide. In the following year he presented to the Royal Society
the first paper by J. A. Wanklyn, his pupil and assistant at the
Owens College, in which the discovery of sodium methide and
potassium ethide was announced.

In 1857 Frankland resigned the chair of chemistry at the
Owens College, and was elected professor at St. Bartholomew's
Hospital. In 1S63 he was elected professor in the Royal Insti-
tution, and in 1865 was appointed professor of chemistry in the
Royal School of Mines, where he held the chair till his final
retirement from teaching in 1SS5.

In 1859 Frankland gave the Bakerian Lecture before the
Royal Society, describing the preparation of stannic ethide. In
1863 Frankland was joined by B. F. Duppa, who continued to
work with nim for several years in the laboratory of the Royal
Institution. Their first joint paper describes the preparation of
the dangerous compounds mercuric methide and ethide. The
Phi/. Trans, for 1862 contains I-'rankland's paper on the organo-
boron compounds, a subject he returned to in 1876.

The synthetical researches on the acids of the lactic and the
acrylic series, made in conjunction with Duppa, were carried out
between 1862 and 1866. The constitution of these acids was

Annual Report of the Council. xli

then first definitely established. Then followed the important
work on the reactions of ethyl sodaceto-acetate, which has become
so fruitful in organic syntheses. A vast number of new com-
pounds have been formed from acetic ether by Frankland's
method.

While at Owens College Frankland greatly improved the
apparatus designed by Bunsen for gas analysis, by combining
with it Regnault's method of gas measurement. In Frankland's
apparatus the determinations of gaseous volumes are independent
of the temperature and pressure of the external atmosphere.
With this apparatus Frankland made many analyses of the air,
including samples collected at the summit of Mont Blanc, which
he ascended with Tyndall in 1859.

Frankland began his long series of researches on the analysis
and purification of water when he succeeded Hofmann, in 1865,
at the Royal School of Mines. Hofmann had undertaken to
analyse monthly and to report to the Registrar-General on the
waters supplied to the metropolis, and Frankland was asked
to continue these reports. He Avas thus led to examine the
various methods of water analysis then in use, which he found
untrustworthy. For two years he worked on this difficult
problem, in attacking which he had the advantage of the skill
and devotion of his pupil, H. E. Armstrong. In 1868 Frankland
was appointed a member of the Royal Commission to enquire
into the pollution of rivers and the domestic water supply of
Great Britain. The chemical investigations arising out of this
enquiry occupied Frankland for many years, and although they
took him away from the pursuit of pure chemistry, their
importance to the country can hardly be exaggerated.

An experiment which Frankland made on the rate of com-
bustion of candles on the summit of Mont Blanc, led him to
undertake an elaborate investigation on the effect of pressure on
combustion. He proved that oil and candles burn as quickly
under reduced pressure but give less light, the loss of light not
being due to imperfect combustion.

Frankland was elected a member of this Society in 185 1, on

xlii Aiiiuin/ Report of the Conudl.

the same day as the late Professor W. C. WilHamson. In the

following year lie pul)lished in our Memoirs "Contributions to

the knowledge of the manufacture of gas," a paper which is of the

highest interest even to-day. In 1S53, Frankland was elected

into the Royal Society, which awarded him a Royal Medal in 1S57

for his researches on the organo-metallic bodies carried out in

Manchester. In 1894 Frankland received the Copley Medal

of the Royal Society; he was made K.C.B. in 1S97. In 1899

the Wilde Medal was bestowed on him by this Society, of

which he was elected an honorary memlier in 1869.

H. B. D.

Charles Friedel, whose death occurred at Montauban
on April 20th, 1899, was born on March 12, 1832, at Strassburg,
in which town his father was a banker. His mother was a
daughter of the French mineralogist, Prof. G. L. Uuvernoy.

He was educated at the Protestant High School and after-
wards attended lectures at the Strassburg University. Being the
only son, it was his father's wish that he should enter the
business, with a view of eventually succeeding to the manage-
ment, and he therefore discontinued his studies. It soon became
apparent that he had no aptitude for the banking-house, and, his
propensity for science being so pronounced, his father permitted
him to continue his studies.

In 1852 he went to his grandfather Duvernoy, at Paris,
where he applied himself to the study of mineralogy, and
made the ac(|uaintance of Senarmont, through whose influence
he was, in 1856, appointed curator of the mineralogical
collections at the Ecole des Mines. He also worked in the
laboratory of his fellow-countryman, Wurtz, then Professor at
the Ecole de Medecine, between whom and himself there grew
up a friendship which was only ended by death. It was in the
laboratory of Wurtz that Friedel commenced and carried out his
well-known researches on ketone. In 1876 he was appointed
Professor of Mineralogy at the Sorbonne, where, in 1884, he was
called to succeed his late master and friend, Wurtz, in the Chair
of Organic Chemistry.

Animal Report of the Council. xliii

Friedel was twice married. In 1856 he married I*2milie
Koechiin, by whom he had one son and four daughters. Their
union was a very happy one, though not destined to be of long
duration, for his wife died in 1871 at Montreux, whither she
had gone in hopes of the cure of incipient lung trouble. Paris
being at the time besieged by the Germans, Friedel remained in
ignorance of his sad loss until the capitulation of the city. In
1873 he espoused Louise Combes, daughter of the Director of
the Ecole des Mines and a friend of his first wife ; a son was
born to them in 1874.

Amongst the honours conferred on Friedel maybe mentioned
the Membership of the Institut (Academie des Sciences) in 1878,
the Davy Medal of the Royal Society in 1880, and the degree
of D.C.L. of Oxford in 1894. He was elected a foreign
member of the Chemical Society in 1876, and an honorary
member of this Society in 1892.*

Peter Waage was born 29th June, 1833, at Flekkefiord,
South Norway. He first studied for the medical profession, but
on entering the University of Christiania in 1857 he was attracted
to the study of chemistry and mineralogy, and in 1858 he won
the gold medal of the University for a memoir — "The theory of
Radicals of oxygen-acids." Waage continued his chemical studies
under Bunsen at Heidelberg, and in 1862 he was appointed
Professor of Chemistry at Christiania in succession to Professor
A. Strecker.

His most notable achievements were the series of studies on
chemical affinity and the action of mass, carried on in conjunction
with his colleague (and brother-in-law). Professor C. M. Guldberg.
These studies are classical in chemistry, and have had an immense
effect on the modern development of chemical theory. Waage
also took an active part in the application of science to economic
and sanitary problems. He devised a process for the preparation
of fish-meal which was used by Nansen on the " Fram " ; and a

* P'uUer notices of his life are to be found in Nature, vol. 60, p. 57 ;
Ber. Dent. Cheni. Geselt,, Jahrg. 32, pp. 3721-44, with portrait.

xliv Annual Report of the Council.

factory has been founded at Dranimen to carry out his process for
sterilising milk. Waage long laboured to find a practical metliod
for determining the amount of alcohol in beer, and proposed
that the State should tax beer in proportion to its alcoholic
strength. A bill has been proposed to carry out this plan.
Waage was elected an honorary member of this Society on April
17th, 1894, and his death took place on January 13th, 1900.

H. B. D.

The death of Arthur Greg, on May nth, 1899, of pneu-
monia and pleurisy, removed from our midst another member of
a family closely associated with what is best in the life of our
community, and one also who was related to many who have
taken an active interest in our Society in the past.

His father, Robert Hyde Greg, M.P. for this City from 1839
till 1 84 1, who during the Corn Law agitation rendered great assis-
tance to the League, was one of the founders of the Manchester
Mechanics' Institution, a member of the Geological Society, and
also of our Society, to which he contributed several papers on
literary subjects, amongst others an important one " On the Site
of Troy and the Trojan Plain " published in the Memoirs for
1824, and another "On the Round Towers of Ireland," pub-
lished in the same volume.

The subject of our notice had been for over forty years
resident at Eagley, Bolton, and was head of the firm of Messrs. J.
Chadwick and Brother, thread manufacturers. He served on the
old Astley Bridge Local Board, and on the District Council
which succeeded it, and, when the district was included in the
extended borough of Bolton, was api)ointed alderman of the
ward. He was one of the first volunteers in the district, and
only recently retired with the honorary rank of cai)tain.

Like other members of the family, Arthur Greg was most

anxious to be useful to those around him in his generation. He

was elected a member of this Society on November ist, 1881,

and was in his 64th year at the time of his death.

F. N.

Aiiunal Report of the Council. xlv

Hknrv Simon, who died from an affection of the heart on luly
22nd, 1899, was elected a member of the Society in April, 1S86.
He was horn at Brieg, in Silesia, in June, 1S35, and inherited
from his father an active business-like disposition, and from his
mother, who attained some distinction as an authoress, consider-
able power of literary discrimination. His youthful mind was,
moreover, greatly influenced by his uncle Heinrich Simon, a
leading democratic member of the Prussian Parliament, who, in
consequence of the revolution of 1848, removed to Switzerland,
whither he was shortly followed by his nephew.

Henry Simon was educated first at the cantonal public
school at Zurich, then at the University of Breslau, and subse-
quently at the Federal Technical College, Zurich. After com-
pleting his College studies and his term of military service he
worked for some time as draughtsman for a large engineering
firm at Magdeburg.

In i860 he came to England, and in due course was
naturalised as a British subject. At first his business was chiefly
connected with railways, but it is with the great improvement
effected in the process of corn-milling, by crushing the grain
between rollers instead of grinding it, that his name is chiefly
associated. The advantages of his system w-ere speedily recog-
nised, and it is stated that there are now enough such mills at
work to grind four times the average quantity of wheat annually
grown in these islands.

Other departments of industry in which Mr. Simon took an
active part had for their object not merely, perhaps not mainly,
the improvement of manufacturing processes, but also the amelio
ration of the conditions of life. Such were the " Simon-Carves
bye-i)roduct coke ovens," which avoided the loss of tar and
ammonia, consequent upon the older and cruder methods, and
also had a beneficial effect upon the surrounding vegetation by
eliminating the discharge of sulphurous fumes.

The Manchester Labourers' Dwellings Co., the Manchester
Crematorium, and the Manchester Pure Milk Supply Co. —
in all of which he was a moving spirit — , though commercial in
form, were purely philanthropic in aim.

xlvi Animal Report of the Council.

Mr. Simon's name was familiar in musical circles from the
active interest he took in the Halle concerts, and it is no secret
that he assisted in the negotiations which led to Dr. Richter's
engagement as conductor. His devotion to the literature of his
native land was manifested l)y the endowment of a chair of
German in the Owens College.

He was an extensive reader, and one of his occupations was
to select passages to be used as daily mottoes for a calendar
whicli he had regularly issued for some years before his death.
This was eminently characteristic of the man, both in form and
matter. The year, month, and day were given in bold figures,
without a trace of decoration, which might have detracted from
its utility. Beneath were a few legible lines containing a pithy
saying or aphorism, culled with the utmost catholicity of taste
from writers of all ages and opinions ; stimulating, consolatory,
or humorous — deep and true, without a trace of cant—, a reflex
of the man as he appeared to those who were privileged to have
more than a passing acquaintance with him. W. E. H.

Treasurer's Accounts. xlvii

Note. — The Treasurer's Accounts of the Session 1899-
1900 of which the following pages are summaries,
have been endorsed as follows :

April loih, 1900. Audited and found correct.

We have also seen, at this date, the certificates of the following
Stocks held in the name of the Society: — ^1,225 Great Western Railway
Company 5% Consolidated Preference Stock, Nos. 12,293, 12,294, and 12,323 ;
;i^258 Twenty years' loan to the Manchester Corporation, redeemable 25th
March, 1914 (No. 1564); ^7,500 Gas Light and Coke Company Ordinary
Stock, (No. 63S9) ; and the Deeds of the Natural History Fund, of the Wilde
Endowment Fund, those conveying the land on which the Society's premises
stand, and the Declaration of Trust.

r HENRY W. FRESTON.
(Signed) \

I C. E. STROMEYER.

xlviii

Treasurers Accounts.

Dr.

MANCHESTER LITERARY AND

J. J. Ashworth, Treasurer, in Account with the

To Cash in hand, Aprilist, 1891
To Members' Subscriptions :—

Half Subscriptions, : 898-99,
,, _ ,, 1899-1900,

Subscriptions :

3 at £,\. IS. ccl.
6 „

3 at {,1. 2s. od.

4 >> ..

1896-97,
„ 1897-98,

„ 189B-99, 8 „ ,,

,, 1899-1900, 115 ,, „

" 1900-01, 4 ,, ,,

To Wilde Endowment Fund : —

Half Suliscriptions, 1899-1900, 10 at (,\. is. od.
Subscriptions, ,, 3 ,, £^■2. 2s. od.

Admission Fees
To Contributions from Sections : —

Microscopical and Natural History Section, 189
Physical and Mathematical Section, 1899-1900
To Use of the Society's Rooms : —

Transfer from Wilde Endowment Fund, 1S09-1
To .Sale of Publications
To Dividends : —

Natural History Fund
Joule Memorial Fund
To Income Tax Refunded :-
Natural History Fund
Joule Memorial Fund

To Bank Interest

1900
900 . .

C s. d.

6

6

8

8

16

16

241

10

10

10

0

6

6

0

12

12

0

5

5

0

2

2

0

— 29

66 14

2 5 10
o t6 I

1900. — .•\pril I. To Cash in Williams Deacon and Manchester & Salford Bank, and in hand

£,-,^■2 13 2
£■2% 15 3

WILDE ENDOWMENT

To Balance from 189S-99

To Dividends on ;iC7,soo Gas Light and Coke Company's Ordinary .Stock

To Remission of Income Tax, 1899

To Bank Interest

1900 — April I. To Cash in Manchester and Liverpool District Bank

;£443 '8 3
;Ci24 5 "

To Dividends on ;Ci,225 Great Western Railway Company's Stock

To Remission of Income Tax, 1899. .

To Balance against this Fund, April i.st, 1900

NATURAL HISTORY

£ s. d.

59 4 2

2 o 10

82 II II

£143 16 IT

JOULE MEMORIAL

To Balance, April 1st, 1899

To Dividends on i,2'i% Loan to Manchester Corporation

To Remission of Income Tax, 1899. .

I s. d.

23 7 10
7 5 10
050

Lz-i 2 8

Treasurer s A ccoii nts.

PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

Society, from ist April, tSgg, to 31st March, igoo.

By Chnrgcs on Property : —

Chief Rent (Income Tax deducted)

Income Tax on Chief Rent

Insurance asainst Fire

Repairs to Building, &c. . .
By House Expenditure : —

Coals, Gas, Electric Light, Water, Wood, ifcc

Tea, Coffee, etc., at Meetings ..

Cleaning, Sweeping Chimneys, i&c.
By Administrative Charges: —

Housekeeper

Postages, and Carriage of Parcels and of " Memoirs "

Stationery, Cheques, Receipts, and Engrossing

Printing Circulars, Reports, &c.

Illuminated Address to Sir Ti. G. Stokes, Bart

.Miscellaneous Expenses ..
By Publishing :—

Honorarium for Editing the " Memoirs," iSgg-igoo

Printing " Memoirs and Proceedings " . .

Wood Engraving and Lithography (except Natural Hii^tory Plates)
By Library ; —

Books and Periodicals

Library Appliances
By Natural History Fund :—

(Items shownin the Balance Sheet of this Fund)

By Joule Memorial Fund :—

(No Expenditure this Session.)
By Balance at Bank
i> ,, in Treasurer's hands

.7 6

iS 15 3

xli

Cr.

L s. d.

—

— -

—

29

6

iiA

^,s

I

5

II

9

6

3

10

2i

33

ij

59

0

0

39

9

5

10

4

9

15

19

6

S

0

4

iS

2

—

134

16

10

50

0

0

147

18

I

— 21b ig I

^ 2S 15 3
;^532 '3 2

FUND, 1899— 1900.

By Assistant Secretary's Salary, April, iSgg, to JIarch, igoo
By Maintenance of Society's Library : —

Binding and Repairing Books . .

Periodicals to complete sets

By Gold Medal and Engraving Same and Dalton Medal

By Wilde Premium for Selected Memoirs

By Premium to Lecturer

By Transfers to the Society's Funds : —

Subscriptions of Members

Entrance Fees

Use of Society's Rooms . .

By Cheque Book

By Balance at Bank, .April ist, 1900

d ^ s. d.
i^S o o

45 II 4
5 14 6

12 12 o
50 o o

51 5 10

19 6 o

15 15 o

15 15 o

^443 18

FUND, 1899— 1900.

By Balance against, April 1st, iSgg

By Natural History Books and Periodicals

By Plates for Papers on Natural History in " Memoirs '

FUND, 1899— 1900.

(No expenditure this Session.)
By Balance, April ist, 1900 ..

£

S.

d.

100

13

\ I

35

iS

6

7

4

6

;fi43

16

11_

£ s. d.

;£3i

Dalton Tomb Fund.

Professor H. B. Dixon., F.R.S., in account with the
Dalton Tomb Fund.

£ s.

d.

3 Sub.scribers of ^3. 3s. 9 9

0

2 ,, £2. 2S. 4 4

0

24 ,, £\, IS. 25 4

0

I ,, ;,^I. OS. I 0

0

23 ,, 10/6 ... 12 I

6

4 ,, 10/- ... 2 0

0

I ,, 6/7 ... 0 6

7

I ,, 5/- ••• 0 5

0

^54 10

I

^ s. d.
Repairing Tomb, as per

Contract 22 15 o

Printing and Postages... 115 i

Balance in Bank ^000

£SA 10 i'

Suhsci-ihers of £3. js. od. —hudwig Mond, F. R. S. ; Edward Schunck, F.R.S.;
Henry Wilde, F.R.S.

Snbscriheis of £2. 2S. od. — Ivan Levinstein ; G. S. Woolley.

Subscribers of £r. is. od. — Rt. Hon. Lord Mayor of Manchester (W. H.
Vaudrey) ; G. B. Armstrong ; J. J. Ashworth ; Charles Bailey ; Aid.
Sir W. H. Bailey; Rt. Hon. k. J. Balfour, F.R.S. ; N. Bradley;
R. D. Darbishire; Prof. H. B. Dixon, F.R.S.; Ch. Dreyfus; Sir E.
Frankland, K.C.B., F.R.S. ; C. J. Heywood ; VV. H. Johnson ; W. W.
Kirkman ; Prof. H. Lamb, F.R.S.; J. Cosmo Melvill; Prof. O. Reynolds,
F.R.S, ; John Robinson ; Sir IL E. Roscoe, F.R.S. ; Louis Schwabe ;
Thomas Vickers ; H. Woolley ; S. B. Worthington ; a few admirers, per
W. 0.\ley.

Subscriber of I. Os. od. — Alfred Simpson.

Subscribers of £0. los. 6d. — G. H. Bailey; Harry Baker; J. H. Beckett;
Prof. P. Phillips Bedson ; F. B Benger ; J. B. Bindloss ; F. H. Bowman ;
Prof. J. Campbell Brown ; Messrs. Calvert and Co. ; J. E. Cornish ;
Arthur Harden ; Messrs. Hardman and Holden ; P. J. Ilarlog ; Francis
Jones ; Aid. A. McDougall ; Bertram Prentice ; Arthur Shearer ; Prof. A.
Smithells ; R. A. Tatton ; R. L. Taylor ; Prof. W. C. Williams ; Thomas
Worthington ; W. B. Worthington.

Subscribers of £0. los. od. — Standcn Paine ; Aid. J. Thompson ; J. Walmsley ;
E. Williams.

Subscribers of less amounts. — W. E. Hoyle, 6/7 ; J. C. Cain, 5/-

* Additional Subscription. — Alfred Ree, 10/6.

The Council.

THE COUNCIL
AND MEMBERS

OF THE

MANCHESTER
LITERARY AND PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

( Coi-recUd to September Stk, /goo.)

JJrcsilicnt.

HORACE LAMB, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.

"Bicc-JJrcsibcuts.

OSBORNE REYNOLDS, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.

CHARLES BAILEY, F.L.S.

W. BOYD DAWKINS, M.A., F.R.S.

J. COSMO MELVILL, M.A., F.L.S.

FRANCIS JONES, F.R.S.E., F.C.S.
A. W. FLUX, M.A.

Slrcasurcr.

J. J. ASHWORTH.

|£ibi-ai'i;in.
W. E. HOYLE, M.A., M.Sc, F.R.S.E.

©f the ClTouncil.

HAROLD B. DIXON, M.A., F.R.S.

FRANCIS NICHOLSON, F.Z.S.

J. E. KING, M.A.

R. L. TAYLOR, F.C.S.

F. J. FARADAY, F.L.S.

C. E. STROMEYER, M.Inst.C.E.

Hi OrdtJiary ]\Icmbcrs.

ORDINARY MEMBERS.

Date of Election.

1870, Dec. 13. Angcll, John, F.C.S., F.I.C. 6, Beaconsfield, Derby Road,

IViiJiinglon, Manchester.
1896, Jan. 21. Armstrong, Frank. The Rowans, Ilarlioro'' Grove,

Harhord' Road, Aslilon-on-Mersey, Cheshire.
1895, Jan. 8. Armstrong, Geo. B. Clarendon, Sale, Cheshire.
1887, Nov. 16. Ashworth, J. J. i,-], Faulkner Street, Manchester,

1S65, Nov. 14. Bailey, Charles, F.L.S. Ashfield, College Road, Whalley
Range, Manchester.

1888, Feb. 7. Bailey, Alderman Sir W. H. Sale Hall, Sale, Cheshire.

1895, Jan. 8. Barnes, Charles L., M.A. 10, Nelson Street, Chorlton-on-

Medloch, Manchester.

1894, Jan. 9. Beckett, J. Hampden, F.C.S. Corbar Hall, Bnxton.

1896, April 14. Behrens, George B. 7 he Acorns, 4, Oak Drive, Fallow-

field, Ma7ichester.

1895, Mar. 5. Behrens, Gustav. Holly Royde, IVithington, .Manchester.
1898, Nov. 29. Behrens, Walter L. 22, Oxford Street, Manchester.
1868, Dec. 15. Bickham, Spencer H., F.L.S. Underdown, Ledbury.

1896, April 14. Bindloss, James B. Elm Bank, Eccles, Lanes,
1896, April 28. Bolton, Herbert, F. R.S.E. The Museum, Bristol.
1861, Jan. 22. Bottomley, James, D.Sc, B.A., F.C.S. , 220, I^cwer

Brotighton Road, Manchester,
1896, Oct. 6. Bowman, F. H., D.Sc, F. R.S.E. Mayfield, Knutsford,

Cheshire.
1S96, Feb. 18. Bowman, George, M.D. ^<)^, Stretford Road, Old Trafford,

Manchester.
1875, Nov. 16. Boyd, John. Barton House, Didsbuiy Park, Didsbury,

Manchester.

1889, Oct. 15. Bradley, Nathaniel, F.C.S. Sunny side, Whalley Range,

Manchester.
1S94, Mar. 6. Broadbent,G.H., M.R.C.S. Z,Ardwick Green, Manchester.
1896, Nov. 17. Broderick, Lonsdale, F.C.A. Somerby, Wilmslow,

Cheshire.
1S61, April 2. Brogden, Henry, F.G.S., M.LMech.E. Hale Lodge,

Altrincham, Cheshire,
1889, April 16. Brooks, Samuel Herbert. Slade House, Levenshulme,

Manchester,
i860, Jan. 24. Brothers, Alfred, F.R. A. S. "]%, King Street, Manchester.

Ordinary Members. liii

Date of Election.

l8S6, April 6. Brown, Alfred, M.A., M.U. Sandycrofl, Higher Brongh-

tO)i, Manchester.
1S46, Jan. 27. Browne, Henry, M.A. (Glas.), M.D. (Lond.), M.R.C.S.

(Lend.) The Gables, Victoria Park, Manchester.
1SS9, Jan. 8. Brownell, T. W., F.R.A.S. 64, Upper Brook Street,

Manchester.
18S9, Oct. 15. Budenberg, C. F., M.Sc, M.I.IMech.E. Boivdon Lane,

Marple, Cheshire.
1S72, Nov. 12. Burghardt, Charles Anthony, Ph.D. 35, Fountain Street,

Manchester.
1894, Nov. 13. Burton, Wm., F.C.S. The Hollies, Clifton Junction, near

Manchester.

1S99, Feb. 7. Chapman, D. L. , B.A. Oiuens College, Manchester.

1854, April 18. Christie, Richard Copley, M.A. Ribsden, near Bagshof,
Surrey.

1895, April 9. Claus, VVm. li. 31, Mauldeth Road, Falloivfield, Man-
chester.

1895, April 30. CoUett, Edward Pyemont. 7, VVilbraham Road, Chorlton-
c u >n - Hardy , Man ch ester.

1884, Nov. 4. Corbett, Joseph. Toiun Hall, Salford.

1895, April 30. Cornish, James Edward. Stone House, Alderley Edge,
Cheshire.

1859, Jan. 25. Coward, Edward, Assoc. Inst. C.E., M.I. Mech.E. Heaton
House, Heaton Mersey, near Manchester.

1899, Mar. 7. Crombie, Charles H., B.A. 163, Chorlton Road, Brooks's
Bar, Manchester.

1895, Nov. 12. Crossley, Wm. J., M.I. Mech.E. Openshaw, Manchester.

1876, April 18. Cunliffe, Robert Ellis. Croft, Ambleside.

1S99. April II. Darbishire, O. V., B.A., Ph.D. Owens College, Man-
chester.

1853, April 19. Darbishire, Robert Dukinfield, B.A., F.S.A. i, St. James''
Square, Manchester.

1895, April 9. Dawkins, Wm. Boyd, M.A., P\R.S., Professor of Geology.
Owens College, Manchester.

1894, Mar. 6. Delepine, Sheridan, M.D., Professor of Pathology. Owens
College, MancJiester,

1879, Mar. 18. Dent, Hastings Charles, F.L.S., F.R.G.S. 20, Thurloe
Square, South Kensittgton, London, S. IV.

18S7, Feb. 8. Dixon, Harold Bailey, M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Che-
mistry. Chi'ens College, Manchester.

1898, Oct. 18. Donovan, E. W., M.I. Mech.E. Hilton House, Prestivich^
Lanes,

Hv

Date of Election.
1899, April II.

Ordinary Members.

Earle, Ilardman A. 40, Oiighton Road, Birkdale, Lanes.

1883, Oct. 2. Faraday, F. J., F.L.S., F.S.S. Ramsay Lodge, Slade

Lane, Levenshulme, Manchester,
1900, April 24. Faraday, Miss Lucy Winifred, M.A. Ramsay Lodge,

Slade La7ie, Levenshulme, Manchester.

1897, Oct. 19. Faraday, W. Barnard, LL.B. Ramsay Lodge, Slade Lane,

Lcvensktilme, jVanchcstcr.
1900, Feb. 20. Flintoff, R. J. Haxhy, Crumpsall L^ane, Crumpsall,

Manchester.
1S95, April 30. Flux, A. W., M.A., Professor of Political Economy. 57,

Parsonage Road, Withington, Manchester.
1S97, Nov. 30. Freston, H. W. 6, St. PaiiPs Road, Kersal, Manchester.

1898, Nov. 29. Gamlile, F. W., D.Sc. Owens College, Manchester.
1900, Feb. 6. Goldthorpe, William. Brook Home, Burnage Lane,

Levenshulme, Manchester.

1896, Nov. 17. Gt)rdon, Kev. Alexander, M.A. Memorial LLall, Albert
Square, IManchester.

1S97, Jan. 26. Grossmann, J., Ph.D. Harpurhey Chemical Works,
Harpurhey, Ahinchester.

1S75, Fel). 9, Gwyther, Reginald F., M.A., Fielden Lecturer in Mathe-
matics. Owens College, Manchester.

1890, Feb. 18
1S95, Nov. 12

1S90, Mar. 4

1889, Jan. 8

1895, Mar. 5

18S4, Jan. 8

1898, Nov. 29

1896, Nov. 3
18S9, Oct. 15

1899, Oct. 17

Harker, Thomas. Bi'ook House, Fallowfield, Matichestei:
ILartog, Philippe Joseph, B.Sc, F.C.S., Demonstrator in

Chemistry. Owens College, Manchester.
Henderson, H. A. Easthottrjie House, Chorlton Road,

Manchester.
Heywood, Charles J. Chaseley, Pendleton, Manchester.
Ilickson, S. J., M.A., D.Sc, F.R.S., Professor of Zoology.

Owens College, Manchester.
I lodgkinson, Alexander, M.B., B.Sc. i?>, St. John Street,

Manchester.
Ilopkinson, Alfred, (J.C., M.A., Principal of Owens

College. Fai? field, Victoria Park, Manchester.
Ilopkinson, Edward, D.Sc, IVLInst.C.E. Oaklei^li,

Timperley, Cheshire.
Iloyle, William Evans, RLA., F. R. S.E., Keeper of the

Manchester Museum. Owens College, Manchester.
Huxley, George, M.LMech.E. 20, Mount Street, Man-
chester.

1899, Oct. 17. Ligleby, Joseph, M.LMech.E. Lngle side. Mar pie Bridge,
near Stockport.

Ordinary Members. Iv

Date of Election.

1S96, Nov. 17. Jacob Edwin. 64B, Hamilton Terrace, London, N. IV.
1870, Nov. I. Johnson, William H., B.Sc. 26, Lever Street, Manchester.
1896, Oct. 20. Jones, A. Emrys, >r. D. 10, St. John Street, Mancheser.
1878, Nov. 26. Jones, Francis, F. R.S.E., F.C.S. Manchester Grammar

School.
1891, Nov. 17. Joyce, Samuel, Electrical Engineer.

1886, Jan. 12. Kay, Thomas. Moorfield, Stockport, Cheshire.

1891, Dec. I. King, John Edward, M.A. , High Master, Manchester

Grammar School.
1895, Nov. 12. Kirkman, W. W. The Grange, Timperley, Clieshire.

1893, Nov. 14. Lamb, Horace, M.A., LL.D., F. R. S. , I'rofessor of Mathe-

matics. 6, IVilbraham Road, Fallowfield, Manchester.
1899, Feb. 7. Lawrence, W. T., B. A., Ph.D. Ozvens College, Manchester.
1895, Nov. 12. Lees, Charles Herbert, D.Sc. Demonstrator in Physics.

O'uens College, Manchester.

1895, Mar. 5. Levinstein, Ivan. Hawkcs Moor, IVilbraham Road,

Fallowfield, Manchester.
1S57, Jan. 27. Longridge, Roljert Bewick, ALL Mech.E. Yew Tree House,
Tahley, Kniitsford, Cheshire.

1896, Nov. 3. Lynde, James Henry, M.Inst.C.E. Buckland, Ashton-on-

Me/'sej', Cheshire.

1895, Nov. 29. McConnel, J. W., M.A. IVellhank, Prcstwich, Lanes.
1S66, Nov. 13. McDougall, Arthur, B.Sc. Falloivfiehi House, Falloiofield,

Manc/iester.
1859, Jan. 25. Maclure, Sir John William, Bart., M.P., F.R.G.S.

I Vh alley Range, Manchester.
1875, Jan. 26. Mann, J. Dixon, M.D., F.R.C.P. (Lond.), Professor of

Medical Jurisprudence at Owens College. 16, St. John

Street, Manchester.

1896, Oct. 20. Massey, Leonard F. Openshaw, Manchester.

1864, Nov. I. Mather. William, M.Inst.C.E., M.LMech.E. Iron IVorks,

Salford.
1873, Mar. iS. Melvill, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S. Brook House,

Presiwich, Lanes.
1896, Nov. 3. Milligan, William, M.D. IVestboiirne, Wilinsloiv Road,

Riisholme, Manchester.
1 88 1, Oct. 18. Mond, Ludwig, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.C.S. IVinnington

Hall, Northwich, Cheshire.

1894, Feb. 6. Mond, Robert, M.A., F.C.S. IVinnington Hall, North-

wich, Cheshire.
1899, Mar. 7. Morris, Edgar F., M.A. , F.C.S. Greg House, Barrington
Road, Altrinchaiu, Cheshire.

h

Ordinary Members.

Date of Election.

1873, Mar. 4. Nicholson, Francis, F.Z.S. 84, Major Streel, Manchester.

1900, April 3. Nicolson, John T., D.Sc. 7, Atliol Road, Alexandra Pa) k,

Manchester.
1889, April 16. Norbury, George. Flillside, Ptestwich Park, Prestivich,

Lanes.

1884, April 15. Okell, Samuel, F. R.A.S. Overley, Lanj^ham Road,
Bowdon, Cheshire.

1895, Nov. 12. Pennington, James Dixon, 11. A., M.Sc. 2^^, Oxford Road,

Manchester.
1892, Nov. 15. Pcrkin, W. H., jun., Ph.D., F.R.S., Professor of Organic

Chemistry. Chce/is ColU\s;e, Maneliesler.
1SS5, Nov. 17. Phillips, Henry Ilarcomt, F.CS. 200,6V. Geo>\i;e's Road,

Bolton, Lanes.

1900,

1888,

Feb.
Feb.

1S69, Nov. 16.

iSSo,
1864,
1897,

Mar.
Dec.
Oct.

27.

19.

Ragdale J. R. 77ie Beeches, IVhitefield, near Manchester,
Ree, Alfred, Ph.D., F.CS. 301, Wilnislow Road, Fallo-u-

field, Manchester.
Reynolds, Osborne, LL.D., M.A., F.R.S., M.Inst. C.E.,

Professor of Engineering, Owens College, 19, Ladybarn

Road, Fallowfield, Manchester.
Roberts, D. Lloyd, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.R.C.P. (Lond.),

Ravenszuood, Broughton Park, Manchester.
Robinson, John, M.Inst.C.E., M.I.Mech. E. IVes'-oood

LLall, Leek, Staffs.
Rothwell, William Thomas. Heath Brewery, Neivton

LLeath, near Manchester.

1893, ^I'ir« 21
1896, Nov. 17

1842, Jan. 25

1873, I^'o^'- 18

1898, Jan. 25

1895, Nov. 12

1S90, Nov. 4
1890, Jan. 21

Schill, C. II. 117, Port laiid Street, Manchester.

Schmitz, Hermann Emil, B.A., B.Sc. Manchester Grant'
mar School.

Schuuck, Edward, Ph.D., I'.R.S., F.CS. A'ersal, Man-
chester.

Schuster, Arthur, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Professor of
Physics. Owens College, ALancltester.

Schwabe, Louis. Hart Hill, Eccles Old Road. Pendleton,
Manchester.

Shearer, Arthur. 36, Demesne Road, Alexandra Park,
A/anchester.

Sidebotham, Edward John. Erlesdene, Bowdon, Cheshire.

Sidebotham, James Nasmyth, Assoc. M.Inst.C.E. Park-
field, Groby Place, Altrincharn, Cheshire.

Ordinary Members. Ivii

Date of Election.

1895, Nov. 12. Southern, Frank, B.Sc. Bnrnage Lodge, Levenshtc/iiie,

Manchester.
1S96, Feb. 18. Spence, David. Pine Ridge, Buxton.

1896, April 14. Stanton, Thomas E., M.Sc, Professor of Engineering.

University College, Bristol.
1S94, Jan. 9. Stevens, Marshall, F.S.S. Bolton Lodge, Eccles, Lanes.
1S94. Nov. 13. Stirrup, Mark, F.G.S. High T/iorn, Stamford Road,

Bowdon, Cheshire.

1897, Nov. 30. StromeN'er, C. E., M.Inst.C. E. Steam Users' Association,

9, Mount Street, Albert Square, Manchester.

1S95, April 9. Talton, Reginald A., Engineer to the Mersey and Irwell
Joint Committee. 44, Mosley Street, Manchester.

1893, Nov. 14. Taylor, R. L., F.C.S., F.I.C. Central School, Whitivorth
Street, J\Lanchester.

1873, April 15. Thomson, William, F.R.S.E., F.C.S., F.I.C. Royal
Lnstitntion, Manchester.

1896, Jan. 21. Thorburn, William, M.D., B.Sc. 2, St. Peters Square,
MancJiester.

1896, Jan. 21. Thorp, Thomas. Moss Bank, IVhitefield, near Manchester.
1899, Oct. 31. Thorpe, Jocelyn F., Ph.D., Demonstrator in Organic

Chemistry. Oivens College, Manchester.
1899, Oct. 17. Todd, W. II. Greenfield, Flixton, near 3Lanchester.

1897, Jan. 26. Tristram, James Floyd, M.A., B.Sc. 180, Princess Road,

Moss Side, Maiufiester.

1879, Dec. Tp. Ward, Thomas. IVddebrook House, NortJiwich, Cheshire.
1873, Nov. iS. Waters, Arthur William, F.G.S. Sunny Lea, Davos Dorf,

Szvitzerland.
1892, Nov. 15. Weiss, F. Ernest, B.Sc, F.L.S., Professor of Botany,

Owens College. 4, Clifton Avenue, Falloivfield, Man-
chester.
1895, April 9. Whitehead, James. Lindfield, Fulshaw Park, IVilmslow,

Cheshire.
1859, Jan. 25. Wilde, Henry, D.Sc, F.R.S. The Hurst , Alderley Edge,

Cheshire.
1899, Feb. 7. Wilkins, A. S., M.A., Litt.D., LL.D., Professor of Latin.

Owens College, Jihinchester.
1S59, April 19. Wilkinson, Thomas Read. Vale Bank, Knutsford,

Cheshire.
1 888, April 17. Williams, Sir E. Leader, M.Inst.C.E., M.I.Mech.E.

Spring Ga7-dens, IManchester.
1S96, Dec. I. Wilson, George, D.Sc. Owens College, MancJiester.

Iviii Ordinary Members.

Date of Election.

1889, April 16. Wilson, Thomas 15. Holly Vale House, J\Iellor, near

Marple, Cheshire.
i860, April 17. Woolley, George Stephen. Victoria Bridge, Salford.
1863, Nov. 17. Worthington, Samuel Barton, M.Inst.C.E., M.I.Mech.E.

Mill Bank, Bo'vdon, and 37, Princess Street, Manchester.
1865, Feb. 21. Worthington, Thomas, F. R. I.B.A. 46, Brown Street,

Manchester.
1S95, Jan. S. Worthington, Wni. Barton, B.Sc, M.Inst.C.E. 2, Wilton

Polygon, Cheethani Hill, Manchester.
1S97, Oct. 19. Wyatt, Charles FI. Chelford, Cheshire.

N.B. — Of the above list the following have compounded for their
subscriptions, and are therefore life members : —

r>ailey, Charles, F.L. S.
Bradley, Nathaniel, F.C.S.
Brogden, Henry, F.G.S.
Johnson, William II., B.Sc.
Worthington, Wm. Barton, B.Sc.

Honorary Members. lix

HONORARY MEMBERS.

Date of Election.

1892, April 26. Abney, Sir W. de W., K.C.B., D.Sc, F.R.S. Rathmore

Lods;e, Bolton Gardens South, S. Kensington, London,

S. IF.
1892, April 26. Amai^at, E. H., Fi)r. Mem. R.S., Corr. Memb. Inst. Fr.

(Acad. Sci.), Honorary Professor, Faculte des Sciences,

Lyon. 34, /\ite St. Lambert, Paris.
1S94, April 17. Appell, Paul, Membre de I'lnstitut, Professor of Theoretical

Mechanics, Faculte des Sciences. Paris.
18S7, April 19. Armstrong, Wm. George, Lord, C.B., D.C.L., LL.D.,

F. R. S. Newcastle-on- Tyne.
1892, April 26. Ascherson, Paul F. Aug., Professor of Botany. Universitdt,

Berlin.
18S9, April 30. Avebury, John Lubbock, Lord, D.C.L., L.L.D., F.R.S.

High Elms, Down, Kent.

1892, April 26. Baeyer, Adolf von, For. Mem. R.S., Professor of Chemistry.

I, Arcisstrasse, Munich.
1S96, Feb. 9. Baker, Sir Benjamin, K.C.ALG., LL.D., F.R.S. 2, Queen

Square Place, Westminster, London, S. IV.
18S6, Feb. 9. Baker, John Gilbert, F.R.S., F.L.S. 3, Cu?nberland

Road, R'eiv.
1895, April 30. Beilstein, F. , Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. Sth Line,

N. i-j, St. Petersburg, IV. 0.
1886, Feb. 9. Berthelot, Marcellin, For. Mem. R.S., Membre de Flnstitut,

Professor of Chemistry, Secretaire perpetuel de I'Academie

des Sciences. Paris.
1892, April 26. Boltzmann, Ludwig, For. Mem. R.S., Professor of Physics.

A". K. Universitiit, Vienna.
1S86, Feb. 9. Buchan, Alexander, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E.

42, Hcriot Ro-i<, Edinburgh.

1888, April 17. Cannizzaro, Stanislao, For. Mem. R.S., Corr. Memb.

Inst. Fr. (Acad. Sci.), Professor of Chemistry. Reale
Univeisitci, Rome.

1889, April 30. Carruthers, William, F.R.S., F.L.S. 14, Vermont Road,

Noj-'u'ood, London, S.E.

Ix IIo}iorary Members.

Date of Election.

1866, Oct. 30. Clifton, Robert Bellamy, M.A., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Prof.

of Natural I'hilosophy. 3, Bardwell Road, Banbury

Road, Oxford.
1SS7, April 19. Cornu, Marie Alfred, For. Mem. R.S., Menibrc de

rinstitut, Professor of Physics. Ecole Folytechniqne,

Paris.
1892, A]iril 26. Curtius, Thcodor, Professor of Chemistry. Universitiit, Kiel.

1892, April 26. Darboux, Gaston, Membre de Tlnstitut, Professor of

Geometry, P'aculte des Sciences, Secretaire perpetuel de

I'Academie des Sciences. 36, Rue Gay Lussac, Paris.
1894, April 17. Debus, II., I'll. 1)., F.R.S. a,, Schlaugcmveg.Casscl, Hessen,

Germany.
188S, April 17. Dewalque, Gustave, Professor of Geology. Universih',

Liege.
1900, April 24. Dewar, James, M.A., LL. 1)., 1"". R.S., Fullerian Professor

of Chemistry. Royal IiisiiUitioii, Albemarle Street,

London, IV.
1892, April 26. Dohrn, Dr. Anton, For. Mem. R.S. Zoological Station,

Naples.
1892, April 26. Dyer, Sir W. T. Thiselton, K.C.M.G., CLE., M.A.,

F.R.S., Director of the Royal Botanic Gardens. Kev).

1892, April 26. Edison, Thomas Alva. Orange, N.J.., U.S.A.
1895, April 30. Elster, Julius, Ph.D. 6, Lessinqstrasse, IVolfenhiittel.
1900, April 24. Ewing.James Alfred, M. A., PM\.S.,Professorof Mechanism
and Applied Mechanics. L^angdale I^odge, Cambridge.

1889, A])ril 30. Farlow, W. G., Professor of Botany. Harvard College,
Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A.

1900, April 24. Forsyth, Andrew Russell, M.A. , Sc. D., F. R.S., Sadlerian
Professor of Pure Mathematics. Trinity College, Cam-
bridge.

1889, April 30. Foster, Sir Michael, K.C.B., M.l'., M.A., M.D., LL.D.,
Sec. R.S., Professor of I'hysiology. Trinity College,
Cambridge,

1892, April 26. Fiirliringer, Max, Professor of Anatomy. Grosslierz.
Universitdt, Jena.

1892, April 26. Gcgenbaur, Carl, For. Mem. R.S., Professor of Anatomy.
57, L.eopoldstrasse, Heidelberg.

1900, April 24. Geikie, James, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., Murchison Pro-
fessor of Geology and Mineralogy. Kilmorie, Colinton
Road, Edinburgh.

Honorary Members. Ixi

Date of Election,

1895, -April 30. Geitel, Hans. 6, Lesshigstrasse, IVolfenbiittel.

1892, April 26. Gibbs, J. Willard, For. Mem. R.S., Corr. Memb. Inst. Fr.

(Acad. Sci. ), Professor of Mathematical I'hysics. Yale

University, Ne7v Haven, U.S.A.
•1S94, April 17. Glaisher, J. W. L., Sc.D., F.R..S., Lecturer in Mathematics.

Trinity College, Cambridge.
1S94, April 17. Gouy, A., rrofessor of Physics, Facultedes .Sciences. Lyons.
1894, April 17. Guldberg, Cato M., Professor of Applied Mathematics.

Christiania, Nor-vay.

1900, April 24. Ilaeckel, Ernst, Ph.U., IVofessor of Zoology. Zoologisches

Institut, Jena.
1S94, April 17. Hatcourt, A. G. Vernon, M.A,, D.C.L., F.R.S., V.r.C.S.,

Lee's Reader in Chemistry, Christ Church. Cowley

Grange, Oxford.
1S94, April 17. Heaviside, Oliver, F.R.S. Bradley Vien>, Neivton Abbot,

Devon.
1S92, April 26. Ilermite, Ch., LL.D. (Fdin.), For. Mem. R.S., Membre

de I'lnstitut. 2, A'ue de la Sorbonne, Paris.
1892, April 26. Hill, G. W. West Nyack, N. Y., U.S.A.
1888, April 17. Ililtorf, Juhann Wilhelm, Professor of Physics. Polytech-
nic ttiii. Minister.
1S92, April 26. Hoff, J. van't, Ph.D., For. Mem. R.S., Professor of

Chemistry. 2, Uhlandsirasse, Charlottenbiirg, Berlin.
1S92, April 26. Hooker, Sir Joseph Dalton, G.C.S.L, C.B., D.C.L.,

F.R.S. , Corr. Memb. Inst. Fr. (Acad. Sci.). The Camp,

Sunningdalc, Berks.
1869, Jan. 12. Huggins, Sir William, K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S.,

PMx.A.S., Corr. Memb. Inst. Fr. (Acad. Sci.). 90,

Upper Tiilse Hill, Bri.xton, London, S. IV.

1851, April 29. Kelvin, William Thomson, Lord, G.C.V.O., M.A.,

D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., For. Assoc. Inst.

Fr. (Acad. Sci.). Netherhall, Largs, Ayrshire.
1892, April 26. Klein, Felix, Ph.D., For. Mem. R.S., Corr. Memb. Inst.

Fr. (Acad. Sci.), Professor of Mathematics. 3, Wilhelm

Weber Strasse, Gottingen.
1894, April 17. Konigsberger, Leo, Professor of Mathematics. Universitdt,

Heidelhers..

1895, April 30. Lacaze-Duthiers, F. J. Henri de. For. Mem. R.S., Membre

de rinstitut. Professor of Zoology arid Comparative
Anatom}'. 7, Rue de I'Estrapade, Paris.

Ixii Honorary Members.

Date of Election.
1892, April 26. Ladenhurg, A., Pli.D., Professor of Chemistry. 3, Kaiset

Wilhelm Strasse, Breslaii.
1887, April 19. Langley, S. P., For. Mem. R.S. Sniithsonian Inslittition,

Washington, U.S.A.
1892, April 26. Liebermann, C, Professor of Chemistry. 29, Matthdi-

Kirch Slrasse, Berlin.
1S87, April 19. Lockyer, .Sir J. Norman, K.C. B., F. R.S., Corr. Memb.

Inst. Fr. (Acad. Sci.) Science School, Kensington,

London, S. IV.
1900, April 24. Lorentz, Henrik Anton, Professor of Physics. Hooigracht,

4S, Ley den.

1892, April 26. Marshall, Alfred, M.A., Professor of Political Economy.

Balliol Croft, ALzdingley A'oad, Ca»i/>ridge.
1892, April 26. Mascart, E. E. N., For. Mem. R.S., Membrc de I'Institut,

Professor at the College de France. 176, A'ue de

r Universite, Paris.
1889, April 30. Mendeleeff, D., Ph.D., F(jr. Mem. R.S. , University, St.

Petersburg.
1895, Ai)ril 30. Mittag-Leffler, Gosta, D.C.L. (Oxon.), For. Mem. R.S.,

Professor of Mathematics. Djiirshobn, Stockholm.
1892, April 26. Moissan, II., Membre de I'Institut, Professor at the Ecole

Superieure de Pharmacie. 7> R'^^ Vaiiquelin, Paris.
1S94, April 17. Murray, Sir John, K.C.B., LL.D., D.Sc, F.R.S.

Challenger Lodge, Wardie, Edinburgh.

1894, April 17. Neumayer, Professor G. , For. Mem. R.S., Director of the

Seewarte. Hamburg.
1887, April 19. Newcomb, Simon, For. Mem. R.S., For. Assoc. Inst. Fr.

(Acad. Sci.), Professor of Mathematics and Astronomy.

Johns Hopkins University, Baltimoi-e, U.S.A.

1894, April 17. Ostwald, W., Professor of Chemistry. 2/3, LinnJstrasse,
L^eipsic.

1892, April 26. Perkin, W. II., LL.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.C.S. The

Chestnuts, Suabury, Harrow.
1894, April 17, J'fefler, Wilhelm, For. Mem. R.S., Professor of Botany.

Botanisches Lnstitut, Leipsic.
1892, April 26. Poincare, H., For. Mem. R.S., Membre de I'Institut,

Professor of Astronomy. 6t„ Rue Claztde Bernard, Paris.

Honorary Members. Ixiii

Date fl/ Election.

1892, April 26. Quincke, G. II., For. Mem. K.S., I'rofcssor of Physics.
Univcrsitdt, Ilcidelherg.

1S92, April 26. Raoult, F. M., Curr. Mcnih. Insl. Fr. (.Vcad. Sci.),

Professor of Chciuislry. 2, Rtte dcs Alpcs, Grenoble.
1849, Jan. 23. Rawson, Robert, F.R.A.S. Havaitt, Hants.
1SS6, Feb. 9. Rayleii^h, John William Strutt, Lord, M.A., U.C.L.

(Oxoii.), LL.D. (Univ. McGill), F.R.S., F.R.A.S.,

Corr. Memb. Inst. l''r. (Acad. Sci.). Terling Place,

Witham, Essex.
1900, April 24. Ridgway, Robert, ('urator of the Depattment of Birds, U.S.

National Museum. Brook/and, District of Columbia,

U.S.A.
1S97, April 27. Roscoe, Sir Henry Fnlleld, U.A., LL.D., D.C.L.,

F.R.S., V.l'.C.S., Corr. Memb. Inst. Fr. (Acad. Sci.).

10, Bramhain Gardens, Wether l<y Road, London, SAV.
1S89, April 30. Routh, Edward John, D.Sc, F. R.S. Neivnham Cottage,

Qiicen^s Road, Cambridge.
1894, April 17. lv)wland, Henry A., For. Mem. R.S., Corr. Memb. Inst.

Fr. (Acad. Sci.). Professor of Physics. Johns Hopkins

University, Baltimore, U.S.A.

18S9, April 30. Salmon, Rev. George, D.D., D.C.I,., LL.D., F.K.S.,
Corr. Memb. Inst. I<"r. (Acad. Sci.). Rrovost's House,
Trinity College, Dublin.

1894, April 17. Sanderson, Sir J. S. Burdon, Bart., M.A., M.D., F.R.S.,

Corr. Meml). Inst. Fr. (Acad. Sci.), Regius i'rofessor of

Medicine. University, Oxford.
1892, April 26. Sharpe, R. B.nvdler, LL.D., I'". L.S., l-'.Z.S. British

Museum (Natural History), Cromivell Road, London,

S.W.
1892, April 26. Solms, II. Graf zu. Professor of Botany. Universitdt,

Sirasslnirg.
1869, Dec. 14. Sorby, Henry Clifton, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.

Broomfield, Sheffield,
1851, April 29. Stokes, Sir George Gabriel, liart., M.A., LL.D.,

D.C.L., F.R.S., Corr. Memb. Inst. Fr. (Acad. Sci.),

Lucasian Professor of Mathematics. Lcnsfield Cottage,

Cambridge.
1886, Feb. 9. Strasburger, Eduard, D.C.L., For. Mem. U.S., Professor

of Botany. Universitdt, Bonn.

1895, April 30. Sucss, Eduard, Ph.D., For. Mem. R.S., For. Assoc. Inst.

Fr. (Acad. Sci,), Professor of Geology, g, Africanergasse,
Vienna.

Ixiv Honorary Members.

Date of Election.

1868, April 28. Tail, Peter Guthrie, M.A., F.R.S.E., Professor of Natural

Philosophy. 38, George Square, Edinburgh.
1895, April 30. Thomson, Joseph John, M.A., Sc.D., I". R.S., Professor of

Experimental Physics. 6, Scrope Terrace, Cambridge.
1894, April 17. Thorpe, T. E., C.B., Ph.D., D.Sc., LL.D., K.R.S., P.C.S.

Government Laboratory, Clements Inn Passage, Strand,

London, IV. C.
1900, April 24. Tower, Beauchamp, M.Inst.C.E. IVarley Mount, Brent-

7vood, Essex.
1894, April 17. Turner, Sir William, M.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.R.S.E.,

Professor of Anatomy. 6, Eton Terrace, Edinburgh,
1886, Feb. 9. Tylor, Edward Burnett, D.C.L. (Oxon.), LL.D. (St. And.

and McGill Colls.), F.R.S., Professor of Anthropology.

Mtiseum House, Oxford.

1S94, April 17. Vines, Sidney Howard, i\I.A., D.Sc., F. R.S. Sherardiun
Professor of Botany. Ileadin^lon Hill, Oxford.

1894, April 17. Warburg, Emil, Professor of Physics. Physikalisches
Institut, Neue IVilhelmstrassc, Berlin.

1894, April 17. Ward, H. Marshall, D.Sc, F.R.S., Professor of Botany.
Botanical Laboratory, New Museums, Cambridge.

1894. April 17. Weismann, August, Professor of Zoology. Universitdt,
Freiburg i. Br.

1889, April 30. Williamson, Alexander William, Ph.D., LL.D., F.R.S.
V.P.C S., Corr. iMemb. Inst. Fr. (Acad. Sci.) High
Pilfold, Shottermill, Haslemere, Surrey.

1886, Feb. 9. V'oung, Charles Augustus, Professor of Astronomy.
Princeton College, N.J., U.S.A.

1888, April 17. Zirkel, Ferdinand, For. Mem. R.S., Professor of Mineralogy.

Thalstrasse, 33, Leipsic.
1S95, April 20. Zittel, Carl Alfred von, Professor of Palaeontology and

Geology. Universitdt, jMunich.

Corresponding Mevibcrs.

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.

Date 0/ Election.

1850, April 30. Hai-ley,Rev. Roliert, Hon. M.A. (Oxon.),F.R.S.,F.R.A.S.

Hon. M.R.S. Oueensland. Koss/yn, U'estlwiiriie Road,

Forest Hill, London, S.E., and The Atheuienni Club,

Loudon, S. IV.
18S2, Nov. 14. Herford, Rev. Brooke, D.D., 91, Fitzjohu's Avenue,

Ham /■ stead, London, N. IF.

1859, Jan. 25. Le Jolis, Auguste-Francois, Ph.D., Archiviste-perpetuel
of the Soc. Nat. Sci. Cherbourg. Clierbouro.

Ixvi Award of Medals and Premium.

Awards of the Wilde Medal tender the conditions of the
Wilde Endowment Fund.

1896. Sir George G. Stokes, Bart., F.R.S.

1897. Sir William Huggins, K.C.B., F.R.S.

1898. Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, G.C. S.I. , C.B.,

F.R.S.

1899. Sir Edward Frankland, K.C.B., F.R.S.

1900. Rt. Hon. Lord Rayleigh, F.R.S.

Awards of the Daltori Medal.
1898. Edward Schunck, Ph.D., F.R.S.
1900. Sir Henry E. Roscoe, F.R.S.

Azvards of the Premium under the conditions of the
Wilde Endoiument Fwid.

1897. Peter Cameron.

1898. John Butterworth, F.R.M.S.

1899. Charles H. Lees, D.Sc.

1900. Prof. A. W. Flux, M.A.

The Wilde Lectures. Ixvii

THE WILDE LECTURES.

1897. (July 2.) "On the Nature of the Rontgen Rays."

By Sir G. G. Stokes, Bart, F.R.S. {28 pp.)

1898. (Mar. 29.) "On the Physical Basis of Psychical

Events." By Sir MICHAEL Foster, K.C.B.,
F.R.S. {46 pp.)

1899. (Mar. 28.) "The newly discovered Elements;

and their Relation to the Kinetic Theory of
Gases." By Prof WILLIAM Ramsay, F.R.S.
(/p //.)

1900. (Feb. 13.) "The Mechanical Principles of Flight."

By the Rt. Hon. LORD Rayleigh, F.R.S.

{26 pp.)

MancJicster Memoirs, Vol. xliv. (1S90-1900).

A1)I)1<:XI).\.
Omitted iVoin the List of I loiiorur)' Members: —

1S99, April 25. Tali^nivr, K. 11. In^lis, 1<'. R.S. . l''.S..S. Bclloii, Great
Yai inonlh.

1S99, April 25. Kainsay, William, Ph.D., I'.R.S., rri)fessui- of Chcmistiy.
12, Arundel Gardens, Nolliui^ Hill, London, W.

AMNH LIBRARY

100125111